munotes®

Transfer of Property Notes | B.A. LL.B. (Five Year Course) Semester 7 | Mumbai University | munotes

Official Notes by munotes.in

Transfer of Property

B.A. LL.B. (FIVE YEAR COURSE) · SEMESTER 7

Strictly as per the revised CBCS syllabus of the University of Mumbai

For students of the University of Mumbai and all its affiliated law colleges

Open the book ↓

Transfer of Property

Copyright © 2026 munotes.in. All rights reserved.

Written and first published by munotes.in, 2026.

This book is free for individual students to read at munotes.in. No part of it may be reproduced, distributed, stored, translated or used for institutional or classroom purposes in any form without a prior written licence from munotes.in.

Licensing and permissions: contact@munotes.in

The text of statutes and of judgments reproduced in this book is in the public domain under section 52(1)(q) of the Copyright Act 1957. The commentary, arrangement, examples and questions are the original work of munotes.in.

munotes is an independent, student-run platform. It is not affiliated with, endorsed by, or officially connected to the University of Mumbai. Course names and university references describe the students and syllabus the material relates to.

munotes.in

Contents

Module I General principles of transfer of property

  1. What Property Means, and Movable against Immovable Property 1
  2. The Interpretation Clause: Attestation, Notice and the Words the Act Runs On 6
  3. How the Act Is Arranged, and What It Does Not Cover 12
  4. Transfer of Property Defined 17
  5. What May Be Transferred 21
  6. Persons Competent to Transfer 29
  7. What Passes with a Transfer, and When Writing Is Required 33
  8. Conditions Restraining Alienation, and Restrictions Repugnant to the Interest Created 38
  9. Transfer for the Benefit of an Unborn Person 44
  10. The Rule Against Perpetuity 49
  11. Direction for Accumulation 55
  12. Vested Interest and Contingent Interest 59
  13. Conditional Transfers: Conditions Precedent and Subsequent 65
  14. Election 72
  15. Apportionment 78
  16. Transfer by a Person Authorised Only in Certain Circumstances, and Property Charged with Maintenance 83
  17. Restrictive Covenants: When an Obligation Runs with the Land 88
  18. Transfer by an Ostensible Owner 93
  19. Transfer by a Person Having Authority to Revoke a Former Transfer 98
  20. Feeding the Grant by Estoppel 101
  21. Transfers by Co-owners and by Persons Having Distinct Interests 106
  22. Priority of Rights Created by Transfer, and Rent Paid to a Holder under a Defective Title 111
  23. Improvements Made by a Bona Fide Holder under a Defective Title 116
  24. Lis Pendens 121
  25. Fraudulent Transfer 126
  26. Part Performance 131

Module II Specific transfers: Sale, and Mortgage and Charge (Sections 54 to 104)

  1. Sale Defined, and How a Sale Is Made 139
  2. Rights and Liabilities of Buyer and Seller 144
  3. Marshalling by a Subsequent Purchaser 151
  4. Discharge of Incumbrances on Sale 155
  5. Mortgage Defined, and the Six Kinds of Mortgage 159
  6. How a Mortgage Is Made 164
  7. The Right of Redemption, and Clogs on It 168
  8. Accession, Improvements, Renewed Leases and the Mortgagor's Power to Lease 174
  9. Rights and Liabilities of the Mortgagee 180
  10. The Mortgagee in Possession 187
  11. Priority, Contribution and Marshalling among Mortgagees 193
  12. Subrogation, and the Abolition of Tacking 199
  13. Suits for Foreclosure, Sale and Redemption 204
  14. Charges 209

Module III Specific transfers: Lease, Exchange, Gift and Actionable Claims, and the Indian Easements Act 1882

  1. Lease Defined, and How a Lease Is Made 214
  2. Rights and Liabilities of Lessor and Lessee 219
  3. Transfer of the Lessor's Interest, and Computing the Term 225
  4. Determination of a Lease, Forfeiture and Relief 229
  5. Exchange 236
  6. Gift 240
  7. Actionable Claims 246
  8. What an Easement Is 252
  9. Kinds of Easements 259
  10. Acquisition of Easements, and Easement by Prescription 265
  11. The Rights and Incidents of an Easement 272
  12. Disturbance of Easements 278
  13. Extinction, Suspension and Revival of Easements 283
  14. Licences, and Licence against Lease and Easement 289

Module IV The Registration Act 1908 and the Maharashtra Stamp Act 1958

  1. What the Registration Act Does, and the Registration Establishment 296
  2. Documents of Which Registration Is Compulsory 301
  3. Documents of Which Registration Is Optional 306
  4. Time for Presenting Documents, and Delay 310
  5. The Time from Which a Registered Document Operates 314
  6. The Effect of Non-registration 318
  7. The Rest of the Registration Act 323
  8. The Maharashtra Stamp Act: What It Is For, and Its Definitions 329
  9. Liability of Instruments to Duty 334
  10. Kinds of Stamps and the Mode of Using Them 339
  11. The Time of Stamping 344
  12. Duty Payable by Whom 348
  13. Adjudication as to Proper Stamp 352
  14. Impounding of Instruments, and Admissibility in Evidence 357
  15. Allowances for Stamps 363
  16. Reference, Revision and Appeal 369
  17. The Rest of the Maharashtra Stamp Act 374
munotes.in

Module I

General principles of transfer of property

munotes.in

Chapter One

What Property Means, and Movable against Immovable Property

Syllabus topic 1.1, "Meaning of property under the Transfer of Property Act, 1882: Kinds of property, movable and immovable; Definitions"

In one line

Almost every rule in this Act applies only to immovable property, so before anything else you have to be able to say whether the thing in front of you is immovable or movable.

In the wording a student can write in an exam: the Transfer of Property Act 1882 does not define "property" at all, and defines "immoveable property" only negatively in section 3, so the working definition is assembled from section 3(26) of the General Clauses Act 1897 and section 2(6) of the Registration Act 1908, read with the definition of "attached to the earth" in section 3 of the Act itself.

Why this question comes first

It is not a definitional warm-up. The answer decides which rules apply to your facts.

If the property is immovable and worth a hundred rupees or more, a sale of it can be made only by a registered instrument under section 54, and an unregistered document will not pass title. If it is movable, none of that applies and the Sale of Goods Act 1930 governs instead. Registration under the Registration Act 1908, which is Module IV of this syllabus, is triggered by the same distinction. So a student who cannot classify the subject matter cannot begin the question.

The distinction also decides how the thing is delivered. Immovable property changes hands by a document; movable property can change hands by handing it over.

The provision itself

Section 3 of the Act, the interpretation clause, provides only this about the term:

"immoveable property" does not include standing timber, growing crops or grass.

That is the whole of it. It tells you three things that are excluded and nothing that is included, which is why the definition has to be completed from elsewhere.

Section 3(26) of the General Clauses Act 1897 supplies the positive half:

"immovable property" shall include land, benefits to arise out of land, and things attached to the earth, or permanently fastened to anything attached to the earth.

Section 2(6) of the Registration Act 1908 is fuller again, and it repeats the Act's three exclusions:

"Immovable Property" includes land, buildings, hereditary allowances, rights to ways, lights, ferries, fisheries or any other benefit to arise out of land, and things attached to the earth, or permanently fastened to anything which is attached to the earth, but not standing timber, growing crops nor grass.

And section 3(36) of the General Clauses Act 1897 defines the other half by subtraction:

"movable property" shall mean property of every description, except immovable property.

"Attached to the earth", broken down

Section 3 of the Act defines this phrase, and it is the phrase the whole classification turns on. It means:

(a) Rooted in the earth, as in the case of trees and shrubs.

munotes.in1

What Property Means, and Movable against Immovable Property

(b) Imbedded in the earth, as in the case of walls or buildings.

(c) Attached to what is so imbedded for the permanent beneficial enjoyment of that to which it is attached.

Clause (c) is the one that is tested. It is not enough that a thing is fixed to a building. It must be fixed there so that the building can be enjoyed better and permanently. Doors and windows are attached for the permanent beneficial enjoyment of the house, so they are immovable. A ceiling fan or a picture hung on a hook is not: the house is not being enjoyed better as a house, the fan is simply being used, and the attachment is for the enjoyment of the thing itself.

Two tests are usually applied together to a fixture. The degree of attachment, meaning how firmly the thing is fixed and how much damage removal would do; and the object of attachment, meaning why it was fixed there at all. The second is the more important, and it is the one section 3(c) writes into the statute.

The three exclusions, and why standing timber is the hard one

Standing timber, growing crops and grass are excluded from immovable property by section 3 of the Act and again by section 2(6) of the Registration Act. Crops and grass are straightforward: they are grown to be cut, they have a short life, and nobody buys land in order to keep the standing wheat on it.

Timber is where students lose marks, because a tree is rooted in the earth and so answers the definition of "attached to the earth" in section 3(a). The distinction is between a timber tree and standing timber.

A tree growing and drawing nourishment from the soil, expected to remain there, is immovable property. The same tree becomes standing timber when the intention is that it should be cut and used as timber, and it is to be cut reasonably soon rather than allowed to grow on. So the classification depends on the purpose the parties have for the tree, not on the species. Neem, mango and jackfruit trees have all been held to be immovable property while they are being kept for their fruit or shade, and the same trees sold to a contractor for felling within a season are standing timber and therefore movable.

"Benefits to arise out of land"

This phrase in both positive definitions carries more than a beginner expects. It means that a right which is not itself a piece of ground can still be immovable property, because it issues out of land.

The Registration Act names some of them: hereditary allowances, rights to ways, lights, ferries and fisheries. Others recognised in practice are the right to collect rent from land, the right to collect dues at a market or fair held on land, and the right to catch fish in a particular stretch of water. A mortgage debt secured on land is a benefit arising out of land. A right of way over a neighbour's field, which is an easement and the subject of Module III, is immovable property in the hands of the person who has it.

munotes.in2

What Property Means, and Movable against Immovable Property

A worked example

Vaishali owns a bungalow at Vasai with a compound. She agrees to sell to Girish, for one lump sum, the following: the bungalow; the twelve teak trees in the compound, which Girish tells her he will fell and sell to a furniture workshop within the year; the standing paddy in the strip behind the house; the overhead water tank, which rests on a concrete platform built into the ground; and the two air conditioners fitted into the bedroom windows.

Work through it item by item.

The bungalow is imbedded in the earth under section 3(b), and it is named in terms in section 2(6) of the Registration Act. Immovable.

The teak trees are rooted in the earth, so they answer section 3(a). But the agreed purpose is that Girish will cut them shortly and use the wood. That makes them standing timber, and section 3 of the Act expressly takes standing timber out of immovable property. Movable.

The paddy is a growing crop, excluded by name. Movable.

The water tank is attached to a platform which is itself imbedded in the earth, and it is there so that the house has a permanent water supply. That is clause (c) exactly: attached to what is imbedded, for the permanent beneficial enjoyment of the house. Immovable.

The air conditioners are fitted into window openings and can be lifted out leaving the wall as it was. They are there for their own use, not so that the house may be enjoyed better as a house. Movable.

The practical consequence is the point of the exercise. The bungalow and the tank must be conveyed by a registered sale deed under section 54, because their value is well above a hundred rupees. The trees, the paddy and the air conditioners are movables and pass by delivery under the Sale of Goods Act 1930. One transaction, two legal regimes, and the price should really have been apportioned.

What it does NOT mean

It does not mean that anything fixed to the ground is immovable. Machinery bolted to a floor is the standard illustration. If it is bolted down only to keep it steady while it runs, it stays movable, because the object of the attachment is the better working of the machine and not the better enjoyment of the building.

munotes.in3

What Property Means, and Movable against Immovable Property

It does not mean the label the parties use decides it. Calling the teak trees "immovable property" in the deed does not make them so. The classification is a question of law on the facts, and the courts look at what was intended to happen to the thing.

It does not mean a tree is always immovable. See above. The same tree can be either, depending on whether it is being kept or being cut.

It does not mean the Act defines "property". It does not. It defines only "immoveable property", and only by exclusion. A student who writes that section 3 defines property has misread the section.

Distinctions

Immovable propertyMovable property
Where definedNegatively in s.3 of this Act; positively in s.3(26) General Clauses Act 1897 and s.2(6) Registration Act 1908s.3(36) General Clauses Act 1897, everything that is not immovable
How transferredBy a registered instrument where s.54 or the Registration Act requires oneBy delivery, under the Sale of Goods Act 1930
RegistrationCompulsory for the transactions listed in s.17 of the Registration Act 1908Not registrable under that Act
ExamplesLand, buildings, a right of way, a right to collect rent, a fishery, doors and windowsStanding timber, growing crops, grass, a ceiling fan, machinery fixed only for steadiness
Governing statute for saleTransfer of Property Act 1882Sale of Goods Act 1930
Timber treeStanding timber
What it isA tree kept for its fruit, shade or continued growthA tree meant to be cut and used as wood
Attached to the earth?Yes, rooted, s.3(a)Rooted, but excluded by name in s.3
ClassificationImmovableMovable
TestThe intention of the parties about the tree, not the species

Quick revision

  • The Act does not define "property"; section 3 defines "immoveable property" only by saying what it excludes: standing timber, growing crops, grass.
  • The positive definitions are section 3(26) of the General Clauses Act 1897 and section 2(6) of the Registration Act 1908.
  • "Attached to the earth" in section 3 has three limbs: rooted; imbedded; attached to what is imbedded for the permanent beneficial enjoyment of that thing.
  • Fixtures: ask about the object of the attachment more than the degree.
  • Timber tree is immovable; standing timber is movable. The intention about the tree decides.
  • "Benefits to arise out of land" are immovable: rights of way, ferries, fisheries, the right to collect rent.
  • Movable property is defined by subtraction: everything that is not immovable, section 3(36) General Clauses Act.
  • Why it matters: section 54 requires a registered instrument for immovable property worth a hundred rupees or more, and Module IV's Registration Act is triggered by the same line.
munotes.in4

What Property Means, and Movable against Immovable Property

Test yourself

1. Does the Transfer of Property Act 1882 define "property"? No. It defines only "immoveable property", and only negatively, in section 3: the term does not include standing timber, growing crops or grass. The positive content comes from section 3(26) of the General Clauses Act 1897 and section 2(6) of the Registration Act 1908.

2. Ashok sells the mango trees in his orchard to a fruit merchant, who is to take the fruit for the next ten years. Movable or immovable? Immovable. The trees are rooted in the earth under section 3(a), and the arrangement is that they stay in the ground and keep growing so that the fruit can be taken. They are timber trees kept for their produce, not standing timber, so the exclusion in section 3 does not apply. What is sold is also a benefit arising out of land.

3. State the three limbs of "attached to the earth". Rooted in the earth, as with trees and shrubs; imbedded in the earth, as with walls or buildings; and attached to what is so imbedded for the permanent beneficial enjoyment of that to which it is attached.

4. A weaving loom is bolted to the factory floor so that it does not shake. Is it immovable? No. The degree of attachment is real but the object of the attachment is the working of the loom, not the better enjoyment of the building. It does not answer the third limb of section 3, so it remains movable.

5. Why does the classification matter in practice? Because it selects the legal regime. Immovable property of a hundred rupees or more can be sold only by a registered instrument under section 54, and the transactions in section 17 of the Registration Act 1908 must be registered. Movable property passes by delivery under the Sale of Goods Act 1930.

6. Is a right to collect rent from a shop immovable property? Yes. It is a benefit arising out of land within section 3(26) of the General Clauses Act 1897 and section 2(6) of the Registration Act 1908, even though the right itself is not a physical thing.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in5

Chapter Two

The Interpretation Clause: Attestation, Notice and the Words the Act Runs On

Syllabus topic 1.1, "Definitions"; and 1.2, "Attestation"

In one line

Section 3 is the dictionary the rest of the Act reads itself with, and two of its entries, attestation and notice, decide real cases on their own.

In exam wording: section 3 of the Transfer of Property Act 1882 is the interpretation clause, and it defines "instrument", "attested", "registered", "attached to the earth", "immoveable property", "actionable claim" and "notice", the last with three Explanations that create constructive and imputed notice.

Why a definition can decide a case

Most of this Act works by attaching a consequence to a word. A mortgage must be "attested". A transferee is protected only if he took "without notice". If the word is not satisfied, the consequence does not follow, however fair the result would be. So these are not preliminaries; they are operative rules wearing the clothes of a dictionary.

Two of them do the most work. Attestation, because a mortgage under section 59 and a gift under section 123 must be attested, and a document that fails the definition fails altogether. Notice, because a long list of protections in this Act, including the ostensible owner rule in section 41, the doctrine in section 39, and priority questions under section 48, turn on whether a person had notice.

"Instrument"

The Act provides that "instrument" means a non-testamentary instrument.

A testamentary instrument is a will, meaning a document that takes effect only on the death of the person who made it. It is excluded. That is consistent with section 5, taught in [Transfer of Property Defined], which confines the Act to transfers between living persons. So when the Act says "instrument" anywhere, it is not talking about a will.

"Attested", broken down

This is the definition MU names as a topic in its own right. The Act provides that "attested", in relation to an instrument, means and shall be deemed always to have meant attested by two or more witnesses, each of whom has one of three qualifying experiences and has then signed.

One, there must be two or more witnesses. Two is the floor. One witness is not attestation and the document is not attested.

Two, each witness must have done one of these three things:

  • seen the executant sign the instrument or affix his mark to it; or
  • seen some other person sign the instrument in the presence and by the direction of the executant; or
  • received from the executant a personal acknowledgement of his signature or mark, or of the signature of that other person.

The executant is the person who makes and signs the document, so in a mortgage that is the mortgagor. The third limb is the generous one: a witness who did not watch the signing can still attest if the executant later tells him personally that the signature is his.

munotes.in6

The Interpretation Clause: Attestation, Notice and the Words the Act Runs On

Three, each witness must have signed the instrument in the presence of the executant. This runs the other way from limb two. The executant need not see the witness's experience, but the executant must see the witness sign.

Four, they need not be present at the same time. The definition says so in terms. Witness A can attest in the morning and witness B in the evening.

Five, no particular form of attestation is necessary. The word "witness" need not appear anywhere.

The requirement the examiner tests is animus attestandi, the intention to attest. The phrase means the mind of attesting: a person signs as a witness to the execution, and not for some other reason. So a Sub-Registrar who signs the endorsement, an identifying witness who signs to say he knows the parties, or a scribe who signs to say he wrote the document, is not an attesting witness, because none of them signed in order to witness the execution. This is why a document can carry four signatures and still not be attested.

"Registered"

The Act provides that "registered" means registered in any part of the territories to which the Act extends, under the law for the time being in force regulating the registration of documents. That law is the Registration Act 1908, which is Module IV of this syllabus and is taught from [What the Registration Act Does, and the Registration Establishment] onwards.

"Actionable claim"

The Act provides that an actionable claim means a claim to any debt, other than a debt secured by mortgage of immoveable property or by hypothecation or pledge of moveable property, or to any beneficial interest in moveable property not in the possession, either actual or constructive, of the claimant, which the Civil Courts recognise as affording grounds for relief, whether such debt or beneficial interest be existent, accruing, conditional or contingent.

Read slowly, it covers two things: an unsecured debt, and a beneficial interest in movable property that the claimant does not have in his possession. A secured debt is excluded by name. The transfer of actionable claims is dealt with in [Actionable Claims].

"Notice", and its three forms

The Act provides that a person is said to have notice of a fact when he actually knows that fact, or when, but for wilful abstention from an enquiry or search which he ought to have made, or gross negligence, he would have known it.

That single sentence contains the first two forms.

Actual or express notice is the first limb: he actually knows.

Constructive notice is the second limb: he does not actually know, but the law treats him as knowing because he ought to have known. Constructive notice arises in two ways under the section itself:

munotes.in7

The Interpretation Clause: Attestation, Notice and the Words the Act Runs On

  • Wilful abstention from an enquiry or search which he ought to have made. This is deliberate not-looking. A buyer who is told the seller's title deeds are with a bank and pointedly does not ask why is wilfully abstaining.
  • Gross negligence. Not mere carelessness, but a degree of carelessness so serious that the law will not let the person profit from it.

Imputed notice is the third form and comes from Explanation III: notice acquired by an agent is treated as the principal's notice.

The three Explanations

Explanation I: registration is notice. Where a transaction relating to immovable property is required by law to be, and has been, effected by a registered instrument, any person acquiring the property, or any part, share or interest in it, is deemed to have notice of that instrument from the date of registration.

The Explanation carries provisos, and they matter. The instrument must have been registered and the registration completed in the manner prescribed by the Registration Act 1908 and the rules under it, and the instrument or memorandum must have been duly entered or filed in the books kept under section 51 of that Act. So a registration that was not properly completed does not give notice to the world.

Note the two conditions in the opening words: the transaction must be one that the law requires to be registered, and it must have been registered. Registering a document that did not need registration does not fix everyone with notice of it.

Explanation II: possession is notice. Any person acquiring immovable property, or a share or interest in it, is deemed to have notice of the title, if any, of any person who is for the time being in actual possession of it.

This is the most practical rule in the section. A buyer must look at the land and ask who is on it. If a tenant, or a person under an agreement of sale, is in actual possession, the buyer is fixed with notice of whatever title that person has, whether or not he asked. It is also the rule that makes the possession in [Part Performance] dangerous for a later purchaser.

Explanation III: an agent's notice is the principal's. A person is deemed to have had notice of a fact if his agent acquires notice of it while acting on his behalf in the course of the business to which that fact is material.

The three conditions are visible in the words: the agent must acquire the notice while acting for the principal, in the course of that business, and the fact must be material to it. Something an agent learned years earlier in another job is not imputed.

munotes.in8

The Interpretation Clause: Attestation, Notice and the Words the Act Runs On

The proviso is the fairness valve. If the agent fraudulently conceals the fact, the principal is not charged with notice of it as against any person who was a party to the fraud or otherwise knew of it. So the principal is protected against a dishonest agent, but only against people who were in on the fraud.

A worked example

Farid agrees to buy a flat at Kurla from Meera. Three facts are true and Farid knows none of them.

One. Meera had mortgaged the flat to a bank two years earlier by a registered deed, properly registered and entered in the book under section 51 of the Registration Act 1908.

Two. A tenant, Sanjay, has been living in the flat for four years under an oral arrangement and is there on the day Farid inspects.

Three. Farid's advocate, engaged to do the title search for this very purchase, found a decree against Meera in the register and forgot to mention it.

Take them in turn.

The mortgage is caught by Explanation I. A mortgage of immovable property for that value must be registered, it was registered, and the registration was completed properly. Farid is deemed to have notice from the date of registration, and it makes no difference that he never opened the register.

Sanjay's tenancy is caught by Explanation II. Sanjay was in actual possession, so Farid has notice of Sanjay's title whether or not he asked who the man in the flat was. Had Farid asked and been lied to, the answer would be the same: the Explanation is about possession, not about enquiry.

The decree is caught by Explanation III. The advocate acquired the notice while acting for Farid, in the course of the very business of buying this flat, and the fact was material to it. It is imputed to Farid. If the advocate had fraudulently concealed it, the proviso would protect Farid, but only against Meera if she was party to the fraud.

Farid therefore buys with notice of all three, and cannot claim any of the protections in this Act that are given only to a transferee without notice.

What it does NOT mean

Attestation does not mean the witness knows what is in the document. He witnesses the execution, not the contents. A witness who cannot read may still attest.

A party to the document cannot attest it. The witness attests the executant's signing; a person cannot witness his own execution. The mortgagee, however, has been held capable of attesting in some circumstances, which is why the safe practice is to use independent witnesses.

munotes.in9

The Interpretation Clause: Attestation, Notice and the Words the Act Runs On

Constructive notice is not the same as suspicion. The section requires wilful abstention or gross negligence. A buyer who makes the ordinary enquiries and finds nothing is not fixed with notice merely because something existed.

Registration is not notice of everything. Explanation I applies only where registration was required by law and was properly completed. A voluntarily registered document does not fix the world with notice.

Possession must be actual. Explanation II speaks of a person "for the time being in actual possession". A person with a right to possession who is not on the land does not attract it.

Distinctions

Actual noticeConstructive noticeImputed notice
SourceFirst limb of the definition in s.3Second limb, and Explanations I and IIExplanation III
BasisHe knowsHe ought to have knownHis agent knew
TriggerKnowledge in factWilful abstention, gross negligence, registration, possessionAgent acting for him, in that business, on a material fact
DefenceNone, he knowsThat the enquiry was made and was reasonableThe proviso, where the agent fraudulently concealed
Attesting witnessIdentifying witnessScribe
Why he signsTo witness the executionTo say he knows who the parties areTo say he wrote the document
Animus attestandiPresentAbsentAbsent
Counts towards the two required by s.3YesNoNo

Quick revision

  • Section 3 defines "instrument" as a non-testamentary instrument, so a will is outside it.
  • Attestation: two or more witnesses; each saw the executant sign, or saw another sign by his direction, or got a personal acknowledgement; each signed in the presence of the executant; they need not be together; no particular form.
  • The unwritten requirement is animus attestandi, the intention to attest. A scribe or an identifying witness does not qualify.
  • Notice has three forms: actual, constructive, imputed.
  • Constructive notice arises from wilful abstention from an enquiry one ought to make, or gross negligence.
  • Explanation I: a required and properly completed registration is notice from the date of registration.
  • Explanation II: actual possession is notice of the possessor's title.
  • Explanation III: an agent's notice is the principal's, if acquired in that business on a material fact; the proviso saves the principal where the agent fraudulently concealed.
  • Attestation matters because section 59 (mortgage) and section 123 (gift) require it.

Test yourself

1. A mortgage deed is signed by the mortgagor, by the scribe who wrote it, and by one neighbour who watched the mortgagor sign. Is it attested within section 3? No. Section 3 requires two or more attesting witnesses. The scribe signed to say he wrote the document, not to witness the execution, so he lacks animus attestandi and does not count. Only the neighbour qualifies, which is one witness, and one is not enough. The deed is not attested, and a mortgage that is not attested does not satisfy section 59.

munotes.in10

The Interpretation Clause: Attestation, Notice and the Words the Act Runs On

2. Can a person attest a document if he did not see it signed? Yes, on the third limb. It is enough that he received from the executant a personal acknowledgement of the signature or mark. He must still sign the instrument in the presence of the executant.

3. Must both attesting witnesses be present at the same time? No. Section 3 provides in terms that it is not necessary that more than one of the witnesses should have been present at the same time.

4. Priya buys a plot without visiting it. A man has been farming it for six years under an unregistered agreement of sale. Does Priya have notice? Yes, by Explanation II. He was in actual possession for the time being, so Priya is deemed to have notice of his title, and her not having gone to look makes no difference.

5. What are the two conditions before Explanation I fixes a buyer with notice of a registered document? That the transaction was one which the law required to be effected by a registered instrument and it has been so effected, and that the registration was completed in the manner prescribed by the Registration Act 1908, with the instrument or memorandum duly entered or filed in the books kept under section 51 of that Act.

6. An agent buying land for his principal is told by the seller about an easement over the land, and hides it because he is being paid by the seller. Is the principal fixed with notice? Under Explanation III the agent's notice would be imputed, but the proviso applies: where the agent fraudulently conceals the fact, the principal is not charged with notice as against a person who was a party to the fraud or otherwise knew of it. The seller was a party to it, so the principal is not fixed with notice as against the seller.

7. Is a debt secured by a mortgage of immovable property an actionable claim? No. The definition in section 3 expressly excludes a debt secured by mortgage of immoveable property, and also one secured by hypothecation or pledge of moveable property.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in11

Chapter Three

How the Act Is Arranged, and What It Does Not Cover

Syllabus topic 1.1, "Meaning of property under the Transfer of Property Act, 1882"

In one line

This Act governs transfers made by the act of the parties, and almost nothing else, and section 2 is where it says so.

In exam wording: the Transfer of Property Act 1882 came into force on 1 July 1882, and by section 2 it saves transfers by operation of law and transfers made in execution of a decree, save as provided by section 57 and Chapter IV, so its subject is transfer by act of parties.

Why a student should not skip these three sections

Because they answer the question "does this Act apply at all?", and a paper that begins with a partition, an inheritance or a court auction is testing exactly that. A student who starts applying section 54 to a court sale has lost the question in the first line.

Section 1: title, commencement and extent

The Act may be called the Transfer of Property Act 1882. It came into force on 1 July 1882.

The extent provision is a piece of history that still has a practical tail. The Act was extended in the first instance to the whole of India except the territories which immediately before 1 November 1956 were comprised in Part B States, and except Bombay, Punjab and Delhi. The Act then gave State Governments power, by notification in the Official Gazette, to extend it to the whole or any part of those territories, and power to exempt any part of their territories from sections 54 paragraphs 2 and 3, 59, 107 and 123.

For a student in Mumbai the answer is settled and worth knowing: the Act was extended to the Presidency of Bombay, excluding the Scheduled Districts, with effect from 1 January 1893, and to the former princely areas with effect from 1 April 1951, and it now applies to the whole of Maharashtra.

Notice which five provisions the exemption power singles out. They are the paragraphs requiring registration: sale under section 54, mortgage under section 59, lease under section 107 and gift under section 123. Those are the provisions section 4 also links to the Registration Act, and they are the spine of Module IV.

Section 2: what the Act does not touch

Section 2 repeals the enactments listed in the Schedule, and then saves five things. Nothing in the Act is to be deemed to affect:

(a) the provisions of any enactment not expressly repealed by it;

(b) any terms or incidents of any contract or constitution of property which are consistent with the Act and allowed by the law for the time being in force;

(c) any right or liability arising out of a legal relation constituted before the Act came into force, or any relief in respect of such a right or liability;

munotes.in12

How the Act Is Arranged, and What It Does Not Cover

(d) save as provided by section 57 and Chapter IV of the Act, any transfer by operation of law or by, or in execution of, a decree or order of a Court of competent jurisdiction;

and nothing in Chapter II of the Act is to be deemed to affect any rule of Muhammadan law.

Clause (d) is the one that decides questions. A transfer by operation of law is one the law brings about without the parties choosing it: succession on death, insolvency, forfeiture, and the vesting that follows a court decree. A sale held by a court in execution of a decree is in the same category. None of these is a transfer by act of parties, so the Act's machinery does not apply to them, except as section 57 and Chapter IV, which is the law of mortgages, provide.

The saving of Muhammadan law is limited to Chapter II, meaning the general principles in sections 5 to 53A. It is the reason a hiba, a gift under Muhammadan law, does not have to satisfy section 123, which requires a registered and attested instrument. A hiba is valid on declaration, acceptance and delivery of possession. Chapter VII of the Act, which contains section 123, is not within the saving in terms, but the courts have read the saving as protecting the Muhammadan law of gifts, and the practical position is that a hiba is governed by that law.

Transfer and transmission

The Act uses the word transfer. Examiners also use its counterpart, transmission, and the pair is worth naming because the distinction is the one section 2(d) draws.

Transfer is the passing of property by the act of the parties: somebody conveys, and this Act governs it.

Transmission is the passing of property by operation of law, without any act of the parties: succession on death, devolution on an heir, vesting in an official assignee on insolvency, forfeiture, or the vesting that follows a court sale.

Three consequences follow, and they are the substance of an answer.

Transmission needs no instrument. Nothing is executed, so no question of registration or attestation arises, and the Stamp Act has no instrument to tax.

This Act does not govern it. Section 2(d) saves transfers by operation of law and in execution of a decree, save as provided by section 57 and Chapter IV.

The transmittee takes subject to what burdened the property. He steps into the previous owner's position rather than taking a fresh title, which is why a mortgage or a charge survives an inheritance.

munotes.in13

How the Act Is Arranged, and What It Does Not Cover

Section 4: how this Act sits with two others

Section 4 provides that the chapters and sections of the Act which relate to contracts are to be taken as part of the Indian Contract Act 1872, and that sections 54 paragraphs 2 and 3, 59, 107 and 123 are to be read as supplemental to the Registration Act 1908.

The first half is why the Contract Act's rules on competence, free consent, lawful object and coercion apply to a transfer under this Act without being repeated in it. When section 7 says "every person competent to contract", it is pointing at sections 11 and 12 of the Contract Act.

The second half is why this subject has a Module IV at all. The four registration provisions of this Act are not free-standing; they are read together with the Registration Act, and a question about whether a sale deed had to be registered is answered from both statutes at once.

A worked example

Ramesh dies intestate, that is, without leaving a will. His flat at Dombivli passes to his two daughters as his heirs. One daughter, Sunita, later borrows money and her creditor obtains a decree, in execution of which the court sells her half share at auction to Bhavesh. Bhavesh then agrees to sell that half share to Kiran by a registered deed.

Three transfers, and only one of them is governed by this Act.

Ramesh to his daughters is succession. It happens by operation of law on his death, nobody executed anything, and it is saved by section 2(d). The Act does not apply, and neither does section 54.

Sunita to Bhavesh is a sale in execution of a decree of a competent court. It is saved by section 2(d) in terms, so the Act does not govern it either. Its validity is a question for the Code of Civil Procedure 1908 and the rules on execution sales.

Bhavesh to Kiran is a transfer by act of parties between two living persons. Section 5 is satisfied, and the Act applies in full: section 54 governs how the sale is made, section 55 sets the rights and liabilities of the two of them, and the Registration Act 1908 requires the deed to be registered.

What it does NOT mean

It does not mean the Act is confined to immovable property. Chapter II, sections 5 to 53A, applies to property of any kind, movable or immovable. The heading above section 5 says so: "Transfer of Property, whether moveable or immoveable". It is Chapters III to VII, sale, mortgage, lease, exchange and gift, that are largely about immovable property.

It does not mean the Act is exhaustive. Section 2(a) preserves other enactments, and section 2(b) preserves consistent contractual terms. The Act is a set of rules about transfers, not a code of property law.

munotes.in14

How the Act Is Arranged, and What It Does Not Cover

It does not mean partition is a transfer. A partition among co-owners is generally not a transfer at all, because each co-owner already had an interest in every part and partition merely works out what belongs to whom. Nothing new is conveyed.

It does not mean a court sale can never touch the Act. Section 2(d) itself excepts section 57 and Chapter IV, and the doctrine of lis pendens in section 52, taught in [Lis Pendens], applies to transfers made while a suit is pending.

Distinctions

Transfer by act of partiesTransfer by operation of law
How it happensThe parties execute somethingThe law brings it about
ExamplesSale, mortgage, lease, exchange, giftSuccession, insolvency, forfeiture, court auction sale, vesting under a decree
Governed by this ActYesNo, saved by s.2(d), except as s.57 and Chapter IV provide
Where the rules areThis Act, with the Contract Act by s.4Succession law, insolvency law, the Code of Civil Procedure 1908

Quick revision

  • The Act came into force on 1 July 1882 and is Act 4 of 1882.
  • It applies to the whole of Maharashtra; the exemption power in section 1 targets sections 54 paragraphs 2 and 3, 59, 107 and 123, the four registration provisions.
  • Section 2 saves: other unrepealed enactments; consistent contractual terms; rights under pre-Act legal relations; and, save as provided by section 57 and Chapter IV, transfers by operation of law or in execution of a decree.
  • Chapter II does not affect any rule of Muhammadan law, which is why a hiba need not meet section 123.
  • Section 4: the contract provisions of this Act are part of the Contract Act 1872; sections 54 paragraphs 2 and 3, 59, 107 and 123 are supplemental to the Registration Act 1908.
  • Chapter II applies to movable and immovable property alike.

Test yourself

1. A house is auctioned by a court in execution of a money decree. Does the Transfer of Property Act govern the sale? No. Section 2(d) saves any transfer by, or in execution of, a decree or order of a competent court, save as provided by section 57 and Chapter IV. The sale is governed by the Code of Civil Procedure 1908.

2. Does the Act apply to movable property? Yes, in Chapter II. Sections 5 to 53A apply to property of any kind, and the heading above section 5 says "whether moveable or immoveable". The chapters on sale, mortgage, lease, exchange and gift are mainly concerned with immovable property.

3. Why does a Muslim gift not need a registered instrument under section 123? Because section 2 provides that nothing in Chapter II is to be deemed to affect any rule of Muhammadan law, and the courts have applied that saving to the law of gifts. A hiba is complete on declaration, acceptance and delivery of possession.

munotes.in15

How the Act Is Arranged, and What It Does Not Cover

4. What does section 4 do? Two things. It makes the provisions of this Act which relate to contracts part of the Indian Contract Act 1872, so that Act's rules on competence and consent apply here. And it makes sections 54 paragraphs 2 and 3, 59, 107 and 123 supplemental to the Registration Act 1908.

5. Is a partition between two brothers a transfer under this Act? Generally no. Each co-owner already holds an interest in the whole, and partition adjusts possession and title between them rather than conveying anything new, so there is no transfer within section 5.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in16

Chapter Four

Transfer of Property Defined

Syllabus topic 1.2, "General principles of transfer of property"

In one line

A transfer of property is one living person handing property over to another living person, or to himself and another, now or in the future.

In exam wording: section 5 provides that "transfer of property" means an act by which a living person conveys property, in present or in future, to one or more other living persons, or to himself, or to himself and one or more other living persons, and "to transfer property" is to perform such act.

Why the definition is drawn this way

Everything after section 5 uses the phrase "transfer of property", so the phrase has to have an edge. Two words in the definition draw that edge, and both are tested.

"Living person" keeps wills out. A will operates only on death, so a testator is not a living person conveying to a living person, and the Act does not govern wills at all. That is also why section 3 defines "instrument" as a non-testamentary instrument, as explained in [The Interpretation Clause: Attestation, Notice and the Words the Act Runs On]. Wills are governed by the Indian Succession Act 1925.

"Conveys" keeps out arrangements that do not move an interest from one person to another. Nothing is conveyed by a partition, because each sharer already owned an undivided interest in the whole.

The provision itself

Section 5 provides that in the following sections "transfer of property" means an act by which a living person conveys property, in present or in future, to one or more other living persons, or to himself, or to himself and one or more other living persons; and "to transfer property" is to perform such act.

The section adds a paragraph on who counts as a living person:

In this section "living person" includes a company or association or body of individuals, whether incorporated or not, but nothing herein contained shall affect any law for the time being in force relating to transfer of property to or by companies, associations or bodies of individuals.

Broken down

One, the transferor must be a living person. A dead person cannot transfer, so a will is outside the Act. A company, an association or a body of individuals, incorporated or not, is a living person for this purpose.

Two, the transferee must be a living person, or the transferor himself, or the transferor and another. The Act was amended in 1929 to add "or to himself", which put beyond doubt that a person may transfer property to himself, as happens when someone declares himself a trustee of his own property. He can also transfer to himself and another jointly, which is how a sole owner adds a spouse as joint owner.

munotes.in17

Transfer of Property Defined

Because the transferee must be a living person, a transfer directly to an unborn child is not possible. What the Act permits instead is the machinery in section 13, taught in [Transfer for the Benefit of an Unborn Person].

Three, there must be a conveyance. An interest must pass out of the transferor and into the transferee.

Four, it may be in present or in future. This is the phrase students misread, and the misreading is worth marking. It qualifies the conveyance, not the property. A person may convey today an interest that will fall into possession later, for example a remainder after a life interest. What he cannot do is convey property that does not yet exist or that he does not yet have any interest in, because there is nothing to convey. A transfer of future property operates, if at all, as a contract to transfer when the property comes into existence.

A worked example

Anand owns a shop at Thane. Consider five arrangements.

One. Anand executes a registered deed conveying the shop to his brother Bharat. A living person conveys property to another living person. A transfer under section 5.

Two. Anand makes a will leaving the shop to Bharat. Not a transfer under section 5, because it takes effect only on Anand's death and there is no conveyance by a living person. The Indian Succession Act 1925 governs it.

Three. Anand executes a deed declaring that he holds the shop from today as trustee for his daughter. He has transferred to himself in a new capacity, which the words "or to himself" expressly permit.

Four. Anand and Bharat, who jointly inherited the shop from their father, execute a deed of partition by which Anand takes the shop and Bharat takes the godown. Not a transfer. Each already had an undivided interest in both properties; the deed works out their shares rather than conveying anything new.

Five. Anand agrees to sell Bharat the crop that his field will produce next season. The crop does not exist yet. This cannot operate as a transfer under section 5 for want of anything to convey; it takes effect as a contract to transfer the crop when it comes into being.

What it does NOT mean

"In present or in future" does not mean future property can be transferred. It means the conveyance may be of an interest that vests in possession later. A transfer of property not yet in existence operates as a contract.

It does not mean a transfer must be for consideration. A gift is a transfer under section 5 and is dealt with in [Gift]. Consideration is what separates the kinds of transfer, not what makes something a transfer.

munotes.in18

Transfer of Property Defined

It does not mean the transferee must be a natural person. A company or an unincorporated association counts, by the second paragraph of the section.

A surrender, a relinquishment or a family settlement is usually not a transfer. A surrender of a lease extinguishes an interest rather than conveying one; a relinquishment by a coparcener enlarges the shares of the others by operation of law; and a family settlement recognises pre-existing claims rather than creating new ones. Each of these is a standard answer point and each rests on the absence of a conveyance.

Distinctions

Transfer under section 5Not a transfer
ExamplesSale, mortgage, lease, exchange, gift, a declaration of trust over one's own propertyWill, succession, partition, surrender, relinquishment, family settlement, court auction sale
WhyA living person conveys an interest to a living personNo conveyance, or not between living persons, or by operation of law under s.2(d)
Governing lawThis ActSuccession Act 1925, personal law, the Code of Civil Procedure 1908

Quick revision

  • Section 5: an act by which a living person conveys property, in present or in future, to one or more other living persons, or to himself, or to himself and others.
  • "Living person" includes a company, association or body of individuals, incorporated or not.
  • A will is not a transfer, because it takes effect on death; hence "instrument" in section 3 is non-testamentary.
  • "In present or in future" qualifies the conveyance, not the property. Future property cannot be transferred; the arrangement takes effect as a contract.
  • A person may transfer to himself, added in 1929, which covers a declaration of trust.
  • Not transfers: partition, surrender, relinquishment, family settlement, succession, and transfers by operation of law under section 2(d).
  • A transfer directly to an unborn person is impossible; section 13 provides the route.

Test yourself

1. Is a will a transfer of property under section 5? No. Section 5 requires a conveyance by a living person to a living person. A will speaks only from death, so it falls outside the Act and is governed by the Indian Succession Act 1925.

2. What does "in present or in future" qualify? The conveyance, not the property. An interest may be conveyed now to fall into possession later. It does not permit a transfer of property that does not yet exist, which can only be a contract to transfer.

3. Can a man transfer property to himself? Yes. Section 5 expressly allows a transfer to himself, or to himself and one or more other living persons. The clearest instance is a declaration that he holds his own property as trustee for another.

4. Two brothers divide the ancestral house between them by a deed. Transfer or not? Not a transfer. Each brother already held an undivided interest in the whole, so the deed adjusts their existing rights instead of conveying a new interest.

munotes.in19

Transfer of Property Defined

5. Is a partnership firm a "living person" for section 5? Yes. The second paragraph of section 5 includes an association or body of individuals, whether incorporated or not, subject to any law in force about transfers to or by such bodies.

6. Can property be transferred to an unborn child directly? No, because the transferee must be a living person. Section 13 provides the only route: an interest is first created in favour of a living person, and the interest for the unborn person follows it, on the conditions that section imposes.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in20

Chapter Five

What May Be Transferred

Syllabus topic 1.2, "What may be transferred?"

In one line

Anything can be transferred unless a law says it cannot, and section 6 is the list of the things that cannot.

In exam wording: section 6 lays down that property of any kind may be transferred, except as otherwise provided by this Act or by any other law for the time being in force, and then sets out nine excepted classes in clauses (a) to (i).

Why the section is built as a rule plus exceptions

The opening words carry the policy: transferability is the norm. Property is meant to circulate, and a rule that made property inalienable would freeze wealth in the hands of whoever happened to hold it. So the Act begins by permitting everything and then carves out a short list where some competing reason wins.

Reading the nine clauses together, three reasons account for all of them. Some things are excluded because there is nothing there yet to transfer, as with a mere chance of inheriting. Some are excluded because the right is personal to the holder and would be meaningless in a stranger's hands, as with a right of pre-emption of a particular kind, a personal easement, or a public office. Some are excluded to stop trafficking in litigation and in public money, as with a bare right to sue and a pension.

The provision itself

Section 6 provides that property of any kind may be transferred, except as otherwise provided by this Act or by any other law for the time being in force. It then excepts:

(a) The chance of an heir-apparent succeeding to an estate, the chance of a relation obtaining a legacy on the death of a kinsman, or any other mere possibility of a like nature, cannot be transferred.

(b) A mere right of re-entry for breach of a condition subsequent cannot be transferred to any one except the owner of the property affected thereby.

(c) An easement cannot be transferred apart from the dominant heritage.

(d) An interest in property restricted in its enjoyment to the owner personally cannot be transferred by him.

(dd) A right to future maintenance, in whatsoever manner arising, secured or determined, cannot be transferred.

(e) A mere right to sue cannot be transferred.

(f) A public office cannot be transferred, nor can the salary of a public officer, whether before or after it has become payable.

(g) Stipends allowed to military, naval, air-force and civil pensioners of Government and political pensions cannot be transferred.

(h) No transfer can be made (1) in so far as it is opposed to the nature of the interest affected thereby, or (2) for an unlawful object or consideration within the meaning of section 23 of the Indian Contract Act 1872, or (3) to a person legally disqualified to be transferee.

munotes.in21

What May Be Transferred

(i) Nothing in this section is to be deemed to authorise a tenant having an untransferable right of occupancy, the farmer of an estate in respect of which default has been made in paying revenue, or the lessee of an estate under the management of a Court of Wards, to assign his interest as such tenant, farmer or lessee.

Clause by clause

(a) Spes successionis

Spes successionis means a hope of succeeding. It is Latin for exactly that: spes is hope, successio is succession.

The clause covers three things: the chance of an heir-apparent succeeding to an estate; the chance of a relation obtaining a legacy on the death of a kinsman; and any other mere possibility of a like nature.

The reason is that these are not interests at all. While a man is alive, nobody is his heir; there are only people who would inherit if he died today and if the law and his will stayed as they are. He may spend the property, sell it, or leave it elsewhere. What the hopeful relative has is not a small interest but no interest, and there is nothing to convey. A transfer of spes successionis is therefore void, not merely voidable, and it cannot be validated by the parties agreeing to it.

Contrast a contingent interest under section 21, taught in [Vested Interest and Contingent Interest]. A contingent interest is a real, present, transferable interest that happens to depend on an uncertain event. Spes successionis is not an interest at all. That is the distinction the examiner is testing when the two appear in the same question.

The clause has an important partner in section 43. Where a transferor falsely represents that he is already entitled and the transferee takes for consideration on the faith of it, and the transferor later acquires the very interest, section 43 lets the transferee take it.

The Jumma Masjid, Mercara v. Kodimaniandra Deviah, AIR 1962 SC 847, decided on 11 January 1962 by Venkatarama Aiyyar, Kapur, Hidayatullah and Shah JJ, settles how the two live together.

Facts. Three brothers, Santhappa, Nanjundappa and Basappa, were members of a joint family. Nanjundappa died in 1907 leaving his widow Ammakka, who took the estate as heir; on her death in 1910 the property passed to the reversioners. On 18 November 1920 three men who were grandsons of Nanjundappa's sister sold the disputed properties to Ganapathi for Rs. 2,000, the deed representing that they had become entitled as reversioners on Ammakka's death. In truth, at the date of the sale, what they had was a spes successionis. Ganapathi's successor sued for possession, and the Jumma Masjid claimed the same property through a gift said to have been made in 1932 and a release deed of March 1933.

munotes.in22

What May Be Transferred

Held. The transferee was entitled to the benefit of section 43. Where a person transfers property representing that he has a present interest in it when in fact he has only a spes successionis, a transferee who took on the faith of that representation and for consideration may claim under section 43 once the transferor acquires the interest. On the apparent conflict, the Court held that section 6(a) enacts a rule of substantive law while section 43 enacts a rule of estoppel, which is a rule of evidence, and that the two operate in different fields and on different conditions, so there is no ground for reading a conflict between them.

Why it matters here. It tells a student what clause (a) actually forbids. It forbids a transfer where both sides know they are dealing in a mere chance. It does not rescue a transferor who lied about having the interest and then acquired it.

(b) A mere right of re-entry

A right of re-entry is the right kept by a transferor to take the property back if a condition is broken, most commonly a lessor's right to re-enter on breach of a covenant. The clause allows it to be transferred to the owner of the property affected, and to nobody else.

The reason is that the right is worth nothing except to the person who owns the land it burdens. In a stranger's hands it would be a weapon for extracting money rather than a proprietary right. Note the word mere: a lessor who transfers the whole reversion transfers the right of re-entry along with it, because it passes as an incident of the reversion and not on its own.

(c) An easement apart from the dominant heritage

An easement is a right one landowner has over the land of another, such as a right of way or a right to light. The land that enjoys the right is the dominant heritage; the land that bears it is the servient heritage. Easements are the subject of Module III and are taught from [What an Easement Is].

An easement exists for the benefit of the dominant land, so it cannot be split off and sold by itself. Sell the dominant land and the easement goes with it; try to sell the easement alone and there is nothing coherent to sell.

(d) An interest restricted in its enjoyment to the owner personally

Where the very terms on which a person holds an interest confine its enjoyment to him, he cannot transfer it. A right of residence given to a particular person, a service tenure attached to an office, and the emoluments of a religious office are the standard instances. The test is whether the restriction is part of the interest itself rather than an ordinary condition imposed on a normal interest, which would be tested under section 10 instead, taught in [Conditions Restraining Alienation, and Restrictions Repugnant to the Interest Created].

munotes.in23

What May Be Transferred

(dd) A right to future maintenance

Inserted in 1929, this clause makes a right to future maintenance untransferable "in whatsoever manner arising, secured or determined", which is as wide as the drafter could make it. It does not matter whether the right arises under personal law, a decree, an award or an agreement, or whether it has been secured on property.

The reason is protective. Maintenance exists so that a dependent person can live. If it could be sold or attached, the dependant could be pressed into parting with it and left destitute, which would defeat the entire purpose. Note carefully that only future maintenance is protected: arrears already due are a debt like any other and may be transferred.

(e) A mere right to sue

A bare right to sue cannot be transferred. The word mere is the whole clause. The objection is to trafficking in litigation: allowing a stranger to buy someone else's grievance and pursue it for profit.

The line to draw is between a bare right of action and a right that has become property.

  • A claim for damages for defamation, for assault, or for breach of contract where the damages are unliquidated, is a mere right to sue. Not transferable.
  • An actionable claim, meaning an unsecured debt or a beneficial interest in movable property not in the claimant's possession, as defined in section 3, is transferable, under sections 130 to 137, taught in [Actionable Claims].
  • A decree already obtained is property and may be transferred, because the right has crystallised into a judgment debt.
  • Arrears of rent or of maintenance already accrued are debts, and transferable.

So the question to ask is whether what is being sold is a fight or a fund.

(f) A public office and the salary of a public officer

Neither the office nor the salary can be transferred, and the clause is deliberate in adding "whether before or after it has become payable", so even salary already earned is caught. Public offices are held for the public, not for the holder's profit, and a public servant who could sell his salary could be pressed by creditors into neglecting his duties.

(g) Pensions

Stipends allowed to military, naval, air-force and civil pensioners of Government, and political pensions, cannot be transferred. The reason is the same protective one as maintenance: the pension exists to keep the pensioner. Once a pension instalment has actually been paid and is money in the pensioner's hands, it is ordinary property and the clause has spent itself.

munotes.in24

What May Be Transferred

(h) Three general prohibitions

This clause is a catch-all with three limbs.

(1) Opposed to the nature of the interest affected. Some things are not capable of private ownership at all and so cannot be transferred: the air, running water in a natural stream, light, a public road, a public river. Res extra commercium, a thing outside commerce, is the label.

(2) For an unlawful object or consideration within the meaning of section 23 of the Indian Contract Act 1872. This is the same test the Contract Act applies, brought in by section 4 of this Act. An object or consideration is unlawful if it is forbidden by law, defeats the provisions of any law, is fraudulent, involves injury to the person or property of another, or is immoral or opposed to public policy.

(3) To a person legally disqualified to be transferee. Certain people are barred by other laws from buying certain property. The standard illustration is section 136 of this Act, which disqualifies a Judge, a legal practitioner or an officer connected with a Court of Justice from buying an actionable claim; it is taught in [Actionable Claims].

(i) Untransferable occupancy tenants and others

The clause makes clear that nothing in section 6 authorises three classes to assign their interest as such: a tenant having an untransferable right of occupancy; the farmer of an estate in respect of which default has been made in paying revenue; and the lessee of an estate under the management of a Court of Wards.

These are statutory tenancies given to particular people for particular reasons, usually protective land legislation, and letting them be sold would put the land straight back into the hands the legislation was keeping it from.

A worked example

Deepak, a clerk in a municipal office, is short of money. In one afternoon he agrees to five things with a moneylender, Harish.

One, he assigns his salary for the next six months. Void under clause (f): the salary of a public officer cannot be transferred, before or after it becomes payable.

Two, he assigns his claim for damages against a neighbour who broke his arm. Void under clause (e): unliquidated damages for a personal injury are a mere right to sue.

Three, he assigns Rs. 40,000 that a former employer admits is owed to him as unpaid wages and has not paid. Valid. This is an unsecured debt and therefore an actionable claim under section 3, transferable under section 130.

munotes.in25

What May Be Transferred

Four, he assigns whatever he will inherit from his uncle Krishnan, who is alive and ill. Void under clause (a): a mere chance of an heir-apparent succeeding, and Krishnan may recover, spend the property or leave it elsewhere.

Five, he assigns his right to receive maintenance from his father under a decree. Void under clause (dd): a right to future maintenance, however arising, secured or determined. Arrears already due under that decree would have been a different matter.

Two of the five hold. The pattern is worth noticing: what Deepak could transfer were the two accrued money claims, and what he could not were the expectancy, the fight and the protected right.

What it does NOT mean

It does not mean these transfers are voidable. A transfer hit by section 6 is void. There is nothing for the parties to affirm.

Clause (a) does not make section 43 useless. The two operate in different fields, as the Supreme Court held in the case above. Clause (a) is substantive law about what can be transferred; section 43 is a rule of estoppel about a transferor who misrepresented his position and then acquired the interest.

Clause (e) does not bar the transfer of every claim. It bars a mere right to sue. Actionable claims, decrees and accrued arrears are all transferable.

Clause (dd) does not protect arrears. Only future maintenance is untransferable. Maintenance already due is a debt.

Clause (g) does not follow the money forever. Once the pension has been paid to the pensioner it is ordinary property in his hands.

"Mere" is doing real work in clauses (b) and (e). A right of re-entry passes with the reversion, and a right to sue that has hardened into a debt or a decree is transferable.

Distinctions

Spes successionis, s.6(a)Contingent interest, s.21
Is there a present interest?No, only a hopeYes, a present interest subject to an uncertain event
TransferableNo, voidYes
ExampleThe chance of inheriting from a living relativeAn interest to A on his attaining twenty-five
Effect if the event happensThe person takes as heir, not as transfereeThe interest becomes vested
Mere right to sue, s.6(e)Actionable claim, s.3 and s.130
What it isA bare cause of actionAn unsecured debt, or a beneficial interest in movables not in the claimant's possession
ExamplesDamages for defamation, assault, unliquidated damagesUnpaid loan, unpaid price, arrears of rent, a decree
TransferableNoYes, under s.130
ReasonTo stop trafficking in litigationIt is property, a fund rather than a fight

Quick revision

  • The rule is transferability; section 6's clauses are the exceptions, and a transfer within them is void.
  • (a) Spes successionis: the chance of an heir-apparent, of a legatee, or any like possibility. Not an interest at all. Compare a contingent interest, which is.
  • (b) A mere right of re-entry, transferable only to the owner of the affected property; it passes with the reversion.
  • (c) An easement, only with the dominant heritage.
  • (d) An interest restricted in its enjoyment to the owner personally.
  • (dd) A right to future maintenance, however arising, secured or determined. Arrears are transferable.
  • (e) A mere right to sue. Actionable claims, decrees and arrears are outside it.
  • (f) A public office, and the salary of a public officer, before or after it is payable.
  • (g) Government and political pensions, until paid.
  • (h) Opposed to the nature of the interest; unlawful object or consideration under section 23 of the Contract Act 1872; a transferee legally disqualified.
  • (i) Untransferable occupancy tenants, defaulting revenue farmers, Court of Wards lessees.
  • Section 43 rescues a transferee who was misled into buying a spes successionis and the transferor later acquires it.
munotes.in26

What May Be Transferred

Test yourself

1. Sunil, whose mother is alive and owns a house, sells "his share in his mother's house" to Rakesh. Is the sale good? No. Sunil has only the chance of succeeding to his mother's estate, a spes successionis, and clause (a) makes such a transfer void. Nobody is an heir while the owner lives.

2. If Sunil had represented to Rakesh that his mother had already died and that the house was his, and the mother later died leaving it to Sunil, could Rakesh claim it? Yes, on the principle in The Jumma Masjid, Mercara v. Kodimaniandra Deviah, AIR 1962 SC 847. Section 43 lets a transferee who paid consideration on the faith of a false representation take the interest when the transferor acquires it, because section 6(a) is a rule of substantive law and section 43 a rule of estoppel operating in a different field.

3. Can a decree for money be transferred? Yes. It is no longer a mere right to sue but a judgment debt, and so property. Clause (e) does not touch it.

4. A wife has a decree for maintenance of Rs. 8,000 a month. She wishes to assign the next two years' maintenance and also the Rs. 50,000 already in arrears. What is the position? The future maintenance cannot be assigned: clause (dd) covers a right to future maintenance in whatsoever manner arising, secured or determined, and a decree is within that. The Rs. 50,000 arrears are a debt already accrued and can be assigned.

5. Why can a public officer not assign salary already earned? Because clause (f) says so in terms: neither the office nor the salary can be transferred, "whether before or after it has become payable". The bar is not about whether the money has been earned.

munotes.in27

What May Be Transferred

6. Give an example under limb (1) of clause (h). Air, running water in a natural stream, light, or a public road. These are not capable of private ownership, so a transfer of them is opposed to the nature of the interest.

7. Can a right of way be sold to a neighbour who owns no adjoining land? No. Clause (c) forbids the transfer of an easement apart from the dominant heritage. The right exists for the benefit of the dominant land and cannot be detached from it.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in28

Chapter Six

Persons Competent to Transfer

Syllabus topic 1.2, "Persons competent to transfer"

In one line

To transfer property you must be able to make a contract, and you must either own the property or be authorised to dispose of someone else's.

In exam wording: section 7 provides that every person competent to contract and entitled to transferable property, or authorised to dispose of transferable property not his own, is competent to transfer such property either wholly or in part and either absolutely or conditionally, in the circumstances, to the extent and in the manner allowed and prescribed by any law for the time being in force.

Why the section exists

Section 6 has just said what may be transferred. That is only half of a valid transfer. A thing may be perfectly transferable and the transfer still fail because the person purporting to make it had no capacity or no title. Section 7 supplies the other half.

The section also quietly settles that a transferor need not part with everything. He may transfer wholly or in part, and absolutely or conditionally, which is the statutory basis for life interests, part shares and the conditional transfers of sections 25 to 34.

Broken down: the three requirements

One, competent to contract. Section 7 does not define this; section 4 sends the reader to the Indian Contract Act 1872. Section 11 of that Act provides that every person is competent to contract who is of the age of majority according to the law to which he is subject, who is of sound mind, and who is not disqualified from contracting by any law to which he is subject. Section 12 explains soundness of mind: a person is of sound mind for the purpose of making a contract if, at the time he makes it, he is capable of understanding it and of forming a rational judgment as to its effect upon his interests.

So three classes lack capacity: minors, persons of unsound mind, and persons disqualified by law. The age of majority in India is eighteen, and twenty-one where a guardian of the person or property has been appointed by a court under the Guardians and Wards Act 1890.

A transfer by a minor is void. A minor may, however, be a transferee. Nothing in section 7 requires capacity in the person receiving; the section is about who may transfer. A minor can therefore take a gift or buy property through a guardian, and a mortgage in favour of a minor who has advanced money is good.

Soundness of mind is judged at the time of the transfer. A person usually of unsound mind may transfer during a lucid interval, and a person usually of sound mind may not transfer while he is not, which is what section 12 of the Contract Act says in terms.

munotes.in29

Persons Competent to Transfer

Two, entitled to the transferable property. The transferor must have title, and the property must be transferable, which sends the reader back to section 6. A person cannot give a better title than he has. Where he has a limited interest, for example a life interest, he can transfer only that, and it ends when his interest ends.

Three, or authorised to dispose of transferable property not his own. This is the alternative limb and it is what makes agents, guardians, trustees, executors, receivers and attorneys able to convey. The authority must be real and must extend to the transaction: a power of attorney to manage land does not by itself authorise a sale of it.

And in the manner allowed by law. The closing words subject everything to any other law in force. A guardian selling a minor's immovable property needs the permission of the court under section 8 of the Hindu Minority and Guardianship Act 1956; a trustee is bound by the trust deed and the Indian Trusts Act 1882; a company acts through its board under the Companies Act 2013.

A worked example

Consider four proposed sales of a flat at Mulund.

One. Nikhil, aged seventeen, sells the flat he inherited. He is not competent to contract under section 11 of the Contract Act 1872, so he is not competent to transfer under section 7. The sale is void, and no lapse of time and no ratification on turning eighteen will cure it, because there was never a contract to ratify.

Two. Nikhil's mother, as his natural guardian, sells the same flat without applying to the court. She is a person authorised to dispose of property not her own, so she satisfies the third limb of section 7. But the closing words require the manner allowed by law, and section 8 of the Hindu Minority and Guardianship Act 1956 requires the previous permission of the court for a sale of a minor's immovable property. Without it the sale is voidable at the minor's instance.

Three. Prakash, who holds the flat for his lifetime under his father's will with a remainder to his sister, sells it outright. He is competent to contract and entitled to property, but only to a life interest. He passes what he has: the buyer takes an interest that ends on Prakash's death, and the sister takes thereafter.

Four. Prakash's attorney, holding a power of attorney "to let, manage and collect rents", executes a sale deed. He is not authorised to dispose of the property, only to manage it, so the third limb is not satisfied and the deed conveys nothing.

munotes.in30

Persons Competent to Transfer

What it does NOT mean

It does not require the transferee to be competent. A minor can receive property. Section 7 speaks only of who may transfer.

It does not mean an owner can always transfer. Section 6 may make the property untransferable, other laws may disqualify him, and the closing words subject him to the manner prescribed by law.

A transfer by a minor is void, not voidable. This follows from a minor's agreement being void under the Contract Act, and it is why ratification on majority does not help. A fresh transfer after majority would be needed.

Unsoundness of mind is not a permanent status for this purpose. It is tested at the moment of the transfer, by section 12 of the Contract Act.

Authority is not general. An agent conveys only what his authority covers.

Distinctions

Section 6Section 7
Question askedWhat may be transferredWho may transfer
Defect it catchesThe subject matter is not transferableThe person lacks capacity, title or authority
EffectTransfer voidTransfer void, or voidable where a protective statute is breached
Both required?Yes. A competent person cannot transfer a spes successionis, and an owner who is a minor cannot transfer his own land
TransferorTransferee
Must be competent to contractYes, s.7No
Must have titleYes, or authorityNo
A minor may beNoYes

Quick revision

  • Section 7 has three requirements: competent to contract; entitled to transferable property, or authorised to dispose of property not his own; and acting in the manner allowed by law.
  • Competence comes from sections 11 and 12 of the Contract Act 1872 through section 4 of this Act: majority, sound mind, not disqualified.
  • Majority is eighteen, or twenty-one where a court has appointed a guardian under the Guardians and Wards Act 1890.
  • A transfer by a minor is void and cannot be ratified. A minor may be a transferee.
  • Sound mind is judged at the time of the transfer; a lucid interval will do.
  • The third limb covers guardians, agents, trustees, executors and receivers, and the authority must cover the transaction.
  • A transferor passes only what he has; a life tenant passes a life interest.
  • The closing words import other statutes, for example section 8 of the Hindu Minority and Guardianship Act 1956.

Test yourself

1. State the three requirements of section 7. Competence to contract; entitlement to the transferable property, or authority to dispose of transferable property that is not his own; and that the transfer is made in the circumstances, to the extent and in the manner allowed and prescribed by law for the time being in force.

2. Can a minor be a transferee? Yes. Section 7 governs only who may transfer. A minor may take a gift, be a mortgagee, or buy through a lawful guardian.

munotes.in31

Persons Competent to Transfer

3. A man who is usually of unsound mind sells his land during a period when he understands perfectly what he is doing. Good or bad? Good. Section 12 of the Contract Act 1872 makes soundness of mind a question at the time the contract is made, so a transfer in a lucid interval is valid.

4. A holds a life interest and sells the property absolutely. What does the buyer get? A life interest measured by A's life. Nobody can transfer more than he has, and on A's death the property goes to whoever holds the remainder.

5. Does an agent with a power of attorney to manage property have power to sell it? No, unless the power says so. The third limb of section 7 requires authority to dispose of the property, and a power to manage is not that.

6. Why can a minor's void transfer not be ratified on his attaining majority? Because a minor's agreement is void from the start, so there is no transaction in existence for the major to adopt. A fresh transfer is required.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in32

Chapter Seven

What Passes with a Transfer, and When Writing Is Required

Syllabus topic 1.2, "General principles of transfer of property"

In one line

A transfer carries with it everything that goes with the property unless the deed says otherwise, and it can be made by word of mouth wherever the law does not demand writing.

In exam wording: section 8 provides that, unless a different intention is expressed or necessarily implied, a transfer of property passes forthwith to the transferee all the interest which the transferor is then capable of passing in the property and in the legal incidents of it; and section 9 provides that a transfer of property may be made without writing in every case in which writing is not expressly required by law.

Why section 8 exists

No deed can list everything. A person selling a house is not going to enumerate the doors, the window bars, the keys and the right of way to the road, and if the law required him to, every conveyance would be a catalogue and every omission a lawsuit.

Section 8 solves that by supplying a default. The transfer carries the whole of the transferor's interest and the legal incidents of the property, unless the deed shows a different intention. So the parties write down what they want to change, not what they want to happen anyway.

Notice the two limits built into the words. It passes what the transferor is then capable of passing, so a life tenant still passes only a life interest, as section 7 requires. And it operates only in the absence of a different intention expressed or necessarily implied, so it yields to the deed.

What the section lists as incidents

Section 8 gives five illustrations of "legal incidents", and they are worth learning as a list because they are easy marks.

Where the property is land: the easements annexed to it, the rents and profits accruing after the transfer, and all things attached to the earth.

Where the property is machinery attached to the earth: the movable parts of it.

Where the property is a house: the easements annexed to it, the rent accruing after the transfer, and the locks, keys, bars, doors, windows and all other things provided for permanent use with it.

Where the property is a debt or other actionable claim: the securities for it, except where those securities are also for other debts or claims that have not been transferred, but not arrears of interest accrued before the transfer.

Where the property is money or other property yielding income: the interest or income accruing after the transfer takes effect.

Two patterns run through all five. First, the future goes with the property and the past stays with the transferor: rents, profits, interest and income accruing after the transfer pass; arrears accrued before it do not. Second, things provided for permanent use with the property pass, which is the same idea as clause (c) of "attached to the earth" in section 3, taught in [What Property Means, and Movable against Immovable Property].

munotes.in33

What Passes with a Transfer, and When Writing Is Required

The exception in the debt limb repays a second reading. If the same security secures two debts and only one is assigned, the security does not pass, because it cannot be split between the assignee and the assignor without prejudicing one of them.

Section 9: oral transfers

Section 9 provides that a transfer of property may be made without writing in every case in which a writing is not expressly required by law.

The rule is therefore permissive with a large exception, and the exception is what a student must know, because most of the transfers in this syllabus are inside it. Writing, and usually registration, is expressly required by:

  • Section 54, for a sale of tangible immovable property of the value of one hundred rupees and upwards, and for a sale of a reversion or other intangible thing: only by a registered instrument.
  • Section 59, for a mortgage other than a mortgage by deposit of title-deeds, where the principal money secured is one hundred rupees or more: by a registered instrument signed by the mortgagor and attested by at least two witnesses.
  • Section 107, for a lease of immovable property from year to year, or for any term exceeding one year, or reserving a yearly rent: only by a registered instrument.
  • Section 123, for a gift of immovable property: by a registered instrument signed by or on behalf of the donor and attested by at least two witnesses.

Those are the same four provisions section 4 declares supplemental to the Registration Act 1908, and the same four the exemption power in section 1 singles out. They are the hinge between Module I and Module IV.

What is left for section 9 is real but narrower than beginners expect: a sale of tangible immovable property worth less than one hundred rupees, which may be made by delivery; a mortgage by deposit of title-deeds under section 58(f), which needs no writing at all; a lease from month to month or for a year or less; a surrender of a lease; and transfers of movable property generally.

A worked example

Latika sells her house at Bhandup to Manoj by a registered deed for Rs. 60 lakh. The deed describes the house and the plot and says nothing else. On the date of the transfer these facts are true: a tenant owes Rs. 30,000 rent for the three months before the sale and will owe rent afterwards; the house has a registered right of way over the neighbouring plot; the front door has an expensive brass lock; there is a window air conditioner; and Latika has a fixed deposit in a bank.

munotes.in34

What Passes with a Transfer, and When Writing Is Required

Apply section 8.

The right of way is an easement annexed to the house and passes to Manoj.

The rent accruing after the transfer passes to Manoj. The Rs. 30,000 of arrears does not: section 8 passes rent accruing after the transfer, so the arrears remain Latika's and she can sue for them.

The lock, and the keys, bars, doors and windows, pass by name. They are listed in the section.

The air conditioner does not pass under section 8. It is not attached to the earth and it is not a thing provided for permanent use with the house, as discussed in chapter 10; it is movable property that must be sold separately if the parties want it to go.

The fixed deposit obviously does not pass. It is not the property transferred, and section 8 passes the incidents of the property sold, not the transferor's other assets.

Now change one fact. Suppose the deed had said "the seller reserves the brass lock on the front door". That is a different intention expressed, and section 8 yields to it. The lock stays with Latika.

What it does NOT mean

It does not enlarge what the transferor has. The words are "all the interest which the transferor is then capable of passing". Section 8 distributes; it does not create.

It does not override the deed. A different intention expressed or necessarily implied displaces it. The parties are always free to carve incidents out.

It does not pass arrears. This is the commonest slip. Rent, profits, interest and income that accrued before the transfer stay with the transferor, and the section says so about arrears of interest in terms.

Section 9 does not mean most transfers can be oral. For sale, mortgage, lease over a year, and gift of immovable property, writing and registration are expressly required, so section 9 is displaced.

Section 9 does not dispense with registration where the Registration Act requires it. Section 9 speaks of writing. Even where this Act does not demand a registered instrument, section 17 of the Registration Act 1908 may, and that is Module IV.

Distinctions

Property transferredIncidents that pass under s.8What does not pass
LandEasements annexed, rents and profits accruing after, things attached to the earthRents and profits accrued before
Machinery attached to the earthThe movable parts of it
HouseEasements annexed, rent accruing after, locks, keys, bars, doors, windows, things for permanent useRent accrued before; loose movables
Debt or actionable claimThe securities for itSecurities that also secure other untransferred debts; arrears of interest accrued before
Money or income-yielding propertyInterest or income accruing afterIncome accrued before
munotes.in35

What Passes with a Transfer, and When Writing Is Required

Writing requiredSection 9 applies, oral is enough
Sale of immovable propertyRs. 100 or more, s.54Under Rs. 100, by delivery
MortgageRs. 100 or more, s.59, registered and attestedMortgage by deposit of title-deeds, s.58(f)
LeaseYear to year, over one year, or reserving yearly rent, s.107Shorter leases
Gift of immovable propertyAlways, s.123Gift of movables, by delivery

Quick revision

  • Section 8 passes all the interest the transferor is then capable of passing, plus the legal incidents, unless a different intention is expressed or necessarily implied.
  • Five listed classes: land; machinery attached to the earth; a house; a debt or actionable claim; money or income-yielding property.
  • The dividing line everywhere is the date of transfer: what accrues after passes, what accrued before does not.
  • Securities for an assigned debt pass, except where they also secure debts that were not assigned; arrears of interest never pass.
  • Section 9 allows an oral transfer wherever writing is not expressly required.
  • Writing and registration are expressly required by sections 54, 59, 107 and 123, the four provisions section 4 makes supplemental to the Registration Act 1908.
  • Real cases for section 9: a sale under Rs. 100, a mortgage by deposit of title-deeds, a short lease, a surrender, and movables.

Test yourself

1. A house is sold on 1 August. The tenant owes two months' rent for June and July and pays it in September. Who is entitled to it? The seller. Section 8 passes the rent of a house accruing after the transfer. June and July rent accrued before 1 August, so it remains the transferor's and does not pass with the house.

2. Name four things that pass with a house under section 8. The easements annexed to it, the rent accruing after the transfer, and the locks, keys, bars, doors and windows, together with all other things provided for permanent use with the house.

3. A debt of Rs. 5 lakh and another of Rs. 3 lakh are secured by the same pledge. Only the Rs. 5 lakh debt is assigned. Does the security pass? No. Section 8 passes the securities for a debt except where they are also security for other debts or claims not transferred to the transferee. Here the pledge also secures the Rs. 3 lakh debt, which stays behind, so it does not pass.

4. Can a mortgage by deposit of title-deeds be created orally? Yes. Section 9 permits an oral transfer wherever writing is not expressly required, and section 59 excepts a mortgage by deposit of title-deeds from the requirement of a registered and attested instrument.

munotes.in36

What Passes with a Transfer, and When Writing Is Required

5. Can a gift of a flat be made orally? No. Section 123 expressly requires a registered instrument signed by or on behalf of the donor and attested by at least two witnesses, so section 9 has no application.

6. Does section 8 pass property the transferor does not own? No. It passes only the interest the transferor is then capable of passing, which keeps it consistent with section 7.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in37

Chapter Eight

Conditions Restraining Alienation, and Restrictions Repugnant to the Interest Created

Syllabus topic 1.2, "Restrictive Covenants"

In one line

If you give property away you cannot also forbid the person you gave it to from ever selling it, and a condition trying to do that is simply struck out.

In exam wording: section 10 makes void a condition or limitation absolutely restraining the transferee from parting with or disposing of his interest, section 11 makes void a direction that an absolute interest be enjoyed in a particular manner, and section 12 makes void a condition that an interest shall cease on the holder's insolvency or attempted alienation.

Why the law strikes these conditions down

The reason is the same one behind section 6's opening words: property is meant to circulate. A transferor who has parted with the whole interest has no further business controlling it. If he wanted to keep control, he should have kept the property, or transferred a smaller interest.

There is a neat way to state the principle. The right to alienate is an incident of ownership, not an extra attached to it. Give a man ownership and you have given him the power to dispose of it, and a clause taking that power away contradicts the very thing you just gave. The law resolves the contradiction in favour of the gift and against the clause.

Note what that means practically, because it is the point students miss. The condition is void; the transfer is not. The transferee keeps the property and is simply free of the restriction. The transferor loses only the clause.

Section 10: absolute restraints

Section 10 provides that where property is transferred subject to a condition or limitation absolutely restraining the transferee, or any person claiming under him, from parting with or disposing of his interest in the property, the condition or limitation is void.

The section then makes two exceptions.

The lease exception. The rule does not apply "in the case of a lease where the condition is for the benefit of the lessor or those claiming under him". A lessor keeps a reversion, so he retains a real interest in who occupies his property, and a covenant against assignment or subletting is a normal and valid term of a lease.

The married woman exception. The proviso permits property to be transferred to or for the benefit of a woman who is not a Hindu, Muhammadan or Buddhist, so that she shall not have power during her marriage to transfer or charge it or her beneficial interest in it. This is a Victorian protection against a husband pressing his wife to part with her separate property, and it is confined by its own words to women outside those three communities.

munotes.in38

Conditions Restraining Alienation, and Restrictions Repugnant to the Interest Created

Absolute against partial restraint

This is the distinction the whole section turns on, and section 10 does not define it. Only an absolute restraint is void. A partial restraint, one that limits but does not effectively destroy the power of disposal, is valid.

The working test is whether the condition leaves the transferee a substantial power to alienate. Ask whether there is a real market left.

Restraints treated as absolute, and so void:

  • A condition that the transferee shall never sell the property at all.
  • A condition that he may sell only to a named person, or only to one of two named persons. The transferee is at that person's mercy on price, so the power is nominal.
  • A condition that he may sell only for a fixed price far below the market, which achieves the same result by another route.
  • A condition postponing alienation for an unreasonably long period, for example a lifetime.

Restraints treated as partial, and so valid:

  • A condition that the property shall not be sold outside the family. The class of permitted buyers is limited but genuine, and the transferee still has a market.
  • A condition restraining alienation for a short and reasonable period.
  • A condition giving the transferor or his family a right of pre-emption, that is a right of first refusal at a fair price. The transferee may still sell; he must simply offer it first.

Notice how those two lists differ. A restraint that narrows the field of buyers is usually partial. A restraint that leaves the transferee with one buyer, or none, or a price nobody would accept, is absolute in substance whatever it says on its face.

Section 11: a direction as to enjoyment

Section 11 provides that where, on a transfer of property, an interest is created absolutely in favour of any person, but the terms of the transfer direct that the interest shall be applied or enjoyed by him in a particular manner, he is entitled to receive and dispose of the interest as if there were no such direction.

Section 10 strikes at restraints on transfer; section 11 strikes at directions about enjoyment. The principle is identical. An absolute interest carries the right to use the property as the owner pleases, and a direction telling him how to use it contradicts the absolute interest already given.

The words "created absolutely" are the gateway. If the interest given is not absolute, section 11 has nothing to bite on. A transferor who gives a life interest, or an interest for a limited purpose, has given a smaller thing, and its limits are part of what was given rather than a direction added to something larger.

munotes.in39

Conditions Restraining Alienation, and Restrictions Repugnant to the Interest Created

The second paragraph, and why it matters

The paragraph substituted in 1929 provides that where such a direction has been made in respect of one piece of immoveable property for the purpose of securing the beneficial enjoyment of another piece of such property, nothing in the section affects any right the transferor may have to enforce the direction, or any remedy for its breach.

This is the exception that connects section 11 to section 40. A transferor who sells one plot and keeps the neighbouring plot may validly direct that the plot sold shall not be built on above a certain height, or shall be used only as a garden, if the direction is for the beneficial enjoyment of the plot he kept. That is not a busybody controlling another man's property; it is a landowner protecting his own. The enforcement of such covenants is the subject of [Restrictive Covenants: When an Obligation Runs with the Land].

Section 12: conditions determining an interest on insolvency or attempted alienation

Section 12 provides that where property is transferred subject to a condition or limitation making any interest in it, reserved or given to or for the benefit of any person, to cease on his becoming insolvent or endeavouring to transfer or dispose of the same, the condition or limitation is void. Nothing in the section applies to a condition in a lease for the benefit of the lessor or those claiming under him.

This section closes a loophole. Sections 10 and 11 attack a direct prohibition. A clever drafter might avoid them by saying instead: "the interest shall determine if he tries to sell". That is a restraint on alienation dressed as a defeasance clause, and section 12 makes it void as well.

The reference to insolvency attacks the same trick from the creditors' side. If an interest could be made to vanish the moment its holder became insolvent, his creditors would find nothing to attach, and the transferee would enjoy property that was beyond the reach of the people he owed. Section 12 refuses that.

The lease exception is the same as in section 10 and rests on the same reason: the lessor keeps a reversion and has a legitimate interest in his tenant.

An important limit: section 12 strikes at a condition making the interest cease on the holder's own insolvency or attempted alienation. It does not touch a condition making an interest cease on some other event, which is an ordinary conditional limitation governed by sections 25 to 34 and taught in [Conditional Transfers: Conditions Precedent and Subsequent].

A worked example

Ravindra transfers his flat at Andheri absolutely to his nephew Sameer by a registered gift deed. The deed contains four clauses.

munotes.in40

Conditions Restraining Alienation, and Restrictions Repugnant to the Interest Created

Clause 1: "Sameer shall never sell or mortgage the flat." An absolute restraint on alienation. Void under section 10. Sameer takes the flat and may sell or mortgage it freely.

Clause 2: "Sameer shall not sell the flat to anyone outside the family." A partial restraint. The class of buyers is narrowed but Sameer retains a real power of disposal within a genuine class. Valid.

Clause 3: "Sameer shall use the flat only as his residence and shall not let it out." A direction as to the manner of enjoyment of an interest created absolutely. Void under section 11, and Sameer may let the flat. It would be different if Ravindra owned the flat next door and the direction had been imposed to protect the enjoyment of that flat, because the second paragraph of section 11 would then apply.

Clause 4: "If Sameer becomes insolvent, or attempts to sell the flat, the flat shall revert to Ravindra." Void under section 12, on both limbs. The interest does not cease, and the flat remains available to Sameer's creditors.

Ravindra therefore achieves exactly one of the four things he wanted. Had he wished to retain real control, the answer was to transfer a life interest to Sameer with a remainder over, rather than an absolute interest with strings.

What it does NOT mean

It does not mean the transfer fails. Only the offending condition is void. This is the single most common error on this topic. The transferee takes the property freed of the condition.

It does not make every restraint void. Only absolute restraints under section 10. Partial restraints, including a right of pre-emption and a bar on selling outside the family, are valid.

Section 11 does not apply to a limited interest. It requires an interest created absolutely. A life interest is a smaller grant, not an absolute grant with a direction attached.

The lease exception is not general. In both sections 10 and 12 it applies only where the condition is for the benefit of the lessor or those claiming under him.

Section 12 does not invalidate every determinable interest. It strikes only at conditions keyed to the holder's insolvency or his attempt to alienate.

Distinctions

Section 10Section 11Section 12
What it strikes atA condition absolutely restraining transferA direction as to the manner of enjoyment of an absolute interestA condition making the interest cease on insolvency or attempted alienation
Applies whereAny transfer subject to such a conditionThe interest was created absolutelyAny interest reserved or given
EffectThe condition is void, the transfer standsThe direction is disregarded, the transferee may dispose freelyThe condition is void
ExceptionsLease for the lessor's benefit; the married woman provisoA direction to secure the beneficial enjoyment of the transferor's other immovable propertyLease for the lessor's benefit
munotes.in41

Conditions Restraining Alienation, and Restrictions Repugnant to the Interest Created

Absolute restraint, voidPartial restraint, valid
TestDoes it destroy the substantial power of alienation?Does a real power of disposal survive?
ExamplesNever sell; sell only to X; sell only at a nominal price; sell only after a lifetimeDo not sell outside the family; a right of pre-emption at a fair price; a short reasonable postponement

Quick revision

  • Section 10: an absolute restraint on alienation is void; a partial one is valid.
  • The transfer survives; only the condition dies.
  • Two exceptions to section 10: a lease condition for the lessor's benefit, and the proviso for a married woman not being a Hindu, Muhammadan or Buddhist.
  • Test for absoluteness: is a substantial power of alienation left?
  • Sell only to a named person: absolute, void. Do not sell outside the family: partial, valid. Right of pre-emption at a fair price: valid.
  • Section 11: a direction as to the manner of enjoyment of an interest created absolutely is disregarded.
  • Second paragraph of section 11: a direction protecting the beneficial enjoyment of the transferor's other immovable property is enforceable, and links to section 40.
  • Section 12: a condition making an interest cease on insolvency or attempted alienation is void, save in a lease for the lessor's benefit.

Test yourself

1. A gifts land to B on condition that B shall never sell it. What is the position of the land and of the condition? The condition is an absolute restraint on alienation and is void under section 10. The gift itself stands, so B takes the land absolutely and may sell it.

2. Is a condition that the transferee shall not sell outside the family valid? Yes. It is a partial restraint. The class of buyers is limited but the transferee keeps a substantial power of disposal within a real class.

3. Why is a condition permitting sale only to one named person treated as absolute? Because the transferee is left with a single possible buyer who can dictate the price. The power of alienation is nominal rather than substantial, so the restraint is absolute in substance.

4. A transfers a shop absolutely to B, directing that the rent shall be used to maintain a temple. Can B use the rent as he likes? Yes. The interest was created absolutely and the direction concerns the manner of enjoyment, so section 11 entitles B to receive and dispose of the interest as if there were no such direction.

5. When can a direction as to enjoyment be enforced? Under the second paragraph of section 11, where the direction is made in respect of one piece of immovable property for the purpose of securing the beneficial enjoyment of another piece of such property. The transferor's rights and remedies in respect of a breach are then unaffected.

munotes.in42

Conditions Restraining Alienation, and Restrictions Repugnant to the Interest Created

6. A settles property on B with a clause that B's interest shall end if he is declared insolvent. Is the clause good? No. Section 12 makes void a condition making an interest cease on the holder becoming insolvent. The clause fails and the interest remains available to B's creditors.

7. Why is a covenant against subletting in a lease valid when a similar restraint in a sale is not? Because both sections 10 and 12 except a condition in a lease which is for the benefit of the lessor or those claiming under him. A lessor retains a reversion and so keeps a genuine interest in who holds and occupies the property.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in43

Chapter Nine

Transfer for the Benefit of an Unborn Person

Syllabus topic 1.2, "Transfer for benefit of unborn child"

In one line

You cannot give property straight to a child who has not been born yet, but you can give it to someone alive now for life and let the whole of what is left go to the child when it arrives.

In exam wording: section 13 provides that where, on a transfer of property, an interest is created for the benefit of a person not in existence at the date of the transfer, subject to a prior interest created by the same transfer, the interest created for the benefit of that person shall not take effect unless it extends to the whole of the remaining interest of the transferor in the property.

Why a direct transfer is impossible

Section 5, taught in [Transfer of Property Defined], requires a transfer to be to a living person. An unborn child is not a living person, so there is nobody to receive the conveyance and nothing can vest. That is the starting point, and it is not a technicality: property must vest in somebody at every moment, and it cannot hang in the air waiting for a birth.

The Act does not simply forbid the wish, because it is an ordinary and reasonable one: people want to provide for grandchildren not yet born. Section 13 supplies the machinery, and it works by never leaving the property ownerless. The property is given at once to a living person, and the unborn person's interest is carved out of what is left.

The provision itself, broken down

Section 13 has two requirements, and both must be met.

One, there must be a prior interest created by the same transfer, in favour of a living person. The unborn person's interest cannot be the first interest. Someone alive at the date of the transfer must take first, usually for life. That person holds the property in the meanwhile, so ownership is never in suspense.

The words "by the same transfer" matter. The prior interest and the unborn person's interest must be created by one and the same transaction, not by two separate deeds.

Two, the interest given to the unborn person must extend to the whole of the remaining interest of the transferor. The unborn person must take absolutely. He cannot be given a life interest, and nothing can be reserved after him.

The second requirement is the one that decides problems, and the reason for it is worth stating. If an unborn person could be given a life interest, the transferor could put a chain of unborn life tenants one after another and tie the property up for generations. Requiring the unborn person to take the whole of what is left means the chain must stop at him. So section 13 is not merely a rule about unborn children; it is the first of the Act's two devices against perpetual tying-up, the second being section 14.

munotes.in44

Transfer for the Benefit of an Unborn Person

The illustration to section 13

The Act supplies its own illustration, and it repays close reading:

A transfers property of which he is the owner to B in trust for A and his intended wife successively for their lives, and, after the death of the survivor for the eldest son of the intended marriage for life, and after his death for A's second son. The interest so created for the benefit of the eldest son does not take effect, because it does not extend to the whole of A's remaining interest in the property.

Work through why. A and his intended wife are living persons and take life interests, so the first requirement is met. The eldest son of the intended marriage is unborn at the date of the transfer. He is given a life interest, with a gift over to A's second son afterwards. Because something is given after him, his interest does not extend to the whole of A's remaining interest, and the second requirement fails. His interest does not take effect.

Notice that the illustration turns on the words "for life" and on the gift over. Delete both, and give the eldest son absolutely, and the transfer is good.

Section 20: when the unborn person's interest vests

Section 20 provides that where, on a transfer of property, an interest is created for the benefit of a person not then living, he acquires upon his birth, unless a contrary intention appears from the terms of the transfer, a vested interest, although he may not be entitled to the enjoyment of it immediately on his birth.

Three things follow.

The interest vests at birth, not at the end of the prior interest. The moment the child is born, the interest is his.

Vesting is separate from enjoyment. He owns it while the life tenant is still alive and still in possession. He simply cannot enjoy it yet. This is the distinction between an interest vested in interest and one vested in possession, developed in [Vested Interest and Contingent Interest].

The consequence is practical. Because the interest is vested at birth, it is transferable and heritable at once. If the child is born and then dies while the life tenant is still living, the interest does not disappear: it passes to the child's own heirs, and they take when the life interest ends.

A contrary intention in the terms of the transfer can displace this, and where the gift is made to depend on a condition, the interest is contingent instead.

munotes.in45

Transfer for the Benefit of an Unborn Person

A worked example

Yashwant owns a building at Dadar. He executes one deed containing the following gifts.

Version one. To his son Ketan for life, and after Ketan's death to Ketan's first child absolutely.

Ketan is alive, so there is a prior interest created by the same transfer. Ketan's first child is unborn. That child is given the whole of Yashwant's remaining interest, because the gift is absolute and nothing follows it. Both requirements of section 13 are satisfied and the gift is good. When the child is born, section 20 gives it a vested interest at once, though it cannot enjoy the building until Ketan dies.

Version two. To Ketan for life, then to Ketan's first child for life, then to Ketan's second child absolutely.

The first child is unborn and is given only a life interest, with a gift over after it. His interest does not extend to the whole of Yashwant's remaining interest, so it fails under section 13. And the second child's interest, created in the same transaction and intended to take effect on the failure of the first, also fails, this time under section 16, taught in the next chapter.

Version three. To Ketan for life, then to Ketan's first child absolutely, but if that child becomes a doctor, then to Ketan's second child.

The first child's interest is absolute on its face, but it is liable to be defeated. The gift over means the transferor has not parted with the whole of the remaining interest to the first child, and the interest fails.

Version four. Yashwant conveys the building to Ketan absolutely today by one deed, and by a separate deed executed the same afternoon purports to give it to Ketan's unborn child after Ketan's death.

This fails on the first requirement, not the second. Section 13 requires the prior interest to be created by the same transfer. Two deeds are two transfers, and in any event Yashwant had nothing left after the first.

Now suppose version one operates, the child is born, and dies aged two while Ketan is alive. The interest vested at birth under section 20. It is not extinguished by the child's death; it passes to the child's heirs, who will take possession when Ketan dies.

What it does NOT mean

It does not mean an unborn person can never benefit. He can, through the machinery of section 13.

It does not mean the child must be conceived at the date of the transfer. Section 13 speaks of a person "not in existence at the date of the transfer", and the machinery works for a child not yet conceived.

munotes.in46

Transfer for the Benefit of an Unborn Person

It does not mean the unborn person must be born before the prior interest ends. That is a real requirement, but it comes from section 14 and from the general rule that the property must vest in somebody. Section 13 itself is about the size of the interest given.

A life interest to an unborn person is void, not merely reduced. The court will not read it as an absolute interest to save it. The interest simply does not take effect.

Vested does not mean enjoyed. Section 20 says so in terms: he acquires a vested interest although he may not be entitled to enjoyment immediately on his birth.

Section 13 does not apply where there is no prior interest. If a transferor purports to give property directly to an unborn person with nobody taking first, the transfer fails under section 5 for want of a living transferee.

Distinctions

Prior interest holderUnborn person under s.13
Alive at the date of the transferYes, necessarilyNo
Size of interest he may takeAny, commonly a life interestMust be the whole of the transferor's remaining interest
When his interest vestsOn the transferOn his birth, s.20
May a further interest be given after himYesNo, that is what defeats the gift
Vested in interestVested in possession
MeaningThe interest belongs to him nowHe is entitled to enjoy it now
Unborn person after birth, prior life tenant aliveYesNo
Transferable and heritableYesYes

Quick revision

  • An unborn person cannot be a direct transferee, because section 5 requires a living person.
  • Section 13 machinery: a prior interest in favour of a living person, created by the same transfer, and the unborn person must take the whole of the transferor's remaining interest.
  • A life interest to an unborn person is void. So is an absolute interest followed by a gift over.
  • The Act's own illustration fails on exactly that point: the eldest son of the intended marriage takes for life with a gift over to A's second son.
  • Section 20: the unborn person acquires a vested interest on birth, unless a contrary intention appears, though enjoyment may come later.
  • Because it vests at birth, the interest is transferable and heritable, and survives the child's early death.
  • Sections 13 and 14 work as a pair; the consequences of failure are sections 15 and 16.

Test yourself

1. Why can property not be transferred directly to an unborn person? Because section 5 defines a transfer as a conveyance by a living person to a living person, and an unborn person is not a living person. There is nobody in whom the interest could vest.

munotes.in47

Transfer for the Benefit of an Unborn Person

2. State the two requirements of section 13. There must be a prior interest in favour of a living person created by the same transfer; and the interest given to the unborn person must extend to the whole of the remaining interest of the transferor.

3. A transfers to B for life, then to B's unborn son for life, then to C absolutely. What happens to the unborn son's interest? It fails. The unborn son is given only a life interest, which does not extend to the whole of A's remaining interest, so section 13 is not satisfied.

4. When does an unborn person's interest vest? On his birth, under section 20, unless a contrary intention appears from the terms of the transfer. He need not be entitled to enjoyment at that moment.

5. A transfers to B for life, then to B's unborn child absolutely. The child is born and dies at the age of three, B still being alive. Who takes on B's death? The child's heirs. The interest vested in the child at birth under section 20, and a vested interest is heritable, so the child's death before enjoyment does not destroy it.

6. Can the prior interest be created by a different document executed on the same day? No. Section 13 requires the prior interest to be created by the same transfer, so both interests must arise out of one transaction.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in48

Chapter Ten

The Rule Against Perpetuity

Syllabus topic 1.2, "Rule against perpetuity"

In one line

You cannot tie property up for ever; the longest you may postpone its final vesting is somebody's lifetime plus the childhood of a person alive at the end of that lifetime.

In exam wording: section 14 provides that no transfer of property can operate to create an interest which is to take effect after the lifetime of one or more persons living at the date of the transfer, and the minority of some person who shall be in existence at the expiration of that period, and to whom, if he attains full age, the interest created is to belong.

Why the law has this rule

The word perpetuity means a state of continuing for ever. The mischief the rule attacks is a transferor reaching forward through the generations and dictating who shall own his land in a century's time.

Two harms follow from that, and both are worth stating in an answer.

The property is taken out of commerce. If nobody presently owns the property absolutely, nobody can sell it, mortgage it or develop it. Land tied in a chain of future interests is land nobody can use properly, and the loss falls on the community as much as on the family.

The dead should not govern the living. A transferor knows the world he lives in. He does not know the world his great-grandchildren will live in, and letting him bind them serves vanity rather than any real interest.

The law's answer is a compromise rather than a prohibition. A person may provide for those he can reasonably be expected to know about: people alive when he makes the transfer, and their children. Beyond that he must let go.

The provision itself, broken down

Section 14 fixes the maximum period beyond which vesting cannot be postponed. It is built in three parts.

One, the lives in being. The life or lives of one or more persons living at the date of the transfer. There may be any number of them, but they must all be alive when the transfer is made. The period runs until the last of them dies.

Two, the minority of a person in existence at the expiration of that period. When the last life in being ends, there must be a person then in existence, and the vesting may be postponed further only until that person attains full age.

Three, the interest must belong to that person if he attains full age. The section says so expressly: the ultimate beneficiary must be the very person whose minority is used to extend the period.

So the maximum is: lives in being, plus the minority of the ultimate beneficiary. Minority in India ends at eighteen, and at twenty-one where a guardian has been appointed by a court under the Guardians and Wards Act 1890.

munotes.in49

The Rule Against Perpetuity

Two points of accuracy that carry marks.

First, the Indian rule uses the actual minority of the person, not a flat period. English law allows a gross period of twenty-one years whether or not there is a minor. Under section 14 the extension is the real minority of a real person, so if that person is already fourteen when the last life ends, only four years are added, and if the interest is given to a person already of full age, no extension is available at all.

Second, the period of gestation is allowed for at the front. A child in the womb at the relevant date is treated as being in existence, which is why the standard statement of the rule adds "plus the period of gestation" where a child is en ventre sa mere, a Law French phrase meaning in its mother's womb.

Sections 15 and 16: what happens when a gift fails

These two sections handle the consequences, and they pull in opposite directions.

Section 15: a gift to a class fails only as to those it offends. Where an interest is created for the benefit of a class of persons and it fails as to some of them by reason of section 13 or section 14, the interest fails in regard to those persons only and not in regard to the whole class.

The words in that final phrase were substituted by amendment, and the change is the point: before it, the whole class gift fell. Now the court saves the members whom the rules do not hit and strikes out only those they do.

Section 16: an interest intended to take effect after a failed interest fails too. Where, by reason of section 13 or section 14, an interest created for a person or a whole class fails, any interest created in the same transaction and intended to take effect after or upon the failure of that prior interest also fails.

The reason is that the later gift was drafted on the assumption that the earlier one would run its course. It was meant to begin when the earlier interest ended, and if the earlier interest never existed, the later one has no starting point. Section 16 refuses to let it be pulled forward into a position the transferor never intended.

The interaction with section 15 is where problems get their difficulty. If a class gift fails only in part under section 15, the class gift has not failed as a whole, and a later interest is not destroyed by section 16, because section 16 operates only where the interest fails "in regard to such person or the whole of such class".

munotes.in50

The Rule Against Perpetuity

Section 18: transfers for the benefit of the public

Section 18 provides that the restrictions in sections 14, 16 and 17 do not apply to a transfer of property for the benefit of the public in the advancement of religion, knowledge, commerce, health, safety, or any other object beneficial to mankind.

The exemption is deliberate and it is easy to justify in an answer. The mischief behind section 14 is property tied up in a private family and withdrawn from use. A permanent endowment for a hospital, a school, a temple or a public library is the opposite: the property is dedicated to continuing public use, and the longer it lasts the better the object is served. So the policy that condemns a private perpetuity commends a public one.

Note which sections are exempted. Section 14, the rule itself; section 16, the failure of a subsequent interest; and section 17, the limit on accumulation, taught in [Direction for Accumulation]. Section 13 is not in the list.

What the rule does not apply to

The rule strikes at transfers creating an interest in property. A number of arrangements fall outside it, and they are frequently examined.

Rambaran Prosad v. Ram Mohit Hazra, AIR 1967 SC 744, decided on 6 September 1966 by Ramaswami, Bhargava and Raghubar Dayal JJ, is the authority.

Facts. Two brothers, Tulshidas and Kishorilal Chatterjee, held property in Calcutta. A partition award of 1941 divided the land into four blocks and contained a covenant of pre-emption: before selling to an outsider, each was to offer the property to the other. Tulshidas sold block A in 1941 after Kishorilal declined it. Kishorilal sold blocks B and D in 1942, and those came to the plaintiffs. In 1952 the purchaser of block A sold it on to the first defendant without any offer being made, and the plaintiffs sued to enforce the covenant.

Held. The covenant bound successors and assignees although it did not say so in terms, and the rule against perpetuity did not defeat it. Reading section 14 with section 54, which provides that a contract for the sale of immovable property does not of itself create any interest in or charge on the property, the Court held that the rule against perpetuity applies to interests in property and not to personal contracts, so it cannot be applied to a covenant of pre-emption even where no time limit is fixed for exercising the option.

Why it matters here. It draws the outer edge of section 14 by telling a student what the rule does not touch. A right that is merely contractual, however long it may run, is outside the section, because no interest in property has been created.

munotes.in51

The Rule Against Perpetuity

Other recognised exceptions, which sit on the same reasoning or on express provision:

  • A charge, which secures money rather than creating an interest in the land.
  • A personal agreement that creates no interest in property, as in the case above.
  • A covenant of redemption in a mortgage, since the mortgagor's right to redeem is not a future interest of the kind the rule attacks.
  • A contract of pre-emption.
  • A lease, including a covenant for perpetual renewal, because the lessee's interest is present rather than future.
  • A transfer for the benefit of the public within section 18.

A worked example

Chandrakant, who owns a bungalow at Nashik, executes a settlement in 2026. At that date his son Deven is alive and aged forty; Deven has no children.

Version one. To Deven for life, then to Deven's first son on his attaining the age of eighteen.

Deven is a life in being. His first son will be a person in existence at the end of that life, if born. Vesting is postponed until that son attains eighteen, which is exactly his minority. The gift is within the maximum permitted by section 14 and is good.

Version two. To Deven for life, then to Deven's first son on his attaining the age of twenty-five.

Deven is a life in being. But vesting is now postponed beyond the son's minority by seven years. Section 14 permits the lives in being plus the minority of the ultimate beneficiary, not minority plus a margin. The gift is void.

Version three. To Deven for life, then to Deven's first son for life, then to Deven's first grandson absolutely.

Two failures, and it is worth separating them. The gift to Deven's first son, an unborn person, is a life interest, which fails under section 13 as taught in the previous chapter. The gift to the grandson is created in the same transaction and is intended to take effect after that failed interest, so it fails under section 16.

Version four. To Deven for life, then to such of Deven's children as attain the age of twenty-five.

This is a class gift. As to any child who is alive at Deven's death and under twenty-five, vesting is postponed beyond his minority and the gift offends section 14. As to a child who has already turned twenty-five, the interest vests at once on Deven's death and there is no offence. Section 15 saves the second group and strikes out only the first.

Version five. To trustees on trust to maintain a free dispensary in the village, for ever.

munotes.in52

The Rule Against Perpetuity

Section 18 exempts it. The transfer is for the benefit of the public in the advancement of health, so sections 14, 16 and 17 do not apply, and the endowment may last indefinitely.

What it does NOT mean

It does not forbid postponing enjoyment. The rule is about postponing vesting. An interest may vest at once and be enjoyed much later, as with the unborn child in section 20 whose interest vests at birth.

It does not allow a flat twenty-one years. That is the English rule. Section 14 allows the actual minority of the ultimate beneficiary.

The minority used must be that of the ultimate beneficiary. Section 14 requires that the interest, if he attains full age, is to belong to him. Borrowing the minority of some other child does not work.

A class gift is not wholly destroyed. Section 15 preserves the members the rules do not hit.

Section 18 does not exempt section 13. It names sections 14, 16 and 17 only.

A contract is not caught. As held in the case above, a covenant of pre-emption creates no interest in property, so the rule has nothing to bite on.

Distinctions

Section 13Section 14
Concerned withThe size of the interest given to an unborn personThe time by which vesting must occur
RequirementThe unborn person must take the whole remaining interestVesting no later than lives in being plus the minority of the ultimate beneficiary
Exempted by section 18NoYes
Section 15Section 16
Applies toA gift to a class, failing as to some membersAn interest intended to take effect after a failed interest
EffectFails only as to those members, the rest standThe subsequent interest fails as well
ConditionSome members are unaffectedThe prior interest failed as to the person or the whole class
Indian rule, s.14English rule
Extension after lives in beingThe actual minority of the ultimate beneficiaryA gross period of twenty-one years
Is a minor requiredYes, a person in existence whose minority is usedNo

Quick revision

  • Section 14: vesting may be postponed only for lives in being at the date of the transfer, plus the minority of a person in existence at the end of that period, to whom the interest is to belong on attaining full age.
  • Add the period of gestation where a child is in the womb.
  • Minority is eighteen, or twenty-one where a court has appointed a guardian.
  • The Indian rule uses actual minority, not England's flat twenty-one years.
  • Section 15: a class gift fails only as to the members it offends.
  • Section 16: an interest meant to take effect after a failed interest also fails, but only where the prior gift failed as to the person or the whole class.
  • Section 18 exempts transfers for the public benefit in the advancement of religion, knowledge, commerce, health, safety or any object beneficial to mankind, from sections 14, 16 and 17, but not section 13.
  • Outside the rule: charges, personal contracts, covenants of redemption, pre-emption, leases and perpetual renewal covenants.
munotes.in53

The Rule Against Perpetuity

Test yourself

1. State the maximum period allowed by section 14. The lifetime of one or more persons living at the date of the transfer, plus the minority of a person who is in existence at the expiration of that period and to whom, if he attains full age, the interest is to belong.

2. A transfers to B for life, then to B's first son on attaining twenty-one, no guardian having been appointed by a court. Valid? No. Minority in that case ends at eighteen, so vesting is postponed three years beyond the permitted period and the gift offends section 14.

3. What is the difference between the Indian and the English rule? Section 14 allows the actual minority of the ultimate beneficiary after the lives in being, so the extension varies with the person's age and may be nothing at all. English law allows a fixed period of twenty-one years regardless of whether any minor exists.

4. Does the rule apply to a covenant of pre-emption without a time limit? No. In Rambaran Prosad v. Ram Mohit Hazra, AIR 1967 SC 744, the Supreme Court held that reading section 14 with section 54, the rule applies to interests in property and not to personal contracts, so a covenant of pre-emption is outside it even with no time limit.

5. A gift is made to such of X's children as attain twenty-five. At X's death two children are twenty-eight and one is nine. What is the result? The gift is good as to the two who are already twenty-five, whose interests vest immediately. It offends section 14 as to the nine-year-old, because vesting is postponed beyond his minority. Section 15 confines the failure to him.

6. Why does section 18 exempt public transfers? Because the mischief of section 14 is property withdrawn from use and tied to a private family. An endowment for religion, knowledge, commerce, health, safety or another object beneficial to mankind dedicates property to continuing public use, which the law encourages rather than restrains.

7. If a gift to an unborn person fails under section 13, what happens to the gift that was to follow it? It fails too, under section 16, provided it was created in the same transaction and was intended to take effect after or on the failure of the prior interest.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in54

Chapter Eleven

Direction for Accumulation

Syllabus topic 1.2, "Accumulation"

In one line

You may direct that the income of property be piled up instead of spent, but only for your own lifetime or for eighteen years, whichever is longer.

In exam wording: section 17 provides that where the terms of a transfer direct that the income arising from the property shall be accumulated wholly or in part during a period longer than the life of the transferor, or a period of eighteen years from the date of the transfer, the direction is void to the extent to which the period of accumulation exceeds the longer of those two periods.

Why there is a limit at all

Accumulation means letting the income build up rather than paying it to anybody. If it were unrestricted, a transferor could keep property and its whole produce out of use for as long as he liked, which is the same mischief the rule against perpetuity attacks, arriving by a different door. Section 14 stops property being tied up in its ownership; section 17 stops its income being locked away.

The section does not forbid accumulation. It caps it. A transferor may reasonably want income saved for a period, and the Act allows a generous one; what it refuses is a direction reaching indefinitely into the future.

The provision itself, broken down

The two permitted periods. Section 17(1) allows accumulation during a period no longer than:

(a) the life of the transferor; or (b) a period of eighteen years from the date of the transfer.

Whichever is longer. The section says the direction is void to the extent that the period exceeds "the longer of the aforesaid periods". So the two are not alternatives the transferor picks between: the law takes whichever turns out to be longer on the facts. A transferor who lives thirty years after the transfer gets thirty years; a transferor who dies two years after it still gets the full eighteen.

What happens to the excess. Only the excess is void. At the end of the permitted period, the property and its income are to be disposed of as if the period during which accumulation was directed had elapsed. The direction is cut back to the lawful maximum and everything else in the transfer stands. This mirrors section 10: the offending direction is trimmed, the transfer survives.

The three exceptions in section 17(2)

The section does not affect a direction for accumulation for the purpose of:

(i) the payment of the debts of the transferor or of any other person taking an interest under the transfer;

(ii) the provision of portions for children or remoter issue of the transferor, or of any other person taking an interest under the transfer;

munotes.in55

Direction for Accumulation

(iii) the preservation or maintenance of the property transferred.

A portion is a share of property or money set aside to provide for a child, most often on marriage or on coming of age. The word is old but it is the Act's own.

All three exceptions have the same character, and saying so is worth a mark. Each is accumulation for a defined and productive purpose that will exhaust itself: paying off debts, providing for children, keeping the property in repair. None of them is accumulation for its own sake, which is what the section is aimed at. Accumulation for these purposes may be directed accordingly, without the cap.

Section 18 adds a fourth escape from outside: a transfer for the benefit of the public in the advancement of religion, knowledge, commerce, health, safety or any other object beneficial to mankind is exempt from section 17 altogether, as it is from sections 14 and 16.

A worked example

In January 2026 Sudha transfers a commercial property at Pune to trustees, directing that the rent be accumulated and not paid to anyone for forty years, after which the whole fund and the property go to her grandson.

If Sudha dies in 2031, five years after the transfer, the two candidate periods are her life, which ran five years from the transfer, and eighteen years from the date of the transfer. Eighteen years is longer, so accumulation is lawful until January 2044. The direction is void as to the remaining twenty-two years, and from January 2044 the property and income are dealt with as if the accumulation period had ended.

If Sudha lives until 2056, thirty years after the transfer, her life is the longer period, so accumulation is lawful for those thirty years, and void for the remaining ten.

If the direction had been that the rent be accumulated for forty years to pay off the mortgage debt Sudha owed on the property, section 17(2)(i) applies and the cap does not bite at all, because the accumulation is for the payment of the transferor's debts.

If the direction had been to accumulate the rent for forty years to fund a free school on the property, section 18 exempts it, since that is a transfer for the benefit of the public in the advancement of knowledge.

What it does NOT mean

It does not make the transfer void. Only the excess period of accumulation is void, and the property is then dealt with as if the accumulation period had run out.

It does not offer a choice of periods. The longer of the two applies on the facts. A transferor cannot elect the shorter, nor is he confined to eighteen years merely because he chose to name a number.

munotes.in56

Direction for Accumulation

Eighteen years is not a period of minority. It runs from the date of the transfer, and it has nothing to do with anybody's age. Confusing it with the minority in section 14 is the standard slip on this topic.

The three exceptions are purposes, not people. What matters is what the accumulation is for.

It does not apply to accumulation happening by accident. The section strikes at a direction in the terms of the transfer. Income that piles up because no one has claimed it is not caught.

Distinctions

Section 14Section 17
What is restrictedThe time by which an interest must vestThe time for which income may be accumulated
The periodLives in being plus the minority of the ultimate beneficiaryThe transferor's life, or eighteen years from the transfer, whichever is longer
Effect of breachThe interest is voidOnly the excess period is void
Exempted by section 18YesYes

Quick revision

  • Section 17: accumulation may be directed for the life of the transferor or eighteen years from the date of the transfer, whichever is longer.
  • Only the excess is void; at the end of the lawful period the property and income are dealt with as if the accumulation had run its course.
  • Three exceptions in section 17(2): payment of debts; provision of portions for children or remoter issue; preservation or maintenance of the property.
  • The eighteen years runs from the date of the transfer and is not a period of minority.
  • Section 18 exempts transfers for the public benefit.

Test yourself

1. State the two periods in section 17 and how the choice is made. The life of the transferor, or eighteen years from the date of the transfer. The direction is void only so far as it exceeds the longer of the two on the facts, so the law takes whichever turns out to be longer.

2. A directs accumulation for twenty-five years and dies four years after the transfer. How long is the accumulation good for? Eighteen years from the date of the transfer, that being longer than his life after the transfer. The direction is void as to the remaining seven years.

3. Does a bad direction destroy the transfer? No. Only the excess period is void. At the end of the permitted period the property and its income are disposed of as if the directed accumulation period had elapsed.

4. Name the three purposes exempted by section 17(2). Payment of the debts of the transferor or of any person taking an interest under the transfer; provision of portions for children or remoter issue of the transferor or of such a person; and the preservation or maintenance of the property transferred.

munotes.in57

Direction for Accumulation

5. Is the eighteen-year period connected with the age of any beneficiary? No. It runs from the date of the transfer. The minority in section 14 is a different idea and belongs to the rule against perpetuity.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in58

Chapter Twelve

Vested Interest and Contingent Interest

Syllabus topic 1.2, "Vested Interest and Contingent Interest"

In one line

A vested interest already belongs to you even if you cannot use it yet; a contingent interest belongs to you only if something uncertain happens.

In exam wording: section 19 provides that where an interest is created in favour of a person without specifying the time when it is to take effect, or in terms specifying that it is to take effect forthwith or on the happening of an event which must happen, the interest is vested, unless a contrary intention appears; and section 21 provides that where an interest is created to take effect only on the happening of a specified uncertain event, or if such an event shall not happen, the person acquires a contingent interest.

Why the distinction is worth learning properly

This is the most reliably examined pair in Module I, and it is also the one students think they know. The reason it is worth care is that the practical consequences are large and they follow directly from the definitions.

A vested interest is present property. It can be sold, mortgaged and left by will, and if the holder dies before the property falls into possession, it goes to his heirs. A contingent interest is a real interest too, and is also transferable, but it is fragile: if the uncertain event never happens, it comes to nothing, and at common law the holder's death before the event usually ends it.

So the same words in a deed decide whether a family gets the property or loses it. That is why the Act spends six sections on the distinction.

The provisions

Section 19: vested interest. Where, on a transfer of property, an interest is created in favour of a person without specifying the time when it is to take effect, or in terms specifying that it is to take effect forthwith or on the happening of an event which must happen, the interest is vested, unless a contrary intention appears from the terms of the transfer.

The section adds, in its own sentence: a vested interest is not defeated by the death of the transferee before he obtains possession.

The heart of the section is the phrase "an event which must happen". An event that is certain to occur, even though nobody knows when, does not make an interest contingent. Death is the standard example: everyone dies, so a gift "to B on the death of A" is vested in B at once, and only enjoyment waits.

The Explanation to section 19 is the part that decides cases, and it lists four things from which an intention that the interest shall not vest is not to be inferred merely:

  • a provision by which the enjoyment of the interest is postponed;
  • a provision by which a prior interest in the same property is given or reserved to some other person;
  • a provision by which the income arising from the property is directed to be accumulated until the time of enjoyment arrives;
  • a provision that if a particular event shall happen the interest shall pass to another person.
munotes.in59

Vested Interest and Contingent Interest

The fourth is the subtle one and it is worth pausing on. A gift over on a future event does not make the first interest contingent. The first interest is vested but liable to be divested, meaning it belongs to the holder now and may be taken away later if the event occurs. That is a different thing from an interest that has not yet arisen.

Section 21: contingent interest. Where an interest is created to take effect only on the happening of a specified uncertain event, or if a specified uncertain event shall not happen, the person acquires a contingent interest. Such an interest becomes vested: in the first case, on the happening of the event; in the second, when the happening of the event becomes impossible.

That last clause is neat and is easily overlooked. A gift "to B if C does not marry within ten years" is contingent, and it vests not when ten years pass but at the moment C's marriage within the period becomes impossible.

Section 22: transfer to members of a class who attain a particular age. Where an interest is created in favour of such members only of a class as shall attain a particular age, the interest does not vest in any member who has not attained that age.

The words "such members only ... as shall attain" are what make this contingent. Contrast a gift to "the children of A, payable at twenty-one", where the age fixes the time of payment and not the class, and the interest is vested under section 19 with enjoyment postponed.

Section 23: contingent on an uncertain event, no time mentioned. Where an interest is to accrue to a specified person if a specified uncertain event shall happen, and no time is mentioned for its occurrence, the interest fails unless the event happens before, or at the same time as, the intermediate or precedent interest ceases to exist.

This gives the contingency a deadline that the deed forgot to supply. The property must vest in somebody when the prior interest ends, so the event must have happened by then.

Section 24: transfer to such as survive at a period not specified. Where an interest is to accrue to such of certain persons as shall be surviving at some period, but the exact period is not specified, the interest goes to those alive when the intermediate or precedent interest ceases to exist, unless a contrary intention appears.

munotes.in60

Vested Interest and Contingent Interest

The Act's own illustration: A transfers property to B for life, and after his death to C and D equally, or to the survivor of them. C dies during B's life. D survives B. At B's death the property passes to D.

The tests, side by side

Ask three questions of any gift.

One, is the event certain or uncertain? Certain, including death, means vested under section 19. Uncertain means contingent under section 21.

Two, does the condition attach to the vesting or only to the enjoyment? If the deed postpones only possession, the interest is vested. The Explanation to section 19 makes this explicit for four common drafting patterns.

Three, would the interest pass to the holder's heirs if he died today? If yes, it is vested. This is the practical test and it is usually the quickest.

A worked example

Nandini transfers her house at Kalyan to trustees by one deed containing five separate gifts. Her brother Om is alive.

Gift one: "to Om for life, and after his death to Pranav." Om's death is an event which must happen. Pranav's interest is therefore vested at once under section 19, with enjoyment postponed until Om dies. If Pranav dies before Om, his interest is not defeated: section 19 says so in terms, and it passes to Pranav's heirs, who take on Om's death.

Gift two: "to Om for life, and after his death to Pranav if Pranav is then a practising advocate." Being a practising advocate at a future date is a specified uncertain event. Pranav takes a contingent interest under section 21. If he dies before Om while not qualified, nothing passes to his heirs.

Gift three: "to such of Nandini's nephews as shall attain the age of twenty-five." Section 22. The interest does not vest in any nephew who has not reached twenty-five, because the class is defined by attaining the age. A nephew who dies at twenty-three takes nothing and passes nothing on.

Gift four: "to Om for life, and after his death to Quresh if Quresh returns from Canada." An uncertain event, with no time mentioned. Section 23 applies: the interest fails unless Quresh returns before, or at the same time as, Om's life interest ends. If he returns two years after Om's death, he takes nothing.

Gift five: "to Om for life, and after his death to Rina and Sameer equally, or to the survivor." Section 24 and the Act's illustration exactly. No exact period is specified, so the property goes to whichever of them is alive when Om's life interest ends.

munotes.in61

Vested Interest and Contingent Interest

Now change gift one slightly: "to Om for life, then to Pranav, but if Pranav becomes insolvent the property shall go to Tarun." Pranav's interest is still vested, because the fourth limb of the Explanation to section 19 says a provision that the interest shall pass to another on a particular event does not prevent vesting. It is vested subject to being divested.

What it does NOT mean

Vested does not mean in possession. An interest can be vested in interest while somebody else is in possession. The unborn child in section 20 has a vested interest from birth and no right to enjoy it until the prior interest ends.

A postponement of enjoyment does not make an interest contingent. The Explanation to section 19 rules that out, along with a prior interest, a direction to accumulate income, and a gift over on a specified event.

A contingent interest is not a mere expectancy. This is the distinction with section 6(a). A contingent interest is a present interest subject to an uncertain event and is transferable; a spes successionis is not an interest at all and cannot be transferred. See [What May Be Transferred].

Death is not an uncertain event. It is certain in fact though uncertain in time, so a gift after somebody's death is vested.

"Vested subject to divesting" is not the same as contingent. The first has arisen and may be taken away; the second has not arisen at all.

Section 22 is not about payment at an age. It applies where the class itself is defined by attaining the age. A gift to children "payable at twenty-one" vests earlier.

Distinctions

Vested interest, s.19Contingent interest, s.21
Event it depends onNone, or an event which must happenA specified uncertain event, or the non-happening of one
Present ownershipYesNot yet; a present right to it if the event occurs
TransferableYesYes
HeritableYes, s.19 says death before possession does not defeat itGenerally no, if the holder dies before the event
Effect of the eventNothing to wait forIt becomes vested, s.21
ExampleTo B after A's deathTo B if B qualifies as a doctor
Contingent interest, s.21Spes successionis, s.6(a)
Is it an interestYes, a present interestNo, a bare hope
TransferableYesNo, void
Arises fromA transfer already madeNothing; the chance of inheriting
Vested subject to divestingContingent
Has the interest arisenYesNo
What the future event doesMay take it awayMay bring it into being
AuthorityExplanation to s.19, fourth limbs.21

Quick revision

  • Section 19: vested where no time is specified, or it takes effect forthwith, or on an event which must happen. Death is such an event.
  • A vested interest is not defeated by the death of the transferee before possession.
  • The Explanation to section 19: vesting is not prevented merely by postponed enjoyment, a prior interest, a direction to accumulate income, or a gift over on a specified event.
  • Section 21: contingent where the interest depends on a specified uncertain event, or on such an event not happening. It vests on the event, or when the event becomes impossible.
  • Section 22: a gift to such members only of a class as attain a particular age does not vest in a member below that age.
  • Section 23: an uncertain event with no time mentioned must happen before or when the prior interest ends, or the interest fails.
  • Section 24: survivors at an unspecified period are those alive when the prior interest ends. The Act's illustration: C dies during B's life, D survives, D takes.
  • Quickest practical test: would it pass to his heirs if he died today?
munotes.in62

Vested Interest and Contingent Interest

Test yourself

1. "To A for life, then to B." Is B's interest vested or contingent? Vested. A's death is an event which must happen, so section 19 applies and only enjoyment is postponed.

2. B dies before A in that gift. Who takes on A's death? B's heirs. Section 19 provides that a vested interest is not defeated by the death of the transferee before he obtains possession.

3. "To A for life, then to B if B marries C." What kind of interest does B have? Contingent, under section 21, because the marriage is a specified uncertain event. It becomes vested if and when B marries C.

4. Give the four things listed in the Explanation to section 19. A provision postponing enjoyment; a provision giving or reserving a prior interest to another; a direction to accumulate the income until the time of enjoyment; and a provision that on a particular event the interest shall pass to another person. None of them prevents vesting by itself.

5. Distinguish a contingent interest from a spes successionis. A contingent interest is a present interest created by a transfer, depending on an uncertain event, and it is transferable. A spes successionis is the bare chance of succeeding to an estate, is not an interest at all, and section 6(a) makes a transfer of it void.

6. "To such of my nephews as attain twenty-five." A nephew dies at twenty-two. What does he take? Nothing. Section 22 provides that where an interest is created in favour of such members only of a class as shall attain a particular age, it does not vest in any member who has not attained it.

munotes.in63

Vested Interest and Contingent Interest

7. "To A for life, then to B if B returns from abroad", no time being mentioned. B returns a year after A dies. Does B take? No. Section 23 requires the uncertain event to happen before, or at the same time as, the intermediate or precedent interest ceases to exist. B's return came too late and the interest fails.

8. When does a contingent interest depending on an event NOT happening become vested? When the happening of that event becomes impossible, under the closing words of section 21.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in64

Chapter Thirteen

Conditional Transfers: Conditions Precedent and Subsequent

Syllabus topic 1.2, "Conditional Transfers"

In one line

A transfer can be made to depend on a condition, but the condition must be lawful, and everything then turns on whether it has to be satisfied before the interest arises or only after.

In exam wording: sections 25 to 34 govern conditional transfers; section 25 invalidates an interest dependent on an unlawful condition, section 26 requires only substantial compliance with a condition precedent, and section 29 requires strict compliance with a condition subsequent.

Why the run of ten sections is built this way

A conditional transfer is one where the transferor attaches a requirement to the gift. The law has to answer three questions, and the ten sections answer them in order.

Is the condition lawful at all? Section 25, and section 32 for determining conditions.

When must it be satisfied, and how exactly? Sections 26 and 29, with sections 33 and 34 on timing.

What happens to the other gifts in the deed if something fails? Sections 27, 28 and 30.

The single most important thing in the whole run is the contrast between section 26 and section 29, and the reason for it is worth stating before the detail. A condition precedent stands between a person and a gift he has not yet received; the law leans towards letting him have it, so substantial compliance is enough. A condition subsequent takes away a gift he already has; the law leans against forfeiture, so it insists on strict compliance before anything is taken back. Both leanings point the same way: in favour of the person holding or about to hold the property.

Section 25: the condition must be lawful

Section 25 provides that an interest created on a transfer of property and dependent upon a condition fails if the fulfilment of the condition is:

  • impossible; or
  • forbidden by law; or
  • of such a nature that, if permitted, it would defeat the provisions of any law; or
  • fraudulent; or
  • involves or implies injury to the person or property of another; or
  • the Court regards it as immoral or opposed to public policy.

That is the same list as section 23 of the Indian Contract Act 1872, which section 4 of this Act makes applicable here, with impossibility added.

The Act's own illustrations are the clearest teaching of it:

(a) A lets a farm to B on condition that he shall walk a hundred miles in an hour. The lease is void. Impossible.

(b) A gives Rs. 500 to B on condition that he shall marry A's daughter C. At the date of the transfer C was dead. The transfer is void. Impossible, and note that impossibility is judged at the date of the transfer.

munotes.in65

Conditional Transfers: Conditions Precedent and Subsequent

(c) A transfers Rs. 500 to B on condition that she shall murder C. The transfer is void. Forbidden by law.

(d) A transfers Rs. 500 to his niece C if she will desert her husband. The transfer is void. Opposed to public policy.

The consequence under section 25 is that the interest fails, not merely the condition. That is the opposite of what happens under section 10, where the condition dies and the transfer lives. The difference is that here the interest is dependent upon the condition, so removing the condition would give the transferee something the transferor never offered.

Section 26: condition precedent, substantial compliance

A condition precedent is one to be fulfilled before a person can take an interest. Section 26 provides that such a condition is deemed to have been fulfilled if it has been substantially complied with.

The illustrations show exactly where the line falls:

(a) A transfers Rs. 5,000 to B on condition that he shall marry with the consent of C, D and E. E dies. B marries with the consent of C and D. B is deemed to have fulfilled the condition. The purpose of the condition, that the marriage should have the approval of those three, has been met as nearly as circumstances allow.

(b) A transfers Rs. 5,000 to B on the same condition. B marries without the consent of C, D and E, but obtains their consent after the marriage. B has not fulfilled the condition. Consent after the event is not consent to the marriage at all, so nothing of substance was complied with.

Put together, the two illustrations say that substantial compliance means meeting the substance of what was required, not doing something roughly similar afterwards.

Sections 27, 28 and 30: what happens to the other gifts

Section 27: an ulterior disposition on failure of the prior one. Where an interest is created in favour of one person, and by the same transaction an ulterior disposition of the same interest is made in favour of another to take effect if the prior disposition fails, the ulterior disposition takes effect on that failure although the failure may not have occurred in the manner the transferor contemplated.

An ulterior disposition is simply a later gift of the same interest, meant to operate if the first one does not.

But the second paragraph adds the exception: where the intention is that the ulterior disposition shall take effect only if the prior one fails in a particular manner, it does not take effect unless it fails in that manner.

The illustrations:

(a) A transfers Rs. 500 to B on condition that he shall execute a certain lease within three months after A's death, and if he should neglect to do so, to C. B dies in A's lifetime. The disposition in favour of C takes effect, even though B did not fail by neglecting; he failed by dying.

munotes.in66

Conditional Transfers: Conditions Precedent and Subsequent

(b) A transfers property to his wife, but in case she should die in his lifetime, transfers to B what he had transferred to her. A and his wife perish together in circumstances making it impossible to prove she died first. The disposition in favour of B does not take effect, because the intention was that B should take only if the prior gift failed in that particular manner, and that manner cannot be proved.

Section 28: a condition superadded. An interest may be created to accrue to a person with a condition superadded that on a specified uncertain event happening, or not happening, the interest shall pass to another. Such dispositions are subject to sections 10, 12, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25 and 27. That list is a useful cross-check: the conditional-transfer rules do not float free of the rest of Module I.

Section 30: an invalid ulterior disposition does not destroy the prior one. If the ulterior disposition is not valid, the prior disposition is not affected by it.

Its illustration: A transfers a farm to B for her life, and, if she does not desert her husband, to C. B is entitled to the farm during her life as if no condition had been inserted. The condition attached to C's gift is opposed to public policy under section 25, so C takes nothing, and B keeps her life interest untouched.

Section 30 is the counterweight to section 16, and the pairing is worth an answer point. Under section 16 a subsequent interest falls with a prior one that failed under sections 13 or 14. Under section 30 a prior interest does not fall merely because the interest that was to follow it is invalid.

Sections 29, 31 and 32: conditions subsequent and determining conditions

Section 29: strict fulfilment. An ulterior disposition of the kind in section 28 cannot take effect unless the condition is strictly fulfilled.

Its illustration: A transfers Rs. 500 to B, to be paid on his attaining majority or marrying, with a proviso that if B dies a minor or marries without C's consent, the Rs. 500 shall go to D. B marries at seventeen without C's consent. The transfer to D takes effect, because the condition was strictly satisfied on its terms.

Section 31: a condition that the interest shall cease. Subject to section 12, an interest may be created with a condition superadded that it shall cease to exist if a specified uncertain event happens, or does not happen.

munotes.in67

Conditional Transfers: Conditions Precedent and Subsequent

Its illustrations: A transfers a farm to B for life with a proviso that if B cuts down a certain wood the transfer shall cease; B cuts the wood and loses his life interest. And: A transfers a farm to B provided that if B does not go to England within three years his interest shall cease; B does not go, and his interest ceases.

Section 32: the condition must not be invalid. For a condition that an interest shall cease to be valid, the event to which it relates must be one which could legally constitute the condition of the creation of an interest. In other words, a condition cannot be used to take an interest away if it could not lawfully have been used to give it in the first place.

Sections 33 and 34: when the act must be done

Section 33: no time specified. Where an interest is created subject to a condition that the person taking it shall perform a certain act, and no time is specified, the condition is broken when he renders the performance impossible, permanently or for an indefinite period. So he is not in breach merely because he has not yet acted; he is in breach when he has put the act out of reach.

Section 34: time specified. Where an act is to be performed by a person either as a condition to be fulfilled before an interest is taken, or as a condition on the non-fulfilment of which the interest is to pass to another, and a time is specified, the act must be performed within that time.

A worked example

Ashwin, a widower, transfers a plot at Panvel to his nephew Bhaskar by deed, with three clauses.

Clause A: "to Bhaskar, if he obtains the consent of my three brothers to his marriage." A condition precedent: Bhaskar takes nothing until it is met. Suppose one brother has died and Bhaskar marries with the consent of the surviving two. Section 26 and illustration (a) apply: substantial compliance is enough, and Bhaskar is deemed to have fulfilled the condition. Had he married first and collected consents afterwards, illustration (b) would defeat him.

Clause B: "but if Bhaskar sells the plot within ten years, it shall go to my niece Charulata." A condition subsequent with an ulterior disposition. Section 29 requires it to be strictly fulfilled before Charulata can take. If Bhaskar mortgages the plot rather than selling it, the condition is not satisfied on its terms and Charulata takes nothing.

Clause C: "and if Bhaskar leaves the Hindu religion, his interest shall cease and the plot shall go to my friend Dinesh." Section 31 permits a condition that an interest shall cease, but section 32 requires the event to be one that could lawfully have been made the condition of creating an interest, and section 25 makes a condition void if the Court regards it as opposed to public policy. A condition penalising a change of religion is of that character, so the condition fails. By section 30, the invalidity of Dinesh's gift does not affect Bhaskar's prior interest, and Bhaskar holds the plot as if the clause had not been written.

munotes.in68

Conditional Transfers: Conditions Precedent and Subsequent

What it does NOT mean

Section 25 does not merely strike out the condition. The interest fails, because it is dependent on the condition. Contrast section 10, where the transfer survives and the condition alone is void.

Substantial compliance is not near-enough compliance. Illustration (b) to section 26 shows that doing the thing at the wrong time is no compliance at all.

A condition subsequent is not tested loosely. Section 29 requires strict fulfilment, and the reason is that a forfeiture is at stake.

Failure "in a particular manner" is not the default. Section 27's rule is that an ulterior disposition takes effect however the prior one failed; the particular-manner requirement applies only where that was the intention.

Section 30 is not the same as section 16. Section 30 saves a prior interest when the later one is invalid. Section 16 destroys a later interest when the prior one failed under sections 13 or 14.

Impossibility is judged at the date of the transfer. Illustration (b) to section 25 turns on C being already dead when the transfer was made.

Distinctions

Condition precedentCondition subsequent
When it operatesBefore the interest can be takenAfter the interest has vested, to defeat it
Section2629
Standard of complianceSubstantialStrict
Effect if the condition is unlawfulThe interest fails, s.25The condition fails and the interest continues unencumbered, ss.30 and 32
Interest meanwhileContingentVested, subject to divesting
ExampleTo B if he marries with C's consentTo B, but if B marries without C's consent, to D
Section 30Section 16
SituationThe ulterior disposition is invalidThe prior interest failed under s.13 or s.14
Effect on the other giftThe prior disposition is unaffectedThe subsequent disposition also fails
Section 33Section 34
Time specified for the actNoYes
Condition broken whenHe renders performance impossible, permanently or for an indefinite periodThe time expires without performance

Quick revision

  • Section 25: an interest dependent on a condition fails if the condition is impossible, forbidden by law, defeats any law, is fraudulent, injures another's person or property, or is immoral or against public policy. The interest fails, not just the condition.
  • Section 26: a condition precedent needs only substantial compliance. Consent of two where the third has died is enough; consent obtained after the marriage is not.
  • Section 29: a condition subsequent must be strictly fulfilled before the ulterior gift takes effect.
  • Section 27: an ulterior disposition takes effect however the prior one failed, unless the intention was that it should fail in a particular manner.
  • Section 28: such dispositions are subject to sections 10, 12, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25 and 27.
  • Section 30: an invalid ulterior disposition does not affect the prior one. Contrast section 16.
  • Section 31: an interest may be made to cease on a specified uncertain event, subject to section 12. Section 32: the event must be one that could lawfully have created an interest.
  • Sections 33 and 34: no time specified, breach when performance is made impossible; time specified, perform within it.
munotes.in69

Conditional Transfers: Conditions Precedent and Subsequent

Test yourself

1. Distinguish a condition precedent from a condition subsequent, and give the standard of compliance for each. A condition precedent must be fulfilled before the person can take the interest, and section 26 requires only substantial compliance. A condition subsequent operates after the interest has vested and defeats it, and section 29 requires strict fulfilment.

2. Why does the law demand strict compliance for one and only substantial compliance for the other? Because both leanings favour the person who holds or is to hold the property. A condition precedent stands between him and a gift, so the law is generous; a condition subsequent would take away what he already has, so the law is exacting.

3. A transfers Rs. 5,000 to B if he marries with the consent of C, D and E. B marries with the consent of C and D, E having died. Result? B is deemed to have fulfilled the condition. This is illustration (a) to section 26: substantial compliance suffices where the remainder is impossible.

4. A gives property to B on condition that B shall murder C. What happens? The interest fails under section 25, the condition being forbidden by law. Since the interest is dependent on the condition, B takes nothing.

5. A transfers a farm to B for life, and if she does not desert her husband, to C. What does B take? B is entitled to the farm during her life as if no condition had been inserted. The condition attached to C's gift is opposed to public policy, so it is void, and section 30 provides that the invalidity of the ulterior disposition does not affect the prior one.

munotes.in70

Conditional Transfers: Conditions Precedent and Subsequent

6. A transfers Rs. 500 to B on condition that he executes a lease within three months of A's death, failing which to C. B dies during A's lifetime. Does C take? Yes. Section 27 provides that the ulterior disposition takes effect on the failure of the prior one although the failure did not occur in the manner contemplated.

7. When is a condition broken where no time is specified for performing the act? Under section 33, when the person renders the performance of the act impossible, permanently or for an indefinite period. Mere delay is not a breach.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in71

Chapter Fourteen

Election

Syllabus topic 1.2, "Election"

In one line

You cannot keep a gift from a document and at the same time reject the part of the document that takes something of yours away.

In exam wording: section 35 provides that where a person professes to transfer property which he has no right to transfer, and as part of the same transaction confers a benefit on the owner of that property, the owner must elect either to confirm the transfer or to dissent from it, and if he dissents he must relinquish the benefit conferred.

Why the doctrine exists

The principle is older than the Act and is usually put in one sentence: he who takes a benefit under an instrument must give full effect to that instrument. It is sometimes called the doctrine of approbate and reprobate, meaning you cannot approve and disapprove of the same thing.

The mischief is easy to picture. A person makes a deed which gives away something belonging to somebody else and, in the same breath, gives that somebody else a benefit out of his own property. The obvious intention is a swap. If the owner could pocket the benefit and also keep his own property, he would take twice and the transferor's plan would be defeated at the expense of the innocent transferee.

Election is the law's answer. The owner is not compelled to give up his property; his ownership is untouched. He is simply put to a choice: take under the instrument, or take against it, but not both.

Broken down: when the duty to elect arises

Three conditions must be present, and they are all in the opening words.

One, the transferor must profess to transfer property which he has no right to transfer. "Professes" is important: he holds himself out as transferring it. He need not own it, and the section adds expressly that the rule applies whether or not the transferor believes the property to be his own. So an honest mistake produces the same duty to elect as a deliberate over-reach.

Two, he must, as part of the same transaction, confer a benefit on the owner of that property. One transaction, two limbs. If the benefit comes from a different document or a different occasion, there is nothing to elect between.

Three, the benefit must be conferred on the owner of the property professed to be transferred. A benefit conferred on somebody else raises no election.

The consequences of the choice

If the owner confirms, the transfer takes effect and he keeps the benefit. Both limbs of the instrument operate.

If the owner dissents, he keeps his own property and must relinquish the benefit, and the relinquished benefit reverts to the transferor or his representative as if it had not been disposed of.

munotes.in72

Election

But the section attaches a charge to the reverting benefit in two situations, and this is the part most often missed:

  • where the transfer was gratuitous and the transferor has, before the election, died or otherwise become incapable of making a fresh transfer; and
  • in all cases where the transfer is for consideration.

In those cases the reverting benefit carries the charge of making good to the disappointed transferee the amount or value of the property attempted to be transferred to him.

The Act's illustration shows both halves:

The farm of Sultanpur is the property of C and worth Rs. 800. A by an instrument of gift professes to transfer it to B, giving by the same instrument Rs. 1,000 to C. C elects to retain the farm. He forfeits the gift of Rs. 1,000.

In the same case, A dies before the election. His representative must out of the Rs. 1,000 pay Rs. 800 to B.

So while A is alive and the transfer is gratuitous, the whole Rs. 1,000 simply goes back to A; A can make fresh arrangements for B if he wishes. Once A is dead and cannot, the law compensates the disappointed transferee B out of the returning fund, to the value of the property attempted to be transferred, which is Rs. 800, and the balance of Rs. 200 stays with A's estate.

Four supplementary rules

The section then adds four rules, and they are examined as a set.

The transferor's belief is irrelevant. The rule applies whether or not he believes the property to be his own.

An indirect benefit does not require election. A person taking no benefit directly under the transaction, but deriving a benefit under it indirectly, need not elect.

Different capacities are treated separately. A person who in one capacity takes a benefit under the transaction may in another capacity dissent from it. So a man who takes a legacy personally and is also a trustee of the property professed to be transferred is not fixed in both roles by one choice.

The exception: a benefit expressed to be in lieu. Where a particular benefit is expressed to be conferred on the owner in lieu of the property the transferor professes to transfer, then if the owner claims his property he must relinquish that particular benefit, but he is not bound to relinquish any other benefit conferred on him by the same transaction.

This exception rewards precise drafting. If the deed says plainly "and in place of the farm I give C Rs. 1,000", C loses only the Rs. 1,000 if he keeps the farm, and any separate legacy in the same deed is safe. Where nothing is expressed to be in lieu, the general rule bites and everything taken under the instrument is at risk.

munotes.in73

Election

How an election is made

By acceptance, with knowledge. Acceptance of the benefit constitutes an election to confirm the transfer, if the person is aware of his duty to elect and of the circumstances which would influence the judgment of a reasonable man in making an election, or if he waives enquiry into those circumstances.

A presumption after two years. Such knowledge or waiver is presumed, in the absence of evidence to the contrary, if the person has enjoyed the benefit for two years without doing any act to express dissent.

By an act that cannot be undone. Knowledge or waiver may be inferred from any act of his which renders it impossible to place the persons interested in the property in the same condition as if the act had not been done. The Act's illustration: A transfers to B an estate to which C is entitled, and as part of the same transaction gives C a coal-mine; C takes possession of the mine and exhausts it; he has thereby confirmed the transfer of the estate to B.

A requisition after one year. If the owner does not, within one year after the date of the transfer, signify to the transferor or his representatives his intention to confirm or dissent, they may require him to elect. If he does not comply within a reasonable time after receiving the requisition, he is deemed to have elected to confirm the transfer.

Disability postpones election. In case of disability, the election is postponed until the disability ceases, or until an election is made by some competent authority.

Note the shape of those rules. Silence alone never amounts to election; what converts silence into a choice is either two years of enjoyment, an irreversible act, or a failure to answer a requisition.

A worked example

Gopal owns a shop at Nagpur worth Rs. 20 lakh. His uncle Harish, by a single registered gift deed, purports to give that shop to his friend Ishaan and, by the same deed, gives Gopal a plot at Wardha worth Rs. 30 lakh.

Harish had no right to give Gopal's shop. He confers a benefit on Gopal, the owner of that shop, by the same transaction. Gopal must elect.

If Gopal confirms, Ishaan takes the shop and Gopal keeps the Wardha plot.

If Gopal dissents, he keeps his shop and must relinquish the Wardha plot, which reverts to Harish as if it had never been given.

If Harish has died before Gopal elects, and Gopal dissents, the reverting plot carries a charge to make good to Ishaan the value of the shop, Rs. 20 lakh, and the balance of Rs. 10 lakh goes to Harish's estate. Gopal keeps his shop; Ishaan is compensated; nobody takes twice.

munotes.in74

Election

If the deed had said "and in lieu of the shop I give Gopal the Wardha plot", and had also separately given Gopal a car, the exception applies. Gopal keeping the shop loses the plot only, and keeps the car.

If Gopal takes the Wardha plot, builds on it and sells it, he has done an act which makes it impossible to restore the parties to their former position, and he is taken to have confirmed the transfer of the shop to Ishaan.

If Gopal says nothing for eighteen months but has been drawing rent from the plot, no presumption arises yet; two years have not passed. Harish may serve a requisition, and if Gopal does not answer within a reasonable time he is deemed to have confirmed.

What it does NOT mean

It does not divest the owner of his property. Election never takes the property away. It only forces a choice between keeping it and keeping the benefit.

It does not depend on the transferor's honesty. The section applies whether or not he believed the property was his.

It does not apply to an indirect benefit. Only a benefit taken directly under the transaction raises the duty.

Dissent does not always mean the disappointed transferee goes uncompensated. The charge applies wherever the transfer was for consideration, and also where it was gratuitous but the transferor has died or become incapable before the election.

Two years is a presumption, not a rule of law. It operates "in the absence of evidence to the contrary".

The one-year period is not a deadline for electing. It is the point at which the transferor may require an election. What forfeits the choice is failing to answer the requisition in a reasonable time.

Distinctions

Owner confirmsOwner dissents
His own propertyPasses to the transfereeHe keeps it
The benefitHe keeps itHe relinquishes it; it reverts to the transferor
Disappointed transfereeTakes the propertyCompensated out of the reverting benefit where the transfer was for consideration, or was gratuitous and the transferor has died or become incapable
General ruleException, benefit expressed to be in lieu
What the owner forfeits on claiming his propertyEvery benefit taken under the transactionOnly the particular benefit expressed to be in lieu
Other benefits in the same deedAt riskSafe
Way an election is madeTrigger
AcceptanceWith knowledge of the duty and the circumstances, or waiver of enquiry
PresumptionTwo years' enjoyment without an act of dissent
InferenceAn act making restoration impossible, such as exhausting a mine
Deemed confirmationFailure to comply with a requisition within a reasonable time, the requisition being available after one year
munotes.in75

Election

Quick revision

  • The maxim: he who takes a benefit under an instrument must give full effect to it.
  • Three conditions: the transferor professes to transfer property he has no right to transfer; he confers a benefit on the owner of that property; both in the same transaction.
  • It applies whether or not the transferor believed the property was his.
  • Dissent means relinquishing the benefit, which reverts to the transferor.
  • The reverting benefit bears a charge to compensate the disappointed transferee to the value of the property attempted to be transferred, where the transfer was for consideration, or was gratuitous and the transferor has died or become incapable before the election.
  • Illustration: Sultanpur farm worth Rs. 800, gift of Rs. 1,000 to C. C keeps the farm and forfeits Rs. 1,000. If A has died, Rs. 800 of it goes to B.
  • Indirect benefit, no election. Different capacities, separate choices.
  • Exception: a benefit expressed to be in lieu costs the owner only that benefit.
  • Election by acceptance with knowledge; presumed after two years' enjoyment; inferred from an irreversible act; deemed on failure to answer a requisition, available after one year. Disability postpones it.

Test yourself

1. State the three conditions for election under section 35. The transferor professes to transfer property which he has no right to transfer; as part of the same transaction he confers a benefit on the owner of that property; and the person put to election is that owner.

2. Does it matter that the transferor honestly thought the property was his? No. Section 35 provides that the rule applies whether or not the transferor believes that which he professes to transfer to be his own.

3. A, by gift, purports to give C's farm worth Rs. 800 to B, and gives C Rs. 1,000 by the same deed. C keeps the farm and A is alive. What happens to the Rs. 1,000? C forfeits it and it reverts to A as if it had not been disposed of. Because the transfer was gratuitous and A is alive and able to make a fresh transfer, no charge arises in B's favour.

4. Same facts, but A dies before C elects. What does B get? A's representative must pay B Rs. 800 out of the Rs. 1,000, that being the value of the property attempted to be transferred to B. The remaining Rs. 200 stays with A's estate.

5. When is a person presumed to have elected to confirm merely by enjoying the benefit? Where he has enjoyed it for two years without doing any act to express dissent, in the absence of evidence to the contrary.

munotes.in76

Election

6. What is the effect of a benefit being expressed to be "in lieu of" the property? The owner who claims his property must relinquish that particular benefit only, and is not bound to relinquish any other benefit conferred by the same transaction.

7. Does a person who benefits only indirectly have to elect? No. The section provides that a person taking no benefit directly under a transaction, but deriving a benefit under it indirectly, need not elect.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in77

Chapter Fifteen

Apportionment

Syllabus topic 1.2, "Apportionment"

In one line

When property changes hands in the middle of a rent period, the rent is split day by day between the old owner and the new; and when property is divided among several people, the duties owed in respect of it are split too, so long as splitting them is fair.

In exam wording: section 36 is apportionment by time, providing that periodical payments in the nature of income accrue from day to day and are apportionable accordingly as between transferor and transferee; section 37 is apportionment by estate, providing that where property is divided into shares the corresponding duty is performed in favour of each owner in proportion to the value of his share.

Why apportionment is needed

Rent is usually payable in lumps, at the end of a month or a quarter, but it is earned continuously, day by day, as the tenant occupies. If a house is sold on the fifteenth of a month, the seller has provided the tenant with a fortnight of occupation and the buyer provides the rest. Without a rule, the whole instalment would go to whoever happened to own the property on the day it fell due, which is an accident.

Section 36 removes the accident. Section 37 answers a different question: what happens to the duties owed in respect of property when the property itself is split among several owners.

Section 36: apportionment by time

Section 36 provides that, in the absence of a contract or local usage to the contrary, all rents, annuities, pensions, dividends and other periodical payments in the nature of income shall, upon the transfer of the interest of the person entitled to receive them, be deemed as between the transferor and the transferee to accrue due from day to day, and to be apportionable accordingly, but to be payable on the days appointed for the payment thereof.

Four things to take from that.

One, it is a default rule. It applies only in the absence of a contract or local usage to the contrary, so the parties may agree otherwise.

Two, it covers income generally, not just rent: annuities, pensions, dividends and other periodical payments in the nature of income.

Three, it operates between transferor and transferee only. The section says "as between the transferor and the transferee". It does not create two debts for the tenant, and it does not alter what he owes.

Four, the payment day is unchanged. The sums are apportionable but remain payable on the days appointed. So the tenant is not required to pay half the rent early because the house was sold in mid-month. He pays the whole instalment when it falls due, and the transferor and transferee divide it between themselves.

munotes.in78

Apportionment

Section 37: apportionment by estate

Section 37 deals with the reverse situation: the property is divided, and the obligation attached to it has to be shared.

Where, in consequence of a transfer, property is divided and held in several shares, and the benefit of an obligation relating to the property as a whole passes from one to several owners, the corresponding duty must, in the absence of a contract to the contrary among the owners, be performed in favour of each owner in proportion to the value of his share, provided that:

  • the duty can be severed; and
  • the severance does not substantially increase the burden of the obligation.

If the duty cannot be severed, or severance would substantially increase the burden, the duty is to be performed for the benefit of such one of the several owners as they jointly designate for that purpose.

Two further rules complete the section.

Notice. A proviso protects the person who owes the duty: nobody on whom the burden lies is answerable for failing to discharge it in the manner the section provides unless and until he has had reasonable notice of the severance. That is fair: a tenant cannot be blamed for paying the whole rent to the original landlord when nobody told him the property had been split.

Agricultural leases. Nothing in the section applies to leases for agricultural purposes unless and until the State Government so directs by notification in the Official Gazette.

The Act's two illustrations, which are the clearest statement of the divisible and indivisible cases:

(a) A sells to B, C and D a house in a village leased to E at an annual rent of Rs. 30 and delivery of one fat sheep, B having provided half the purchase money and C and D one quarter each. E, having notice of this, must pay Rs. 15 to B, Rs. 7.50 to C and Rs. 7.50 to D, and must deliver the sheep according to the joint direction of B, C and D.

Money divides; a sheep does not. So the rent is apportioned in proportion to the shares, and the indivisible part of the obligation is performed for whichever owner the three of them jointly designate.

(b) In the same case, each house in the village is bound to provide ten days' labour each year on a dyke to prevent inundation, and E had agreed as a term of his lease to perform this work for A. B, C and D severally require E to perform the ten days' work due on account of the house of each. E is not bound to do more than ten days' work in all, according to such directions as B, C and D may join in giving.

munotes.in79

Apportionment

This is the "substantially increase the burden" limb in action. Splitting the duty three ways would turn ten days into thirty, which is not apportionment but multiplication, and the section refuses it.

A worked example

Latha owns a shop at Aurangabad let to a tenant, Mahesh, at Rs. 60,000 a year payable on 31 March. On 30 September she sells the shop to three buyers, Nitin, Omkar and Pooja, who provide half, a quarter and a quarter of the price respectively. The lease also obliges Mahesh to whitewash the building once a year.

Apportionment by time, section 36. The rent for the year is earned from day to day. Latha owned the shop for the first six months and the buyers for the last six. As between them, half the annual rent belongs to Latha and half to the buyers. Mahesh is unaffected: he pays the whole Rs. 60,000 on 31 March, the day appointed, and the parties settle between themselves.

Apportionment by estate, section 37. The buyers' half of the rent is Rs. 30,000, and the duty to pay it is severable without increasing the burden. So Mahesh, once he has reasonable notice of the severance, pays Rs. 15,000 to Nitin, Rs. 7,500 to Omkar and Rs. 7,500 to Pooja, in proportion to the value of their shares.

The whitewashing cannot be severed sensibly, and requiring it three times over would substantially increase the burden. It is therefore performed for the benefit of whichever of the three they jointly designate, and Mahesh whitewashes once.

If nobody had told Mahesh about the sale, and he had paid the whole rent to Latha, the proviso protects him. He is not answerable for failing to pay in the manner the section provides until he has had reasonable notice of the severance.

What it does NOT mean

Section 36 does not change what the tenant owes or when. The sums remain payable on the days appointed. Apportionment operates between transferor and transferee.

It is not confined to rent. Annuities, pensions, dividends and other periodical income are covered.

It is not mandatory. A contract or local usage to the contrary displaces it.

Section 37 does not multiply the obligation. Where severance would substantially increase the burden, the duty is performed once, for a jointly designated owner.

Section 37 does not bind a person who has not been told. Reasonable notice of the severance is a precondition of liability under the section.

Section 37 does not apply to agricultural leases unless the State Government notifies.

Apportionment under section 36 is not the same as the rule in section 8. Section 8 decides who gets rent that accrued before and after the transfer as whole periods; section 36 splits the single instalment that straddles the transfer date, day by day.

munotes.in80

Apportionment

Distinctions

Section 36, by timeSection 37, by estate
The questionWho gets the income for the period straddling a transferHow is a duty shared once property is split into shares
Divided betweenTransferor and transfereeThe several owners
Basis of divisionDay to dayThe value of each owner's share
LimitsA contract or local usage to the contraryThe duty must be severable and severance must not substantially increase the burden; reasonable notice; not agricultural leases
If division is impossibleNot applicablePerformed for one owner whom they jointly designate

Quick revision

  • Section 36: rents, annuities, pensions, dividends and other periodical income accrue from day to day and are apportionable as between transferor and transferee, but remain payable on the appointed days.
  • It is subject to a contract or local usage to the contrary.
  • Section 37: on a division of property into shares, the corresponding duty is performed for each owner in proportion to the value of his share.
  • Two conditions: the duty must be severable, and severance must not substantially increase the burden.
  • If it cannot be severed, it is performed for one owner jointly designated by them.
  • The person bearing the burden is not answerable until he has had reasonable notice of the severance.
  • Section 37 does not apply to agricultural leases unless the State Government notifies.
  • Illustration: Rs. 30 rent split Rs. 15, Rs. 7.50 and Rs. 7.50; the fat sheep delivered on joint direction; ten days' dyke labour stays ten days in all.

Test yourself

1. A house let at Rs. 12,000 a year, payable yearly on 31 December, is sold on 1 July. How is the rent divided? As between seller and buyer the rent accrues from day to day under section 36, so each is entitled to roughly half, the seller for January to June and the buyer for July to December. The tenant still pays the whole Rs. 12,000 on 31 December.

2. Does section 36 require the tenant to pay part of the rent early? No. The section provides that the payments are apportionable but remain payable on the days appointed for their payment.

3. Which payments does section 36 cover? Rents, annuities, pensions, dividends and other periodical payments in the nature of income.

4. When is a duty not apportioned under section 37? Where the duty cannot be severed, or where severance would substantially increase the burden of the obligation. It is then performed for the benefit of one of the owners whom they jointly designate.

munotes.in81

Apportionment

5. A tenant owed ten days' labour a year on a dyke. The house is sold to three buyers, who each demand ten days. What must he do? Ten days in all, according to directions the three of them join in giving. Illustration (b) to section 37: severing the duty three ways would substantially increase the burden.

6. A tenant, not knowing the property has been divided, pays the whole rent to the original landlord. Is he liable to the new co-owners? Not under section 37 until he has had reasonable notice of the severance, which the proviso makes a precondition of his answerability.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in82

Chapter Sixteen

Transfer by a Person Authorised Only in Certain Circumstances, and Property Charged with Maintenance

Syllabus topic 1.2, "General principles of transfer of property"

In one line

A buyer who takes reasonable care and acts honestly is protected when he buys from someone whose power to sell depended on circumstances he could not verify; and a person entitled to maintenance out of property can follow the property into the hands of a buyer who knew about it.

In exam wording: section 38 protects a transferee for consideration who, after using reasonable care and acting in good faith, buys from a person authorised to transfer only in circumstances of a variable nature; section 39 allows a right to maintenance out of immovable property to be enforced against a transferee with notice, or a gratuitous transferee, but not against a transferee for consideration without notice.

Section 38: the limited owner's sale

Some people can sell property only if a particular state of affairs exists. A Hindu widow holding a limited estate could sell only for legal necessity or for religious or charitable purposes; a guardian may sell a minor's property only for the minor's benefit; a manager of a joint family may sell only for family necessity. The Act calls these "circumstances in their nature variable", meaning circumstances that come and go and that only the transferor is really placed to know.

That creates a problem for the buyer. He can look at the title, but he cannot see inside the family's finances. If the sale could be undone years later on proof that the necessity did not exist, nobody would buy from a limited owner at all, and the power to sell in a genuine necessity would be worthless.

The provision. Where a person authorised only under circumstances in their nature variable to dispose of immovable property transfers it for consideration, alleging the existence of such circumstances, those circumstances shall, as between the transferee on the one part and the transferor and other persons affected on the other, be deemed to have existed, if the transferee, after using reasonable care to ascertain their existence, has acted in good faith.

The conditions, and all of them are needed:

  • the transferor is authorised to transfer only in variable circumstances;
  • the property is immovable;
  • the transfer is for consideration;
  • the transferor alleges the existence of the circumstances;
  • the transferee used reasonable care to ascertain that they existed; and
  • the transferee acted in good faith.

The Act's illustration. A, a Hindu widow whose husband has left collateral heirs, alleging that the property she holds as such is insufficient for her maintenance, agrees, for purposes neither religious nor charitable, to sell a field forming part of it to B. B satisfies himself by reasonable enquiry that the income is insufficient for A's maintenance and that the sale is necessary, and, acting in good faith, buys the field. As between B on the one part and A and the collateral heirs on the other, a necessity for the sale is deemed to have existed.

munotes.in83

Transfer by a Person Authorised Only in Certain Circumstances, and Property Charged with Maintenance

Two features of the section are worth marking. It creates a deemed fact, not merely a defence: the necessity is treated as having existed. And it binds not only the transferor but the "other persons affected by the transfer", which is what makes it useful, since those persons, the reversioners or the minor, are the ones who would otherwise attack the sale.

Reasonable care is the working test and it means real enquiry, not a recital in the deed. A buyer who accepts the seller's word without asking anything has not used reasonable care, and a clause in the sale deed saying that necessity exists proves nothing by itself.

Section 39: property charged with maintenance

The provision. Where a third person has a right to receive maintenance, or a provision for advancement or marriage, from the profits of immovable property, and that property is transferred, the right may be enforced against the transferee if he has notice of it or if the transfer is gratuitous; but not against a transferee for consideration and without notice of the right, nor against the property in his hands.

Advancement here means a provision made to set a child up in life, and the section groups it with maintenance and marriage expenses because all three are provisions for a dependant.

The 1929 amendment matters and is examinable. As originally enacted the section applied where the property was transferred "with the intention of defeating such right". Those words were omitted in 1929. So the transferor's intention is now irrelevant: the question is only whether the transferee had notice or took gratuitously. That change turned a section about fraud into a section about notice, and it made the right far easier to enforce.

Who is protected and who is not. The transferee is safe only if he is both a transferee for consideration and without notice. A donee takes subject to the right however innocent he is, because he has parted with nothing. A purchaser who knew, or who is fixed with constructive or imputed notice under section 3, takes subject to it.

That is where this chapter connects to [The Interpretation Clause: Attestation, Notice and the Words the Act Runs On]. A buyer will often be fixed with notice by Explanation II to section 3, because the person entitled to maintenance is frequently living in the very house.

The limit of the right. Section 39 does not give the dependant an interest in the property. It gives a right enforceable against the property in the hands of the wrong kind of transferee. And section 6(dd) makes the right to future maintenance itself untransferable, so the dependant cannot sell it.

munotes.in84

Transfer by a Person Authorised Only in Certain Circumstances, and Property Charged with Maintenance

A worked example

Kamala, a widow, holds her late husband's land at Latur as a limited owner, her husband having left collateral heirs. Her mother-in-law Sarojini has a decree entitling her to maintenance of Rs. 10,000 a month out of the profits of that land, and lives in the house on it.

Kamala sells a field to Ravi, telling him that the income is not enough to maintain her. Ravi examines the revenue records, asks the neighbours and the village officer about the income, satisfies himself that the sale is necessary, pays the price and takes the deed. Years later the collateral heirs sue to set the sale aside, proving that Kamala had other income she had concealed.

Section 38 answers them. Ravi is a transferee for consideration; Kamala alleged the circumstances; Ravi used reasonable care and acted in good faith. As between Ravi on one side and Kamala and the collateral heirs on the other, the necessity is deemed to have existed, and the sale stands.

Change the facts: Ravi asked nothing at all and simply relied on a recital in the deed. He has not used reasonable care, section 38 does not protect him, and the heirs may have the sale set aside.

Now Sarojini's maintenance. If Ravi bought for consideration and genuinely knew nothing of the decree, the maintenance cannot be enforced against him or against the field in his hands. But Sarojini was living in the house. Under Explanation II to section 3, Ravi is deemed to have notice of the title of a person in actual possession, so in practice he will be fixed with notice and takes subject to her right.

If Kamala had gifted the field to her nephew instead of selling it, the nephew takes subject to Sarojini's right whether or not he knew of it, because the transfer is gratuitous.

What it does NOT mean

Section 38 does not validate every sale by a limited owner. It protects only a transferee for consideration who made real enquiry and acted honestly.

A recital of necessity is not reasonable care. The enquiry must actually be made.

Section 38 does not apply to movable property. The words are "immoveable property".

Section 39 no longer requires an intent to defeat the right. Those words were omitted in 1929, and citing them is a dated answer.

Section 39 does not create an interest in the property. It creates a right enforceable against certain transferees.

munotes.in85

Transfer by a Person Authorised Only in Certain Circumstances, and Property Charged with Maintenance

Being a purchaser is not enough under section 39. The transferee must be for consideration and without notice, and notice includes constructive and imputed notice under section 3.

Distinctions

Section 38Section 39
Who is protectedThe transferee, against the transferor and others affectedThe dependant, against certain transferees
ConditionReasonable care plus good faith, transfer for considerationThe transferee had notice, or took gratuitously
EffectThe variable circumstances are deemed to have existedThe maintenance right may be enforced against the transferee and the property in his hands
Type of propertyImmovableImmovable
Transferee under section 39Bound by the maintenance right?
For consideration, with noticeYes
For consideration, without noticeNo
Gratuitous, with noticeYes
Gratuitous, without noticeYes

Quick revision

  • Section 38 protects a purchaser from a person authorised to sell only in circumstances of a variable nature, for example legal necessity.
  • Conditions: immovable property; transfer for consideration; the circumstances alleged; reasonable care used to ascertain them; good faith.
  • Effect: the circumstances are deemed to have existed as between the transferee and the transferor and other persons affected.
  • The Act's illustration is the Hindu widow selling a field for maintenance, with B making reasonable enquiry.
  • Section 39: a right to maintenance, advancement or marriage out of the profits of immovable property is enforceable against a transferee with notice or a gratuitous transferee, and not against a transferee for consideration without notice.
  • The words "with the intention of defeating such right" were omitted in 1929, so intention is irrelevant.
  • Notice includes constructive and imputed notice, and Explanation II to section 3 often fixes a buyer with it where the dependant is in possession.
  • Section 6(dd) makes the right to future maintenance itself untransferable.

Test yourself

1. What are "circumstances in their nature variable"? Circumstances on which a limited authority to sell depends and which come and go, such as the legal necessity that permits a Hindu widow holding a limited estate, or a guardian, or a family manager, to sell.

2. State the conditions a transferee must satisfy under section 38. The property must be immovable; the transfer must be for consideration; the transferor must have alleged the existence of the circumstances; and the transferee must have used reasonable care to ascertain their existence and acted in good faith.

3. Is a recital of legal necessity in the sale deed enough? No. Section 38 requires the transferee to have used reasonable care to ascertain that the circumstances existed, which means actual enquiry. A recital is the seller's own assertion.

4. Why was the phrase "with the intention of defeating such right" removed from section 39? Because it made the dependant prove the transferor's state of mind, which was often impossible. Since 1929 the section turns on the transferee's notice or the gratuitous character of the transfer.

munotes.in86

Transfer by a Person Authorised Only in Certain Circumstances, and Property Charged with Maintenance

5. A widow entitled to maintenance out of a house lives in it. The house is sold to a buyer who says he never heard of her claim. Is he bound? In practice yes. Explanation II to section 3 deems a person acquiring immovable property to have notice of the title of anyone in actual possession, so he is fixed with notice and section 39 lets the right be enforced against him.

6. Does a donee take free of a maintenance right if he knew nothing about it? No. Section 39 protects only a transferee for consideration without notice. A gratuitous transferee is bound whatever he knew.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in87

Chapter Seventeen

Restrictive Covenants: When an Obligation Runs with the Land

Syllabus topic 1.2, "Restrictive Covenants"

In one line

If you promise not to use your land in a particular way, that promise can bind the next person who buys the land, provided he knew about it or paid nothing for the land.

In exam wording: section 40 provides that a right to restrain the enjoyment of another's immovable property for the more beneficial enjoyment of one's own, and the benefit of an obligation arising out of contract and annexed to the ownership of immovable property but not amounting to an interest or easement, may be enforced against a transferee with notice or a gratuitous transferee, but not against a transferee for consideration without notice.

Why the law lets a covenant run

The starting point of contract law is privity: a contract binds the people who made it and nobody else. If that were the whole story, a covenant restricting the use of land would be worthless, because the covenantor could sell the land the next day and the buyer would take it free.

That would defeat sensible arrangements. A person who sells half his garden and takes a promise that nothing will be built on it has bought quiet and light for the half he kept, and paid for it in the price. The law protects that by letting the burden of the promise attach to the land itself, so that it follows the land into the hands of those who take with knowledge of it.

But the protection has a limit, and the limit is notice. A purchaser who pays full value knowing nothing of the covenant cannot fairly be bound by a bargain he never saw, so the law lets him take free. The section is therefore a compromise between the covenantee's expectation and the innocent purchaser's security, and it is resolved exactly as section 39 resolves the maintenance question.

The provision itself

Section 40 has two limbs, and they are different in kind.

The first limb, a restrictive right. Where, for the more beneficial enjoyment of his own immoveable property, a third person has, independently of any interest in the immoveable property of another or of any easement thereon, a right to restrain the enjoyment in a particular manner of that other property.

Notice what is being described: a right to stop somebody doing something on his own land, which is not an ownership interest in that land and is not an easement. It sits in a category of its own, and section 40 exists because it did not fit anywhere else.

The second limb, the benefit of a contractual obligation. Where a third person is entitled to the benefit of an obligation arising out of contract and annexed to the ownership of immoveable property, but not amounting to an interest therein or easement thereon.

munotes.in88

Restrictive Covenants: When an Obligation Runs with the Land

The enforcement rule, common to both. Such a right or obligation may be enforced against a transferee with notice of it, or against a gratuitous transferee of the property affected, but not against a transferee for consideration and without notice of the right or obligation, nor against such property in his hands.

The Act's illustration shows the second limb doing its most important work:

A contracts to sell Sultanpur to B. While the contract is still in force he sells Sultanpur to C, who has notice of the contract. B may enforce the contract against C to the same extent as against A.

This is worth dwelling on, because it is the practical heart of the section for an Indian student. An agreement to sell creates no interest in the land: section 54 says in terms that a contract for sale does not of itself create any interest in or charge on the property. So the buyer under an agreement to sell has no proprietary right. What he has is the benefit of an obligation annexed to the ownership of the land, and section 40 lets him enforce it against a later purchaser who had notice. That is the statutory foundation of a suit for specific performance against a subsequent transferee.

What the right is, and is not

Section 40 describes the right in negatives twice: not an interest in the property, not an easement. Its exact nature is best put as an equity annexed to the land, enforceable against those who take the land with notice.

The consequence is that it does not bind the world. It binds:

  • a transferee with notice, actual, constructive or imputed under section 3; and
  • a gratuitous transferee, whether or not he had notice, because he gave nothing.

It does not bind a transferee for consideration without notice, who is the classic bona fide purchaser, and it does not bind the property in his hands, so it cannot be revived if the property later passes to someone who does know.

Section 40 and the second paragraph of section 11

These two provisions are two halves of one idea, and holding them together answers most problems on this topic.

Section 11 says a direction as to how an absolute interest is to be enjoyed is disregarded. The second paragraph of section 11 excepts a direction made in respect of one piece of immovable property for the purpose of securing the beneficial enjoyment of another piece of such property, and preserves the transferor's right to enforce it.

Section 40 then tells you against whom such a right can be enforced once the burdened land has changed hands.

munotes.in89

Restrictive Covenants: When an Obligation Runs with the Land

So the sequence in a problem is: is there a direction restricting the use of land? If it protects the transferor's other land, section 11's second paragraph saves it from being struck out. If the burdened land has since been sold, section 40 decides whether the new owner is bound, and the answer turns on notice and consideration.

A worked example

Vidya owns two adjoining plots at Chembur, plot A and plot B. She sells plot B to Waman by a registered deed containing a covenant that Waman and those claiming under him will not build above one storey on plot B. Vidya keeps plot A, whose sea view the covenant protects.

Is the covenant good in the first place? Yes. It is a direction restricting the use of plot B, made for the beneficial enjoyment of plot A, which Vidya retained. The second paragraph of section 11 preserves it, and it falls within the first limb of section 40 as a right to restrain the enjoyment of another's property for the more beneficial enjoyment of one's own.

Waman sells plot B to Xerxes, whose sale deed recites the covenant. Xerxes has actual notice. Vidya may enforce the covenant against him under section 40.

Waman instead sells plot B to Yusuf for full value. The covenant was in a registered deed, and Explanation I to section 3 deems a person acquiring the property to have notice of a registered instrument that the law required to be registered and which was properly registered. Yusuf is fixed with constructive notice and is bound.

Waman gifts plot B to his son Zain, who has never heard of the covenant. Zain is a gratuitous transferee and is bound whether or not he had notice.

Waman sells plot B to a buyer for full value in a State where the deed was not registrable and nothing put the buyer on enquiry. That buyer is a transferee for consideration without notice, takes free, and the covenant cannot afterwards be enforced against the property in his hands.

Now the illustration's situation. Suppose instead Vidya had contracted to sell plot A to Anil, and while that contract was still in force sold plot A to Bhushan, who knew of Anil's agreement. Anil has no interest in plot A, since a contract for sale creates none. But under section 40 he may enforce the contract against Bhushan to the same extent as against Vidya.

What it does NOT mean

It does not create an interest in land. Section 40 says so twice: the right is independent of any interest in the other property and does not amount to an interest or easement.

munotes.in90

Restrictive Covenants: When an Obligation Runs with the Land

It does not bind everybody. Only a transferee with notice, or a gratuitous transferee.

It does not survive a sale to a purchaser for value without notice. The section adds that it cannot be enforced against the property in his hands, so the equity is destroyed rather than suspended.

It is not an easement. An easement is a right in the land of another, acquired and extinguished under the Indian Easements Act 1882. A covenant under section 40 is contractual in origin and binds by notice.

A positive obligation is not generally enforced by this route. The first limb is a right to restrain enjoyment. The second limb speaks of an obligation annexed to ownership, and the illustration is a contract of sale; a covenant requiring the owner to spend money is a different matter and is not what the section is aimed at.

It is not the same as sections 10 to 12. Those strike restrictions down. This enforces them.

Distinctions

Sections 10, 11 and 12Section 40
What the Act does with the restrictionStrikes it downEnforces it
The restriction attacksThe transferee's power to alienate, or his freedom to enjoy an absolute interestThe use of land, for the benefit of the covenantee's own land
Whose interest it servesNobody's, beyond the transferor's wish for controlThe beneficial enjoyment of the transferor's other immovable property
ResultThe transfer stands, the condition is voidThe obligation binds transferees with notice and gratuitous transferees
EasementRight under section 40
NatureA right in the land of anotherNot an interest in land and not an easement
SourceGrant, prescription or necessity, under the Indian Easements Act 1882Contract, annexed to ownership
BindsThe servient land generallyA transferee with notice, or a gratuitous transferee
RegistrationMay be requiredNotice is what matters, and registration supplies it

Quick revision

  • Section 40 has two limbs: a right to restrain the enjoyment of another's land for the more beneficial enjoyment of one's own; and the benefit of an obligation arising out of contract and annexed to the ownership of immovable property.
  • Neither amounts to an interest in the land or an easement.
  • Enforceable against a transferee with notice and against a gratuitous transferee; not against a transferee for consideration without notice, nor against the property in his hands.
  • Notice includes constructive and imputed notice under section 3, and a registered deed supplies it by Explanation I.
  • The illustration is the key: A contracts to sell Sultanpur to B, then sells to C who has notice; B may enforce against C as against A. This is the basis of specific performance against a later purchaser.
  • Pairs with the second paragraph of section 11, which saves a direction made to secure the beneficial enjoyment of the transferor's other property.
  • Contrast sections 10 to 12, which strike restrictions down.
munotes.in91

Restrictive Covenants: When an Obligation Runs with the Land

Test yourself

1. What kind of right does section 40 protect? A right to restrain the enjoyment of another's immovable property for the more beneficial enjoyment of one's own, held independently of any interest in that property or easement over it; and the benefit of an obligation arising out of contract and annexed to the ownership of immovable property but not amounting to an interest or easement.

2. Against whom can it be enforced? Against a transferee who has notice of it, and against a gratuitous transferee. Not against a transferee for consideration without notice, nor against the property in his hands.

3. A sells a plot with a covenant not to build a factory on it. The buyer resells to X for full value, the covenant appearing in the registered deed. Is X bound? Yes. Explanation I to section 3 fixes X with notice of a properly registered instrument that the law required to be registered, so X is a transferee with notice and section 40 binds him.

4. Does an agreement to sell create an interest in the land? No. Section 54 provides that a contract for sale does not of itself create any interest in or charge on the property. The buyer's protection against a later purchaser comes from section 40, which lets him enforce the obligation against a transferee with notice.

5. How does section 40 differ from section 11? Section 11 disregards a direction as to the enjoyment of an absolute interest; its second paragraph excepts a direction securing the beneficial enjoyment of the transferor's other property. Section 40 then decides against which later owners such a right can be enforced.

6. Is a covenant under section 40 an easement? No. The section says the right is independent of any easement and does not amount to one. An easement is a right in the land of another under the Indian Easements Act 1882; a section 40 right is contractual in origin and binds by notice.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in92

Chapter Eighteen

Transfer by an Ostensible Owner

Syllabus topic 1.2, "Ostensible Owner"

In one line

If you let someone else appear to the world as the owner of your property and he sells it, an honest buyer who checked properly keeps it, and your remedy is against the person you put forward.

In exam wording: section 41 provides that where, with the consent, express or implied, of the persons interested in immovable property, a person is the ostensible owner of it and transfers it for consideration, the transfer shall not be voidable on the ground that the transferor was not authorised to make it, provided the transferee, after taking reasonable care to ascertain that the transferor had power to make the transfer, has acted in good faith.

Why the law protects the buyer against the true owner

The ordinary rule is nemo dat quod non habet, Latin for "no one gives what he does not have". A person without title cannot pass title, and the true owner recovers his property from whoever holds it.

Section 41 is an exception, and it is justified by a simple allocation of fault. Two innocent people are before the court: the real owner, who has lost his property, and the buyer, who has paid for it. Neither committed a fraud. But one of them made the fraud possible. The real owner chose to put another person forward as owner, and the buyer had no way of knowing. Where one of two innocent parties must suffer, the loss should fall on the one whose own act created the appearance that misled the other.

The section is therefore a statutory form of estoppel. The true owner is not permitted to deny the appearance he himself created.

Who is an ostensible owner

An ostensible owner is a person who is not the real owner but who, by the conduct or consent of the real owner, appears to the world to be the owner. The classic instance is a benamidar, a name-lender: property is bought with A's money and put in B's name, and B holds the title while A enjoys it.

Not everyone in possession is an ostensible owner. A tenant, a servant, a licensee, an agent or a manager holds openly on somebody else's behalf, and nothing about that appearance says he owns the land. What makes a person an ostensible owner is that the real owner's consent has clothed him with the indicia of ownership: the title deeds, the entries in the record, the receipt of rents, the payment of taxes.

Jaydayal Poddar v. Mst. Bibi Hazra, AIR 1974 SC 171, decided on 19 October 1973 by Sarkaria and Krishna Iyer JJ, is the case on how a court decides.

Facts. Abdul Karim bought a house at Samastipur in 1941 for Rs. 4,300 in the name of his wife Hakimunnissa. In 1951 the plaintiffs bought the house from Abdul Karim on the footing that his wife had held it only as a benamidar and that he was the real owner. Hakimunnissa had died in 1944, and her daughter Bibi Hazra resisted the sale, claiming that her mother had been the true owner and that she had inherited a share under Muhammadan law. The trial court held the wife to be a benamidar; the High Court reversed, holding the benami character not proved.

munotes.in93

Transfer by an Ostensible Owner

Held. The Supreme Court affirmed the High Court. The burden of proving that a sale is benami and that the apparent purchaser is not the real owner rests always on the person asserting it, and must be strictly discharged by legal evidence of a definite character which either directly proves the benami or establishes circumstances unerringly and reasonably raising that inference. The Court set out six circumstances as the tests: the source from which the purchase money came; the nature and possession of the property after the purchase; the motive for giving the transaction a benami colour; the position of the parties and their relationship; the custody of the title deeds after the sale; and the conduct of the parties in dealing with the property afterwards. Of these, the source of the purchase money is by far the most important.

Why it matters here. Section 41 turns on a person being an ostensible owner with the real owner's consent, and the commonest ostensible owner is a benamidar. This case supplies what the section leaves out: who must prove what, and the six circumstances a court actually weighs. It also shows that the label is not lightly applied, since suspicion is not proof.

The five conditions

A transferee who wants the protection of section 41 must establish all of these.

One, the transferor was the ostensible owner of the property.

Two, he was so with the consent, express or implied, of the persons interested in the property. Consent may be inferred from conduct, and standing by while another is treated as owner is enough. It cannot be inferred where the real owner is under a disability, so consent from a minor or a person of unsound mind will not do.

Three, the transfer was for consideration. A donee gets nothing from this section, for the same reason as in sections 39 and 40: he has parted with nothing and has no equity to weigh against the true owner's.

Four, the transferee took reasonable care to ascertain that the transferor had power to make the transfer. This is the proviso, and it is where most claims fail. It is not satisfied by looking at possession alone. It means the enquiry a prudent buyer would make: examining the title deeds, searching the register, checking the revenue and municipal records, and asking about anyone else in occupation. Reasonable care is judged on what the circumstances called for, and anything that should have put the buyer on enquiry raises the standard.

munotes.in94

Transfer by an Ostensible Owner

Five, the transferee acted in good faith, that is honestly. A buyer who suspected the truth and pressed on, or who deliberately avoided asking, is not in good faith, and the definition of notice in section 3 makes wilful abstention from enquiry equivalent to knowledge.

Property must be immovable. The section says so.

The section then provides the consequence: the transfer shall not be voidable on the ground that the transferor was not authorised to make it.

A worked example

Bhagwan buys a house at Nashik with his own money in 2019 and has it registered in the name of his cousin Chetan, so as to keep it out of the reach of his business creditors. Chetan's name goes into the municipal record; Chetan collects the rent and pays the tax; the title deeds are kept by Chetan. Bhagwan says nothing to anybody.

In 2026 Chetan sells the house to Deepika for its full market value.

Was Chetan the ostensible owner? Yes. He held the title deeds, the record stood in his name, he received the rents and paid the taxes. Those are the indicia of ownership, and on the tests in the case above, everything except the source of the purchase money pointed to him.

Was it with Bhagwan's consent? Yes, and expressly: Bhagwan arranged it.

Was it for consideration? Yes, full market value.

Did Deepika take reasonable care? Suppose she examined the title deeds in Chetan's possession, obtained a search of the sub-registrar's record showing the 2019 purchase in his name, checked the municipal record and found no other occupant. That is reasonable care.

Did she act in good faith? On these facts, yes.

Section 41 therefore protects Deepika, and Bhagwan cannot have the sale set aside. His remedy is a personal one against Chetan for the price. The loss falls on him because his own arrangement created the appearance that deceived her.

Change one fact. Suppose a tenant told Deepika that he had always paid rent to Bhagwan, and she did not follow it up. That should have put her on enquiry, so she has not taken reasonable care, and section 41 does not save her.

Change another. Suppose Chetan had gifted the house to Deepika. The section requires a transfer for consideration, so it does not apply and Bhagwan recovers.

munotes.in95

Transfer by an Ostensible Owner

And another. Suppose the true owner had been Bhagwan's minor son, the property having been put in Chetan's name by the family. A minor cannot consent, so the second condition fails and section 41 gives Deepika no protection.

What it does NOT mean

It does not make the ostensible owner the real owner. As between him and the true owner nothing changes. The section protects the transferee.

It does not protect a gratuitous transferee. Consideration is a condition.

Possession alone is not enough enquiry. The proviso requires reasonable care to ascertain that the transferor had power to make the transfer, which means going to the title and the records.

It does not apply to movable property. The words are "immoveable property".

Consent cannot come from a person under disability. A minor or a person of unsound mind cannot give the consent the section requires.

Reasonable care is not a fixed checklist. It rises with anything that ought to arouse suspicion, and a buyer who shuts his eyes is fixed with notice under section 3.

It does not apply where the real owner did not consent at all. A forger or a trespasser who simply pretends to own land is not an ostensible owner within the section, because nothing was done with the real owner's consent.

Distinctions

Section 38Section 41
The transferorHas limited authority, exercisable in variable circumstancesHas no authority, but appears to be the owner
What the transferee must showReasonable care as to the circumstances, and good faithReasonable care as to the transferor's power to transfer, and good faith
Consent of the real ownerNot in issueEssential, express or implied
EffectThe circumstances are deemed to have existedThe transfer is not voidable for want of authority
Ostensible ownerReal owner's agent, tenant or manager
Appears to the world asThe ownerSomeone acting for or under another
Holds the indicia of ownershipYes, by the owner's consentNo
Section 41 appliesYesNo

Quick revision

  • Section 41 is an exception to nemo dat quod non habet, and rests on the rule that where one of two innocent people must suffer, the loss falls on the one who made the fraud possible.
  • An ostensible owner is a person clothed by the real owner's consent with the indicia of ownership: title deeds, records, rents, taxes. The commonest instance is a benamidar.
  • Five conditions: ostensible owner; consent of the persons interested, express or implied; transfer for consideration; reasonable care to ascertain the transferor's power; good faith. The property must be immovable.
  • Effect: the transfer is not voidable on the ground that the transferor was not authorised.
  • Jaydayal Poddar v. Mst. Bibi Hazra, AIR 1974 SC 171: the burden of proving benami is on the person asserting it and must be strictly discharged; six tests, of which the source of the purchase money is by far the most important.
  • Consent cannot be given by a person under disability.
  • The true owner's remedy is personal, against the ostensible owner.
munotes.in96

Transfer by an Ostensible Owner

Test yourself

1. What is the general rule that section 41 departs from, and why is the departure justified? Nemo dat quod non habet: nobody can pass a better title than he has. The departure is justified because the real owner himself created the appearance of ownership that misled the buyer, and as between two innocent parties the loss should fall on the one whose act made the deception possible.

2. List the conditions of section 41. The transferor was the ostensible owner of immovable property; he was so with the express or implied consent of the persons interested; the transfer was for consideration; the transferee took reasonable care to ascertain that the transferor had power to make the transfer; and the transferee acted in good faith.

3. A buyer sees the seller in possession and buys without examining the title deeds or searching the register. Is he protected? No. The proviso requires reasonable care to ascertain that the transferor had power to transfer, and possession alone does not establish that. He has not satisfied the proviso.

4. Who bears the burden of proving that a purchase was benami, and what is the most important test? The person asserting the benami character bears it and must discharge it strictly by definite legal evidence, as held in Jaydayal Poddar v. Mst. Bibi Hazra, AIR 1974 SC 171. Of the six circumstances the Court listed, the source from which the purchase money came is by far the most important.

5. Does section 41 protect a person who receives the property as a gift from the ostensible owner? No. The section requires a transfer for consideration.

6. Can the consent required by section 41 be given by a minor who owns the property? No. A person under a disability cannot give the consent the section requires, so the protection does not arise.

7. What is the real owner left with? A personal remedy against the ostensible owner, typically for the sale proceeds. He cannot recover the property from a transferee protected by the section.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in97

Chapter Nineteen

Transfer by a Person Having Authority to Revoke a Former Transfer

Syllabus topic 1.2, "General principles of transfer of property"

In one line

If you kept the power to cancel a transfer and you then transfer the same property to somebody else for value, the law treats the second transfer as your cancellation of the first.

In exam wording: section 42 provides that where a person transfers immovable property reserving power to revoke the transfer, and subsequently transfers the property for consideration to another transferee, the later transfer operates in favour of that transferee, subject to any condition attached to the exercise of the power, as a revocation of the former transfer to the extent of the power.

Why the section exists

A transferor sometimes keeps a power of revocation, a reserved right to undo the transfer. The question the section answers is a practical one about form. Suppose he never executes a formal deed of revocation, but simply transfers the property again, for value, to a new buyer. Has the first transfer been revoked?

The obvious answer is that a man who sells property to a second person is plainly exercising the power he kept to take it back from the first. Section 42 makes that inference a rule of law, so the second transferee does not have to prove the transferor's state of mind or hunt for a document that was never written.

The principle is that revocation may be by conduct, not only by a formal instrument, and a second transfer for consideration is conduct that admits of only one meaning.

Broken down

One, the first transfer must have reserved a power to revoke. If no power was reserved, there is nothing to exercise and the section does not apply. The transferor is then simply a person transferring property he no longer owns, and the second transferee must look to section 43 or elsewhere.

Two, there must be a subsequent transfer of the same property for consideration. A gratuitous second transfer does not attract the section, which speaks of a transfer "for consideration".

Three, the operation is in favour of the later transferee. The revocation works because the section is protecting the person who paid.

Four, it operates subject to any condition attached to the exercise of the power. If the power was exercisable only in stated circumstances or by a stated procedure, those conditions still apply.

Five, it revokes the former transfer only to the extent of the power. If the power was to revoke part, only that part goes.

The Act's illustration puts all five together:

A lets a house to B, and reserves power to revoke the lease if, in the opinion of a specified surveyor, B should make a use of it detrimental to its value. Afterwards A, thinking that such a use has been made, lets the house to C. This operates as a revocation of B's lease, subject to the opinion of the surveyor as to B's use of the house having been detrimental to its value.

munotes.in98

Transfer by a Person Having Authority to Revoke a Former Transfer

The illustration is careful. The second lease does operate as a revocation, but the condition attached to the power does not vanish: the surveyor's opinion is still required. A's belief that the house was misused is not a substitute for it.

A worked example

Ganesh grants a lease of his warehouse at Bhiwandi to Hiten, reserving a power to revoke the lease if Hiten stores inflammable goods there. Ganesh comes to believe that Hiten is storing paint thinner, and without saying anything to Hiten he grants a fresh lease of the same warehouse to Irfan for a premium.

Does the second lease revoke the first? Yes, under section 42, and Ganesh need not have executed a deed of revocation. The grant to Irfan for consideration operates as an exercise of the reserved power.

But the condition survives. The power was exercisable only if inflammable goods were being stored. If Hiten was in fact storing nothing of the kind, the condition on which the power depended has not been satisfied, and the revocation does not stand against him.

If Ganesh had reserved no power at all, section 42 would have nothing to work on. Hiten's lease would continue, and Irfan would take subject to it.

If Ganesh had gifted the warehouse to his brother instead of leasing it to Irfan for a premium, the section would not apply, because it requires a subsequent transfer for consideration.

What it does NOT mean

It does not create a power of revocation. The power must have been reserved by the earlier transfer. The section only says how an existing power may be exercised.

It does not dispense with the conditions on the power. The words "subject to any condition attached to the exercise of the power" keep them alive, as the illustration shows.

It does not revoke more than the power allowed. Revocation is to the extent of the power and no further.

It does not apply to a gratuitous later transfer. Consideration is required.

It does not apply to movable property. The section speaks of immovable property.

Distinctions

Section 42Section 43
The transferor's position at the first transferHe owned the property and kept a power to revokeHe had no authority and said he had
What the section doesTreats the later transfer as an exercise of the powerLets the earlier transferee take the interest the transferor later acquires
Who is protectedThe later transferee, for considerationThe earlier transferee, for consideration
munotes.in99

Transfer by a Person Having Authority to Revoke a Former Transfer

Quick revision

  • Section 42 applies where a transfer of immovable property reserved a power to revoke.
  • A subsequent transfer for consideration of the same property operates as a revocation of the first.
  • It operates subject to any condition attached to the exercise of the power.
  • It revokes only to the extent of the power.
  • The illustration: a lease revocable on a surveyor's opinion; a later lease to C revokes B's lease, but the surveyor's opinion is still required.
  • The underlying principle: a power of revocation may be exercised by conduct, and a second transfer for value is unambiguous conduct.

Test yourself

1. What must the first transfer contain for section 42 to apply? A reserved power in the transferor to revoke the transfer. Without it there is nothing for the later transfer to exercise.

2. Must the transferor execute a deed of revocation? No. The subsequent transfer for consideration itself operates as the revocation, which is the whole point of the section.

3. Does the second transfer override a condition attached to the power? No. Section 42 makes the operation subject to any condition attached to the exercise of the power, so a condition such as a surveyor's opinion must still be satisfied.

4. A grants a revocable lease to B and later gifts the property to his nephew. Is B's lease revoked? No. Section 42 requires a subsequent transfer for consideration, and a gift is not one.

5. If the reserved power allowed revocation of only half the property, what does a later transfer of the whole revoke? Only the half covered by the power. The section revokes the former transfer to the extent of the power and no further.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in100

Chapter Twenty

Feeding the Grant by Estoppel

Syllabus topic 1.2, "Feeding the Grant by Estoppel"

In one line

If someone sells you property he did not own, telling you he did, and he later becomes the owner of it, you may hold him to the sale.

In exam wording: section 43 provides that where a person fraudulently or erroneously represents that he is authorised to transfer certain immovable property, and professes to transfer it for consideration, the transfer shall, at the option of the transferee, operate on any interest which the transferor may acquire in the property at any time during which the contract of transfer subsists.

Why the doctrine is called what it is

The name is an old conveyancing phrase and it is a picture. A person makes a grant he has no power to make, so the grant is empty. When the interest afterwards comes to him, it is said to feed the grant: the grant fills out and becomes effective. The estoppel is what stops him saying "I never had it to give".

The justice of it is plain. The transferor made a representation, took money on the strength of it, and then came into the very property he had promised. To let him keep both the money and the property, and to defeat the buyer with the plea that he was lying at the time, would reward the misrepresentation.

The section says "fraudulently or erroneously", so an honest mistake is enough. The doctrine is not a punishment for dishonesty; it is an allocation of the consequences of a representation.

Broken down: the conditions

One, a representation by the transferor that he is authorised to transfer the property. It may be fraudulent or erroneous.

Two, the property must be immovable.

Three, the transfer must be for consideration. A gratuitous transferee has no equity here, and the section says so by the words "professes to transfer such property for consideration".

Four, the transferor must subsequently acquire an interest in that property. Until he does, there is nothing to feed the grant.

Five, the contract of transfer must still subsist when he acquires it. If the transferee has rescinded the contract, or it has otherwise come to an end, the section has nothing to operate on. The Act's illustration turns on this: it says C, "not having rescinded the contract of sale", may require A to deliver Z.

Six, the transferee must exercise the option. The section operates "at the option of the transferee". It is a right, not an automatic vesting, and the transferee may prefer to sue for damages instead.

The Act's illustration:

A, a Hindu who has separated from his father B, sells to C three fields, X, Y and Z, representing that A is authorised to transfer the same. Of these fields Z does not belong to A, it having been retained by B on the partition; but on B's dying A as heir obtains Z. C, not having rescinded the contract of sale, may require A to deliver Z to him.

munotes.in101

Feeding the Grant by Estoppel

The proviso: the innocent later purchaser

The second paragraph provides that nothing in the section shall impair the right of transferees in good faith for consideration without notice of the existence of the said option.

So if, after acquiring the interest, the transferor sells the property to a fresh purchaser who pays value, acts honestly and knows nothing of the earlier transaction, that purchaser is safe and the first transferee's option is defeated. The section protects a buyer against a misrepresenting seller, not against another innocent buyer.

The relationship with section 6(a)

This is the hardest thing in Module I, and it is examined directly.

The apparent conflict is easy to state. Section 6(a) says the chance of an heir-apparent succeeding to an estate cannot be transferred, and a transfer of a spes successionis is void. Section 43 appears to let exactly such a transfer take effect once the transferor inherits. If a void transfer can be fed, section 6(a) seems to have been repealed by the section that follows it.

The Jumma Masjid, Mercara v. Kodimaniandra Deviah, AIR 1962 SC 847, decided on 11 January 1962 by Venkatarama Aiyyar, Kapur, Hidayatullah and Shah JJ, resolves it.

Facts. Three brothers, Santhappa, Nanjundappa and Basappa, were members of a joint family. Nanjundappa died in 1907 leaving his widow Ammakka, who took the estate as heir; on her death in 1910 the property passed to the reversioners. On 18 November 1920 three men who were grandsons of Nanjundappa's sister sold the disputed properties to Ganapathi for Rs. 2,000, the deed representing that they had become entitled as reversioners on Ammakka's death. In truth, at the date of the sale, what they had was a spes successionis. Ganapathi's successor sued for possession, and the Jumma Masjid claimed the same property through a gift said to have been made in 1932 and a release deed of March 1933.

Held. The transferee was entitled to the benefit of section 43. Where a person transfers property representing that he has a present interest in it when in fact he has only a spes successionis, a transferee who took on the faith of that representation and for consideration may claim under section 43 once the transferor acquires the interest. On the apparent conflict, the Court held that section 6(a) enacts a rule of substantive law while section 43 enacts a rule of estoppel, which is a rule of evidence, and that the two operate in different fields and on different conditions, so there is no ground for reading a conflict between them.

munotes.in102

Feeding the Grant by Estoppel

Why it matters here. It gives the student the dividing line, and the line is knowledge.

  • Where both parties know they are dealing in a mere chance of succession, they are trading in a spes successionis. Section 6(a) applies, the transfer is void, and section 43 cannot help, because there was no representation and so no estoppel.
  • Where the transferee was misled into believing the transferor already had the interest, section 43 applies. The transferee is not buying an expectancy; he thinks he is buying property.

So the two sections never meet. Section 6(a) asks what was transferred; section 43 asks what the transferor said.

A worked example

Jitendra tells Kalpana that a shop at Solapur belongs to him, and sells it to her for Rs. 25 lakh by a registered deed. In fact the shop belongs to his father, and Jitendra has no interest in it at all. Two years later his father dies and Jitendra inherits the shop.

Kalpana's position. All the conditions are met: a representation of authority, immovable property, consideration, and the subsequent acquisition of the interest while the contract subsists. At her option, the transfer operates on the interest Jitendra has acquired, and she may require him to deliver the shop.

She has a choice. The section gives her an option. She may instead rescind and sue for the return of her money with damages, which she might prefer if the shop has fallen in value.

If Kalpana had rescinded the contract a year after the sale, on discovering the truth, the contract would no longer subsist when Jitendra inherited, and the option would not be available.

If Jitendra, on inheriting, had sold the shop to Lalit, who paid full value, acted honestly and knew nothing of the sale to Kalpana, the second paragraph protects Lalit. Kalpana's option is defeated and her remedy lies against Jitendra personally.

Change the facts so that Kalpana knew. Suppose the deed had recited that Jitendra was merely his father's heir-apparent and that Kalpana was buying his chance of inheriting, at a discount. There is no representation and no estoppel. This is a transfer of a spes successionis, void under section 6(a), and Jumma Masjid's reasoning leaves section 43 with nothing to operate on.

What it does NOT mean

It does not validate a transfer of a spes successionis knowingly made. That remains void under section 6(a). What section 43 rescues is a transferee who was misled.

It does not require fraud. The section says "fraudulently or erroneously", so an honest mistake produces the same result.

munotes.in103

Feeding the Grant by Estoppel

It is not automatic. The transfer operates at the option of the transferee, who may elect to take the property or to pursue other remedies.

It does not survive rescission. The contract of transfer must subsist when the interest is acquired.

It does not defeat an innocent later purchaser. The second paragraph protects a transferee in good faith for consideration without notice of the option.

It does not apply to a gratuitous transfer. Consideration is required.

It does not apply to movable property. The section is confined to immovable property.

Distinctions

Section 6(a)Section 43
Nature of the ruleSubstantive law: what may be transferredEstoppel, a rule of evidence: what a transferor may deny
Applies whenBoth parties know they deal in a mere chanceThe transferee was misled into believing the transferor had the interest
EffectThe transfer is voidThe transfer operates on the interest later acquired, at the transferee's option
Authority for the reconciliationThe Jumma Masjid, Mercara v. Kodimaniandra Deviah, AIR 1962 SC 847
Section 41Section 43
The transferorAppears to be owner, with the real owner's consentRepresents that he is authorised, without any such consent
What protects the transfereeReasonable care and good faithThe transferor's own representation
Against whomThe real owner, who loses the propertyThe transferor, when he later acquires the interest

Quick revision

  • Section 43: a fraudulent or erroneous representation of authority, a professed transfer for consideration of immovable property, and the transferor's subsequent acquisition of an interest, let the transfer operate on that interest at the transferee's option, while the contract subsists.
  • The doctrine's name is a picture: the after-acquired interest feeds the empty grant.
  • The second paragraph protects a later transferee in good faith for consideration without notice of the option.
  • Section 6(a) and section 43 do not conflict: the first is substantive law, the second a rule of estoppel, and they operate in different fields, per The Jumma Masjid, Mercara v. Kodimaniandra Deviah, AIR 1962 SC 847.
  • The dividing line is knowledge: both parties knowingly dealing in a chance means section 6(a) and a void transfer; a misled transferee means section 43.

Test yourself

1. State the conditions of section 43. A fraudulent or erroneous representation by the transferor that he is authorised to transfer certain immovable property; a professed transfer of it for consideration; the transferor's subsequent acquisition of an interest in that property; the contract of transfer still subsisting; and the transferee exercising his option.

2. Must the representation be dishonest? No. The section covers a representation made "fraudulently or erroneously", so an honest mistake is enough.

3. How did the Supreme Court reconcile sections 6(a) and 43? In The Jumma Masjid, Mercara v. Kodimaniandra Deviah, AIR 1962 SC 847, the Court held that section 6(a) enacts a rule of substantive law and section 43 a rule of estoppel, which is a rule of evidence, so the two operate in different fields and on different conditions and there is no conflict.

munotes.in104

Feeding the Grant by Estoppel

4. When can a transferee NOT invoke section 43 against a person who sells him a mere chance of inheriting? Where the transferee knew that he was buying only a spes successionis. There is then no representation and no estoppel, and section 6(a) makes the transfer void.

5. A sells B property he does not own, then acquires it, then sells it to C who pays value and knows nothing. Who takes? C. The second paragraph of section 43 preserves the rights of transferees in good faith for consideration without notice of the option, so B's option is defeated and B is left with a personal remedy against A.

6. Is the operation of section 43 automatic on the transferor acquiring the interest? No. The transfer operates at the option of the transferee, who may instead rescind and pursue other remedies.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in105

Chapter Twenty-One

Transfers by Co-owners and by Persons Having Distinct Interests

Syllabus topic 1.2, "General principles of transfer of property"

In one line

A co-owner can sell his own share without asking the others, and the buyer steps into his shoes, except that a stranger cannot force his way into a family dwelling-house.

In exam wording: section 44 provides that where one of two or more co-owners of immovable property transfers his share, the transferee acquires the transferor's right to joint possession and to enforce a partition, subject to the conditions and liabilities affecting that share at the date of the transfer; but where the transferee of a share of a dwelling-house belonging to an undivided family is not a member of the family, he is not entitled to joint possession or other common or part enjoyment of the house.

Why a co-owner may sell at all

Co-ownership means two or more people own the same property at the same time, each holding an undivided share. The word undivided is the key: a man with a one-third share does not own a particular third of the land; he owns a third of every inch of it.

It follows that he can deal with his own share. He does not need the others' consent, because he is not disposing of anything of theirs. What he cannot do is sell a specific part of the land as though it were his, since until partition no part is.

Section 44: what the transferee gets

The transferee acquires, as to that share and so far as is necessary to give effect to the transfer:

  • the transferor's right to joint possession or other common or part enjoyment of the property; and
  • the transferor's right to enforce a partition;
  • subject to the conditions and liabilities affecting, at the date of the transfer, the share so transferred.

The last clause is the practical one. A buyer takes the share as it stood, with every burden already on it. If the share was mortgaged, or subject to a family arrangement, or answerable for a debt, the buyer takes it that way.

The right to enforce a partition is what makes the purchase worth anything. Joint possession with strangers is usually intolerable, so the buyer's real remedy is to sue for partition and have his share separated.

The dwelling-house exception

The second paragraph provides that where the transferee of a share of a dwelling-house belonging to an undivided family is not a member of the family, nothing in the section entitles him to joint possession or other common or part enjoyment of the house.

The reason is social rather than proprietary, and it should be stated as such in an answer. A dwelling-house occupied by an undivided family is not merely an asset. Forcing an outsider into shared occupation with a family, often with women and children of the household, would be an intrusion the law is not prepared to compel. So the buyer's money is protected but his entry is not.

munotes.in106

Transfers by Co-owners and by Persons Having Distinct Interests

Three points on its scope.

It applies only to a dwelling-house, not to a shop, a field or a godown.

It applies only where the transferee is not a member of the family. A brother who buys another brother's share is a member and may enter.

It denies joint possession, not the purchase. The transfer itself is perfectly good. The stranger buys a valid share and may sue for partition; what he may not do is move in while the property is still undivided. That is the distinction on which the answer turns.

Sections 45, 46 and 47: dividing money and shares

These three deal with arithmetic and all three are default rules displaced by a contract to the contrary.

Section 45: joint transfer for consideration. Where immovable property is transferred for consideration to two or more persons and the consideration is paid out of a fund belonging to them in common, they are, in the absence of a contract to the contrary, entitled to interests in the property identical, as nearly as may be, with the interests to which they were respectively entitled in the fund.

The principle is that the property follows the money. Where they contribute from separate funds, their shares follow their contributions.

Section 46: transfer by persons having distinct interests. Where immovable property is transferred for consideration by persons having distinct interests in it, the transferors are, in the absence of a contract to the contrary, entitled to share the consideration equally where their interests were of equal value, and proportionately to the value of their respective interests where those were unequal.

Illustration (b) is the clearer of the two: A has a life interest in a village and B and C the reversion; they sell for Rs. 1,000; A's life interest is valued at Rs. 600 and the reversion at Rs. 400; A takes Rs. 600 and B and C take the balance.

Section 47: transfer by co-owners of a share in common property. Where several co-owners transfer a share without specifying from which of their shares it is to come, the transfer takes effect as among the transferors on their shares equally where their shares were equal, and proportionately where unequal.

The Act's illustration: A owns an eight-anna share and B and C four annas each in a village; they transfer a two-anna share to D without saying whose it is; to give effect to the transfer, one anna is taken from A and half an anna from each of B and C.

munotes.in107

Transfers by Co-owners and by Persons Having Distinct Interests

Notice that sections 46 and 47 are mirror images. Section 46 divides the money the transferors receive; section 47 decides whose share the transferred interest comes out of.

A worked example

Three brothers, Prem, Qadir and Rohan, inherit two properties as co-owners in equal one-third shares: a dwelling-house at Satara where all three families live, and a shop in the market.

Prem sells his one-third of the shop to Sunil, a stranger. Section 44 applies in full. Sunil acquires Prem's right to joint possession of the shop and his right to enforce a partition, subject to any conditions and liabilities affecting the share at that date. If Prem had already mortgaged his share, Sunil takes it mortgaged.

Prem sells his one-third of the dwelling-house to Sunil. The sale is valid and Sunil owns the share. But the house is a dwelling-house of an undivided family and Sunil is not a member of it, so the second paragraph of section 44 denies him joint possession or any common or part enjoyment. His remedy is to sue for partition, and until the house is divided he stays out.

Prem sells that same share to Qadir instead. Qadir is a member of the family, the exception does not apply, and he takes joint possession.

All three sell a one-sixth share of the shop to Tanvi without saying whose share it comes from. Section 47 applies: their shares being equal, the one-sixth is taken from the three equally, one-eighteenth from each.

All three sell the whole shop for Rs. 90 lakh. Their interests being of equal value, section 46 entitles them to share the price equally, Rs. 30 lakh each. Had Prem held a life interest and the others the reversion, the price would have been divided according to the values of those interests.

What it does NOT mean

A co-owner does not need the others' consent to sell his share. He is disposing of his own undivided interest.

He cannot sell a specific piece of the land. Until partition no co-owner owns any particular part.

The dwelling-house rule does not invalidate the sale. It denies the stranger joint possession only, and leaves him his suit for partition.

It does not apply to every family property. Only to a dwelling-house of an undivided family, and only against a transferee who is not a member.

Sections 45, 46 and 47 are defaults. Each yields to a contract to the contrary.

Section 45 does not divide by headcount. It follows the interests in the fund from which the price was paid.

Distinctions

Transferee of a share in a shop or landTransferee of a share in a family dwelling-house, not a family member
Validity of the transferValidValid
Right to joint possessionYesNo, second paragraph of s.44
Right to enforce partitionYesYes
Takes subject to existing conditions and liabilitiesYesYes
munotes.in108

Transfers by Co-owners and by Persons Having Distinct Interests

Section 46Section 47
What is dividedThe consideration received by transferors having distinct interestsThe share transferred, as among the transferors
BasisEqually if their interests were of equal value, otherwise proportionatelyEqually if their shares were equal, otherwise proportionately
Displaced byA contract to the contraryThe transfer specifying which share it comes from

Quick revision

  • A co-owner holds an undivided share and may transfer it without the others' consent, but cannot sell a specific part of the property.
  • Section 44: the transferee gets the transferor's right to joint possession and to enforce partition, subject to the conditions and liabilities affecting the share at the date of the transfer.
  • Second paragraph of section 44: a transferee of a share of a dwelling-house of an undivided family who is not a member of the family gets no joint possession. The sale is still valid, and his remedy is partition.
  • Section 45: joint purchasers take interests matching their interests in the common fund that paid the price.
  • Section 46: transferors with distinct interests share the price equally or in proportion to the value of their interests.
  • Section 47: an unspecified share transferred by several co-owners comes out of their shares equally or proportionately.
  • Sections 45, 46 and 47 all yield to a contract to the contrary.

Test yourself

1. Can one co-owner sell his share without the others agreeing? Yes. He owns an undivided share and may transfer it. What he cannot do is transfer a specific portion of the property, because until partition no co-owner owns any particular part.

2. What does the transferee of a co-owner's share acquire under section 44? The transferor's right to joint possession or other common or part enjoyment, and his right to enforce a partition, so far as is necessary to give effect to the transfer, subject to the conditions and liabilities affecting the share at the date of the transfer.

3. A stranger buys one brother's share in a family dwelling-house. Can he move in? No. The second paragraph of section 44 denies joint possession or common or part enjoyment to a transferee of a share of a dwelling-house of an undivided family who is not a member of that family.

4. Is such a sale void? No. It is perfectly valid and the buyer owns the share. Only his right to joint possession is withheld, and he may sue for partition.

munotes.in109

Transfers by Co-owners and by Persons Having Distinct Interests

5. Would the answer differ if the buyer were the seller's cousin living in the house? Yes. The exception applies only where the transferee is not a member of the family, so a member takes joint possession in the ordinary way.

6. Three co-owners with equal shares sell a six-anna share without saying whose it is. How is it taken? Two annas from each, under section 47, their shares being equal.

7. A has a life interest worth Rs. 600 and B and C the reversion worth Rs. 400. They sell for Rs. 1,000. How is the price divided? A takes Rs. 600 and B and C take Rs. 400 between them, under section 46, their interests being of unequal value and the price being divided proportionately.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in110

Chapter Twenty-Two

Priority of Rights Created by Transfer, and Rent Paid to a Holder under a Defective Title

Syllabus topic 1.2, "General principles of transfer of property"

In one line

Where the same person creates two rights over the same property and they cannot both work, the earlier one wins; a tenant who honestly pays his old landlord is not made to pay twice; and a buyer can require insurance money to be spent on rebuilding.

In exam wording: section 48 provides that where a person purports to create by transfer at different times rights in or over the same immovable property, and those rights cannot all be exercised to their full extent together, each later created right is, in the absence of a special contract or reservation binding the earlier transferees, subject to the rights previously created.

Section 48: first in time prevails

The rule is expressed in the maxim qui prior est tempore potior est jure, "he who is earlier in time is stronger in law".

The reason is simply that a transferor cannot give away what he has already given. Once he has created a right in favour of A, that much has left him, and what he gives B afterwards can only be what is left. The maxim is not a preference for the first buyer as a person; it is arithmetic about how much the transferor still had.

The conditions:

  • the same person created the rights;
  • by transfer, at different times;
  • in or over the same immovable property;
  • the rights cannot all exist or be exercised to their full extent together; and
  • there is no special contract or reservation binding the earlier transferees.

The final condition is the escape. If the earlier transferee agreed to be postponed, or the earlier transfer reserved a power to create a prior right, the order can be changed. What the transferor cannot do is prefer the later transferee unilaterally.

Two important qualifications sit outside the section but decide real cases.

The first is notice. Section 48 is a rule about time, but section 40 and the doctrine of the bona fide purchaser for value without notice can defeat an earlier right that is merely an equity, such as the benefit of an agreement to sell. So an earlier contractual right may lose to a later purchaser who paid value and knew nothing, while an earlier completed transfer will not.

The second is registration. Priority under section 48 is fixed by the date of the transfer, and section 47 of the Registration Act 1908, taught in Module IV, provides that a registered document operates from the time it would have commenced to operate if no registration had been required, that is from execution. So a deed executed first and registered later can still rank first. That is a favourite examination trap and it is answered by reading the two sections together.

munotes.in111

Priority of Rights Created by Transfer, and Rent Paid to a Holder under a Defective Title

Section 49: the transferee's right under an insurance policy

Where immovable property is transferred for consideration, and the property or any part of it is at the date of the transfer insured against loss or damage by fire, the transferee may, in case of such loss or damage and in the absence of a contract to the contrary, require any money which the transferor actually receives under the policy, or so much of it as may be necessary, to be applied in reinstating the property.

Four limits are built into that sentence and each of them is examinable.

The transfer must be for consideration. A donee cannot claim.

The policy must have been in existence at the date of the transfer.

The money must have been actually received by the transferor. The section gives no right to compel him to claim, and none against the insurer.

The remedy is reinstatement, not payment. The transferee cannot demand the cash for himself; he can require it to be applied in rebuilding, and only so much as is necessary.

Section 50: rent paid in good faith to the wrong person

No person is chargeable with any rents or profits of immovable property which he has in good faith paid or delivered to any person of whom he in good faith held the property, notwithstanding that it may afterwards appear that the person he paid had no right to receive them.

The Act's illustration: A lets a field to B at a rent of Rs. 50, and then transfers the field to C. B, having no notice of the transfer, in good faith pays the rent to A. B is not chargeable with the rent so paid.

The section protects the honest payer, and the justification is that he had no way of knowing. A tenant deals with the person who let him in; if ownership changes behind his back and nobody tells him, he cannot be made to pay a second time to the new owner. The new owner's remedy is against the transferor who took money that was no longer his.

Good faith is required twice, and this is worth noticing: he must have paid in good faith and must in good faith have held the property of that person. A tenant who knew of the transfer, or who is fixed with notice, loses the protection.

Section 50 is the natural companion of section 8, which passes rent accruing after a transfer to the transferee, and of section 37, whose proviso protects a person until he has reasonable notice of a severance. All three protect the person who owes money against changes of ownership he was not told about.

munotes.in112

Priority of Rights Created by Transfer, and Rent Paid to a Holder under a Defective Title

A worked example

Umesh owns a bungalow at Kolhapur, insured against fire, and let to a tenant Vikram at Rs. 20,000 a month.

On 3 March Umesh executes a sale deed of the bungalow in favour of Wasim for full value. On 20 March he executes a mortgage of the same bungalow in favour of a bank. Both are registered, the mortgage first.

Priority. Section 48 gives Wasim priority, his right having been created first, and the bank's mortgage is subject to it. The order of registration does not reverse this, because section 47 of the Registration Act 1908 makes a registered document operate from execution. Only a special contract or reservation binding Wasim could have postponed him.

The fire. In April the bungalow is damaged by fire and Umesh, still named in the policy, receives Rs. 8 lakh from the insurer. Wasim bought for consideration, the policy existed at the date of the transfer, and the money has actually been received. Under section 49 he may require it to be applied in reinstating the bungalow, to the extent necessary. He cannot demand that Umesh hand him the cash.

The rent. Vikram, never having been told of the sale, pays the March and April rent to Umesh in good faith. Under section 50 he is not chargeable with it again. Wasim's remedy is against Umesh. Once Vikram is told, or is fixed with notice, he must pay Wasim.

What it does NOT mean

Section 48 is not defeated by earlier registration. Priority runs from the date of the transfer, and section 47 of the Registration Act 1908 makes a registered document operate from execution.

Section 48 does not protect every earlier right against everyone. A merely contractual right may lose to a later transferee for value without notice.

Section 49 does not give the transferee the money. It gives him the right to require it to be applied in reinstating the property, so far as necessary.

Section 49 does not create a claim against the insurer. It operates on money the transferor actually receives.

Section 50 does not protect a tenant who knew. Good faith is required both in the payment and in the holding.

Section 50 does not extinguish the true owner's claim. It moves it: the claim lies against the person who wrongly received the rent.

Distinctions

Section 48The bona fide purchaser rule
Decides priority byTime of creationNotice and consideration
ProtectsThe earlier transfereeThe later purchaser for value without notice
Where they meetAn earlier equity, such as an agreement to sell, may be defeated by a later purchaser for value without notice under section 40; an earlier completed transfer is not
munotes.in113

Priority of Rights Created by Transfer, and Rent Paid to a Holder under a Defective Title

Section 8Section 50
QuestionWho is entitled to the rentWhether the payer is discharged by paying the wrong person
AnswerRent accruing after the transfer goes to the transfereeA payment in good faith to the person of whom he held is a good discharge

Quick revision

  • Section 48: qui prior est tempore potior est jure. Where rights created at different times over the same immovable property cannot coexist, the later is subject to the earlier, unless a special contract or reservation binds the earlier transferees.
  • Priority runs from the date of the transfer, not of registration; section 47 of the Registration Act 1908 makes a registered deed operate from execution.
  • Section 49: a transferee for consideration may require insurance money actually received by the transferor for fire loss to be applied in reinstating the property, the policy having existed at the date of the transfer, absent a contract to the contrary.
  • Section 50: a person is not chargeable with rents or profits paid in good faith to a person of whom he in good faith held the property, even if that person had no right to receive them. Illustration: B pays A after A has sold to C, without notice, and is not chargeable.

Test yourself

1. State the maxim in section 48 and explain why it is the rule. Qui prior est tempore potior est jure, he who is earlier in time is stronger in law. It follows from the fact that a transferor cannot give what he has already given away, so the later transferee can take only what remained.

2. A executes a sale to B on 1 June and a mortgage to C on 10 June, but C registers first. Who has priority? B. Section 48 fixes priority by the time the rights were created, and section 47 of the Registration Act 1908 makes a registered document operate from execution, so registering first does not gain priority.

3. When can the order of priority be altered? Where there is a special contract or reservation binding the earlier transferees, for example an agreement by the earlier transferee to be postponed.

4. What exactly can a transferee require under section 49? That money the transferor actually receives under a fire policy which existed at the date of the transfer be applied, so far as necessary, in reinstating the property. He cannot claim the money for himself and has no claim against the insurer.

5. A tenant pays rent to his original landlord after the property has been sold, knowing nothing of the sale. Must he pay again? No. Section 50 provides that he is not chargeable with rents paid in good faith to the person of whom he in good faith held the property, and the Act's illustration is that very case.

munotes.in114

Priority of Rights Created by Transfer, and Rent Paid to a Holder under a Defective Title

6. Would the answer change if the tenant had been told about the sale? Yes. The protection depends on good faith both in the payment and in the holding, so a tenant with notice must pay the new owner.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in115

Chapter Twenty-Three

Improvements Made by a Bona Fide Holder under a Defective Title

Syllabus topic 1.2, "General principles of transfer of property"

In one line

If you honestly believed the property was yours and you built on it, the person who turns you out must either pay you for what you built or sell you the land.

In exam wording: section 51 provides that when the transferee of immovable property makes any improvement on it, believing in good faith that he is absolutely entitled to it, and he is subsequently evicted by a person having a better title, he has a right to require the person causing the eviction either to have the value of the improvement estimated and paid or secured to him, or to sell his interest in the property to the transferee at the then market value, irrespective of the value of the improvement.

Why the law gives the improver anything

A person who builds on land that turns out not to be his has, at first sight, no claim: the building becomes part of the land, and the land belongs to somebody else. The true owner would get a house he never paid for.

That is unjust enrichment, and section 51 prevents it. The owner gets his land back, which is his right, but he is not permitted to keep the improvement for nothing as well.

Two conditions confine the equity, and they are what keep it from being an invitation to build on other people's land. The improver must have been a transferee, so he must have taken under some transfer rather than as a trespasser. And he must have believed in good faith that he was absolutely entitled, so a person who knew his title was doubtful gets nothing.

Broken down: the conditions

One, the claimant is a transferee of immovable property. A squatter or trespasser is outside the section, because he took under no transfer at all.

Two, he made an improvement on the property. Building, planting and permanent repairs qualify; ordinary maintenance does not.

Three, he believed in good faith that he was absolutely entitled to the property. This is the heart of the section. The belief must be honest and must be a belief in absolute entitlement. A person who knew he had bought from someone with a doubtful title, or who had notice of a defect, fails here. A lessee or a mortgagee, who knows perfectly well that he holds a limited interest, cannot claim under this section at all.

Four, he is subsequently evicted by a person having a better title.

The remedy, and who chooses

This is where answers go wrong. The right the section gives to the improver is a right to require the evictor to choose. The option is the evictor's, not the improver's. The evictor must either:

munotes.in116

Improvements Made by a Bona Fide Holder under a Defective Title

  • have the value of the improvement estimated and paid or secured to the transferee; or
  • sell his interest in the property to the transferee at the then market value, irrespective of the value of the improvement.

Two points of measurement follow, and both are in the section.

The value of the improvement is its estimated value at the time of the eviction, not what it cost to build. A structure that has depreciated is worth less; one that has appreciated is worth more.

Where the evictor elects to sell, the price is the market value at that time, irrespective of the value of the improvement. In other words the improver does not pay twice: he is not charged for the value his own building added to the land.

Mesne profits: what the evicted holder must give back

Section 51 tells you what the improver receives. The other half of the account is what he pays, and that is mesne profits.

The term is not defined in this Act. It is defined by section 2(12) of the Code of Civil Procedure 1908:

"mesne profits" of property means those profits which the person in wrongful possession of such property actually received or might with ordinary diligence have received therefrom, together with interest on such profits, but shall not include profits due to improvements made by the person in wrongful possession.

Four elements, and each is examinable.

One, wrongful possession. There are no mesne profits against a person lawfully in possession. It is the wrongfulness that founds the claim.

Two, actually received or receivable with ordinary diligence. The measure is not what the possessor troubled to earn. A person who lets valuable land lie idle is answerable for what a diligent holder would have got from it.

Three, interest on those profits.

Four, the exclusion. Profits due to improvements made by the person in wrongful possession are not included.

That exclusion is why the definition belongs in this chapter. Section 51 gives the bona fide improver the value of his improvement; section 2(12) of the Code stops the true owner from clawing back, as mesne profits, the extra income that improvement produced. The two provisions point the same way: the improver is not to be enriched at the owner's expense, and the owner is not to be enriched at the improver's.

Do not confuse mesne profits with a mesne mortgagee. "Mesne" simply means intermediate. A mesne mortgagee is one with mortgagees both ahead of and behind him, under section 94 of this Act, taught in [Subrogation, and the Abolition of Tacking]. The two expressions share a word and nothing else.

munotes.in117

Improvements Made by a Bona Fide Holder under a Defective Title

Growing crops

The section adds a separate rule. Where, in the circumstances above, the transferee has planted or sown crops which are growing when he is evicted, he is entitled to those crops and to free ingress and egress to gather and carry them.

This makes sense on its own footing. Crops are the fruit of his labour and, as chapter 10 explained, growing crops are excluded from immovable property by section 3, so they were never part of what the true owner is recovering.

A worked example

Anita buys a plot at Karad from a seller whose title she has checked as carefully as a prudent buyer would, and takes a registered sale deed. Believing the plot to be absolutely hers, she spends Rs. 18 lakh building a house on it and plants a crop of sugarcane in the strip behind.

Four years later Bipin establishes that the seller had no title and that the plot has always been his, and he obtains a decree evicting Anita. At the date of eviction the house is valued at Rs. 22 lakh and the bare land at Rs. 30 lakh.

Anita's claim. She was a transferee, she made an improvement, and she believed in good faith that she was absolutely entitled. Section 51 applies.

Bipin must choose.

If he elects to keep the land, he must have the value of the improvement estimated and pay or secure it to Anita. That is its value at the time of the eviction, Rs. 22 lakh, and not the Rs. 18 lakh she spent.

If he elects to sell, he must sell his interest to Anita at the market value at that time irrespective of the value of the improvement, that is at Rs. 30 lakh for the land, and Anita is not asked to pay for her own house.

The sugarcane is hers. She is entitled to the growing crops and to free ingress and egress to gather and carry them away.

Change the facts. Suppose Anita had been told before she built that Bipin claimed the plot, and had built anyway. She no longer believed in good faith that she was absolutely entitled, section 51 does not apply, and she loses the house.

Change them again. Suppose Anita had been a lessee who built on the land. A lessee knows he holds a limited interest and cannot believe himself absolutely entitled, so the section does not apply to him.

What it does NOT mean

The improver does not choose. The option belongs to the person causing the eviction. This is the single most common error on this section.

It does not protect a trespasser. The claimant must be a transferee.

munotes.in118

Improvements Made by a Bona Fide Holder under a Defective Title

It does not protect a person who knew his title was doubtful. Good faith and a belief in absolute entitlement are required.

It does not apply to a lessee or a mortgagee. Neither can believe himself absolutely entitled.

Compensation is not the cost of the work. It is the estimated value of the improvement at the time of eviction.

The improver is not charged for his own improvement. Where the evictor elects to sell, the price is the market value irrespective of the value of the improvement.

It does not give a right to stay. The eviction stands; the section adjusts the money.

Distinctions

Transferee under section 51Trespasser
How he came to holdUnder a transferWithout any right
Belief requiredGood faith belief in absolute entitlementNot applicable
Right on evictionCompensation for the improvement, or to buy the land, at the evictor's choiceNone under this section
Evictor's optionWhat he must doWhat the improver pays or receives
Keep the landHave the improvement valued and pay or secure itReceives its value at the time of eviction
Sell his interestSell to the improverPays the then market value, irrespective of the value of the improvement

Quick revision

  • Section 51 rests on unjust enrichment: the owner recovers his land but may not keep the improvement for nothing.
  • Conditions: a transferee of immovable property; an improvement; a good faith belief in absolute entitlement; eviction by a person with a better title.
  • The evictor chooses: pay or secure the estimated value of the improvement, or sell his interest at the then market value irrespective of the value of the improvement.
  • Compensation is the value at the time of the eviction, not the cost incurred.
  • Growing crops belong to the improver, with free ingress and egress to gather them.
  • A trespasser, a lessee and a mortgagee are all outside the section.

Test yourself

1. Who has the option under section 51? The person causing the eviction. He must either have the value of the improvement estimated and paid or secured to the transferee, or sell his interest in the property to the transferee at the then market value.

2. How is the compensation measured? By the estimated value of the improvement at the time of the eviction, not by what the improver spent.

3. If the evictor elects to sell, is the improver charged for the improvement he made? No. The section requires the sale to be at the then market value of the evictor's interest, irrespective of the value of the improvement.

4. Does section 51 protect a trespasser who builds on land in the honest belief that it is his? No. The section applies to a transferee of immovable property. A person who took under no transfer is outside it.

munotes.in119

Improvements Made by a Bona Fide Holder under a Defective Title

5. Can a lessee who builds on the leased land claim under section 51? No. The section requires a belief in good faith that he is absolutely entitled, and a lessee knows his interest is limited.

6. What happens to crops the improver has sown which are standing at the eviction? He is entitled to them, and to free ingress and egress to gather and carry them away.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in120

Chapter Twenty-Four

Lis Pendens

Syllabus topic 1.2, "Lis Pendens"

In one line

While a court is deciding who owns a property, a party to that case cannot sell it in a way that damages the other side's chances of getting what the court awards.

In exam wording: section 52 provides that during the pendency of any suit or proceeding which is not collusive, in a court having authority in India or established beyond its limits by the Central Government, in which any right to immovable property is directly and specifically in question, the property cannot be transferred or otherwise dealt with by any party to the suit or proceeding so as to affect the rights of any other party under any decree or order which may be made therein, except under the authority of the court and on such terms as it may impose.

Why the rule exists

The Latin is lis pendens, a pending suit, and the maxim is pendente lite nihil innovetur, meaning nothing new should be introduced while a suit is pending.

The reason is not that a litigant is dishonest. It is that litigation would be pointless without the rule. If a defendant could sell the disputed land during the case, the successful plaintiff would win a decree against a man who no longer had the property, and would have to sue the buyer, who could sell it on again. There would be no end. The rule keeps the subject matter of the suit within the court's reach until the court has finished with it.

That explains the shape of the rule and the two things students most often get wrong about it, dealt with below: the transfer is not void, and notice is irrelevant.

The provision itself, broken down

One, there must be a pending suit or proceeding. In a court having authority within India, or established beyond those limits by the Central Government.

Two, the suit must not be collusive. A collusive suit is one the parties have arranged between themselves rather than a genuine contest. The words were added deliberately: a sham suit cannot be used to freeze property.

Three, a right to immovable property must be directly and specifically in question. Both words matter. A suit for money, even one in which land is mentioned as an asset, does not attract the section. A suit for possession, for partition, for specific performance or for a declaration of title does.

Four, the transfer must be by a party to the suit. A stranger's dealing is untouched.

Five, the transfer must be such as to affect the rights of any other party under the decree or order that may be made. The section is aimed at prejudice to the other side's decree.

munotes.in121

Lis Pendens

Six, unless made under the authority of the court, which may permit the transfer on such terms as it imposes.

The Explanation: when pendency begins and ends

This is the part most often misstated, and the Act is precise.

The pendency of a suit or proceeding is deemed to commence from the date of the presentation of the plaint or the institution of the proceeding in a court of competent jurisdiction, and to continue until the suit or proceeding has been disposed of by a final decree or order and complete satisfaction or discharge of such decree or order has been obtained, or has become unobtainable by reason of the expiration of any period of limitation prescribed for its execution.

Three things follow, and each is worth a separate line in an answer.

It begins at presentation of the plaint, not at service of summons on the defendant and not at the first hearing. So a defendant who sells the day after the plaint is filed, before he has heard anything about the case, is still caught.

It does not end with the decree. It continues until the decree has been completely satisfied or discharged, which means through the execution stage. A judgment-debtor cannot defeat the decree by selling the property while execution is pending.

It also ends where satisfaction has become unobtainable because the period of limitation for executing the decree has run out.

The effect: the transfer is valid but subordinate

The section does not say the transfer is void. It says the property cannot be dealt with so as to affect the rights of any other party under the decree.

So the transfer is good between the transferor and the transferee. It passes whatever the transferor had. What it cannot do is prejudice the other party to the suit. The buyer takes subject to the result of the litigation: if the seller wins, the buyer keeps the property; if the seller loses, the buyer's title falls with his seller's, and he is bound by the decree although he was never a party to the case.

The practical position of the buyer is therefore that he has bought a lawsuit. His remedy, if the seller loses, is against the seller on the covenants for title, not against the successful plaintiff.

Notice is irrelevant

This is the sharpest contrast with the rest of Module I. Sections 39, 40 and 41 all turn on the transferee's notice. Section 52 does not.

A purchaser who searched every register, asked every question and could not have discovered the suit is bound just as much as one who knew. The reason follows from the purpose of the rule: it exists to preserve the court's power over the subject matter, not to punish a buyer for carelessness. If notice mattered, a defendant could defeat every decree by selling to someone genuinely ignorant.

munotes.in122

Lis Pendens

A worked example

Chetan sues Dilip in the Bombay City Civil Court, presenting the plaint on 4 January, claiming a declaration that a flat at Ghatkopar registered in Dilip's name is really Chetan's and asking for possession. A right to immovable property is directly and specifically in question and the suit is genuine.

On 9 January, before the summons has even been served on him, Dilip sells the flat to Esha for full value. Esha searches the sub-registrar's records, finds nothing about the suit, and knows nothing of it.

Is the sale void? No. It is valid as between Dilip and Esha and passes what Dilip had.

Is Esha protected by her ignorance? No. Section 52 does not turn on notice, and the pendency began on 4 January when the plaint was presented, five days before her purchase.

The suit is decided in Chetan's favour in 2029. Esha is bound by the decree although she was not a party. She must give up the flat, and her remedy is against Dilip for the price and damages.

If Dilip had won, Esha would have kept the flat, because she takes subject to the result and the result was in her seller's favour.

If Dilip had applied to the court before selling and obtained its authority on such terms as it imposed, the sale would have been outside the section.

Now suppose the decree is passed in Chetan's favour and Dilip sells during execution. He is still caught. The Explanation continues the pendency until complete satisfaction or discharge of the decree, or until execution becomes time-barred.

Change the suit. Suppose Chetan had sued Dilip for a money debt of Rs. 40 lakh and Dilip had sold the flat to pay other creditors. No right to immovable property is directly and specifically in question in that suit, so section 52 does not apply, and Chetan's remedy, if any, is under section 53.

What it does NOT mean

The transfer is not void. It is valid between the parties to it and merely subordinate to the decree.

Notice is irrelevant. A bona fide purchaser for value without notice is bound.

It does not apply to a collusive suit. The section excludes one in terms.

It does not apply where the property is only incidentally involved. The right to immovable property must be directly and specifically in question.

It does not begin with service of summons. The Explanation fixes commencement at the presentation of the plaint.

It does not end with the decree. It runs until complete satisfaction or discharge, or until execution becomes time-barred.

munotes.in123

Lis Pendens

It does not bind a stranger's transfer. Only a party to the suit is caught.

The court can permit a transfer, on its own terms.

Distinctions

Section 52Section 41
Does the transferee's notice matterNoYes, reasonable care and good faith are essential
Effect on the transferValid, but subject to the decreeNot voidable for want of authority
PurposeTo keep the subject matter within the court's reachTo protect an honest purchaser and place the loss on the real owner who created the appearance
Section 52Section 53
TriggerA pending suit in which immovable property is directly in questionA transfer with intent to defeat or delay creditors
Intention of the transferorIrrelevantEssential
EffectThe transfer is subordinate to the decreeThe transfer is voidable at the option of the creditor
Protection for a good faith purchaserNoneYes, a transferee in good faith for consideration is protected

Quick revision

  • Lis pendens, pending suit. The maxim is pendente lite nihil innovetur.
  • Conditions: a pending, non-collusive suit or proceeding; in a competent court; in which a right to immovable property is directly and specifically in question; a transfer by a party; which would affect the other party's rights under the decree; without the court's authority.
  • Effect: the transfer is not void. It is valid but subject to the decree, and the buyer is bound by it though not a party.
  • Notice is irrelevant. A purchaser for value without notice is bound.
  • Explanation: pendency begins at the presentation of the plaint and continues until the decree is completely satisfied or discharged, or execution becomes time-barred.
  • The court may authorise a transfer on such terms as it imposes.
  • The buyer's remedy is against his seller, not against the successful party.

Test yourself

1. Does section 52 make a transfer during a pending suit void? No. The transfer is valid between transferor and transferee. It simply cannot affect the rights of any other party to the suit under the decree, so the transferee takes subject to the result.

2. When does the pendency begin and end? It begins on the date the plaint is presented, or the proceeding is instituted, in a court of competent jurisdiction. It continues until the suit is disposed of by a final decree or order and complete satisfaction or discharge of that decree has been obtained, or has become unobtainable because the period for executing it has expired.

3. A buyer searches every record, finds no trace of the suit and buys in complete good faith. Is he bound? Yes. Section 52 does not depend on notice. The rule exists to keep the subject matter of the suit within the court's control, and it would fail if an innocent purchase defeated it.

munotes.in124

Lis Pendens

4. Does the section apply to a suit for recovery of a money debt? No, unless a right to immovable property is directly and specifically in question in that suit. A money suit does not attract section 52.

5. Can a party to the suit ever transfer the property lawfully? Yes, under the authority of the court and on such terms as the court imposes.

6. Why is a collusive suit excluded? Because the section is there to protect a genuine adjudication. If a sham suit attracted it, parties could freeze property by arrangement, which is the opposite of the section's purpose.

7. What is the position of a purchaser whose seller loses the suit? He is bound by the decree although he was not a party, and must give up the property. His remedy lies against his seller, not against the successful party.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in125

Chapter Twenty-Five

Fraudulent Transfer

Syllabus topic 1.2, "Fraudulent Transfer"

In one line

A person cannot put his property beyond the reach of his creditors by transferring it away, and the creditors can have such a transfer set aside.

In exam wording: section 53(1) provides that every transfer of immovable property made with intent to defeat or delay the creditors of the transferor shall be voidable at the option of any creditor so defeated or delayed; and section 53(2) provides that every transfer of immovable property made without consideration with intent to defraud a subsequent transferee shall be voidable at the option of that transferee.

Why the section is needed

A debtor who sees a decree coming has an obvious escape: give the property to a relative, keep the use of it, and let the creditor sue an empty man. The debt survives, but there is nothing to execute against.

Section 53 closes that escape. It does not forbid a debtor from dealing with his property, which would be too wide; a man in debt may still sell his land, pay a pressing creditor and carry on his business. What it strikes at is a transfer made with the intent to defeat or delay the creditors.

The section is a rule about intention, and that separates it cleanly from section 52, where the transferor's state of mind is irrelevant.

Section 53(1): defeating or delaying creditors

The rule. Every transfer of immovable property made with intent to defeat or delay the creditors of the transferor is voidable at the option of any creditor so defeated or delayed.

Voidable, not void. The transfer stands until a creditor elects to avoid it. If no creditor complains, it is perfectly good, and the transferee holds the property. This follows from whose interest the section protects: the creditors', and nobody else's. The transferor himself cannot rely on his own fraud to undo his transfer.

"Defeat or delay." Delay is enough. A transfer that merely postpones the creditors, by forcing them into further litigation to reach the property, is within the section even if they might eventually recover.

The first saving: a transferee in good faith and for consideration. Nothing in the sub-section impairs the rights of a transferee in good faith and for consideration. So an honest purchaser who paid a real price keeps the property even though his seller's motive was to defeat creditors. Both elements are needed: good faith and consideration. A relative who paid a nominal sum knowing exactly what was intended has neither.

The second saving: insolvency law. Nothing in the sub-section affects any law for the time being in force relating to insolvency. Insolvency legislation has its own, often stricter, provisions on transfers before bankruptcy, and section 53 leaves them alone.

munotes.in126

Fraudulent Transfer

The representative suit requirement. A suit by a creditor to avoid a transfer on this ground must be instituted on behalf of, or for the benefit of, all the creditors. The section adds that "creditor" includes a decree-holder, whether or not he has applied for execution.

That requirement is not a technicality and it deserves a sentence in an answer. Its purpose is to prevent a race. If each creditor could sue alone and take the recovered property for himself, the quickest creditor would be paid in full and the rest would get nothing, when the whole point of avoiding the transfer is to restore the property to the general fund available to all.

Section 53(2): defrauding a subsequent transferee

The rule. Every transfer of immovable property made without consideration with intent to defraud a subsequent transferee is voidable at the option of that transferee.

This protects a different person from a different mischief. A man makes a gift of his land, keeps the transaction quiet, and then sells the same land to a buyer who knows nothing of the gift. The buyer would find that his seller had nothing left to sell. Sub-section (2) lets that buyer avoid the earlier gift.

Two limits are built in.

It applies only to a transfer made without consideration. An earlier transfer for value is untouched by this sub-section, and priority between two transfers for value is settled by section 48.

No presumption of fraud from the mere fact of a later sale. The sub-section provides expressly that no transfer made without consideration shall be deemed to have been made with intent to defraud by reason only that a subsequent transfer for consideration was made. So a man who gifts his land to his daughter and sells other land later has not, by that fact alone, defrauded anybody. Intent must be proved.

How intention is proved

Intention is rarely admitted, so it is inferred from circumstances. The kinds of facts that point to it, and which an answer can list, are:

  • the transfer was made when a suit or a decree was pending or imminent;
  • it covered substantially the whole of the debtor's property;
  • the consideration was absent, nominal or never actually paid;
  • the transferor remained in possession and continued to enjoy the property;
  • the transferee was a close relative or someone otherwise connected;
  • the transaction was carried out with unusual haste or secrecy.

None of these is conclusive by itself. Taken together they are what a court weighs, and the presence of several is what turns suspicion into an inference.

A worked example

Farhan owes Rs. 60 lakh to a bank, which has filed a suit and is close to a decree. Farhan owns a plot at Wai worth Rs. 70 lakh, which is nearly all he has.

munotes.in127

Fraudulent Transfer

Version one. A month before the decree, Farhan gifts the plot to his brother Gaurav and continues to live on it. The transfer is of substantially all his property, for no consideration, to a close relative, on the eve of a decree, and he stays in possession. The inference of an intent to defeat or delay the bank is strong. The transfer is voidable at the bank's option under section 53(1). If the bank sues, it must do so on behalf of, or for the benefit of, all Farhan's creditors.

Version two. Farhan sells the plot to Hemant, a stranger, at its full market value of Rs. 70 lakh, the price being actually paid, and Hemant knows nothing of the bank's suit. Even if Farhan's own motive was to convert the land into money he could hide, Hemant is a transferee in good faith and for consideration and the saving protects him. The bank's remedy is against the sale proceeds in Farhan's hands, not against Hemant.

Version three. Farhan sells to his nephew for Rs. 5 lakh, a fraction of the value, the nephew knowing about the bank suit. There is consideration, but it is nominal and there is no good faith. The saving does not apply and the transfer is voidable.

Version four. Farhan gifts the plot to Gaurav in January and in March sells the same plot to Ishita for full value, saying nothing about the gift. Ishita may avoid the gift under section 53(2), the gift being without consideration and made with intent to defraud a subsequent transferee. But if all that can be shown is that a later sale happened, that alone does not prove the intent, because the sub-section says so in terms.

Nobody complains. If neither the bank nor any creditor ever moves, the gift to Gaurav stands. It is voidable, not void.

What it does NOT mean

The transfer is not void. It is voidable at the option of the person the section protects.

The transferor cannot avoid his own transfer. The option belongs to the defeated creditor, or to the defrauded subsequent transferee.

It does not prevent a debtor from dealing with his property. He may sell for value, and may prefer one creditor over another, so long as the object is not to defeat or delay creditors generally.

"Delay" is not a lesser case. A transfer that merely postpones the creditors is within the sub-section.

A good faith purchaser for value is safe under sub-section (1), whatever his seller intended.

Section 53(2) does not presume fraud. A later transfer for consideration does not, by itself, make an earlier gift fraudulent.

munotes.in128

Fraudulent Transfer

A single creditor cannot sue for himself alone. The suit must be on behalf of, or for the benefit of, all the creditors.

It does not displace insolvency law, which is expressly saved.

Distinctions

Section 53(1)Section 53(2)
Who is protectedThe creditors of the transferorA subsequent transferee
The transfer attackedAny transfer of immovable propertyOnly a transfer without consideration
Intent requiredTo defeat or delay creditorsTo defraud a subsequent transferee
Who may avoidAny creditor so defeated or delayed, suing for allThat subsequent transferee
SavingA transferee in good faith and for consideration; insolvency lawNo presumption of fraud from a later transfer for consideration alone
Section 52Section 53
Depends on the transferor's intentionNoYes
Depends on the transferee's notice or good faithNoYes, under sub-section (1)
EffectThe transfer is subordinate to the decreeThe transfer is voidable

Quick revision

  • Section 53(1): a transfer of immovable property with intent to defeat or delay creditors is voidable at the option of any creditor so defeated or delayed.
  • Voidable, not void. It stands unless a creditor avoids it, and the transferor cannot avoid his own transfer.
  • Saved: a transferee in good faith and for consideration; and any law relating to insolvency.
  • The suit must be brought on behalf of, or for the benefit of, all the creditors; "creditor" includes a decree-holder.
  • Section 53(2): a transfer without consideration made with intent to defraud a subsequent transferee is voidable at that transferee's option.
  • No presumption: a later transfer for consideration does not by itself make the earlier gratuitous transfer fraudulent.
  • Badges of intent: an imminent suit or decree; substantially all the property; no or nominal consideration; the transferor remaining in possession; a close relative; haste and secrecy.

Test yourself

1. Is a transfer under section 53(1) void or voidable, and at whose option? Voidable, at the option of any creditor defeated or delayed by it. It remains effective unless and until such a creditor avoids it.

2. Can the transferor himself get his transfer set aside under section 53? No. The sub-section protects the creditors, and the option to avoid belongs to them, not to the person who made the transfer.

3. A debtor sells his land at full market value to a stranger who knows nothing of his debts. Can the creditors avoid the sale? No. Section 53(1) expressly preserves the rights of a transferee in good faith and for consideration, and both elements are present.

4. Why must a creditor's suit be brought on behalf of all the creditors? To prevent a race in which the first creditor to sue takes the recovered property for himself. Avoiding the transfer is meant to restore the property to the fund available to all the creditors.

munotes.in129

Fraudulent Transfer

5. What must a subsequent transferee prove under section 53(2)? That the earlier transfer was made without consideration and with intent to defraud him. The sub-section adds that no such transfer is deemed to have been made with that intent by reason only that a subsequent transfer for consideration was made.

6. Name four circumstances from which an intent to defeat creditors may be inferred. That the transfer was made when a suit or decree was pending or imminent; that it covered substantially the whole of the debtor's property; that the consideration was absent, nominal or unpaid; and that the transferor remained in possession, or that the transferee was a close relative.

7. Is "delay" enough, or must the creditors be permanently defeated? Delay is enough. The sub-section applies to a transfer made with intent to defeat or delay the creditors.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in130

Chapter Twenty-Six

Part Performance

Syllabus topic 1.2, "Part Performance"

In one line

If you agreed in writing to buy a property, were put in possession, and have done your part or are ready to, the seller cannot turn you out just because the sale was never completed.

In exam wording: section 53A provides that where a person contracts to transfer immovable property for consideration by writing signed by him or on his behalf, from which the terms necessary to constitute the transfer can be ascertained with reasonable certainty, and the transferee has taken or continued in possession in part performance and has done some act in furtherance of the contract, and has performed or is willing to perform his part, then, notwithstanding that the transfer has not been completed in the manner prescribed by law, the transferor and those claiming under him are debarred from enforcing against the transferee any right in respect of the property of which he has taken or continued in possession, other than a right expressly provided by the terms of the contract.

Why the doctrine exists

The doctrine comes from English equity, where it grew up as an exception to the Statute of Frauds. The problem it answers is the same everywhere.

A buyer signs an agreement, pays most of the price, is handed the keys and moves in. The seller then refuses to execute the sale deed and sues to evict him as a trespasser, relying on the fact that the law requires a registered conveyance and there is none. The seller would recover the property, keep the money and profit from his own default.

Equity refuses that. It does not pretend the sale happened, because only a registered deed can transfer title. What it does is stop the seller from using the absence of the formality as a weapon against a buyer who has performed. The formality exists to prevent fraud, not to enable it.

That explains the exact form section 53A takes. It gives the transferee no title and no right of action. It gives him a defence to possession and nothing else.

The five conditions

All five must be satisfied, and they are the skeleton of every answer.

One, a contract to transfer immovable property for consideration, in writing signed by the transferor or on his behalf. There is no oral part performance in India. The writing need not be a formal agreement, but it must be signed by or for the transferor.

Two, the terms necessary to constitute the transfer must be ascertainable from the writing with reasonable certainty. A document that does not identify the property, the parties and the price cannot be a foundation.

Three, the transferee has, in part performance, taken possession, or being already in possession, continues in possession and has done some act in furtherance of the contract. Notice the second limb: where the transferee was already in possession, for example as a tenant, mere continuance is not enough, and he must show some further act referable to the contract.

munotes.in131

Part Performance

Four, the transferee has done some act in furtherance of the contract. Paying part of the price, spending money on improvements, or taking over the seller's obligations will do.

Five, the transferee has performed or is willing to perform his part of the contract. This is the condition that decides most cases, and it is dealt with next.

Shrimant Shamrao Suryavanshi v. Pralhad Bhairoba Suryavanshi, (2002) 3 SCC 676, decided on 22 January 2002 by Khare and Bhan JJ, sets the conditions out and settles a second question with them.

Facts. By an agreement of July 1964 the respondent agreed to sell agricultural land to the appellant for Rs. 9,000. The appellant paid Rs. 5,700 as earnest money and was put in possession. When the transferor moved to sell the land elsewhere the appellant obtained an injunction in August 1965. In spite of it the transferor executed a registered deed in May 1966 in favour of another person, who then sued for possession. By then a suit by the appellant for specific performance of the 1964 agreement would have been barred by limitation.

Held. The transferee could still defend his possession under section 53A. Limitation bars the remedy, not the defence: the expiry of the period for a suit for specific performance does not take away the protection the section gives to a transferee already in possession, because the section confers a shield and not a right of action. The Court set out the conditions of the section as summarised above.

Why it matters here. It is the answer to the standard problem in which the agreement is old and the buyer has been in possession for years. A student who says the buyer is out of time has confused the right to sue with the right to resist.

The fifth condition: willingness to perform

Nathulal v. Phoolchand, AIR 1970 SC 546, decided on 16 October 1969 by Shah and Hegde JJ, is the case on what willingness means.

Facts. Nathulal owned a ginning factory standing on agricultural land which stood in the revenue records in the name of his brother Chittarmal. By an agreement of 26 February 1951 he agreed to sell it to Phoolchand for Rs. 43,011. Phoolchand paid Rs. 22,011 and was put in possession, the balance of Rs. 21,000 to be paid by 7 May 1951. Nathulal was to get his brother's name removed from the revenue records and his own entered. When the balance was not paid by the due date Nathulal treated the contract as rescinded and sued in 1954 for possession, calling Phoolchand a trespasser.

munotes.in132

Part Performance

Held. The defence of part performance succeeded. In considering whether a person is willing to perform his part, the sequence in which the obligations under the contract are to be performed must be taken into account: where obligations are to be performed in a sequence, one party cannot demand performance by the other without first performing what falls to him earlier in that sequence. A transferee need not produce the cash; readiness shown by an arrangement to pay is enough.

Why it matters here. Willingness is not tested against the calendar in the abstract. It is tested against the order the contract itself sets, so a buyer is not unwilling merely because money did not change hands on the day named, where the seller had an earlier obligation he had not met.

The effect: a shield, never a sword

The section says the transferor and those claiming under him shall be debarred from enforcing against the transferee any right in respect of the property of which he has taken or continued in possession, other than a right expressly provided by the terms of the contract.

Three consequences follow.

It gives no title. Ownership stays with the transferor until a registered deed is executed.

It cannot found a suit. The transferee cannot sue on section 53A to recover possession or to obtain a declaration of title. He raises it when he is sued.

It protects only the possession he holds under the contract, and it does not touch a right the contract itself expressly gave the transferor.

Suraj Lamp and Industries (P) Ltd. v. State of Haryana, (2012) 1 SCC 656, decided on 11 October 2011 by Raveendran, Patnaik and Gokhale JJ, is the modern statement.

Facts. The Court examined the practice, widespread in and around Delhi, of transferring immovable property without a registered conveyance: the seller would deliver possession and execute an agreement of sale, a general power of attorney and a will in the buyer's favour, a package the Court called an SA/GPA/WILL transfer. The purpose was to escape stamp duty, registration fees and capital gains tax, and to place undisclosed money in property.

Held. Immovable property can be legally and lawfully transferred or conveyed only by a registered deed of conveyance. An agreement of sale, a power of attorney and a will, singly or together, do not convey title and do not amount to a transfer, nor can they be recognised as a valid mode of transfer. As to section 53A, the Court held that it gives the proposed transferee a limited protection: it disentitles the transferor from disturbing the possession he has given, but it has nothing to do with ownership, which stays with the vendor until a registered deed of sale is executed.

munotes.in133

Part Performance

Why it matters here. It is the clearest available statement that possession and title are different things, and it warns a student against the common belief that long possession under an agreement of sale ripens into ownership. It does not.

The proviso: the innocent later purchaser

Nothing in the section affects the rights of a transferee for consideration who has no notice of the contract or of the part performance of it.

So a later purchaser who paid value and knew nothing takes free of the section 53A defence. In practice this is a narrow escape, because the transferee protected by section 53A is by definition in possession, and Explanation II to section 3, taught in [The Interpretation Clause: Attestation, Notice and the Words the Act Runs On], deems a person acquiring immovable property to have notice of the title of anyone in actual possession. A buyer who inspects the property will see him; a buyer who does not is fixed with notice anyway.

The 2001 amendment, and why every other set of notes is wrong

This is the most important thing in the chapter and it is a change in the law that most free material has not caught up with.

As originally enacted, section 53A protected the transferee "notwithstanding that the contract, though required to be registered, has not been registered, or, where there is an instrument of transfer, that the transfer has not been completed in the manner prescribed". So an unregistered agreement to sell was a perfectly good foundation for the defence.

The Registration and Other Related Laws (Amendment) Act 2001 (48 of 2001) omitted those words. India Code's consolidated text now prints the passage as "then, notwithstanding that", followed by a footnote marker and three asterisks standing for the omitted words, and then "or, where there is an instrument of transfer, that the transfer has not been completed". The asterisks are the Act's own way of showing that something has been taken out, and the footnote names the amending Act.

The same Act inserted section 17(1A) into the Registration Act 1908, which provides that documents containing contracts to transfer for consideration any immovable property for the purpose of section 53A shall be registered if they have been executed on or after the commencement of that Act, and that if such documents are not registered, they shall have no effect for the purposes of section 53A.

The two changes are one reform and must be read together. The result, for any agreement executed on or after the commencement of the 2001 Act, is this:

munotes.in134

Part Performance

An unregistered agreement to sell no longer supports a defence of part performance. The document must be registered. Before the amendment it did not have to be.

That is why this chapter is placed last in Module I and cross-linked to [Documents of Which Registration Is Compulsory] in Module IV. It is also why a student must be careful with older textbooks, older question papers and the many online notes that still recite the pre-2001 text. The doctrine survives; its foundation now has to be registered.

A worked example

In 2019 Jyoti agrees in writing, signed by her, to sell her flat at Vashi to Karan for Rs. 80 lakh. Karan pays Rs. 60 lakh, is put in possession, and spends Rs. 6 lakh on renovation. The balance is to be paid when Jyoti produces a no-objection certificate from the society, which she never does. The agreement is registered.

In 2026 Jyoti sues Karan for possession, calling him a trespasser because no sale deed was executed.

Work through the conditions. There is a written contract for consideration signed by her; its terms are certain; Karan took possession in part performance; he has done acts in furtherance, paying most of the price and renovating; and he is willing to perform. On Nathulal v. Phoolchand, AIR 1970 SC 546, his willingness is judged against the sequence of obligations, and the outstanding step was hers. Section 53A debars her from enforcing possession against him.

Suppose a suit by Karan for specific performance would now be time-barred. It makes no difference to the defence. On Shrimant Shamrao Suryavanshi v. Pralhad Bhairoba Suryavanshi, (2002) 3 SCC 676, limitation bars the remedy and not the shield.

Does Karan own the flat? No. On Suraj Lamp and Industries (P) Ltd. v. State of Haryana, (2012) 1 SCC 656, title passes only by a registered deed of conveyance, and section 53A has nothing to do with ownership. He can stay; he cannot claim to be owner, and he cannot give a good title to anyone else.

Now change one fact: the agreement was never registered. It was executed in 2019, after the 2001 Act. By section 17(1A) of the Registration Act 1908 an unregistered document of this kind has no effect for the purposes of section 53A. Karan's defence fails on that ground alone, however completely he has performed. This single fact reverses the entire answer, and it is the fact that older notes will not tell a student to look for.

Change another: Jyoti sold the flat in 2021 to Meera for full value. Meera would take free only if she had no notice of the contract or of the part performance. Karan was living in the flat, so Explanation II to section 3 fixes her with notice, and the proviso does not save her.

munotes.in135

Part Performance

What it does NOT mean

It does not transfer title. Ownership remains with the transferor until a registered conveyance is executed.

It is a defence, not a cause of action. The transferee cannot sue upon it.

There is no oral part performance in India. A signed writing is a condition.

Continuing in possession is not enough by itself where the transferee was already in possession. He must also do some act in furtherance of the contract.

Willingness is not tested in the abstract. It is measured against the sequence of obligations the contract sets.

Limitation on a specific performance suit does not destroy the defence.

And, since 2001, an unregistered agreement will not do. Section 17(1A) of the Registration Act 1908 deprives an unregistered document of any effect for the purposes of section 53A.

Distinctions

Section 53AEnglish doctrine of part performance
WritingEssential, signed by the transferorOral contracts could be enforced on acts of part performance
What it givesA defence to possession onlyAn equity that could found a suit for specific performance
TitleNone passesNone passes
Section 53ASection 54, sale
DocumentA contract to transfer, which since 2001 must be registered to support the defenceA registered instrument of conveyance
EffectPossession protectedOwnership passes
Who may rely on itThe transferee, defensivelyEither party
Position of the transfereeBefore 2001On or after the 2001 Act
Unregistered agreement to sellSupported the defenceNo effect for the purposes of s.53A, Registration Act s.17(1A)
Registered agreement to sellSupported the defenceSupports the defence

Quick revision

  • Five conditions: a written, signed contract to transfer immovable property for consideration; terms ascertainable with reasonable certainty; possession taken or continued in part performance; some act in furtherance; and the transferee has performed or is willing to perform.
  • Effect: the transferor and those claiming under him are debarred from enforcing rights against the transferee's possession, except a right expressly given by the contract.
  • It is a shield, never a sword, and it passes no title.
  • Nathulal v. Phoolchand, AIR 1970 SC 546: willingness is judged against the sequence of obligations.
  • Shrimant Shamrao Suryavanshi v. Pralhad Bhairoba Suryavanshi, (2002) 3 SCC 676: limitation bars the remedy, not the defence.
  • Suraj Lamp and Industries (P) Ltd. v. State of Haryana, (2012) 1 SCC 656: only a registered deed conveys title; section 53A has nothing to do with ownership.
  • Proviso: a transferee for consideration without notice of the contract or the part performance is unaffected; but Explanation II to section 3 usually fixes him with notice, because the protected transferee is in possession.
  • The 2001 amendment: Act 48 of 2001 omitted the words about an unregistered contract from section 53A and inserted section 17(1A) into the Registration Act 1908. An unregistered agreement executed on or after that Act has no effect for the purposes of section 53A.
munotes.in136

Part Performance

Test yourself

1. State the conditions for section 53A. A contract to transfer immovable property for consideration, in writing signed by the transferor or on his behalf, from which the necessary terms can be ascertained with reasonable certainty; the transferee having taken possession, or continued in possession and done some act in furtherance of the contract, in part performance; some act done in furtherance of the contract; and the transferee having performed or being willing to perform his part.

2. Does section 53A give the transferee ownership? No. It debars the transferor from enforcing rights against his possession. Title passes only by a registered deed of conveyance, as held in Suraj Lamp and Industries (P) Ltd. v. State of Haryana, (2012) 1 SCC 656.

3. Can a transferee sue to recover possession relying on section 53A? No. It is a shield and not a sword, and may be raised only in defence.

4. A buyer in possession under an agreement of 1990 is sued for possession in 2010, a specific performance suit being long time-barred. Can he defend? Yes. In Shrimant Shamrao Suryavanshi v. Pralhad Bhairoba Suryavanshi, (2002) 3 SCC 676, the Supreme Court held that limitation bars the remedy and not the defence, so the protection of section 53A survives.

5. How is "willingness to perform" judged? Against the sequence in which the contract requires the obligations to be performed. On Nathulal v. Phoolchand, AIR 1970 SC 546, a party cannot demand performance by the other without first performing what falls to him earlier in the sequence, and readiness through an arrangement to pay is enough without producing cash.

6. What did the 2001 amendment change? The Registration and Other Related Laws (Amendment) Act 2001 omitted from section 53A the words protecting a transferee notwithstanding that a contract required to be registered had not been registered, and inserted section 17(1A) into the Registration Act 1908. A document of that kind executed on or after that Act must be registered, and if it is not, it has no effect for the purposes of section 53A.

7. A buyer in possession under an unregistered agreement of sale executed in 2020 is sued for possession. Advise him. The defence under section 53A is not available. By section 17(1A) of the Registration Act 1908 the unregistered document has no effect for the purposes of section 53A, and the agreement was executed well after the 2001 Act. However completely he has performed, he cannot rely on the section, and his remedies lie elsewhere in contract.

munotes.in137

Part Performance

8. When does the proviso protect a later purchaser? Where he is a transferee for consideration with no notice of the contract or of the part performance. In practice it rarely helps, because the protected transferee is in possession and Explanation II to section 3 deems a person acquiring the property to have notice of the title of anyone in actual possession.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in138

Module II

Specific transfers: Sale, and Mortgage and Charge (Sections 54 to 104)

munotes.in

Chapter Twenty-Seven

Sale Defined, and How a Sale Is Made

Syllabus topic 2.1, "Specific Transfers under the Transfer of Property Act, 1882: Sale [Sections 54 - 57]"

In one line

A sale is the transfer of ownership for a price, and above a hundred rupees the only way to make one is a registered document.

In exam wording: section 54 provides that "sale" is a transfer of ownership in exchange for a price paid or promised, or part-paid and part-promised; that in the case of tangible immovable property of the value of one hundred rupees and upwards, or of a reversion or other intangible thing, the transfer can be made only by a registered instrument; and that a contract for sale does not of itself create any interest in or charge on the property.

Why the section matters more than its length suggests

Section 54 is short and it decides three separate questions that students routinely run together.

What a sale is, which separates it from a gift, an exchange and a mortgage.

How a sale is made, which is where the registration requirement lives and where most transactions go wrong in practice.

What an agreement to sell is not, which is the sentence that defeats the belief, very widespread in India, that paying most of the price and holding the keys makes a person the owner.

Sale defined, broken down

"A transfer of ownership." The whole interest of the seller passes, not a lesser one. That is what separates a sale from a lease, which transfers a right to enjoy, and from a mortgage, which transfers an interest as security.

"In exchange for a price." Price means money. This is the line between a sale and an exchange: if the consideration is other property rather than money, it is an exchange under section 118, taught in [Exchange]. If there is no consideration at all it is a gift under section 122.

"Paid or promised, or part-paid and part-promised." The price need not be paid at the time. A sale where the whole price is left outstanding is still a sale, and the seller's protection is the statutory charge for unpaid purchase money in section 55(4)(b), taught in the next chapter.

So the three essentials are: parties competent under section 7, property transferable under section 6, and a price in money.

How a sale is made

This is the part that is examined most, and section 54 lays down three rules.

One, tangible immovable property of one hundred rupees and upwards, and a reversion or other intangible thing of any value: only by a registered instrument. There is no alternative. Delivery of possession does not do it, and neither does a written but unregistered document.

Two, tangible immovable property of a value less than one hundred rupees: either by a registered instrument or by delivery of the property.

munotes.in139

Sale Defined, and How a Sale Is Made

Three, what delivery means. The section defines it: delivery of tangible immovable property takes place when the seller places the buyer, or such person as he directs, in possession of the property.

Two terms need defining. Tangible property is property that can be physically possessed, such as land or a house. A reversion is the interest left in a person who has granted away a smaller interest, for example a landlord's interest during a lease; it is intangible because there is nothing to hand over, and that is why it needs a registered instrument whatever it is worth.

The hundred-rupee figure is the Act's own and has never been raised, so in practice every sale of immovable property a student will meet requires a registered instrument.

"Contract for sale": the sentence that decides cases

Section 54 closes with two lines that carry more weight than anything else in it:

A contract for the sale of immoveable property is a contract that a sale of such property shall take place on terms settled between the parties.

It does not, of itself, create any interest in or charge on such property.

An agreement to sell is therefore a promise about the future. It binds the parties in contract, and it can be enforced by a suit for specific performance, but it moves nothing. The buyer under an agreement to sell owns no part of the property, however much he has paid and however long he has been in possession.

Suraj Lamp and Industries (P) Ltd. v. State of Haryana, (2012) 1 SCC 656, decided on 11 October 2011 by Raveendran, Patnaik and Gokhale JJ, is the modern authority.

Facts. The Court examined the practice, widespread in and around Delhi, of transferring immovable property without a registered conveyance: the seller would deliver possession and execute an agreement of sale, a general power of attorney and a will in the buyer's favour, a package the Court called an SA/GPA/WILL transfer. The purpose was to escape stamp duty, registration fees and capital gains tax, and to place undisclosed money in property.

Held. Immovable property can be legally and lawfully transferred or conveyed only by a registered deed of conveyance. An agreement of sale, a power of attorney and a will, singly or together, do not convey title and do not amount to a transfer, nor can they be recognised as a valid mode of transfer. As to section 53A, the Court held that it gives the proposed transferee a limited protection: it disentitles the transferor from disturbing the possession he has given, but it has nothing to do with ownership, which stays with the vendor until a registered deed of sale is executed.

munotes.in140

Sale Defined, and How a Sale Is Made

Why it matters here. It is the direct application of the last line of section 54, and it tells a student what to say when a problem describes a buyer who paid, took possession and holds a power of attorney. He is protected in his possession by section 53A if its conditions are met, and he is not the owner.

A worked example

Nilesh agrees in writing to sell his shop at Ulhasnagar to Preeti for Rs. 40 lakh. She pays Rs. 35 lakh, is given the keys and starts trading from it. The agreement is registered. No sale deed is ever executed.

Who owns the shop? Nilesh. A contract for sale does not of itself create any interest in or charge on the property, and section 54 permits a transfer of ownership only by a registered instrument of sale.

What does Preeti have? A contractual right, enforceable by a suit for specific performance, and, the agreement being registered and the other conditions met, the shield in section 53A protecting her possession against Nilesh.

Can Preeti sell the shop to someone else? Not as owner. She has no title to convey. She could assign her rights under the agreement, which is a different and much weaker thing.

Now suppose Nilesh sells the shop by registered deed to Rahul, who knows about Preeti's agreement. Rahul takes the title, because only he has a registered conveyance. But Preeti may enforce her contract against him under section 40, taught in [Restrictive Covenants: When an Obligation Runs with the Land], because he had notice.

Change the property to a hand-cart worth Rs. 60. That is movable property, section 54 does not apply at all, and the Sale of Goods Act 1930 governs.

Change it to a plot worth Rs. 80. Tangible immovable property under a hundred rupees, so it may be transferred either by a registered instrument or by delivery of possession. This is now almost theoretical.

What it does NOT mean

Price means money. Consideration in the form of other property makes it an exchange under section 118, not a sale.

An agreement to sell is not a sale. It creates no interest in the property, and section 54 says so in terms.

Possession is not ownership. Neither is payment of the price, nor a power of attorney, nor all three together.

Registration is not optional above a hundred rupees. The words are "can be made only by a registered instrument".

A reversion needs a registered instrument whatever it is worth, because it is intangible.

Part payment does not prevent a sale. The price may be paid, promised, or part of each.

munotes.in141

Sale Defined, and How a Sale Is Made

Distinctions

Sale, s.54Agreement to sell
What it doesTransfers ownershipPromises a future transfer
Interest created in the propertyThe whole of the seller'sNone, s.54 last line
How it must be madeRegistered instrument, at Rs. 100 and aboveA contract; registration is needed for a s.53A defence since 2001
Remedy for breachOrdinary remedies of an ownerSpecific performance, or damages
SaleExchange, s.118Gift, s.122
ConsiderationA price in moneyOther propertyNone
Ownership transferredYesYes, both waysYes

Quick revision

  • Sale is a transfer of ownership in exchange for a price paid or promised, or part-paid and part-promised.
  • Price means money; property for property is an exchange, nothing is a gift.
  • How made: tangible immovable property worth Rs. 100 or more, and a reversion or other intangible thing of any value, only by a registered instrument.
  • Under Rs. 100: registered instrument or delivery, and delivery means putting the buyer in possession.
  • A contract for sale creates no interest in or charge on the property.
  • Suraj Lamp and Industries (P) Ltd. v. State of Haryana, (2012) 1 SCC 656: only a registered deed conveys title; SA, GPA and will together do not.
  • Section 4 makes section 54 paragraphs 2 and 3 supplemental to the Registration Act 1908.

Test yourself

1. Define sale and state its essentials. Sale is a transfer of ownership in exchange for a price paid or promised or part-paid and part-promised. The essentials are competent parties under section 7, transferable property under section 6, transfer of the whole ownership, and a price in money.

2. How must a sale of a flat worth Rs. 50 lakh be made? Only by a registered instrument. Section 54 permits no other mode for tangible immovable property of one hundred rupees and upwards.

3. If consideration is a plot of land rather than money, what is the transaction? An exchange under section 118, not a sale, because a sale requires a price, and price means money.

4. Does an agreement to sell give the buyer an interest in the property? No. Section 54 provides that a contract for sale does not of itself create any interest in or charge on the property. It is enforceable in contract only.

5. A buyer has paid the full price, holds possession and a general power of attorney. Is he the owner? No. On Suraj Lamp and Industries (P) Ltd. v. State of Haryana, (2012) 1 SCC 656, immovable property can be conveyed only by a registered deed, and an agreement of sale, a power of attorney and a will do not convey title singly or together. He may have the section 53A shield for his possession.

munotes.in142

Sale Defined, and How a Sale Is Made

6. Why must a reversion be sold by a registered instrument even if it is worth Rs. 20? Because section 54 requires a registered instrument for a reversion or other intangible thing without reference to value. The hundred-rupee threshold applies only to tangible immovable property.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in143

Chapter Twenty-Eight

Rights and Liabilities of Buyer and Seller

Syllabus topic 2.1, "Specific Transfers under the Transfer of Property Act, 1882: Sale [Sections 54 - 57]"

In one line

Section 55 is the rulebook that fills in everything the parties to a sale did not write down: what the seller must tell, produce and pay, what the buyer must disclose and pay, and what each of them can hold the property for if the other defaults.

In exam wording: section 55 provides that, in the absence of a contract to the contrary, the buyer and the seller of immovable property are respectively subject to the liabilities and have the rights mentioned in the rules following, or such of them as are applicable to the property sold.

Why the section is drafted as a default

Two words at the head of the section govern everything under it: "in the absence of a contract to the contrary". Section 55 is a set of default terms, not mandatory law. The parties may vary any of it.

That is the sensible design. Most sale deeds are short and most parties think about price and little else. Rather than leave the gaps to be argued case by case, the Act supplies a complete set of terms that a fair-minded conveyancer would have written, and lets the parties displace them where they want something different.

Two consequences follow, and both are worth an answer point. A student must always check whether the deed varied the term before applying it. And where the deed is silent, the statutory term applies as if written into it.

Rule (1): what the seller is bound to do

The seller is bound:

(a) To disclose material defects. To disclose to the buyer any material defect in the property or in the seller's title of which the seller is aware and the buyer is not, and which the buyer could not with ordinary care discover.

Three limits are built in. The defect must be material; the seller must know and the buyer not; and it must be a latent defect, one ordinary care would not reveal. A patent defect the buyer could see for himself need not be disclosed. Note that it covers defects in the title as well as in the property, words inserted in 1929.

(b) To produce title deeds. To produce to the buyer, on his request, all documents of title relating to the property which are in the seller's possession or power. The duty arises on request; the seller need not volunteer them.

(c) To answer questions. To answer, to the best of his information, all relevant questions put to him by the buyer about the property or the title.

(d) To execute the conveyance. On payment or tender of the amount due in respect of the price, to execute a proper conveyance when the buyer tenders it to him for execution at a proper time and place. Notice the order: payment or tender comes first, then execution.

munotes.in144

Rights and Liabilities of Buyer and Seller

(e) To take care in the meanwhile. Between the date of the contract of sale and the delivery of the property, to take as much care of the property and the title documents in his possession as an owner of ordinary prudence would take.

(f) To give possession. To give the buyer, or such person as he directs, such possession of the property as its nature admits, on being required to do so.

(g) To clear the outgoings. To pay all public charges and rent accrued due up to the date of the sale, the interest on all incumbrances due on that date, and, except where the property is sold subject to incumbrances, to discharge all incumbrances then existing.

An incumbrance is a burden on the property such as a mortgage or a charge. The exception matters: property is often sold expressly subject to a mortgage, and then the buyer takes it with the burden and the price reflects that.

Rule (2): the covenant for title

The seller is deemed to contract with the buyer that the interest which he professes to transfer subsists, and that he has power to transfer it.

This is the statutory covenant for title, and it is implied whether or not the deed says anything. If the seller had no title, or a smaller one than he professed, he is in breach and the buyer may sue for damages.

The fiduciary proviso. Where the sale is made by a person in a fiduciary character, meaning one who holds the property for someone else, such as a trustee, an executor or a guardian, the covenant is narrowed: he is deemed to contract only that he has done no act whereby the property is incumbered or whereby he is hindered from transferring it.

That narrower covenant is fair. A trustee did not choose the property and may know nothing of its earlier history; all he can honestly promise is that he has done nothing to spoil it.

The benefit runs with the land. The section provides that the benefit of this contract is annexed to, and goes with, the interest of the transferee, and may be enforced by every person in whom that interest is from time to time vested. So a later buyer, several transfers down the line, can sue the original seller on it.

Rule (3): delivery of the title deeds

Where the whole of the purchase money has been paid, the seller is bound to deliver to the buyer all documents of title in his possession or power. Two provisos qualify it:

munotes.in145

Rights and Liabilities of Buyer and Seller

(a) Where the seller retains part of the property comprised in those documents, he is entitled to retain them all.

(b) Where the whole property is sold to different buyers, the buyer of the lot of greatest value is entitled to the documents.

In case (a) the seller, and in case (b) the buyer of the greatest lot, must on every reasonable request, and at the cost of the person requesting, produce the documents and furnish true copies or extracts, and must in the meantime keep them safe, uncancelled and undefaced, unless prevented by fire or other inevitable accident.

Rule (4): what the seller is entitled to

(a) The rents and profits of the property till the ownership passes to the buyer.

(b) The charge for unpaid purchase money. Where the ownership has passed to the buyer before payment of the whole of the price, the seller has a charge upon the property in the hands of the buyer, and in the hands of any transferee without consideration or any transferee with notice of the non-payment, for the unpaid purchase money and interest on it from the date on which possession has been delivered.

This is the vendor's lien, and it is one of the most examined things in the section. It is a statutory charge, so the seller does not need a mortgage: if the buyer does not pay, the seller can enforce the charge against the property itself. Note carefully who it binds: the buyer, a gratuitous transferee, and a transferee with notice. A purchaser for value without notice takes free.

Rule (5): what the buyer is bound to do

(a) To disclose a fact increasing the value. To disclose to the seller any fact as to the nature or extent of the seller's interest of which the buyer is aware but which he has reason to believe the seller is not, and which materially increases the value of that interest.

This is the mirror of rule (1)(a) and it surprises students. A buyer who has discovered that the land holds a mineral deposit the seller does not know about must say so. The duty is confined to facts about the seller's interest, not about the buyer's own plans or the state of the market.

(b) To pay the price at the time and place of completing the sale. Proviso: where the property is sold free from incumbrances, the buyer may retain out of the purchase money the amount of any incumbrances existing at the date of the sale, and must pay that amount to the persons entitled.

munotes.in146

Rights and Liabilities of Buyer and Seller

(c) To bear loss after ownership passes. Where the ownership has passed, to bear any loss from destruction, injury or decrease in value not caused by the seller. Risk follows ownership, not possession.

(d) To pay the outgoings after ownership passes. As between himself and the seller, the public charges and rent becoming payable afterwards, the principal moneys due on incumbrances subject to which the property was sold, and the interest afterwards accruing.

Rule (6): what the buyer is entitled to

(a) The benefit of improvement. Where the ownership has passed to him, to the benefit of any improvement in, or increase in value of, the property, and to the rents and profits. This is the counterpart of rule (5)(c): the buyer takes the gains because he bears the losses.

(b) The charge for prepaid purchase money. Unless he has improperly declined to accept delivery, a charge on the property, as against the seller and all persons claiming under him, to the extent of the seller's interest, for any purchase money properly paid in anticipation of delivery and interest on it; and where he properly declines delivery, also for the earnest and for the costs of a suit to compel specific performance or to obtain rescission.

This is the buyer's lien, the exact mirror of the seller's charge in rule (4)(b). A buyer who has paid an advance and cannot get the property is not left chasing an empty seller; he holds a charge on the land itself.

The closing sentence

The section ends: an omission to make the disclosures mentioned in paragraph (1) clause (a) and paragraph (5) clause (a) is fraudulent.

This is not a flourish. Labelling those two omissions fraudulent means the transaction can be attacked for fraud under the Contract Act 1872, with all that follows, rather than merely giving rise to damages for breach of a statutory duty.

A worked example

Suresh sells his godown at Kalamboli to Tanuja for Rs. 90 lakh by registered deed. The deed says nothing beyond the parties, the property and the price. These facts are true.

  • The godown has a subsided foundation on one side, hidden under a floor Suresh laid last year. He knows; she cannot see it.
  • There is a subsisting mortgage of Rs. 12 lakh in favour of a bank. The deed does not say the sale is subject to it.
  • Tanuja has learnt from a friend in the planning office that a metro station is to be built next door, which trebles the value. Suresh does not know.
  • Tanuja pays Rs. 70 lakh and takes possession; Rs. 20 lakh remains unpaid.
  • Two months later a fire damages the roof, nobody's fault.
munotes.in147

Rights and Liabilities of Buyer and Seller

Apply the rules in order.

The foundation. A material defect in the property, known to Suresh, not discoverable by Tanuja with ordinary care. Rule (1)(a) required disclosure, and the closing sentence makes the omission fraudulent.

The mortgage. The property was not sold subject to incumbrances, so rule (1)(g) requires Suresh to discharge it. Under rule (5)(b) Tanuja could have retained Rs. 12 lakh out of the price and paid the bank directly.

The metro station. This is a fact about the nature or extent of the seller's interest? No. It is a fact about the neighbourhood and the market, not about what Suresh owns. Rule (5)(a) does not catch it, and Tanuja need not disclose it. Had she instead discovered that Suresh owned an extra strip of land he had forgotten about, that would be within the rule and she would have to tell him.

The Rs. 20 lakh unpaid. Ownership passed on the registered deed before full payment, so under rule (4)(b) Suresh has a charge on the godown for Rs. 20 lakh with interest from the date possession was delivered. It binds Tanuja, and would bind a donee from her or a buyer from her with notice, but not a purchaser for value without notice.

The fire. Ownership had passed, so under rule (5)(c) the loss is Tanuja's, the damage not having been caused by Suresh. Conversely if the metro announcement had doubled the value, rule (6)(a) gives that gain to her.

The title deeds. Suresh sold the whole godown and has been paid only part, so rule (3), which is triggered by payment of the whole of the purchase money, does not yet oblige him to hand them over.

What it does NOT mean

None of it is mandatory. Everything yields to a contract to the contrary.

The seller need not disclose a patent defect. Only one the buyer could not discover with ordinary care.

The seller need not volunteer the title deeds. Rule (1)(b) operates on the buyer's request.

The buyer's duty of disclosure is narrow. It covers facts about the seller's interest that materially increase its value, not market intelligence.

Risk follows ownership, not possession. Rule (5)(c) is keyed to the ownership having passed.

The seller's charge does not bind everyone. It binds the buyer, a gratuitous transferee and a transferee with notice; a purchaser for value without notice takes free.

A fiduciary seller gives a narrower covenant, limited to his own acts.

Distinctions

Seller's charge, rule (4)(b)Buyer's charge, rule (6)(b)
SecuresUnpaid purchase money and interestPurchase money properly paid in advance, and interest
Arises whenOwnership has passed before full paymentDelivery is not made, and the buyer has not improperly declined it
Against whomThe buyer, a gratuitous transferee, a transferee with noticeThe seller and all persons claiming under him, to the extent of the seller's interest
Also coversEarnest and the costs of a suit for specific performance or rescission, where the buyer properly declines delivery
munotes.in148

Rights and Liabilities of Buyer and Seller

Rule (1)(a), seller disclosesRule (5)(a), buyer discloses
WhatA material defect in the property or the titleA fact about the seller's interest that materially increases its value
ConditionHe knows, the buyer does not, and ordinary care would not reveal itHe knows, and has reason to believe the seller does not
OmissionFraudulentFraudulent
Ordinary sellerSeller in a fiduciary character
Covenant impliedThe interest subsists and he has power to transfer itOnly that he has done no act incumbering the property or hindering the transfer

Quick revision

  • Section 55 applies in the absence of a contract to the contrary.
  • Seller bound, rule (1): (a) disclose material latent defects in property or title; (b) produce title deeds on request; (c) answer relevant questions; (d) execute a proper conveyance on payment or tender; (e) take an ordinarily prudent owner's care meanwhile; (f) give possession; (g) pay charges, rent and interest to the date of sale and discharge incumbrances unless sold subject to them.
  • Rule (2): implied covenant that the interest subsists and he has power to transfer; a fiduciary seller covenants only as to his own acts; the benefit runs with the interest.
  • Rule (3): on payment of the whole price, deliver the title deeds; seller retaining part keeps them all; on a sale to several buyers, the lot of greatest value takes them.
  • Rule (4): seller keeps rents and profits till ownership passes, and has a charge for unpaid purchase money with interest from delivery of possession.
  • Rule (5): buyer must disclose a fact increasing the value of the seller's interest; pay the price, retaining the amount of incumbrances where sold free of them; bear loss and pay outgoings once ownership has passed.
  • Rule (6): buyer takes improvements and rents once ownership has passed, and has a charge for prepaid purchase money, plus earnest and costs where he properly declines delivery.
  • Omission of the disclosures in (1)(a) and (5)(a) is fraudulent.

Test yourself

1. Is section 55 mandatory? No. It applies only in the absence of a contract to the contrary, so the parties may vary any of its rules.

2. Must a seller disclose a crack in the wall that any visitor can see? No. Rule (1)(a) covers a material defect which the buyer could not with ordinary care discover. A patent defect need not be disclosed.

munotes.in149

Rights and Liabilities of Buyer and Seller

3. What is the vendor's lien and whom does it bind? Under rule (4)(b), where ownership has passed before the whole price is paid, the seller has a charge on the property for the unpaid purchase money with interest from the date possession was delivered. It binds the buyer, a transferee without consideration, and a transferee with notice of the non-payment.

4. A buyer paid an advance and the seller refuses to complete. What does the buyer hold? A charge on the property under rule (6)(b) for the purchase money properly paid in anticipation of delivery with interest, as against the seller and all claiming under him to the extent of the seller's interest, provided he has not improperly declined delivery.

5. Who bears the loss if the house burns down after the sale deed but before possession? The buyer, under rule (5)(c), if the ownership has passed and the seller did not cause the loss. Risk follows ownership rather than possession.

6. How is the covenant for title different where a trustee sells? An ordinary seller is deemed to contract that the interest subsists and that he has power to transfer it. A seller in a fiduciary character is deemed to contract only that he has done no act whereby the property is incumbered or whereby he is hindered from transferring it.

7. A buyer learns the seller owns an adjoining strip he has forgotten about, which doubles the value. Must he say so? Yes. Rule (5)(a) requires disclosure of a fact as to the nature or extent of the seller's interest, known to the buyer, which he has reason to believe the seller does not know, and which materially increases the value of that interest. Omitting it is fraudulent.

8. Property is sold to three buyers in separate lots. Who keeps the title deeds? The buyer of the lot of greatest value, under the second proviso to rule (3), and he must produce them and furnish copies to the others on reasonable request at their cost.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in150

Chapter Twenty-Nine

Marshalling by a Subsequent Purchaser

Syllabus topic 2.1, "Specific Transfers under the Transfer of Property Act, 1882: Sale [Sections 54 - 57]"

In one line

If a man mortgages two properties to one lender and then sells you only one of them, you can insist the lender take his money out of the property he kept.

In exam wording: section 56 provides that if the owner of two or more properties mortgages them to one person and then sells one or more of them to another, the buyer is, in the absence of a contract to the contrary, entitled to have the mortgage debt satisfied out of the property or properties not sold to him, so far as they will extend, but not so as to prejudice the rights of the mortgagee or of persons claiming under him, or of any other person who has for consideration acquired an interest in any of the properties.

Why the rule exists

Marshalling means arranging in order. The idea is one of equity's oldest: where a creditor can help himself from two funds and another person can reach only one of them, the creditor should be made to take from the fund the other cannot touch, provided this costs the creditor nothing.

The unfairness it prevents is easy to see. A mortgagor owes one debt secured on two plots. He sells plot A to a buyer, keeping plot B. If the mortgagee were free to choose, he could enforce entirely against plot A, wiping out the buyer, while the mortgagor keeps plot B free and clear. The buyer would have paid for a plot that was then taken to pay his seller's debt, and the seller would end up better off for having sold.

Section 56 answers that by directing the debt at the property the seller kept. The mortgagor cannot improve his own position at his buyer's expense.

The conditions

One, the same owner must own two or more properties.

Two, he mortgages them to one person. The section requires a single mortgagee holding all of them. If two separate lenders hold one property each, there is nothing to marshal.

Three, he then sells one or more of the properties to another person. The sale must come after the mortgage.

Four, there is no contract to the contrary. Like most of this Act, it is a default rule, and a buyer can be made to take subject to a different arrangement.

The right that follows: the buyer may require the mortgage debt to be satisfied out of the properties not sold to him, so far as those will extend.

The three limits, which are what the section is really about

The right is not absolute, and the section names three groups whose position may not be prejudiced.

The mortgagee. Marshalling must cost the mortgagee nothing. He bargained for security over everything, and equity will rearrange the order in which he takes but never reduce what he gets. So if the retained property is worth less than the debt, the buyer cannot use section 56 to leave part of the debt unpaid; the words are "so far as the same will extend", and the mortgagee may then come against the property sold for the balance.

munotes.in151

Marshalling by a Subsequent Purchaser

Persons claiming under the mortgagee. For example someone to whom he has transferred the mortgage.

Any other person who has for consideration acquired an interest in any of the properties. This is the limit that decides competing-buyer problems. If the mortgagor sold plot B to a second buyer for value, that buyer's position cannot be prejudiced either, and neither purchaser can force the debt entirely onto the other's plot.

Note what those three have in common: each of them paid for their position. Marshalling redistributes a burden only where doing so takes nothing from anyone who gave value.

A worked example

Vikas owns three plots at Wagholi, each worth Rs. 30 lakh. He mortgages all three to a single bank for Rs. 36 lakh. He then sells plot A to Yamini for its full value.

Yamini's right. Under section 56 she may require the bank to satisfy its Rs. 36 lakh out of plots B and C, which Vikas kept. Those are worth Rs. 60 lakh between them, so they will extend to the whole debt, and plot A is left alone.

Change the numbers. Suppose the debt is Rs. 75 lakh and plots B and C are worth Rs. 60 lakh together. Yamini may still marshal, but only "so far as the same will extend". The bank takes Rs. 60 lakh from B and C, and may come against plot A for the remaining Rs. 15 lakh, because the alternative would prejudice the mortgagee, which section 56 forbids.

Add a second buyer. Suppose Vikas had already sold plot B to Zoheb for value before selling plot A to Yamini. Neither buyer may throw the whole debt onto the other's plot, because each has for consideration acquired an interest and neither may be prejudiced. The bank's claim is then borne between the plots, and the working out is a question of contribution under section 82.

Remove the common mortgagee. Suppose plot A was mortgaged to a bank and plot B to a finance company. Section 56 has nothing to operate on: marshalling requires one mortgagee holding several properties.

Reverse the order. Suppose Vikas sold plot A to Yamini first and mortgaged the remaining plots afterwards. Section 56 does not apply, because it requires the mortgage to come first and the sale after.

munotes.in152

Marshalling by a Subsequent Purchaser

What it does NOT mean

It does not reduce the mortgagee's security. He may not be prejudiced, so where the retained property is insufficient he can still reach the property sold for the balance.

It does not require the buyer to have had notice. Section 56 does not turn on notice; it turns on the order of the transactions and on nobody who gave value being prejudiced.

It does not apply where there are two mortgagees. One mortgagee holding two or more properties is a condition.

It does not apply where the sale came first.

It does not defeat another purchaser for value. A person who has for consideration acquired an interest in any of the properties cannot be prejudiced.

It is not the same as contribution. Marshalling decides which property answers the debt; contribution under section 82 decides in what proportions several properties share it.

Distinctions

Marshalling, s.56Contribution, s.82
Question answeredWhich property should bear the debtIn what shares several properties bear it
Who claimsA buyer of one of the mortgaged propertiesThe owners of the several mortgaged properties, among themselves
EffectThe debt is pushed onto the property not soldThe debt is spread rateably by value
Section 56Section 81
Who may marshalA subsequent purchaserA subsequent mortgagee
Against whose propertiesThose not sold to himThose not mortgaged to him
Common limitNeither may prejudice the prior mortgagee, those claiming under him, or anyone who acquired an interest for consideration

Quick revision

  • Marshalling means arranging in order: a creditor with two funds must take from the one his rival cannot reach, if it costs him nothing.
  • Conditions: one owner; two or more properties; mortgaged to one mortgagee; then sold to another; no contract to the contrary.
  • Right: the buyer may have the debt satisfied out of the properties not sold to him, so far as they will extend.
  • Three limits: no prejudice to the mortgagee, to persons claiming under him, or to anyone who for consideration acquired an interest in any of the properties.
  • If the retained property is insufficient, the mortgagee may still come against the property sold for the balance.
  • The mortgagee's counterpart is section 81; the sharing rule is section 82.

Test yourself

1. State the conditions for marshalling under section 56. The owner of two or more properties mortgages them to one person, and afterwards sells one or more of them to another; and there is no contract to the contrary.

2. What exactly may the buyer require? That the mortgage debt be satisfied out of the property or properties not sold to him, so far as those will extend.

munotes.in153

Marshalling by a Subsequent Purchaser

3. Does the buyer need to have had no notice of the mortgage? No. Section 56 does not turn on notice. It turns on the order of the transactions and on the three protected groups not being prejudiced.

4. The retained property is worth less than the debt. What happens? The mortgagee takes what the retained property will yield and may then proceed against the property sold for the balance, because marshalling may not prejudice the mortgagee.

5. Two plots are mortgaged to two different lenders and one is sold. Can the buyer marshal? No. Section 56 requires the properties to have been mortgaged to one person.

6. How does marshalling differ from contribution? Marshalling decides which property should answer the debt, and is claimed by a purchaser of one of them. Contribution under section 82 decides in what proportions the several properties share the debt among themselves.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in154

Chapter Thirty

Discharge of Incumbrances on Sale

Syllabus topic 2.1, "Specific Transfers under the Transfer of Property Act, 1882: Sale [Sections 54 - 57]"

In one line

A court can let a buyer take property free of a mortgage by having enough money paid into court to answer it, so a sale is not held up while the parties argue about an old charge.

In exam wording: section 57 provides that where immovable property subject to an incumbrance is sold, whether by the Court, in execution of a decree, or out of Court, the Court may on the application of any party direct payment into Court of an amount sufficient to meet the incumbrance, and may then declare the property freed from it.

Why the provision exists

An incumbrance is a burden on property, typically a mortgage or a charge. A property carrying one is hard to sell: no sensible buyer pays full value for land that a lender can take, and the incumbrancer may be absent, may be disputing the amount, or may simply refuse to co-operate.

Section 57 breaks the deadlock. Instead of requiring the incumbrance to be settled before the sale, it lets the money stand in place of the land. Enough is paid into court to answer the burden, the court declares the land free, the buyer gets a clean title, and the incumbrancer is paid out of the fund. Nobody loses anything of value; the security simply changes its form.

Note where this sits with Module I. Section 2(d) saves transfers by, or in execution of, a decree from this Act "save as provided by section 57 and Chapter IV". Section 57 is one of the two named exceptions, which is why it applies to a court sale at all.

Broken down

Clause (a): payment into court. Where immovable property subject to any incumbrance, whether immediately payable or not, is sold by the Court, or in execution of a decree, or out of Court, the Court may, if it thinks fit, on the application of any party to the sale, direct or allow payment into Court of:

(1) where the charge is an annual or monthly sum, or a capital sum charged on a determinable interest: such amount as, invested in securities of the Central Government, the Court considers will be sufficient by means of the interest to keep down or otherwise provide for the charge; and

(2) in any other case of a capital sum charged on the property: an amount sufficient to meet the incumbrance and any interest due on it.

The cushion. In either case an additional amount must be paid in, as the Court considers sufficient to meet the contingency of further costs, expenses and interest and any other contingency, except depreciation of investments, not exceeding one-tenth of the original amount, unless the Court for special reasons which it must record requires more.

munotes.in155

Discharge of Incumbrances on Sale

The one-tenth cap and the recorded-reasons requirement are the sort of detail that makes a good answer, and the exclusion of depreciation of investments is deliberate: the fund is invested in Government securities, and the parties are not to be charged for market movement.

Clause (b): declaring the property free. The Court may then, if it thinks fit, and after notice to the incumbrancer unless it records in writing reasons for dispensing with notice, declare the property freed from the incumbrance, make any order for conveyance or vesting order proper for giving effect to the sale, and give directions for the retention and investment of the money in Court.

Clause (c): paying it out. After notice to the persons interested in or entitled to the money, the Court may direct payment or transfer to the persons entitled to receive it or to give a discharge, and generally give directions about the application or distribution of the capital or income.

Clause (d): appeal. An appeal lies from any declaration, order or direction under the section as if it were a decree.

Clause (e): which court. "Court" means a High Court in the exercise of its ordinary or extraordinary original civil jurisdiction; the Court of a District Judge within whose local limits the property or any part of it is situate; and any other Court the State Government declares competent by notification in the Official Gazette.

A worked example

A bungalow at Igatpuri is being sold in execution of a money decree against its owner. It carries a mortgage of Rs. 20 lakh in favour of a lender who lives abroad and cannot be brought to the negotiating table, and Rs. 1.4 lakh of interest is due.

The problem. Bidders will discount the property heavily, or stay away, because whoever buys it may face the mortgagee.

Section 57 applied. Any party to the sale may apply. This is a capital sum charged on the property, so clause (a)(2) applies and the amount to be paid in is enough to meet the incumbrance and the interest due, that is Rs. 21.4 lakh. To that the Court adds a cushion for further costs, expenses, interest and other contingencies, capped at one-tenth of Rs. 21.4 lakh, so up to about Rs. 2.14 lakh, unless it records special reasons for requiring more.

What follows. After notice to the mortgagee, or on recorded reasons for dispensing with notice, the Court may declare the bungalow free of the mortgage and make the orders needed to give effect to the sale. The buyer takes a clean title. The mortgagee is paid out of the fund under clause (c), and if he is unhappy with any of it he may appeal under clause (d) as from a decree.

munotes.in156

Discharge of Incumbrances on Sale

Change the incumbrance. Suppose instead the property is charged with an annuity of Rs. 60,000 a year payable to an elderly relative. Clause (a)(1) applies: the amount paid in is what the Court considers will, invested in Central Government securities, produce enough interest to keep down that annual sum. The capital is not handed over, because the charge is a recurring one and must be provided for indefinitely.

What it does NOT mean

It does not extinguish the incumbrance. It moves it from the land to a fund in court. The incumbrancer is paid; he is not deprived.

It is not confined to court sales. The words are "by the Court or in execution of a decree, or out of Court", so a private sale can use it too.

The court is not obliged. Twice the section says "if it thinks fit". It is discretionary.

Notice to the incumbrancer is the norm. It may be dispensed with only for reasons recorded in writing.

The additional amount is capped. One-tenth of the original sum, unless special reasons are recorded, and it never covers depreciation of investments.

"Court" is defined narrowly. A High Court on its original civil side, a District Judge's Court where the property lies, or a Court notified by the State Government.

Distinctions

Type of incumbranceClauseAmount to be paid into Court
An annual or monthly sum charged on the property, or a capital sum charged on a determinable interest(a)(1)Enough that, invested in Central Government securities, the interest will keep down or provide for the charge
Any other capital sum charged on the property(a)(2)Enough to meet the incumbrance and the interest due
BothPlus a contingency cushion, up to one-tenth, more only for recorded special reasons, never for depreciation of investments

Quick revision

  • Section 57 lets a sale go through free of an incumbrance by substituting money in court for the burden on the land.
  • Applies to a sale by the Court, in execution of a decree, or out of Court, on the application of any party, and the Court acts only if it thinks fit.
  • Recurring charges and capital sums on a determinable interest: pay in enough that the interest on Central Government securities provides for the charge.
  • Other capital sums: pay in enough to meet the incumbrance and interest due.
  • Plus a contingency amount not exceeding one-tenth, unless the Court records special reasons; depreciation of investments is excluded.
  • The Court may then declare the property freed, after notice to the incumbrancer unless reasons for dispensing with it are recorded.
  • An appeal lies as from a decree. "Court" means a High Court on its original civil side, a District Judge's Court, or a Court notified by the State Government.
  • Section 57 is one of the two exceptions named in section 2(d), which is why it reaches a court sale.
munotes.in157

Discharge of Incumbrances on Sale

Test yourself

1. What does section 57 achieve? It allows immovable property subject to an incumbrance to be sold free of it, by having a sufficient sum paid into Court to answer the incumbrance, after which the Court may declare the property freed.

2. Does it apply only to sales by a court? No. It applies where the property is sold by the Court, in execution of a decree, or out of Court.

3. How is the amount fixed for an annuity charged on the property? Under clause (a)(1), at such amount as the Court considers will, when invested in securities of the Central Government, be sufficient by means of the interest to keep down or otherwise provide for the charge.

4. What is the limit on the additional contingency amount? One-tenth of the original amount to be paid in, unless the Court for special reasons, which it must record, requires a larger sum. It does not cover depreciation of investments.

5. Must the incumbrancer be given notice? Yes, unless the Court for reasons recorded in writing thinks fit to dispense with notice.

6. Is an order under section 57 appealable? Yes. Clause (d) provides that an appeal lies from any declaration, order or direction under the section as if it were a decree.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in158

Chapter Thirty-One

Mortgage Defined, and the Six Kinds of Mortgage

Syllabus topic 2.1, "Specific Transfers under the Transfer of Property Act, 1882: Mortgage and Charge [Sections 58 - 104]"

In one line

A mortgage is the transfer of an interest in a particular piece of immovable property to secure a loan, and the Act recognises six ways of doing it.

In exam wording: section 58(a) provides that a mortgage is the transfer of an interest in specific immoveable property for the purpose of securing the payment of money advanced or to be advanced by way of loan, an existing or future debt, or the performance of an engagement which may give rise to a pecuniary liability.

Why the definition is worded so carefully

Every phrase in section 58(a) is doing work, and the examiner tests them one at a time.

"Transfer of an interest." Something real passes to the lender. That is what makes a mortgage more than a promise to repay: the lender has rights in the property, not merely against the borrower. It is also what distinguishes a mortgage from a charge under section 100, where no interest is transferred.

"An interest", not the whole. The mortgagor keeps the rest. What he keeps is the equity of redemption, his right to get the property back on paying, and it is his most valuable remaining asset. That idea governs the whole of the next chapter, [The Right of Redemption, and Clogs on It].

"Specific immovable property." The property must be identified. A general promise that "my assets" answer the debt is not a mortgage.

"For the purpose of securing." The transfer is security, not payment. The lender is not buying the property; he is holding an interest in it until he is repaid.

What may be secured is drawn widely: money already advanced, money to be advanced in future, an existing or future debt, or the performance of an engagement which may give rise to a pecuniary liability. So a mortgage may secure a guarantee or an obligation that has not yet crystallised into a debt.

The vocabulary, defined in the same clause: the transferor is the mortgagor, the transferee the mortgagee, the principal money and interest secured for the time being are the mortgage-money, and the instrument, if any, by which the transfer is effected is the mortgage-deed. The words "if any" matter: one kind of mortgage needs no instrument at all.

The six kinds

(b) Simple mortgage

No possession. The mortgagor binds himself personally to pay the mortgage-money, and agrees expressly or impliedly that on default the mortgagee shall have a right to cause the mortgaged property to be sold and the proceeds applied, so far as necessary, in payment of the mortgage-money.

Two features define it: a personal covenant to pay, and a right to have the property sold, which must be through the court. The mortgagee gets no possession and cannot foreclose.

munotes.in159

Mortgage Defined, and the Six Kinds of Mortgage

(c) Mortgage by conditional sale

The mortgagor ostensibly sells the property, on one of three conditions:

  • that on default of payment on a certain date the sale shall become absolute; or
  • that on such payment being made the sale shall become void; or
  • that on such payment being made the buyer shall transfer the property back to the seller.

The proviso, and it is the whole of the modern law: no such transaction is deemed a mortgage unless the condition is embodied in the document which effects or purports to effect the sale.

That proviso was added to stop a recurring injustice. Lenders would take an outright sale deed and a separate secret agreement to reconvey; when the borrower paid, the lender produced the sale deed and denied the rest. Requiring the condition to sit in the same document means the character of the transaction is visible on its face. Two documents means a sale, not a mortgage, and that single sentence answers most problem questions on this clause.

(d) Usufructuary mortgage

The mortgagor delivers possession, or expressly or impliedly binds himself to deliver possession, and authorises the mortgagee to retain possession until payment, and to receive the rents and profits, or any part of them, and to appropriate them in lieu of interest, or in payment of the mortgage-money, or partly each.

Usufruct means the produce or profit of a thing. Two things follow and both are examined: there is no personal liability on the mortgagor, and there is no time fixed for repayment, so the mortgagee's remedy is simply to stay in possession and take the income. He cannot sue for the money and cannot foreclose or sell.

(e) English mortgage

Three elements together: the mortgagor binds himself to repay on a certain date; he transfers the property absolutely to the mortgagee; subject to a proviso for re-transfer on payment as agreed.

It is the strongest form for the lender, combining a personal covenant with an absolute transfer, and is the form banks and companies commonly use.

(f) Mortgage by deposit of title-deeds

A person, in one of the named towns, delivers to a creditor or his agent documents of title to immovable property, with intent to create a security on it.

The named towns are Calcutta, Madras and Bombay, and any other town the State Government concerned specifies by notification in the Official Gazette.

This is the equitable mortgage of commercial practice. It is remarkable for what it does not need: no writing, no registration, no attestation. Delivery of the deeds plus the intention is the whole of it, which is why section 59 excepts it from the registered-instrument requirement. Its three essentials are a debt, a deposit of title deeds, and an intention that they be security.

munotes.in160

Mortgage Defined, and the Six Kinds of Mortgage

(g) Anomalous mortgage

A mortgage which is not any of the five above. The Act defines it purely by exclusion. Anomalous mortgages are usually local or customary forms, or combinations, such as a usufructuary mortgage that also carries a personal covenant to pay. Their rights and liabilities are governed by the contract between the parties, and by section 98.

A worked example

Ashwini needs Rs. 20 lakh and owns a shop at Karad. Consider five arrangements with a lender, Bhaskar.

One. She signs a deed promising to repay in three years and agreeing that if she does not, Bhaskar may have the shop sold to recover the money. She keeps the shop and runs her business from it. Simple mortgage: a personal covenant plus a right to cause a sale, no possession.

Two. She executes a sale deed of the shop to Bhaskar, and the same document provides that if she pays Rs. 20 lakh within three years the sale becomes void. Mortgage by conditional sale. Had the condition been in a separate agreement executed the same day, the proviso to clause (c) would defeat it and it would be an outright sale.

Three. She hands the shop over to Bhaskar and authorises him to collect the rent of Rs. 30,000 a month and keep it in lieu of interest until the principal is repaid, with no date fixed and no promise to pay personally. Usufructuary mortgage.

Four. She promises to repay on a fixed date, transfers the shop absolutely to Bhaskar, and the deed provides that he will re-transfer it on payment. English mortgage.

Five. In Mumbai she hands Bhaskar the original title deeds of the shop, saying they are to be held as security for the loan. Nothing is written. Mortgage by deposit of title-deeds, valid without writing or registration because it is made in one of the named towns.

And if she had given Bhaskar possession and also promised to pay personally on a fixed date? That fits none of the five definitions exactly, so it is an anomalous mortgage under clause (g).

What it does NOT mean

A mortgage is not a sale. The transfer is for the purpose of securing, and the mortgagor retains the equity of redemption.

Not all of the interest passes. Only "an interest", even in an English mortgage where the transfer is expressed to be absolute, because it is subject to the proviso for re-transfer.

munotes.in161

Mortgage Defined, and the Six Kinds of Mortgage

A mortgage by conditional sale needs one document. The condition must be embodied in the document which effects or purports to effect the sale.

A usufructuary mortgagee cannot sue for the money or foreclose. There is no personal covenant and no date; his security is the possession and the profits.

A simple mortgagee cannot sell privately. His right is to cause the property to be sold, which means through the court.

A mortgage by deposit of title-deeds is not available everywhere. It works only in Calcutta, Madras, Bombay and towns notified by the State Government.

"Anomalous" is not a defect. It simply means the mortgage does not fit the five named forms.

Distinctions

KindPossessionPersonal liabilityMortgagee's remedy
Simple, 58(b)With the mortgagorYesSale, through the court
Conditional sale, 58(c)Usually with the mortgagorNoForeclosure
Usufructuary, 58(d)With the mortgageeNoRetain possession and take rents and profits
English, 58(e)With the mortgagee, transfer absoluteYesSale
Deposit of title-deeds, 58(f)With the mortgagorDepends on the termsSale
Anomalous, 58(g)As agreedAs agreedAs agreed, and s.98
Mortgage by conditional saleSale with an agreement to repurchase
Where the condition isIn the same document as the saleIn a separate document
Relationship createdDebtor and creditorSeller and buyer
Right to redeemYesNo
AuthorityProviso to s.58(c)

Quick revision

  • Mortgage: transfer of an interest in specific immovable property to secure a loan, an existing or future debt, or an engagement giving rise to a pecuniary liability.
  • Vocabulary: mortgagor, mortgagee, mortgage-money, mortgage-deed.
  • The mortgagor keeps the equity of redemption.
  • Simple (b): no possession, personal covenant, right to cause a sale.
  • Conditional sale (c): ostensible sale on one of three conditions; the condition must be in the same document.
  • Usufructuary (d): possession to the mortgagee, rents and profits in lieu of interest or in payment; no personal liability, no fixed date.
  • English (e): personal covenant to repay on a certain date, absolute transfer, proviso for re-transfer.
  • Deposit of title-deeds (f): in Calcutta, Madras, Bombay or a notified town; no writing or registration needed; needs a debt, a deposit, and an intention to secure.
  • Anomalous (g): none of the above.

Test yourself

1. Define a mortgage and identify the four elements of the definition. A mortgage is the transfer of an interest in specific immovable property for the purpose of securing the payment of money advanced or to be advanced by way of loan, an existing or future debt, or the performance of an engagement which may give rise to a pecuniary liability. The elements are a transfer of an interest, specific immovable property, a purpose of security, and an obligation of the kind described.

munotes.in162

Mortgage Defined, and the Six Kinds of Mortgage

2. What single requirement decides whether a transaction is a mortgage by conditional sale or an outright sale? That the condition is embodied in the document which effects or purports to effect the sale. If it appears in a separate document the proviso to section 58(c) prevents the transaction being deemed a mortgage.

3. Which kind of mortgage carries no personal liability and no date for repayment? A usufructuary mortgage under section 58(d). The mortgagee takes possession and appropriates the rents and profits, and has no right to sue for the money or to foreclose.

4. Where can a mortgage by deposit of title-deeds be made, and what does it require? In Calcutta, Madras and Bombay, and in any other town the State Government concerned notifies. It requires a debt, delivery of documents of title to a creditor or his agent, and the intent to create a security. No writing, registration or attestation is needed.

5. What are the three elements of an English mortgage? The mortgagor binds himself to repay on a certain date; he transfers the property absolutely to the mortgagee; and the transfer is subject to a proviso that the mortgagee will re-transfer on payment as agreed.

6. What makes a mortgage anomalous? That it is not a simple mortgage, a mortgage by conditional sale, a usufructuary mortgage, an English mortgage or a mortgage by deposit of title-deeds within section 58.

7. Why is a mortgage not a transfer of the whole ownership? Because only "an interest" is transferred, and it is transferred for the purpose of security. The mortgagor retains the equity of redemption, his right to recover the property on payment.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in163

Chapter Thirty-Two

How a Mortgage Is Made

Syllabus topic 2.1, "Specific Transfers under the Transfer of Property Act, 1882: Mortgage and Charge [Sections 58 - 104]"

In one line

A mortgage of a hundred rupees or more must be a registered document signed by the borrower and witnessed by two people, unless it is made by handing over the title deeds.

In exam wording: section 59 provides that where the principal money secured is one hundred rupees or upwards, a mortgage other than a mortgage by deposit of title-deeds can be effected only by a registered instrument signed by the mortgagor and attested by at least two witnesses; and where the principal money is less than one hundred rupees, by such an instrument or, except in the case of a simple mortgage, by delivery of the property.

Why the formalities are heavier than for a sale

Compare section 54. A sale of tangible immovable property worth a hundred rupees or more needs a registered instrument, and that is all. A mortgage of the same value needs a registered instrument plus the mortgagor's signature plus attestation by two witnesses.

The extra requirements are deliberate. A person selling land walks away with the price and knows what he has done. A person mortgaging land usually does it under financial pressure, often to a lender who has drafted the document, and he keeps living on the property as though nothing had changed. The formalities force a moment of deliberation and produce independent witnesses to it, which is a protection against the borrower being rushed or deceived.

Broken down

One hundred rupees and upwards:

  • a registered instrument;
  • signed by the mortgagor;
  • attested by at least two witnesses;
  • except a mortgage by deposit of title-deeds.

Less than one hundred rupees:

  • such an instrument, signed and attested as above; or
  • delivery of the property, except in the case of a simple mortgage.

The exception within the exception is logical. A simple mortgage is defined by the mortgagor not delivering possession, so delivery cannot be the mode of making one.

Attestation must satisfy section 3: two or more witnesses, each having seen the mortgagor sign or affix his mark, or seen another sign by his direction, or received a personal acknowledgement, and each having signed in the mortgagor's presence. The requirement carries the trap set out in that chapter: a person who signs for some other reason, such as a scribe or an identifying witness, is not an attesting witness, so a deed bearing several signatures may still be unattested and the mortgage bad.

Only the mortgagor need sign. The section requires the signature of the mortgagor, not of the mortgagee.

The exception for a mortgage by deposit of title-deeds

Section 58(f) creates the equitable mortgage, and section 59 excepts it from every formality here. It needs no writing, no registration and no attestation, however large the sum. Delivery of the documents of title to a creditor or his agent, in one of the named towns, with intent to create a security, is the whole of it.

munotes.in164

How a Mortgage Is Made

There is a caution worth carrying. If the parties choose to record the transaction in a document that itself creates the security, that document requires registration, and an unregistered one will not be admissible to prove it. What is safe is a memorandum that merely records a deposit already made; what is fatal is a document that is the bargain. That distinction is where most litigation on clause (f) happens.

Section 59A: the words reach successors

Section 59A provides that, unless otherwise expressly provided, references in this Chapter to mortgagors and mortgagees include persons deriving title from them respectively.

Without it, every right and duty in Chapter IV would have to be rewritten each time the property or the debt changed hands. With it, a person who buys the equity of redemption steps into the mortgagor's shoes for the whole chapter, and a person to whom the mortgage is assigned steps into the mortgagee's. It is a small section that saves the rest of the chapter from being twice its length, and it is worth citing whenever a problem involves a successor rather than an original party.

A worked example

Chandan borrows Rs. 15 lakh from Deepa and mortgages his house at Chiplun.

Version one. They write out a mortgage deed. Chandan signs it. Deepa's brother and the man who typed the document sign at the foot. The deed is registered.

Is it a good mortgage? The sum is above a hundred rupees, so registration, signature and attestation by at least two witnesses are all required. Registration and signature are present. But the typist signed to say he wrote the document, not to witness the execution, so he lacks animus attestandi and is not an attesting witness. Only one qualifying witness remains, and section 59 requires two. The mortgage fails for want of attestation.

Version two. Same document, but two neighbours who watched Chandan sign also sign in his presence. Valid.

Version three. In Mumbai, Chandan simply hands Deepa the original title deeds of the house and says they are security for the loan. Nothing is written and nothing registered. Valid, as a mortgage by deposit of title-deeds, because section 59 excepts it.

Version four. Same as version three, but they also execute a document which states that "the borrower hereby creates a security over the property by depositing the title deeds", and do not register it. This document purports to create the security rather than record a completed deposit, so it requires registration, and unregistered it cannot be used to prove the mortgage.

munotes.in165

How a Mortgage Is Made

Version five. The loan is Rs. 80 and Chandan hands over possession of a small plot instead of executing any document. Valid, because below a hundred rupees a mortgage may be made by delivery of the property, and this is not a simple mortgage.

Version six. The loan is Rs. 80, Chandan keeps possession and binds himself personally to pay with a right of sale on default. That is a simple mortgage, and delivery is not available for it, so an instrument signed and attested is required.

And a successor. Suppose Chandan later sells the house, subject to the mortgage, to Esha, and Deepa assigns the mortgage to a bank. Section 59A makes every reference to the mortgagor and mortgagee in Chapter IV apply to Esha and the bank, so the redemption and foreclosure provisions work between them without anything more.

What it does NOT mean

Registration alone is not enough. Signature and attestation by two witnesses are separate requirements at a hundred rupees and above.

Any two signatures will not do. They must be attesting witnesses within section 3.

The mortgagee need not sign. Section 59 requires the mortgagor's signature.

Delivery is not available for a simple mortgage, even below a hundred rupees.

A mortgage by deposit of title-deeds needs no formality, but a document that creates rather than records it must be registered.

Section 59A is not confined to buyers. It covers anyone deriving title from either party, and applies throughout Chapter IV unless a provision expressly says otherwise.

Distinctions

Principal money securedHow the mortgage may be made
Rs. 100 and upwardsOnly by a registered instrument, signed by the mortgagor and attested by at least two witnesses. Exception: mortgage by deposit of title-deeds
Less than Rs. 100By such an instrument, or by delivery of the property, except for a simple mortgage
Any amount, deposit of title-deedsNo writing, registration or attestation
Section 54, saleSection 59, mortgage
ThresholdRs. 100Rs. 100
Registered instrumentYesYes
Signature requiredNot specified in s.54The mortgagor's
AttestationNot requiredTwo witnesses
Alternative below the thresholdDeliveryDelivery, except a simple mortgage

Quick revision

  • Rs. 100 and upwards: registered instrument, signed by the mortgagor, attested by at least two witnesses.
  • Exception: a mortgage by deposit of title-deeds needs none of these.
  • Below Rs. 100: that instrument, or delivery of the property, but never delivery for a simple mortgage.
  • Attestation carries the section 3 meaning; a scribe or identifying witness does not count.
  • A document that creates an equitable mortgage needs registration; one that merely records a completed deposit does not.
  • Section 59A: in Chapter IV, mortgagor and mortgagee include persons deriving title from them, unless otherwise expressly provided.
munotes.in166

How a Mortgage Is Made

Test yourself

1. State the requirements for a mortgage securing Rs. 5 lakh. A registered instrument, signed by the mortgagor and attested by at least two witnesses, unless it is a mortgage by deposit of title-deeds.

2. A mortgage deed is registered and signed by the mortgagor, and bears the signatures of the mortgagee and the scribe. Is it valid? No. Neither the mortgagee nor the scribe signed with the intention of witnessing the execution, so there are not two attesting witnesses within section 3, and section 59 is not satisfied.

3. Can a mortgage of Rs. 90 be made by handing over possession? Yes, unless it is a simple mortgage. Below one hundred rupees a mortgage may be made by delivery of the property, but delivery is excepted for a simple mortgage, which by definition involves no delivery of possession.

4. Why does a mortgage by deposit of title-deeds escape section 59? Because section 59 expressly excepts it. The security is created by the deposit of the documents with intent to secure, so no instrument exists that could be registered or attested.

5. Does the mortgagee have to sign the mortgage deed? No. Section 59 requires the instrument to be signed by the mortgagor.

6. What does section 59A do? It provides that, unless otherwise expressly provided, references in Chapter IV to mortgagors and mortgagees include persons deriving title from them, so successors and assignees take the rights and liabilities of the original parties.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in167

Chapter Thirty-Three

The Right of Redemption, and Clogs on It

Syllabus topic 2.1, "Specific Transfers under the Transfer of Property Act, 1882: Mortgage and Charge [Sections 58 - 104]"

In one line

A borrower can always get his property back by paying what he owes, and any term in the mortgage designed to stop him is struck out.

In exam wording: section 60 provides that at any time after the principal money has become due, the mortgagor has a right, on payment or tender at a proper time and place of the mortgage-money, to require the mortgagee to deliver the mortgage-deed and documents, to deliver possession where he holds it, and at the mortgagor's cost to re-transfer the property or to execute and register an acknowledgement that his rights are extinguished; and this right is called the right to redeem.

Why redemption is protected so fiercely

A mortgage is security, not a purchase. The lender bargained for his money back with interest; he did not bargain for the land. If the borrower pays, the lender has everything he contracted for, and to let him keep the property as well would turn a loan into a forfeiture.

Two maxims carry the whole topic and both should appear in an answer.

"Once a mortgage, always a mortgage." A transaction that begins as security remains security. It cannot, by its own terms, turn into a sale.

"A clog on the equity of redemption is void." A clog is any term whose effect is to prevent, hinder or postpone the borrower's right to get the property back. Equity strikes it out and leaves the mortgage standing, in exactly the way section 10 strikes out a restraint on alienation and leaves the transfer standing.

The reason equity intervenes is the inequality of the moment. Borrowers accept whatever is put in front of them. A rule that let a lender write his own terms would let him take the land in every case where the borrower was desperate enough to sign.

Section 60: the right to redeem

When it arises. At any time after the principal money has become due. Not before: the mortgagee is entitled to his agreed period of interest, so the mortgagor cannot force an early redemption.

What must be done. Payment or tender, at a proper time and place, of the mortgage-money.

What the mortgagor may then require, the three limbs of the section:

(a) delivery to him of the mortgage-deed and all documents relating to the property in the mortgagee's possession or power;

(b) where the mortgagee is in possession, delivery of possession;

(c) at the mortgagor's cost, either a re-transfer of the property to him or to a third person he directs, or the execution, and where the mortgage was by a registered instrument the registration, of an acknowledgement in writing that any right in derogation of his interest transferred to the mortgagee has been extinguished.

munotes.in168

The Right of Redemption, and Clogs on It

The proviso. The right must not have been extinguished by act of the parties or by decree of a Court. Those are the only two ways it ends. A decree here means a decree of foreclosure or sale. An act of the parties means a genuine, separate transaction by which the mortgagor sells his equity of redemption to the mortgagee, which is lawful if it is truly independent and not part of the original bargain.

Reasonable notice. The section preserves any provision that, where the time fixed for payment has passed or no time was fixed, the mortgagee is entitled to reasonable notice before payment or tender. A lender is not obliged to keep the money ready at a moment's notice.

Redemption of a portion. Nothing in the section entitles a person interested in a share only to redeem his own share on paying a proportionate part, except where the mortgagee, or all of several mortgagees, has acquired in whole or in part the share of a mortgagor.

This is the rule against piecemeal redemption, and it protects the mortgagee: he lent against the whole property and should not be left holding fragments. The exception exists because once the mortgagee has himself bought into one share, he has broken the integrity of the security by his own act and cannot complain.

Section 60A: redeem in favour of a third person

Where the mortgagor is entitled to redeem, he may require the mortgagee, instead of re-transferring the property to him, to assign the mortgage-debt and transfer the property to a third person he directs, and the mortgagee is bound to do so.

This is what makes refinancing possible. A borrower who has found a cheaper lender does not have to find the money, take a re-transfer, and then mortgage again, paying stamp duty and registration twice. The old mortgage is simply assigned to the new lender.

Sub-section (2): the right belongs to the mortgagor or to any encumbrancer, notwithstanding an intermediate encumbrance. An encumbrancer's requisition prevails over the mortgagor's; and as between encumbrancers, a prior encumbrancer's prevails over a subsequent one.

Sub-section (3): the section does not apply to a mortgagee who is or has been in possession. He would have to account for his period of possession, and an assignment would leave that unresolved.

Section 60B: inspection of documents

As long as the right of redemption subsists, the mortgagor is entitled, at all reasonable times, at his request and at his own cost, and on payment of the mortgagee's costs and expenses, to inspect and make copies, abstracts or extracts of the documents of title in the mortgagee's custody or power.

munotes.in169

The Right of Redemption, and Clogs on It

It matters because a mortgagor who cannot see his own title deeds cannot sell the property, raise money elsewhere, or check what is being claimed against him.

Section 61: redeem separately or together

A mortgagor who has executed two or more mortgages in favour of the same mortgagee is entitled, in the absence of a contract to the contrary, when the principal money of any two or more of them has become due, to redeem any one separately, or any two or more together.

This abolished the old doctrine of consolidation, by which a lender holding several mortgages from the same borrower could insist that none be redeemed unless all were. That doctrine let a lender use a well-secured debt to force payment of a badly-secured one. Note it yields to a contract to the contrary.

Section 62: the usufructuary mortgagor's right to recover possession

A usufructuary mortgagor has a right to recover possession, together with the mortgage-deed and documents:

(a) where the mortgagee is authorised to pay himself the mortgage-money from the rents and profits: when that money is paid, meaning when the income has discharged it; and

(b) where he is authorised to pay himself from the rents and profits a part only of the mortgage-money: when the term, if any, prescribed for payment has expired and the mortgagor pays or tenders the mortgage-money or the balance, or deposits it in Court.

The section exists because a usufructuary mortgage has no date and no personal covenant, so without it there would be no way of saying when the arrangement ends. Under limb (a) it ends by itself, without any payment, once the property has repaid the loan out of its own income.

What counts as a clog

The doctrine is judge-made and the section gives it room by protecting the right unless extinguished by act of the parties or by decree. Terms treated as clogs include:

  • a condition that on default the mortgage shall become a sale, or that the property shall belong to the mortgagee absolutely;
  • a term postponing redemption for an unreasonably long period;
  • a term allowing redemption only within a short window, after which the right is lost;
  • a collateral advantage to the mortgagee that continues after redemption, such as a right to buy the produce of the land for ever;
  • a term that the mortgagor may redeem only during his lifetime, or only he and not his heirs.

The test to state is whether the term, in substance, prevents, hinders or postpones the return of the property once the debt is paid. A long term is not automatically bad and a collateral advantage during the mortgage is not automatically bad; what is fatal is a term that survives payment or makes payment pointless.

munotes.in170

The Right of Redemption, and Clogs on It

A worked example

Farida mortgages her house at Nanded to Girish for Rs. 25 lakh, repayable in five years. The deed contains four clauses.

Clause 1: "If Farida does not repay within five years, the house shall belong to Girish absolutely." A clog. It converts a security into a sale on default, contradicting "once a mortgage, always a mortgage". Struck out; the mortgage stands and Farida may still redeem.

Clause 2: "Farida may redeem only in the sixth year, and not afterwards." A clog. A window that extinguishes the right if missed hinders redemption. Struck out.

Clause 3: "Girish shall have the right to purchase the mango crop at half price for twenty years, whether or not the mortgage is redeemed." A collateral advantage that survives redemption. That part is a clog and falls; an advantage confined to the life of the mortgage would have been unobjectionable.

Clause 4: "Girish shall be entitled to one month's notice before repayment." Valid. Section 60 expressly preserves a provision for reasonable notice where the time has passed or none was fixed.

Farida pays in year six. She may require the mortgage-deed and documents under limb (a); possession if Girish had it, under limb (b); and at her own cost a re-transfer or a registered acknowledgement under limb (c).

She has found a cheaper lender. Under section 60A she may require Girish to assign the debt and transfer the property to that lender instead of re-transferring to her. Unless Girish is or has been in possession, in which case sub-section (3) excludes it.

She owns only a half share and wants to redeem that half. She cannot, on the rule against piecemeal redemption, unless Girish has himself acquired a share of a mortgagor.

She has three separate mortgages with Girish and wants to redeem one. Under section 61 she may redeem any one separately, or two or more together, absent a contract to the contrary.

What it does NOT mean

The right does not arise before the money is due. Section 60 opens with "at any time after the principal money has become due".

A clog does not destroy the mortgage. Only the offending term goes; the mortgage and the right to redeem survive.

Not every long postponement is a clog. The question is whether the term in substance prevents or hinders redemption.

A collateral advantage is not always bad. One that ends with the mortgage is permissible; one that continues after redemption is a clog.

The mortgagor pays the costs of redemption. Section 60 says the re-transfer or acknowledgement is at his cost, and section 60B puts the cost of inspection on him too.

munotes.in171

The Right of Redemption, and Clogs on It

Section 60A does not apply to a mortgagee in possession.

Section 61 yields to a contract to the contrary.

Piecemeal redemption is not allowed, except where the mortgagee has acquired a mortgagor's share.

Distinctions

Right of redemption, s.60Right of foreclosure or sale, s.67
Whose rightThe mortgagor'sThe mortgagee's
ArisesAfter the principal money has become dueAfter the mortgage-money has become due
EffectThe property returns to the mortgagorThe mortgagor's right to redeem is extinguished, or the property is sold
Ends byAct of the parties, or decree of a CourtPayment by the mortgagor
Term in the deedClog?
Property to become the mortgagee's absolutely on defaultYes
Redemption only within a short windowYes
Collateral advantage continuing after redemptionYes
Collateral advantage during the mortgage onlyNo
Reasonable notice before repaymentNo, expressly preserved by s.60
A genuine later sale of the equity of redemption to the mortgageeNo, an act of the parties

Quick revision

  • Once a mortgage, always a mortgage; a clog on the equity of redemption is void.
  • Section 60: after the principal money is due, on payment or tender at a proper time and place, the mortgagor may require (a) the deed and documents, (b) possession where the mortgagee has it, (c) at his own cost a re-transfer or a registered acknowledgement.
  • Extinguished only by act of the parties or decree of a Court.
  • Reasonable notice before repayment may be stipulated.
  • No piecemeal redemption, except where the mortgagee has acquired a share of a mortgagor.
  • Section 60A: require an assignment to a third person instead of a re-transfer; an encumbrancer's requisition beats the mortgagor's, a prior encumbrancer's beats a later one; not available against a mortgagee in or formerly in possession.
  • Section 60B: inspection and copies of title documents while the right subsists, at the mortgagor's cost.
  • Section 61: several mortgages to the same mortgagee may be redeemed separately or together; consolidation abolished, subject to contrary contract.
  • Section 62: the usufructuary mortgagor recovers possession when the income has paid the debt, or on paying the balance after the term expires.

Test yourself

1. When does the right of redemption arise, and how does it end? It arises at any time after the principal money has become due. It ends only when extinguished by act of the parties or by decree of a Court.

2. What is a clog on the equity of redemption? Any term whose effect is to prevent, hinder or postpone the mortgagor's right to recover his property on payment. Equity strikes the term out and leaves the mortgage standing.

munotes.in172

The Right of Redemption, and Clogs on It

3. A deed provides that on default the property becomes the mortgagee's absolutely. Effect? The clause is a clog and is void, because it would turn a security into a sale. The mortgage stands and the mortgagor may still redeem.

4. Can a mortgagor with a half share redeem that share alone on paying half the debt? No. Section 60 does not entitle a person interested in a share only to redeem his own share on a proportionate payment, except where the mortgagee, or all of several mortgagees, has acquired in whole or in part the share of a mortgagor.

5. What does section 60A allow, and when is it unavailable? It allows the mortgagor to require the mortgagee to assign the debt and transfer the property to a third person he directs, instead of re-transferring to him. It does not apply to a mortgagee who is or has been in possession.

6. What doctrine did section 61 abolish? Consolidation, by which a mortgagee holding several mortgages from the same mortgagor could refuse to allow any to be redeemed unless all were. Section 61 permits separate or joint redemption, subject to a contract to the contrary.

7. When does a usufructuary mortgagor recover possession where the mortgagee was authorised to pay himself the whole mortgage-money from the rents and profits? When that money is paid, that is when the rents and profits have discharged it. No further payment is needed.

8. Is a stipulation for notice before repayment a clog? No. Section 60 expressly preserves a provision entitling the mortgagee to reasonable notice where the time fixed has passed or no time was fixed.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in173

Chapter Thirty-Four

Accession, Improvements, Renewed Leases and the Mortgagor's Power to Lease

Syllabus topic 2.1, "Specific Transfers under the Transfer of Property Act, 1882: Mortgage and Charge [Sections 58 - 104]"

In one line

Whatever the property gains while it is mortgaged belongs to the borrower when he redeems, he may still let it out on ordinary terms, and he must not damage it if the security would then be too small.

In exam wording: sections 63 and 63A give the mortgagor, on redemption, the benefit of any accession to and improvement of the property; section 64 gives him the benefit of a renewed lease; section 65 sets out the covenants implied against him; section 65A defines his power to lease; and section 66 fixes his liability for waste.

Section 63: accession

An accession is something that comes to the property, whether by nature, such as land added by a river, or by act, such as a building put up on it.

The rule. Where mortgaged property in possession of the mortgagee has, during the continuance of the mortgage, received any accession, the mortgagor on redemption is entitled, in the absence of a contract to the contrary, to the accession as against the mortgagee.

The principle is that the mortgagee holds as security only. He is not to profit from his temporary holding of somebody else's land.

Where the mortgagee paid for it, the section balances the accounts by asking two questions in order.

Is the accession capable of separate possession or enjoyment without detriment to the principal property? If yes, the mortgagor who wants it must pay the mortgagee the expense of acquiring it. He may equally leave it.

If separate enjoyment is not possible, the accession must be delivered with the property, and the mortgagor is liable to pay its proper cost only where the acquisition was necessary to preserve the property from destruction, forfeiture or sale, or was made with his assent. That cost is added to the principal money, carrying interest at the rate payable on the principal, or nine per cent per annum where no rate is fixed.

In that last case the profits from the accession are credited to the mortgagor, which is only fair since he is paying for it.

Usufructuary mortgages. Where the mortgage is usufructuary and the accession was acquired at the mortgagee's expense, the profits from the accession are, absent contrary contract, set off against the interest on the money so expended.

Section 63A: improvements

Inserted in 1929, this does for improvements what section 63 does for accessions, and it is stricter against the mortgagee.

Sub-section (1). Where mortgaged property in the mortgagee's possession has been improved during the mortgage, the mortgagor on redemption is entitled to the improvement, and shall not be liable to pay the cost of it, except in the cases in sub-section (2).

munotes.in174

Accession, Improvements, Renewed Leases and the Mortgagor's Power to Lease

Sub-section (2). He is liable, absent contrary contract, where the improvement was made at the mortgagee's cost and was:

  • necessary to preserve the property from destruction or deterioration; or
  • necessary to prevent the security from becoming insufficient; or
  • made in compliance with the lawful order of a public servant or public authority.

Then he pays the proper cost as an addition to the principal, with interest at the rate on the principal or nine per cent per annum, and the profits from the improvement are credited to him.

The default therefore runs the other way from section 63: an improvement is presumed to be at the mortgagee's own risk. He cannot spend money on somebody else's property and hand over the bill, unless the spending was necessary or ordered.

Section 64: renewal of a mortgaged lease

Where the mortgaged property is a lease and the mortgagee obtains a renewal of it, the mortgagor on redemption has, absent a contract by him to the contrary, the benefit of the new lease.

Without it a mortgagee holding a leasehold could let the lease run out, take a fresh one in his own name, and redemption would give the mortgagor an expired term.

Section 65: the mortgagor's implied covenants

In the absence of a contract to the contrary, the mortgagor is deemed to contract:

(a) that the interest he professes to transfer subsists and that he has power to transfer it;

(b) that he will defend the title, or, where the mortgagee is in possession, enable him to defend it;

(c) that, so long as the mortgagee is not in possession, he will pay all public charges accruing due;

(d) where the property is a lease: that the rent, conditions and contracts binding on the lessee have been paid, performed and observed down to the commencement of the mortgage; and that, so long as the security exists and the mortgagee is not in possession, he will pay the rent, perform the conditions and observe the contracts;

(e) where the mortgage is a second or subsequent incumbrance: that he will pay the interest on each prior incumbrance as it becomes due, and discharge the principal of it at the proper time.

The benefit runs. As with section 55(2), the benefit of these contracts is annexed to and goes with the interest of the mortgagee, and may be enforced by every person in whom that interest is from time to time vested. So an assignee of the mortgage may sue on them.

Clause (a) is the mortgagor's covenant for title, the mirror of the seller's in section 55(2). Clause (e) explains itself: a second mortgagee's security is worth nothing if the first mortgagee forecloses, so the mortgagor must keep the prior debt in order.

munotes.in175

Accession, Improvements, Renewed Leases and the Mortgagor's Power to Lease

Section 65A: the mortgagor's power to lease

Sub-section (1). A mortgagor while lawfully in possession has power to make leases which are binding on the mortgagee.

Without this a mortgagor in possession could not let the property at all without the mortgagee's concurrence, which would make ordinary management impossible. But an unrestricted power would let him destroy the security by granting a long lease at a nominal rent, so sub-section (2) fences it.

Sub-section (2), the five conditions:

(a) the lease must be such as would be made in the ordinary course of management, and in accordance with local law, custom or usage;

(b) it must reserve the best rent reasonably obtainable; no premium may be paid or promised and no rent payable in advance;

(c) it must contain no covenant for renewal;

(d) it must take effect from a date not later than six months from the date it is made;

(e) for a lease of buildings, with or without the land they stand on, the duration must not exceed three years, and the lease must contain a covenant for payment of rent and a condition of re-entry on non-payment within a specified time.

Read together, the five conditions all guard the same thing: the property must keep producing its full income for the mortgagee's benefit. A premium or advance rent takes value out of the future; a renewal covenant or a long term ties the property beyond the mortgage; a below-market rent reduces what the security yields.

Sub-section (3). Sub-section (1) applies only if a contrary intention is not expressed in the mortgage-deed, and the conditions in sub-section (2) may be varied or extended by the deed, taking effect as if the variations were in the sub-section.

Section 66: waste by a mortgagor in possession

A mortgagor in possession is not liable to the mortgagee for allowing the property to deteriorate; but he must not commit any act which is destructive or permanently injurious to it if the security is insufficient or will be rendered insufficient by that act.

Two ideas are in that sentence. Passive deterioration, letting a building age or a field go untended, is not actionable: the mortgagee did not bargain for the mortgagor to be his caretaker. Active destruction is actionable, but only where the security is or will become insufficient.

The Explanation defines insufficiency, and the figures are examinable. A security is insufficient unless the value of the property exceeds by one-third the amount for the time being due, or, if it consists of buildings, exceeds by one-half.

munotes.in176

Accession, Improvements, Renewed Leases and the Mortgagor's Power to Lease

So the property must be worth at least one and a third times the debt, or one and a half times for buildings, before the mortgagee has no complaint.

A worked example

Hemant mortgages his plot with an old warehouse at Sangli to Ishwar for Rs. 40 lakh. Ishwar takes possession.

The river deposits land along one edge. An accession by nature under section 63. On redemption Hemant takes it, and pays nothing, because Ishwar was at no expense.

Ishwar buys the adjoining strip and merges it into the yard. An accession acquired at his expense. It cannot be separately enjoyed without detriment, so it must be delivered with the property. Hemant pays its proper cost only if the acquisition was necessary to preserve the property from destruction, forfeiture or sale, or was made with his assent; and if he pays, the profits from it are credited to him and the cost is added to the principal with interest at the rate on the principal, or nine per cent if none is fixed.

Ishwar installs an expensive lift nobody asked for. An improvement under section 63A. Hemant takes it on redemption and pays nothing, because it was neither necessary to preserve the property nor to keep the security sufficient nor ordered by an authority.

The municipality orders fire-safety works and Ishwar pays for them. Within section 63A(2): made in compliance with the lawful order of a public authority. Hemant is liable for the proper cost as an addition to the principal, with interest, and any profits from it are credited to him.

Now change the facts so that Hemant keeps possession. He lets the warehouse to a tenant for three years at the best rent obtainable, with no premium, no advance rent, no renewal covenant, taking effect next month, and containing a rent covenant and a re-entry condition. That lease satisfies section 65A(2) and binds Ishwar.

He instead lets it for fifteen years at a nominal rent against a large premium. It fails conditions (b), (c) and (e) and does not bind Ishwar.

He lets the warehouse fall into disrepair. Not actionable under section 66: mere deterioration is not waste.

He demolishes half the warehouse for scrap. Destructive. Whether Ishwar can complain depends on the Explanation: the property consists of buildings, so the security is insufficient unless its value exceeds the debt by one-half, that is unless it is worth more than Rs. 60 lakh. If the demolition brings it below that, Hemant is liable.

What it does NOT mean

Sections 63 and 63A apply where the mortgagee is in possession. They are addressed to accessions and improvements to property he holds.

munotes.in177

Accession, Improvements, Renewed Leases and the Mortgagor's Power to Lease

The mortgagee cannot charge for improvements at will. Section 63A(1) makes the mortgagor not liable, except in the three cases in sub-section (2).

Nine per cent is a fallback. It applies only where no rate is fixed on the principal.

A mortgagor's lease is not automatically binding. It binds the mortgagee only if it satisfies section 65A(2), and only if the deed does not exclude the power.

Mere deterioration is not waste. Section 66 says so expressly.

Not all destructive acts are actionable. Only those committed where the security is, or will be rendered, insufficient.

Everything here is a default. Each section yields to a contract to the contrary.

Distinctions

Accession, s.63Improvement, s.63A
Mortgagor entitled on redemptionYesYes
Must he pay the costIf separable, only if he takes it; if inseparable, only where necessary to preserve from destruction, forfeiture or sale, or made with his assentNo, except where necessary to preserve from destruction or deterioration, or to keep the security sufficient, or ordered by a public authority
Interest where payableRate on the principal, else 9% per annumRate on the principal, else 9% per annum
ProfitsCredited to the mortgagor where he paysCredited to the mortgagor
Security is insufficient unless the property's value exceeds the debt by
Property generallyOne-third
Property consisting of buildingsOne-half

Quick revision

  • s.63: the mortgagor takes any accession on redemption; pays for one acquired at the mortgagee's expense only on the terms in the section; 9% where no rate is fixed.
  • s.63A: he takes any improvement and pays nothing, unless it was necessary to preserve the property, necessary to keep the security sufficient, or ordered by a public authority.
  • s.64: he takes the benefit of a renewed lease obtained by the mortgagee.
  • s.65: implied covenants: title subsists and power to transfer; defend the title; pay public charges while the mortgagee is out of possession; keep a leasehold in good standing; pay interest and principal on prior incumbrances. The benefit runs with the mortgagee's interest.
  • s.65A: a mortgagor lawfully in possession may lease so as to bind the mortgagee, if the lease is in the ordinary course of management, at the best rent, with no premium or advance rent, no renewal covenant, taking effect within six months, and for buildings not exceeding three years with a rent covenant and a re-entry condition. Excludable and variable by the deed.
  • s.66: mere deterioration is not waste; destructive or permanently injurious acts are actionable only where the security is or becomes insufficient, meaning value not exceeding the debt by one-third, or one-half for buildings.
munotes.in178

Accession, Improvements, Renewed Leases and the Mortgagor's Power to Lease

Test yourself

1. Who takes an accession to mortgaged property on redemption? The mortgagor, in the absence of a contract to the contrary, as against the mortgagee.

2. A mortgagee in possession builds an unnecessary extension. Must the mortgagor pay for it on redemption? No. Under section 63A(1) he is entitled to the improvement and is not liable for its cost, the case falling outside the three exceptions in sub-section (2).

3. What rate of interest applies to a cost added to the principal under sections 63 and 63A? The rate payable on the principal, or, where no such rate is fixed, nine per cent per annum.

4. Name three conditions a mortgagor's lease must satisfy to bind the mortgagee. It must be in the ordinary course of management; it must reserve the best rent reasonably obtainable with no premium and no rent in advance; and it must contain no covenant for renewal. It must also take effect within six months, and for buildings not exceed three years with a rent covenant and a re-entry condition.

5. Is a mortgagor in possession liable for letting the property deteriorate? No. Section 66 expressly says he is not. He is liable only for acts that are destructive or permanently injurious, and then only where the security is or will be rendered insufficient.

6. When is a security "insufficient" under section 66? Unless the value of the mortgaged property exceeds by one-third the amount for the time being due, or, where the property consists of buildings, exceeds it by one-half.

7. Why must a second mortgagor covenant to pay the prior incumbrance? Because a subsequent mortgagee's security depends on the prior one being kept in order; if the first mortgagee enforces, the later security may be worth nothing. Section 65(e) implies that covenant.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in179

Chapter Thirty-Five

Rights and Liabilities of the Mortgagee

Syllabus topic 2.1, "Specific Transfers under the Transfer of Property Act, 1882: Mortgage and Charge [Sections 58 - 104]"

In one line

When the borrower does not pay, the lender may ask the court either to shut out his right to redeem or to sell the property, may sue him personally in four defined situations, and in a few cases may sell without going to court at all.

In exam wording: section 67 gives the mortgagee, in the absence of a contract to the contrary, a right at any time after the mortgage-money has become due, and before a decree for redemption has been made or the money paid or deposited, to obtain from the Court a decree that the mortgagor be absolutely debarred of his right to redeem (foreclosure), or a decree that the property be sold.

Foreclosure and sale: the mortgagee's mirror of redemption

Section 60 gave the mortgagor the right to get the property back. Section 67 gives the mortgagee the right to bring that possibility to an end. The two rights are co-extensive in time and are extinguished by each other: the mortgagor may redeem until a decree of foreclosure or sale, and the mortgagee may foreclose or sell until the mortgagor pays or a redemption decree is made.

Foreclosure means shutting out. A decree of foreclosure declares the mortgagor absolutely debarred from redeeming, and the mortgagee keeps the property whatever it is worth. Sale means the property is sold and the debt paid out of the proceeds, the surplus going to the mortgagor.

Both are decrees of the Court. A mortgagee cannot foreclose by his own act, and, apart from section 69, cannot sell by his own act either.

Which mortgagee gets which remedy

The exceptions in section 67 are the examinable core.

Clause (a). Nothing in the section authorises:

  • any mortgagee other than a mortgagee by conditional sale, or a mortgagee under an anomalous mortgage by the terms of which he is entitled to foreclose, to institute a suit for foreclosure; or
  • a usufructuary mortgagee as such, or a mortgagee by conditional sale as such, to institute a suit for sale.

So foreclosure belongs to the mortgagee by conditional sale, and to an anomalous mortgagee whose terms give it. Sale belongs to everyone except the usufructuary mortgagee and the mortgagee by conditional sale.

The logic is that foreclosure suits a mortgagee who already holds an ostensible title and needs only to make it absolute, while a usufructuary mortgagee has bargained for income rather than for capital and has no date by which anything is due.

Clause (b). A mortgagor who holds the mortgagee's rights as trustee or legal representative, and who may sue for a sale, is not authorised to sue for foreclosure. He would otherwise be shutting out himself.

munotes.in180

Rights and Liabilities of the Mortgagee

Clause (c). The mortgagee of a railway, canal or other work in the maintenance of which the public are interested may sue for neither foreclosure nor sale. Public utility outweighs the security, and the lender is left to other remedies.

Clause (d). A person interested in part only of the mortgage-money may not sue on a corresponding part of the property, unless the mortgagees have, with the consent of the mortgagor, severed their interests. This is the mortgagee's counterpart of the rule against piecemeal redemption in section 60: the security is not to be broken up.

Section 67A: one suit on several mortgages

A mortgagee holding two or more mortgages executed by the same mortgagor, in respect of each of which he has a right to obtain the same kind of decree under section 67, who sues on any one of them, is bound, absent contrary contract, to sue on all the mortgages in respect of which the money has become due.

This prevents harassment by instalment. Without it a lender could bring one suit after another on separate mortgages against the same borrower, multiplying costs and keeping him permanently in litigation. Note the two conditions: the same mortgagor, and the same kind of decree.

It is the mortgagee's counterpart of section 61, which lets the mortgagor redeem several mortgages separately.

Section 68: the right to sue for the mortgage-money

The mortgagee may sue for the money in the following cases and no others:

(a) where the mortgagor binds himself to repay;

(b) where, by a cause other than the wrongful act or default of either party, the property is wholly or partially destroyed or the security is rendered insufficient within section 66, and the mortgagee has given the mortgagor a reasonable opportunity to provide further security, and he has failed to do so;

(c) where the mortgagee is deprived of the whole or part of his security by or in consequence of the wrongful act or default of the mortgagor;

(d) where, the mortgagee being entitled to possession, the mortgagor fails to deliver it, or to secure possession to him without disturbance by the mortgagor or a person claiming under a title superior to his.

The proviso. In case (a), a transferee from the mortgagor or from his legal representative is not liable to be sued for the mortgage-money. The personal covenant binds the person who gave it, not a buyer of the property.

Sub-section (2): the stay. Where a suit is brought under clause (a) or (b), the Court may, at its discretion, stay the suit notwithstanding any contract to the contrary, until the mortgagee has exhausted all his remedies against the mortgaged property, unless he abandons his security and, if necessary, re-transfers the property.

munotes.in181

Rights and Liabilities of the Mortgagee

That discretion states a principle worth writing out: a secured creditor should go against his security first. He is not to leave the property untouched and pursue the borrower personally, unless he gives the security up altogether.

Section 69: sale without the intervention of the Court

The three cases, and no others, in which a mortgagee or a person acting on his behalf has power to sell, or concur in selling, on default:

(a) where the mortgage is an English mortgage, and neither the mortgagor nor the mortgagee is a Hindu, Muhammadan or Buddhist, or a member of any race, sect, tribe or class specified by the State Government in the Official Gazette;

(b) where a power of sale without the intervention of the Court is expressly conferred by the mortgage-deed and the mortgagee is the Government;

(c) where such a power is expressly conferred by the deed and the mortgaged property or any part of it was, at the date of the deed, situate within the towns of Calcutta, Madras or Bombay, or any other town or area the State Government notifies.

Note that in (b) and (c) an express power in the deed is essential, and that in (c) the location is tested at the date of the mortgage-deed, not at the date of sale.

Sub-section (2): the conditions before exercise. No such power may be exercised unless and until:

(a) notice in writing requiring payment of the principal has been served on the mortgagor, or one of several mortgagors, and default has continued for three months after service; or

(b) interest amounting to at least five hundred rupees is in arrear and unpaid for three months after becoming due.

Section 69A: appointment of a receiver

A mortgagee having the right to exercise a power of sale under section 69 may appoint, by writing signed by him or on his behalf, a receiver of the income of the property.

Who may be appointed. A person named in the mortgage-deed who is willing and able. If none is named, or all named are unable, unwilling or dead, the mortgagee may appoint any person to whose appointment the mortgagor agrees; failing agreement, the mortgagee may apply to the Court, and a person appointed by the Court is deemed to have been appointed by the mortgagee.

Removal. By writing signed by or on behalf of both mortgagee and mortgagor, or by the Court on the application of either party on due cause shown.

Sub-section (3), the important one. A receiver so appointed is deemed to be the agent of the mortgagor, and the mortgagor is solely responsible for his acts or defaults, unless the deed provides otherwise or the acts or defaults are due to the improper intervention of the mortgagee.

munotes.in182

Rights and Liabilities of the Mortgagee

That deeming provision is the point of the section. It gives the mortgagee control of the income without making him a mortgagee in possession, with all the strict accounting duties that role carries under sections 76 and 77.

A worked example

Jayant mortgages his warehouse in Mumbai to a bank for Rs. 60 lakh by an English mortgage, the deed expressly conferring a power of sale without the intervention of the Court. He binds himself personally to repay on a fixed date. He defaults.

Can the bank foreclose? No. Under clause (a) of section 67, only a mortgagee by conditional sale, or an anomalous mortgagee whose terms allow it, may sue for foreclosure.

Can it sue for sale? Yes. Sale is available to every mortgagee except a usufructuary mortgagee and a mortgagee by conditional sale.

Can it sell without going to court? The deed expressly confers the power, and the property was in Bombay at the date of the deed, so section 69(1)(c) is satisfied. Before exercising it the bank must either serve written notice requiring payment of the principal and wait three months after service, or wait until at least Rs. 500 of interest has been unpaid for three months.

Note the trap in clause (a). The English-mortgage route in section 69(1)(a) would not have been available, because it requires that neither party be a Hindu, Muhammadan or Buddhist. It is clause (c), the express power plus the location, that carries this case.

Can the bank sue Jayant personally? Yes, under section 68(1)(a), because he bound himself to repay. But the Court may stay that suit under sub-section (2) until the bank has exhausted its remedies against the warehouse, unless it abandons the security.

Jayant has sold the warehouse to Kavita, subject to the mortgage. The bank may not sue Kavita for the money: the proviso to section 68(1) exempts a transferee from the mortgagor. Its remedy against her is against the property.

The bank wants the rent while it decides. It may appoint a receiver under section 69A, since it has a power of sale under section 69. The receiver is deemed Jayant's agent, so Jayant bears responsibility for his acts, and the bank avoids becoming a mortgagee in possession.

A fire destroys the roof, nobody at fault, and the security becomes insufficient. Under section 68(1)(b) the bank may sue for the money, but only after giving Jayant a reasonable opportunity to provide further security and his failing to do so.

munotes.in183

Rights and Liabilities of the Mortgagee

The bank holds three mortgages from Jayant, all overdue, all giving a right to a decree for sale. If it sues on one, section 67A obliges it to sue on all three.

What it does NOT mean

Foreclosure is not available to every mortgagee. Only to a mortgagee by conditional sale, and to an anomalous mortgagee entitled by the terms.

Sale is not available to every mortgagee either. A usufructuary mortgagee as such and a mortgagee by conditional sale as such cannot sue for sale.

A mortgagee of a public utility gets neither. Clause (c) of section 67 bars both for a railway, canal or other work in whose maintenance the public are interested.

Section 68 is exhaustive. The words are "in the following cases and no others".

A buyer of the property is not personally liable. The proviso to section 68(1) exempts a transferee from the mortgagor.

Section 69 is exhaustive too, and in clauses (b) and (c) an express power in the deed is indispensable.

The three-month periods are not alternatives to notice. Under (2)(a) the three months run from service of the notice.

A receiver under section 69A is the mortgagor's agent, not the mortgagee's, unless the deed says otherwise or the mortgagee intervenes improperly.

Distinctions

Kind of mortgageForeclosureSale through CourtSue for the money
SimpleNoYesYes, s.68(1)(a)
Conditional saleYesNoNo, unless a case in s.68
UsufructuaryNoNoNo, unless a case in s.68
EnglishNoYesYes, s.68(1)(a)
Deposit of title-deedsNoYesDepends on the terms
AnomalousOnly if the terms give itAs the terms allowAs the terms allow
Railway, canal or public workNoNoAs s.68 allows
Section 61Section 67A
Whose positionThe mortgagor'sThe mortgagee's
RuleMay redeem several mortgages separately or togetherMust sue on all mortgages of the same kind that are due
Yields to a contrary contractYesYes

Quick revision

  • Section 67: after the money is due and before a redemption decree or payment, the mortgagee may obtain a decree of foreclosure or of sale.
  • Foreclosure: only a mortgagee by conditional sale, or an anomalous mortgagee entitled by the terms.
  • Sale: everyone except a usufructuary mortgagee and a mortgagee by conditional sale.
  • Neither: a mortgagee of a railway, canal or other public work; and no piecemeal suit on part of the money unless interests were severed with the mortgagor's consent.
  • Section 67A: suing on one of several mortgages from the same mortgagor for the same kind of decree obliges him to sue on all that are due.
  • Section 68, four cases and no others: a personal covenant; destruction or insufficiency not caused by either party, after a chance to give further security; deprivation of security by the mortgagor's wrongful act; failure to deliver possession where the mortgagee is entitled to it. A transferee from the mortgagor is not personally liable. The Court may stay a suit under (a) or (b) until the security is exhausted.
  • Section 69, three cases and no others: an English mortgage where neither party is a Hindu, Muhammadan or Buddhist; an express power and the mortgagee is the Government; an express power and the property was in Calcutta, Madras, Bombay or a notified area at the date of the deed. Then either three months' default after written notice for principal, or Rs. 500 interest unpaid for three months.
  • Section 69A: a mortgagee with a section 69 power may appoint a receiver in writing; the receiver is deemed the mortgagor's agent, which keeps the mortgagee out of possession.
munotes.in184

Rights and Liabilities of the Mortgagee

Test yourself

1. Which mortgagee may sue for foreclosure? A mortgagee by conditional sale, and a mortgagee under an anomalous mortgage by the terms of which he is entitled to foreclose. No other mortgagee may.

2. Which mortgagees may not sue for sale? A usufructuary mortgagee as such and a mortgagee by conditional sale as such.

3. In how many cases may a mortgagee sue for the mortgage-money? Four, and the section says "in the following cases and no others": a personal covenant to repay; destruction or insufficiency of the security by a cause other than either party's wrongful act, after a reasonable opportunity to provide further security; deprivation of the security by the mortgagor's wrongful act or default; and failure to deliver possession where the mortgagee is entitled to it.

4. Can the mortgagee sue a person who has bought the property from the mortgagor for the mortgage-money? No. The proviso to section 68(1) provides that in the case of a personal covenant a transferee from the mortgagor or his legal representative is not liable to be sued for the mortgage-money.

5. State the three cases in which a power of sale without the Court may be exercised. An English mortgage where neither mortgagor nor mortgagee is a Hindu, Muhammadan or Buddhist or a specified class; an express power in the deed with the Government as mortgagee; and an express power in the deed where the property was, at the date of the deed, in Calcutta, Madras, Bombay or a notified town or area.

6. What must happen before that power is exercised? Either written notice requiring payment of the principal must have been served and default continued for three months after service, or at least Rs. 500 of interest must be in arrear and unpaid for three months after becoming due.

munotes.in185

Rights and Liabilities of the Mortgagee

7. Whose agent is a receiver appointed under section 69A, and why does it matter? He is deemed to be the agent of the mortgagor, who is solely responsible for his acts and defaults unless the deed provides otherwise or the mortgagee intervenes improperly. It matters because it lets the mortgagee take the income without becoming a mortgagee in possession and incurring the duties that follow.

8. Why does section 67A exist? To stop a mortgagee holding several mortgages from the same mortgagor bringing a succession of separate suits. If he sues on one and is entitled to the same kind of decree on the others, he must sue on all in respect of which the money has become due.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in186

Chapter Thirty-Six

The Mortgagee in Possession

Syllabus topic 2.1, "Specific Transfers under the Transfer of Property Act, 1882: Mortgage and Charge [Sections 58 - 104]"

In one line

A lender who takes possession must look after the property like a prudent owner, keep proper accounts, and give credit for everything he receives, because he is holding somebody else's land.

In exam wording: section 76 provides that when, during the continuance of the mortgage, the mortgagee takes possession, he must manage the property as a person of ordinary prudence would manage his own, collect the rents and profits, discharge public charges and rent out of the income, make necessary repairs, commit no destructive act, apply insurance money as directed, keep clear, full and accurate accounts, and credit his receipts against interest and then principal, paying any surplus to the mortgagor.

Why the duties are strict

A mortgagee in possession is in a peculiar position: he holds and enjoys land that is not his, under a title that exists only to secure money. He controls the income, the tenants and the repairs, and the owner can see none of it.

The law's answer is to treat him as accountable for everything. He is not a trustee in the full sense, but he is close enough to one that every rupee must be explained. That is why section 76(g) requires clear, full and accurate accounts, and why the closing words allow the Court, when accounts are taken, to debit him with the loss occasioned by any failure of duty.

Sections 70 and 71: what the security picks up

Section 70: accession. If, after the date of a mortgage, any accession is made to the property, the mortgagee is, absent contrary contract, entitled to it for the purposes of the security.

The Act's illustrations:

(a) A mortgages to B a field bordering a river. The field is increased by alluvion. For the purposes of his security, B is entitled to the increase.

(b) A mortgages a plot of building land to B and afterwards erects a house on it. For the purposes of his security, B is entitled to the house as well as the plot.

Section 71: renewal of a lease. Where the mortgaged property is a lease and the mortgagor obtains a renewal, the mortgagee is, absent contrary contract, entitled to the new lease for the purposes of the security.

The five words "for the purposes of the security" are the whole of it. The mortgagee does not own the accession or the new lease; they simply become part of what answers his debt. On redemption they go to the mortgagor under sections 63 and 64. So illustration (b) does not mean B gets a free house: it means A cannot mortgage bare land, build on it, and then argue that only the land is charged.

munotes.in187

The Mortgagee in Possession

Section 72: what a mortgagee may spend

A mortgagee may spend such money as is necessary:

(b) for the preservation of the property from destruction, forfeiture or sale; (c) for supporting the mortgagor's title; (d) for making his own title good against the mortgagor; (e) where the property is a renewable leasehold, for renewal of the lease.

He may, absent contrary contract, add such money to the principal, at the rate of interest payable on the principal, or, where none is fixed, nine per cent per annum.

The proviso. Expenditure under clause (b) or (c) is not deemed necessary unless the mortgagor has been called upon and has failed to take proper and timely steps to preserve the property or support the title. The mortgagor must be given the chance to act first; the mortgagee cannot spend freely and send the bill.

Insurance. Where the property is by its nature insurable, the mortgagee may, absent contrary contract, insure against fire, and the premiums are added to the principal on the same interest terms. But the amount insured must not exceed the amount specified in the mortgage-deed, or, if none is specified, two-thirds of the amount that would be required to reinstate the property on total destruction. And he may not insure at all where insurance is already kept up by or on behalf of the mortgagor to the amount he is authorised to insure for.

Section 73: proceeds of a revenue sale, and acquisition compensation

Sub-section (1). Where the property is sold for failure to pay arrears of revenue, other public charges or rent, and the failure did not arise from the mortgagee's default, the mortgagee may claim the mortgage-money, wholly or in part, out of any surplus of the sale proceeds remaining after the arrears, charges and deductions directed by law.

Sub-section (2). Where the property is acquired under the Land Acquisition Act 1894 or any other compulsory acquisition enactment, the mortgagee may claim the mortgage-money, wholly or in part, out of the compensation due to the mortgagor.

Sub-section (3). Such claims prevail against all other claims except those of prior encumbrances, and may be enforced notwithstanding that the principal money has not become due.

The principle is substitution: when the land is converted into money by an event outside the mortgagee's control, the security follows the money. Sub-section (3) is what makes it useful, since an acquisition rarely waits for the mortgage to fall due.

Sections 74 and 75, on the rights of a subsequent and a mesne mortgagee, were repealed by the amending Act of 1929, and are noted here as repealed rather than explained. Their subject matter is now covered by subrogation under section 92.

munotes.in188

The Mortgagee in Possession

Section 76: the liabilities

When the mortgagee takes possession during the continuance of the mortgage:

(a) he must manage the property as a person of ordinary prudence would manage it if it were his own;

(b) he must use his best endeavours to collect the rents and profits;

(c) absent contrary contract, he must pay out of the income the Government revenue, all other public charges and rent accruing due during his possession, and any arrears of rent in default of which the property may be summarily sold;

(d) absent contrary contract, he must make such necessary repairs as he can pay for out of the rents and profits after deducting the payments in clause (c) and the interest on the principal;

(e) he must not commit any act which is destructive or permanently injurious to the property;

(f) where he has insured against fire, he must, on loss, apply the money he actually receives, so far as necessary, in reinstating the property, or, if the mortgagor so directs, in reduction or discharge of the mortgage-money;

(g) he must keep clear, full and accurate accounts of all sums received and spent as mortgagee, and at any time during the mortgage give the mortgagor, at his request and cost, true copies of them and of the vouchers supporting them;

(h) his receipts, or a fair occupation-rent where he occupies personally, must, after deducting the expenses properly incurred for management and collection and the expenses in clauses (c) and (d) with interest, be debited against him in reduction of interest due, and, so far as they exceed the interest, in reduction or discharge of the principal; any surplus is paid to the mortgagor;

(i) when the mortgagor tenders or deposits the amount due, the mortgagee must account for his receipts from the date of the tender, or from the earliest time he could have taken the money out of Court, and may not deduct expenses incurred after that date.

Loss occasioned by default. If he fails to perform any of these duties, he may, when accounts are taken under a decree, be debited with the loss occasioned by the failure.

Clause (h) is the engine of the whole section, and clause (b) is what makes it bite: a mortgagee who does not bother to collect rent is not thereby better off, because clause (h) charges him with a fair occupation-rent where he occupies himself, and the accounting under a decree can debit him with what his neglect cost.

munotes.in189

The Mortgagee in Possession

Section 77: receipts in lieu of interest

Clauses (b), (d), (g) and (h) of section 76 do not apply where there is a contract that the receipts from the property shall, so long as the mortgagee is in possession, be taken in lieu of interest on the principal, or in lieu of interest and defined portions of the principal.

This is the usufructuary arrangement, and the exemption follows from it. If the parties have agreed that the income is simply set against interest, there is nothing to collect for the mortgagor, nothing to account for, and no surplus to hand over. The duties that survive are the important ones: prudent management under (a), payment of public charges under (c), no destructive acts under (e), and the proper application of insurance money under (f).

A worked example

Lalita mortgages her orchard at Ratnagiri to Manoj, who takes possession under a mortgage carrying interest at 8 per cent.

The river adds land to one boundary. Under section 70 it becomes part of the security. On redemption it goes to Lalita under section 63.

The revenue authorities threaten to sell the orchard for arrears. Manoj may spend money to preserve it from sale under section 72(b), but only after calling upon Lalita to act and her failing to do so. What he spends is added to the principal at 8 per cent.

He insures the orchard against fire. Permitted, unless Lalita already insures it for the relevant amount. The sum insured may not exceed what the deed specifies, or, if silent, two-thirds of the reinstatement cost.

Fire damages the packing shed and Manoj receives the insurance money. Under section 76(f) he must apply it in reinstating the property, or, if Lalita so directs, in reduction or discharge of the mortgage-money. The choice is hers.

He collects Rs. 6 lakh of fruit revenue in a year. Under clause (h) he deducts the proper management and collection expenses and the payments under (c) and (d) with interest, credits the balance first against interest due, and any excess against the principal. Any surplus beyond the whole debt is paid to Lalita.

He lives in the farmhouse himself and collects nothing for it. Clause (h) charges him with a fair occupation-rent all the same.

He lets the trees go untended and the yield halves. Clause (a) required prudent management and clause (b) his best endeavours to collect. When accounts are taken under a decree, he may be debited with the loss his failure caused.

Lalita tenders the whole amount due on 1 March. From that date Manoj must account for his receipts and may not deduct any expenses incurred afterwards.

Change the arrangement. Suppose the deed had provided that Manoj takes the orchard's income in lieu of interest. Section 77 then switches off clauses (b), (d), (g) and (h): he need not account for the receipts at all. He must still manage prudently, pay the public charges, avoid destructive acts and apply insurance money properly.

munotes.in190

The Mortgagee in Possession

What it does NOT mean

Section 70 does not give the mortgagee the accession. It attaches it to the security; sections 63 and 63A return it on redemption.

A mortgagee may not spend at will. Under section 72(b) and (c) the mortgagor must first be called upon and have failed to act.

He may not over-insure. The cap is the deed's figure, or two-thirds of the reinstatement cost, and he may not insure where the mortgagor already does.

Insurance money is not automatically applied to the debt. It goes to reinstatement, unless the mortgagor directs otherwise.

Occupying rent-free is not free. A fair occupation-rent is debited against him.

Section 77 does not exempt him from everything. Only clauses (b), (d), (g) and (h) fall away.

Sections 74 and 75 are repealed and should be described as repealed, not explained.

Distinctions

While the mortgage runsOn redemption
AccessionPart of the security, s.70Goes to the mortgagor, s.63
Renewed leasePart of the security, s.71Goes to the mortgagor, s.64
Duty under s.76Survives a s.77 contract?
(a) prudent managementYes
(b) best endeavours to collectNo
(c) pay revenue, public charges, rentYes
(d) necessary repairs out of incomeNo
(e) no destructive actYes
(f) apply insurance moneyYes
(g) keep and produce accountsNo
(h) credit receipts against interest then principalNo
(i) account from the date of tenderYes

Quick revision

  • s.70 and s.71: accessions and a renewed lease enure to the security, not to the mortgagee's ownership.
  • s.72: he may spend to preserve the property, support the mortgagor's title, perfect his own title and renew a leasehold, adding it to the principal at the contract rate or 9%. For (b) and (c) the mortgagor must first be called upon and have failed. Insurance is capped at the deed's figure or two-thirds of reinstatement cost, and is barred where the mortgagor already insures.
  • s.73: on a revenue sale he claims out of the surplus; on compulsory acquisition out of the compensation; such claims prevail over all but prior encumbrances and may be enforced though the money is not yet due.
  • ss.74 and 75 are repealed.
  • s.76, nine duties: prudent management; best endeavours to collect; pay revenue, charges and rent; necessary repairs out of income; no destructive act; apply insurance money to reinstatement or as the mortgagor directs; clear, full and accurate accounts with copies at the mortgagor's request and cost; credit receipts, or a fair occupation-rent, against interest then principal with the surplus to the mortgagor; account from the date of tender and deduct no later expenses.
  • Failure means being debited with the loss when accounts are taken.
  • s.77: a contract that receipts are taken in lieu of interest switches off clauses (b), (d), (g) and (h) only.
munotes.in191

The Mortgagee in Possession

Test yourself

1. A mortgagor builds a house on mortgaged land. Who is entitled to it? For the purposes of the security, the mortgagee, under section 70 and its illustration (b). It becomes part of what answers the debt, and on redemption it goes to the mortgagor under section 63.

2. Before spending money to preserve the property, what must a mortgagee do? Call upon the mortgagor to take proper and timely steps and find that he has failed to do so. The proviso to section 72 says such expenditure is not deemed necessary otherwise.

3. How much may a mortgagee insure the property for? Not more than the amount specified in the mortgage-deed, or, if none is specified, two-thirds of the amount that would be required to reinstate the property on total destruction. He may not insure at all where the mortgagor already keeps up insurance to that amount.

4. The property is acquired compulsorily. What can the mortgagee do? Claim payment of the mortgage-money, wholly or in part, out of the compensation due to the mortgagor under section 73(2). That claim prevails against all claims except prior encumbrances, and may be enforced even though the principal money has not become due.

5. A mortgagee in possession occupies the property himself and pays nothing. How is that treated? Under section 76(h) a fair occupation-rent in respect of the property is debited against him, in reduction of the interest and then of the principal, exactly as if he had received rent.

6. What happens if the mortgagee fails in his duties under section 76? When accounts are taken in pursuance of a decree under Chapter IV, he may be debited with the loss occasioned by his failure.

7. Which duties fall away where receipts are taken in lieu of interest? Clauses (b), (d), (g) and (h) of section 76, that is best endeavours to collect, necessary repairs out of income, keeping and producing accounts, and crediting receipts. The rest continue to apply.

8. Insurance money is received after a fire. Who decides how it is used? It must be applied in reinstating the property, unless the mortgagor directs that it be applied in reduction or discharge of the mortgage-money. The direction is the mortgagor's to give.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in192

Chapter Thirty-Seven

Priority, Contribution and Marshalling among Mortgagees

Syllabus topic 2.1, "Specific Transfers under the Transfer of Property Act, 1882: Mortgage and Charge [Sections 58 - 104]"

In one line

The earlier mortgage wins, unless the earlier mortgagee behaved badly; a later mortgagee can push the earlier debt onto the properties he does not hold; and where several people own parts of the mortgaged property, they share the debt by value.

In exam wording: section 78 postpones a prior mortgagee whose fraud, misrepresentation or gross neglect induced another to advance money; section 79 protects a maximum-sum mortgage against a later one taken with notice; section 81 allows a subsequent mortgagee to marshal; and section 82 makes the several shares of mortgaged property contribute rateably to the debt.

The starting point

Section 48 settles priority generally: qui prior est tempore potior est jure, the earlier in time is stronger in law. A mortgagor cannot give a second lender better rights than he had left to give.

The four sections here are what qualifies that rule inside Chapter IV. Two are about priority (78 and 79) and two about which property answers the debt (81 and 82).

Section 78: postponement of a prior mortgagee

Where, through the fraud, misrepresentation or gross neglect of a prior mortgagee, another person has been induced to advance money on the security of the mortgaged property, the prior mortgagee is postponed to the subsequent mortgagee.

The reason is the same allocation of fault that runs through section 41: as between two lenders, the loss falls on the one whose own conduct produced the mistake.

Three points on its scope.

The three triggers are distinct. Fraud is deliberate; misrepresentation may be innocent; gross neglect is a failure so serious that it misleads. Ordinary carelessness will not do, and the word "gross" carries weight.

There must be inducement. The later lender must have advanced the money because of the prior mortgagee's conduct. A lender who never enquired and would have lent anyway was not induced.

The consequence is postponement, not extinction. The prior mortgage survives; it simply ranks second.

Section 79: a mortgage securing an uncertain amount, with a maximum

Where a mortgage made to secure future advances, the performance of an engagement, or the balance of a running account expresses the maximum to be secured, a subsequent mortgage of the same property, if made with notice of the prior mortgage, is postponed to the prior mortgage in respect of all advances or debits not exceeding the maximum, though made or allowed with notice of the subsequent mortgage.

The Act's illustration, which is the clearest possible statement:

A mortgages Sultanpur to his bankers, B & Co., to secure the balance of his account with them to the extent of Rs. 10,000. A then mortgages Sultanpur to C, to secure Rs. 10,000, C having notice of the mortgage to B & Co., and C gives notice to B & Co. of the second mortgage. At the date of the second mortgage, the balance due to B & Co. does not exceed Rs. 5,000. B & Co. subsequently advance to A sums making the balance exceed Rs. 10,000. B & Co. are entitled, to the extent of Rs. 10,000, to priority over C.

munotes.in193

Priority, Contribution and Marshalling among Mortgagees

Read the last clause of the section again, because it is what students miss: B & Co. keep priority up to the maximum even though they knew of C's mortgage when they made the later advances. Notice of a second mortgage does not normally protect further lending, but a declared maximum does.

The justification is that the maximum was published in the first mortgage. C could see exactly how much of the property was already committed, and he chose to lend against what was left. He cannot complain when the first lender uses the room he had reserved.

The conditions, all of which must be present: a mortgage to secure future advances, an engagement, or a running balance; a maximum expressed in it; and the later mortgagee taking with notice of it.

Section 80, which abolished tacking, was repealed in 1929 and is noted as repealed. Tacking is dealt with in [Subrogation, and the Abolition of Tacking] under section 93.

Section 81: marshalling by a subsequent mortgagee

If the owner of two or more properties mortgages them to one person and then mortgages one or more of them to another, the subsequent mortgagee is, absent contrary contract, entitled to have the prior mortgage-debt satisfied out of the properties not mortgaged to him, so far as they will extend, but not so as to prejudice the rights of the prior mortgagee or of any other person who has for consideration acquired an interest in any of the properties.

This is section 56 with a mortgagee in place of a purchaser, and the reasoning is identical: a debtor may not, by his own later dealing, throw the whole burden onto the property he has given as security to somebody else while keeping the rest clear.

The limits are the same and are the examinable part. Marshalling must not prejudice the prior mortgagee, so if the other properties are insufficient he may still come against the property mortgaged to the second lender for the balance; and it must not prejudice anyone who acquired an interest for consideration, so a later purchaser or third mortgagee cannot be sacrificed.

Section 82: contribution to the mortgage-debt

The main rule. Where property subject to a mortgage belongs to two or more persons having distinct and separate rights of ownership, the different shares or parts are, absent contrary contract, liable to contribute rateably to the debt.

munotes.in194

Priority, Contribution and Marshalling among Mortgagees

How the rate is fixed. For the purpose of determining the rate, the value of each share or part is deemed to be its value at the date of the mortgage, after deducting the amount of any other mortgage or charge to which it was subject on that date.

Two things there repay attention. The valuation date is the date of the mortgage, not the date of the suit, so a share that has since risen or fallen contributes on its original footing. And what is valued is the net value after prior charges, since a share already burdened is worth less as a contributor.

The second paragraph. Where, of two properties belonging to the same owner, one is mortgaged to secure one debt and then both are mortgaged to secure another, and the first debt is paid out of the first property, each property is, absent contrary contract, liable to contribute rateably to the second debt after deducting the amount of the first debt from the value of the property out of which it was paid.

That is simply the netting principle again: the property that has already borne the first debt gets credit for it before the second is shared.

The exclusion. Nothing in section 82 applies to property liable under section 81 to the claim of the subsequent mortgagee. Marshalling and contribution do not operate on the same property at the same time, and marshalling takes precedence.

A worked example

Nikhil owns three plots at Baramati: X worth Rs. 60 lakh, Y worth Rs. 40 lakh and Z worth Rs. 20 lakh.

Priority. He mortgages all three to a bank for Rs. 50 lakh in January, and mortgages plot X alone to Om for Rs. 30 lakh in June. Under section 48 the bank ranks first.

Section 78. Suppose that before Om lent, the bank told him, carelessly and quite wrongly, that it held no security over plot X, and Om lent on the strength of it. That is misrepresentation which induced the advance, and the bank is postponed to Om.

Section 81. Assume no such conduct. Om, as subsequent mortgagee of X only, may require the bank's Rs. 50 lakh to be satisfied out of Y and Z, which he does not hold. Those are worth Rs. 60 lakh together, so they will extend to the whole debt and plot X is left for Om.

The limit. If the bank's debt had been Rs. 80 lakh, Y and Z would yield only Rs. 60 lakh, and the bank could come against plot X for the remaining Rs. 20 lakh, because marshalling must not prejudice the prior mortgagee.

munotes.in195

Priority, Contribution and Marshalling among Mortgagees

Section 82. Now suppose Nikhil dies and X, Y and Z pass to three heirs in separate ownership, the bank's Rs. 50 lakh still outstanding over all three. The heirs contribute rateably, by the values at the date of the mortgage: X bears 60/120, Y bears 40/120 and Z bears 20/120, that is Rs. 25 lakh, Rs. 16.67 lakh and Rs. 8.33 lakh. If plot Y had itself been subject to an earlier charge of Rs. 10 lakh at that date, it would be valued at Rs. 30 lakh for this purpose and the shares recalculated.

Section 79. Separately, suppose Nikhil had mortgaged plot X to his bankers to secure the balance of his running account up to a stated maximum of Rs. 25 lakh, and then mortgaged X to Om, who knew of it. When the bankers later advance further sums taking the balance to Rs. 25 lakh, they keep priority over Om to the full Rs. 25 lakh, even though they knew of Om's mortgage when they advanced.

What it does NOT mean

Section 78 does not require fraud. Misrepresentation or gross neglect will do, though ordinary carelessness will not.

Postponement is not extinction. The prior mortgage survives and simply ranks later.

Section 79 is not a general protection for further advances. It works only where a maximum is expressed and the later mortgagee had notice.

Section 81 does not reduce the prior mortgagee's security. Where the other properties are insufficient he may still reach the property mortgaged to the later lender.

Contribution is not calculated on present values. Section 82 fixes values at the date of the mortgage, net of charges then subsisting.

Sections 81 and 82 do not overlap. Section 82 does not apply to property liable under section 81 to the subsequent mortgagee's claim.

Section 80 is repealed and should be described as repealed.

Distinctions

Marshalling, ss.56 and 81Contribution, s.82
QuestionWhich property answers the debtIn what proportions the parts share it
Claimed byA subsequent purchaser (s.56) or mortgagee (s.81)The owners of the several parts, among themselves
BasisThe properties not sold or mortgaged to himValue at the date of the mortgage, net of other charges then subsisting
LimitsNo prejudice to the prior mortgagee or to anyone who acquired an interest for considerationYields to a contract to the contrary; does not apply where s.81 governs
Section 48Section 78Section 79
RuleEarlier in time prevailsThe earlier is postponed for his fraud, misrepresentation or gross neglectThe earlier keeps priority up to the expressed maximum, despite notice of the later mortgage
Turns onTimeThe prior mortgagee's conduct and inducementA declared maximum and the later mortgagee's notice
munotes.in196

Priority, Contribution and Marshalling among Mortgagees

Quick revision

  • The base rule is section 48: earlier in time, stronger in law.
  • s.78: a prior mortgagee is postponed where his fraud, misrepresentation or gross neglect induced another to advance money.
  • s.79: where a mortgage for future advances, an engagement or a running balance expresses a maximum, a later mortgagee with notice is postponed as to everything up to that maximum, even though the advances were made with notice of his mortgage. Illustration: B & Co. keep priority to Rs. 10,000 over C.
  • s.80 is repealed (tacking).
  • s.81: a subsequent mortgagee may have the prior debt satisfied out of the properties not mortgaged to him, so far as they extend, without prejudicing the prior mortgagee or anyone who acquired an interest for consideration.
  • s.82: separate owners of parts of mortgaged property contribute rateably, valued at the date of the mortgage net of other charges then subsisting; where one of two properties bore an earlier debt, that amount is deducted before sharing the later debt. It does not apply where s.81 governs.

Test yourself

1. When is a prior mortgagee postponed to a later one? Where, through his fraud, misrepresentation or gross neglect, another person was induced to advance money on the security of the mortgaged property. Section 78 then postpones him.

2. Does notice of a second mortgage stop a first mortgagee from keeping priority for later advances? Not where his mortgage expresses a maximum. Under section 79 he retains priority for all advances not exceeding that maximum, though made with notice of the subsequent mortgage.

3. State the illustration to section 79. A mortgages Sultanpur to B & Co. to secure the balance of his account up to Rs. 10,000, then mortgages it to C for Rs. 10,000, C having notice. The balance is then under Rs. 5,000. B & Co. later advance sums taking it above Rs. 10,000. B & Co. have priority over C to the extent of Rs. 10,000.

4. What may a subsequent mortgagee require under section 81? That the prior mortgage-debt be satisfied out of the properties not mortgaged to him, so far as they will extend, without prejudicing the prior mortgagee or any other person who has for consideration acquired an interest in any of the properties.

5. On what values is contribution calculated? On the value of each share or part at the date of the mortgage, after deducting the amount of any other mortgage or charge to which it was subject on that date.

munotes.in197

Priority, Contribution and Marshalling among Mortgagees

6. Can sections 81 and 82 apply to the same property at the same time? No. Section 82 expressly does not apply to property liable under section 81 to the claim of the subsequent mortgagee.

7. Is ordinary carelessness by a prior mortgagee enough to postpone him? No. Section 78 requires fraud, misrepresentation or gross neglect, and the later lender must have been induced by it to advance the money.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in198

Chapter Thirty-Eight

Subrogation, and the Abolition of Tacking

Syllabus topic 2.1, "Specific Transfers under the Transfer of Property Act, 1882: Mortgage and Charge [Sections 58 - 104]"

In one line

Somebody other than the borrower who pays off a mortgage steps into the lender's shoes and gets his rights, but nobody can improve the ranking of his own debt merely by paying off an earlier one.

In exam wording: section 92 provides that any of the persons referred to in section 91, other than the mortgagor, and any co-mortgagor, shall on redeeming property subject to the mortgage have, so far as regards redemption, foreclosure or sale, the same rights as the mortgagee whose mortgage he redeems may have against the mortgagor or any other mortgagee; and this is called the right of subrogation.

Section 91: who may redeem besides the mortgagor

Redemption is not the mortgagor's monopoly. Besides him, the following may redeem or sue for redemption:

(a) any person, other than the mortgagee of the interest sought to be redeemed, who has any interest in, or charge upon, the mortgaged property or upon the right to redeem it;

(b) any surety for the payment of the mortgage-debt or any part of it;

(c) any creditor of the mortgagor who has, in a suit for the administration of his estate, obtained a decree for sale of the mortgaged property.

The reason for opening the door so wide is that many people can be ruined by a mortgage they did not grant. A second mortgagee is wiped out if the first forecloses. A surety must pay if the debt is not met. A buyer of the equity of redemption loses what he paid for. Each of them should be able to protect himself by paying the debt, rather than watching the property go.

Note the exclusion in clause (a): the mortgagee of the interest sought to be redeemed cannot use the section, for the obvious reason that he is the person being redeemed.

Section 92: subrogation

Subrogation means standing in another's place. The person who pays off the mortgage does not simply discharge it; he takes it over.

Who gets it. Any of the persons in section 91 other than the mortgagor, and any co-mortgagor.

What they get. So far as regards redemption, foreclosure or sale, the same rights as the mortgagee whose mortgage he redeems had against the mortgagor or any other mortgagee.

Why the mortgagor is excluded is worth stating: when the mortgagor pays, the debt is discharged, because he is the person who owed it. There is nothing left to be subrogated to. Everyone else is paying somebody else's debt, and equity keeps the security alive in their hands.

Conventional subrogation. The section adds a second route. A person who has advanced money to a mortgagor with which the mortgage has been redeemed is subrogated to the redeemed mortgagee's rights if the mortgagor has by a registered instrument agreed that he shall be so subrogated.

munotes.in199

Subrogation, and the Abolition of Tacking

Two elements are essential there and both are commonly missed: the agreement, and that it be by a registered instrument. A refinancing lender who takes no such registered agreement gets no subrogation, and is left an unsecured creditor.

The closing limit. No right of subrogation arises unless the mortgage in respect of which it is claimed has been redeemed in full. Part payment gives nothing.

The two kinds are usually distinguished as legal subrogation, arising by operation of the section in favour of the persons named, and conventional subrogation, arising from a registered agreement.

Section 93: tacking prohibited

No mortgagee paying off a prior mortgage, whether with or without notice of an intermediate mortgage, acquires any priority in respect of his original security; and, except in the case provided for by section 79, no mortgagee making a subsequent advance, whether with or without notice of an intermediate mortgage, acquires any priority in respect of his security for that advance.

Tacking was the English practice by which a lender holding the first and third mortgages could "tack" the third onto the first and squeeze out the second. Section 93 abolishes it.

Two separate prohibitions live in the section and an answer should keep them apart.

One, paying off a prior mortgage does not promote your own. A third mortgagee who buys out the first does not thereby lift his third mortgage above the second. He does step into the first mortgagee's shoes as to the first mortgage, by subrogation under section 92; what he cannot do is carry his own later debt up with it.

Two, a later advance does not share the earlier priority. The single exception is section 79, the mortgage that expresses a maximum.

Section 94: rights of a mesne mortgagee

Where property is mortgaged for successive debts to successive mortgagees, a mesne mortgagee has the same rights against mortgagees posterior to himself as he has against the mortgagor.

Mesne means intermediate. A second mortgagee among three is a mesne mortgagee: he has people ahead of him and people behind him. The section tells him that, looking backwards down the queue, he is in the position of a mortgagee facing a mortgagor. So he may foreclose or sell against those later than himself exactly as he could against the borrower.

It is the tidy counterpart of section 92: subrogation tells him what he gets by paying off those ahead; section 94 tells him what he already has against those behind.

munotes.in200

Subrogation, and the Abolition of Tacking

Section 95: the redeeming co-mortgagor's expenses

Where one of several mortgagors redeems the property, he is entitled, in enforcing his right of subrogation under section 92 against his co-mortgagors, to add to the mortgage-money recoverable from them such proportion of the expenses properly incurred in the redemption as is attributable to their share in the property.

Without it, the co-mortgagor who acts would be out of pocket for the costs of rescuing everyone's property. The section makes the others bear their share of the expenses, in the same proportion as their share of the property, on top of their share of the debt.

Section 96: mortgage by deposit of title-deeds

The provisions which apply to a simple mortgage apply, so far as may be, to a mortgage by deposit of title-deeds.

This is a short section carrying a lot of law. Because Chapter IV is written mostly around named forms, the equitable mortgage would otherwise be left with almost no rules. Section 96 supplies them wholesale by assimilating it to the simple mortgage, which means, among other things, that the remedy is sale and not foreclosure.

A worked example

Pravin mortgages his factory at Chakan three times: first to a bank for Rs. 50 lakh, then to Qamar for Rs. 30 lakh, then to Rekha for Rs. 20 lakh. Sameer stands surety for the bank's loan, and Tara has bought the equity of redemption.

Who may redeem the bank? Under section 91, Qamar and Rekha, as persons having an interest in the property; Tara, as a person interested in the right to redeem; and Sameer, as a surety. Pravin may of course redeem as mortgagor.

Rekha pays the bank in full. Under section 92 she is subrogated to the bank's rights and holds the first mortgage, with all the bank's rights against Pravin and against the other mortgagees.

Does her own third mortgage move up? No. Section 93 prohibits tacking: paying off a prior mortgage gives her no priority in respect of her original security. She now holds a first mortgage of Rs. 50 lakh and a third mortgage of Rs. 20 lakh, with Qamar's Rs. 30 lakh in between.

Pravin pays the bank instead. No subrogation. He owed the debt, so payment discharges it, and Qamar moves up.

A new financier lends Pravin the money to pay the bank. He is subrogated only if Pravin has agreed by a registered instrument that he shall be. Without that registered agreement he has no security at all.

Rekha pays the bank only Rs. 40 lakh of the Rs. 50 lakh. No subrogation: the mortgage must be redeemed in full.

Qamar's position against Rekha. Qamar is a mesne mortgagee. Under section 94 he has the same rights against Rekha, who is posterior to him, as he has against Pravin.

munotes.in201

Subrogation, and the Abolition of Tacking

Now change the facts. Suppose the factory belonged to Pravin and two brothers as co-mortgagors, and Pravin alone redeems, spending Rs. 2 lakh in costs. Under section 95 he may add to the mortgage-money recoverable from each brother the proportion of those expenses attributable to that brother's share.

And the bank's security was an equitable mortgage by deposit of title-deeds. Section 96 applies the simple-mortgage provisions to it so far as may be, so its remedy is sale, not foreclosure.

What it does NOT mean

The mortgagor is not subrogated. His payment discharges the debt.

Part payment gives nothing. The mortgage must be redeemed in full.

A lender who refinances is not automatically subrogated. He needs the mortgagor's agreement by a registered instrument.

Subrogation does not promote the redeemer's own debt. Section 93 forbids exactly that.

Section 93 is not absolute. Section 79, the expressed maximum, survives it.

Section 94 does not help a mesne mortgagee against those ahead of him. It gives him rights against posterior mortgagees; for those ahead he must redeem and rely on section 92.

Section 95 covers expenses, not a bonus. Only the proportion properly attributable to the co-mortgagors' share.

Distinctions

Legal subrogationConventional subrogation
Arises fromThe section itself, in favour of the persons in s.91 other than the mortgagor, and a co-mortgagorAn agreement by the mortgagor
FormalityNone beyond redemption in fullThe agreement must be by a registered instrument
Who claimsA puisne mortgagee, surety, purchaser of the equity, decree-holder creditor, co-mortgagorA person who advanced the money with which the mortgage was redeemed
Subrogation, s.92Tacking, s.93
What it doesPuts the payer in the redeemed mortgagee's placeWould have lifted the payer's own later security
StatusAllowedProhibited, except s.79
Section 92Section 94
DirectionRights obtained against those ahead, by redeeming themRights already held against those behind
ConditionRedemption in fullBeing a mesne mortgagee

Quick revision

  • s.91: besides the mortgagor, redemption may be sought by anyone with an interest in or charge upon the property or the right to redeem (not the mortgagee being redeemed), a surety, and a creditor with a decree for sale in an administration suit.
  • s.92: those persons, other than the mortgagor, and any co-mortgagor, are subrogated on redeeming, and take the redeemed mortgagee's rights as to redemption, foreclosure and sale.
  • Conventional subrogation needs the mortgagor's agreement by a registered instrument.
  • No subrogation unless the mortgage is redeemed in full.
  • s.93: tacking is prohibited. Paying off a prior mortgage gives no priority to your own security, and a later advance gets no earlier priority, except under s.79.
  • s.94: a mesne mortgagee has the same rights against posterior mortgagees as against the mortgagor.
  • s.95: a redeeming co-mortgagor may add the co-mortgagors' proportionate share of the expenses of redemption.
  • s.96: the simple mortgage provisions apply, so far as may be, to a mortgage by deposit of title-deeds.
munotes.in202

Subrogation, and the Abolition of Tacking

Test yourself

1. Who may sue for redemption besides the mortgagor? Any person other than the mortgagee of the interest sought to be redeemed who has an interest in or charge upon the mortgaged property or upon the right to redeem it; any surety for the mortgage-debt or part of it; and any creditor of the mortgagor who has obtained a decree for sale of the property in a suit for the administration of his estate.

2. Why is the mortgagor excluded from subrogation? Because the debt is his. When he pays, it is discharged, and there is no subsisting security for him to be subrogated to.

3. A third mortgagee pays off the first. What does he hold? The first mortgage, by subrogation under section 92, together with his own third mortgage. Section 93 prevents him from gaining any priority for the third, so the second mortgage still ranks between them.

4. What must a financier who lends money to pay off a mortgage obtain? An agreement by the mortgagor, by a registered instrument, that he shall be subrogated to the redeemed mortgagee's rights. Without it he acquires no such right.

5. Is partial redemption enough for subrogation? No. The section provides that no right of subrogation arises unless the mortgage in respect of which it is claimed has been redeemed in full.

6. What is tacking, and what is the one surviving exception? Tacking was the practice of joining a later security to an earlier one so as to squeeze out an intermediate mortgagee. Section 93 prohibits it, except in the case provided for by section 79, where the prior mortgage expresses a maximum.

7. What rights does a mesne mortgagee have against those later than himself? The same rights he has against the mortgagor, under section 94.

8. What does section 96 achieve in one line? It applies the provisions governing a simple mortgage, so far as may be, to a mortgage by deposit of title-deeds, which is why the equitable mortgagee's remedy is sale.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in203

Chapter Thirty-Nine

Suits for Foreclosure, Sale and Redemption

Syllabus topic 2.1, "Specific Transfers under the Transfer of Property Act, 1882: Mortgage and Charge [Sections 58 - 104]"

In one line

A borrower who cannot find his lender can pay the money into court instead, and that stops the interest; and the procedure for mortgage suits is no longer in this Act at all.

In exam wording: section 83 permits the mortgagor, or any other person entitled to sue for redemption, at any time after the principal money has become due and before a redemption suit is barred, to deposit in Court the amount remaining due; and section 84 provides that interest on the principal ceases from the date of such tender or deposit.

Where the procedure went

Sections 85 to 90, 97 and 99 of this Act originally contained the machinery of mortgage suits: who had to be joined as parties, the form of a preliminary decree, what happened when the defendant paid, how the proceeds were applied, and the attachment of mortgaged property.

All of them were repealed by the Code of Civil Procedure 1908, and re-enacted as Order XXXIV of that Code. That is where a practitioner now finds the preliminary and final decrees for foreclosure, sale and redemption.

The reason for the move is a tidy one worth stating: this Act is a statement of substantive property law, and rules about parties, decrees and execution are procedure. Keeping them here duplicated the Code and risked the two drifting apart.

What to write in an exam. Sections 85 to 90, 97 and 99 stand repealed, and the procedure for suits on mortgages is contained in Order XXXIV of the Code of Civil Procedure 1908. The substantive rights those suits enforce remain in sections 60 and 67 of this Act.

Section 83: deposit in Court

When. At any time after the principal money payable in respect of the mortgage has become due, and before a suit for redemption is barred.

Who. The mortgagor, or any other person entitled to institute such a suit, which by section 91 includes a puisne mortgagee, a surety and others.

Where. In any Court in which he might have instituted the suit, to the account of the mortgagee.

What. The amount remaining due on the mortgage.

What follows. The Court causes written notice of the deposit to be served on the mortgagee. The mortgagee may then, on presenting a verified petition stating the amount then due and his willingness to accept the money in full discharge, and on depositing the mortgage-deed and all documents in his possession or power relating to the property, apply for and receive the money. The deed and documents are then delivered to the mortgagor or other depositor.

Where the mortgagee is in possession, the Court must, before paying him, direct him to deliver possession to the mortgagor and, at the mortgagor's cost, either to re-transfer the property to the mortgagor or a third person he directs, or to execute and, where the mortgage was by a registered instrument, register an acknowledgement that any right in derogation of the mortgagor's interest has been extinguished.

munotes.in204

Suits for Foreclosure, Sale and Redemption

Those requirements mirror section 60 exactly. Deposit under section 83 is redemption carried out through the Court rather than across a table, and the mortgagor gets the same three things.

Section 84: cessation of interest

When the mortgagor, or such other person, has tendered or deposited in Court under section 83 the amount remaining due, interest on the principal money ceases from the date of the tender, or, where the deposit was made after the money became due, from the date the mortgagee could have taken it out of Court.

This is what makes section 83 worth using. A mortgagee who is unwilling to be paid, because his money is earning good interest and he would rather it ran on, can otherwise simply refuse to accept. Section 84 removes the advantage: once the money is properly tendered or deposited, the clock stops.

Section 98: anomalous mortgages

In the case of an anomalous mortgage, the rights and liabilities of the parties are determined:

  • by their contract as evidenced in the mortgage-deed; and
  • so far as such contract does not extend, by local usage.

Section 58(g) defined an anomalous mortgage negatively, as one that is none of the five named forms. Section 98 supplies its content: the parties' own bargain governs, and where the bargain is silent, local usage fills the gap. Only where both are silent do the general provisions of the Chapter apply so far as they can.

Sections 102 and 103: notice and tender

Two short sections complete the machinery, and they matter because sections 69 and 83 both turn on notice.

Section 102. Where the person on or to whom a notice or tender is to be served or made under this Chapter does not reside in the district where the property or part of it is situate, service or tender on an agent holding a general power of attorney, or otherwise duly authorised to accept it, is sufficient.

Where no such person or agent can be found or is known, the server may apply to a Court in which a redemption suit might be brought, and the Court directs how the notice is to be served; a notice served in compliance with that direction is sufficient. Proviso: for a notice required by section 83 in the case of a deposit, the application must be made to the Court in which the deposit has been made.

munotes.in205

Suits for Foreclosure, Sale and Redemption

Where no person or agent to whom a tender should be made can be found or is known, the person wishing to tender may deposit the amount in a Court in which a redemption suit might be brought, and that deposit has the effect of a tender.

Section 103 deals with notice to or by a person incompetent to contract, so that a minor or a person of unsound mind on either side does not stall the machinery.

A worked example

Umesh mortgaged his house at Jalna to Vinod for Rs. 18 lakh, the principal falling due on 1 April. On that date Umesh has the money. Vinod has moved abroad, leaves no address, and does not answer.

What can Umesh do? The principal has become due and no redemption suit is barred, so under section 83 he may deposit the amount remaining due in a Court in which he could have sued for redemption, to Vinod's account.

What does the Court do? It causes written notice of the deposit to be served on Vinod. Since Vinod cannot be found, section 102 applies: Umesh may apply to that same Court, the deposit having been made there, and the Court directs how notice is to be served.

What happens to the interest? Under section 84 it ceases from the date of the deposit, or from the date Vinod could have taken the money out of Court. Vinod's absence no longer costs Umesh anything.

What must Vinod do to take the money? Present a verified petition stating the amount then due and his willingness to accept the deposit in full discharge, and deposit the mortgage-deed and all documents in his possession or power relating to the property. Those are then delivered to Umesh.

Suppose Vinod was in possession of the house. Before paying him, the Court must direct him to deliver possession to Umesh, and, at Umesh's cost, either re-transfer the property or execute and register an acknowledgement that his rights are extinguished.

Suppose instead Umesh wants a decree. He sues for redemption, and the procedure, the parties, the preliminary decree and the final decree are governed by Order XXXIV of the Code of Civil Procedure 1908, not by this Act, sections 85 to 90 having been repealed.

And if the mortgage were anomalous? Under section 98 the rights and liabilities would be read first out of the mortgage-deed, and then, so far as it does not extend, out of local usage.

What it does NOT mean

Sections 85 to 90, 97 and 99 are not live law. They were repealed by the Code of Civil Procedure 1908 and re-enacted as Order XXXIV.

munotes.in206

Suits for Foreclosure, Sale and Redemption

Deposit is not available before the money is due, and not after a redemption suit is barred.

Deposit does not by itself hand over the deed. The mortgagee must deposit the deed and documents before he takes the money.

Interest does not cease on a mere offer. There must be a tender or a deposit of the amount remaining due.

Section 98 does not leave an anomalous mortgage without rules. The deed governs, then local usage.

Section 102 does not excuse notice. It provides an alternative route to giving it.

Distinctions

Redemption under s.60Deposit under s.83
HowPayment or tender to the mortgageeDeposit in Court to his account
Used whenThe mortgagee will acceptHe cannot be found or will not accept
What the mortgagor getsDeed and documents, possession, re-transfer or acknowledgementThe same, the Court directing delivery before paying out
Effect on interestCeases on paymentCeases under s.84 from the tender or deposit
Where the law now is
Substantive right to redeems.60 of this Act
Substantive right to foreclose or sells.67 of this Act
Parties, preliminary and final decrees, executionOrder XXXIV, Code of Civil Procedure 1908

Quick revision

  • ss.85 to 90, 97 and 99 are REPEALED; their subject matter is Order XXXIV of the Code of Civil Procedure 1908.
  • s.83: after the principal is due and before a redemption suit is barred, the mortgagor or anyone entitled to sue may deposit the amount remaining due in a Court where he could have sued.
  • The Court serves written notice; the mortgagee takes the money on a verified petition stating the amount due and his willingness to accept it in full discharge, and on depositing the deed and documents.
  • Where the mortgagee is in possession, the Court first directs delivery of possession and a re-transfer or registered acknowledgement, at the mortgagor's cost.
  • s.84: interest on the principal ceases from the tender or deposit.
  • s.98: an anomalous mortgage is governed by the mortgage-deed, and so far as it does not extend, by local usage.
  • s.102: service or tender on a duly authorised agent suffices where the person is outside the district; where none can be found, the Court directs the manner of service, and a deposit has the effect of a tender.

Test yourself

1. Where is the procedure for a mortgage suit now found? In Order XXXIV of the Code of Civil Procedure 1908. Sections 85 to 90, 97 and 99 of this Act were repealed by that Code and re-enacted there.

2. When may a mortgagor deposit the mortgage-money in Court? At any time after the principal money payable in respect of the mortgage has become due, and before a suit for redemption of the property is barred.

munotes.in207

Suits for Foreclosure, Sale and Redemption

3. What must the mortgagee do to receive the deposit? Present a petition, verified as a plaint is verified, stating the amount then due and his willingness to accept the deposit in full discharge, and deposit in the same Court the mortgage-deed and all documents in his possession or power relating to the property.

4. What is the effect of a deposit under section 83 on interest? Under section 84, interest on the principal ceases from the date of the tender or, where the deposit was made after the money became due, from the date the mortgagee could have taken it out of Court.

5. How are the rights of parties to an anomalous mortgage determined? By their contract as evidenced in the mortgage-deed, and so far as that contract does not extend, by local usage.

6. The mortgagee cannot be found to receive a tender. What may the mortgagor do? Under section 102 he may deposit the amount in a Court in which a suit might be brought for redemption, and that deposit has the effect of a tender.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in208

Chapter Forty

Charges

Syllabus topic 2.1, "Specific Transfers under the Transfer of Property Act, 1882: Mortgage and Charge [Sections 58 - 104]"

In one line

A charge is security over property for money without any interest in the property being transferred, which is exactly what separates it from a mortgage.

In exam wording: section 100 provides that where immovable property of one person is, by act of parties or operation of law, made security for the payment of money to another, and the transaction does not amount to a mortgage, the latter person is said to have a charge on the property; and the provisions applying to a simple mortgage apply, so far as may be, to such a charge.

The idea, and the line against mortgage

A charge does two things and only two: it identifies property, and it says that money is payable out of it. Nothing moves. The chargeholder acquires no interest in the property, only a right to have it applied in payment of what he is owed.

A mortgage under section 58 is the transfer of an interest. That single difference generates all the others, and an answer should derive them from it rather than listing them:

  • Because no interest passes, a charge is a right against the property rather than a right in it.
  • Because no interest passes, the chargeholder's remedy is sale and never foreclosure; there is nothing for him to keep.
  • Because no interest passes, a charge is not enforceable against a transferee for consideration without notice of it.

How a charge arises

By act of parties. The parties agree that particular property shall answer a debt. No particular form is prescribed, but the intention must be to make the property security, not merely to promise payment. A personal promise to pay out of the rents of a house is not a charge; a stipulation that the house shall answer the debt is.

By operation of law. The law imposes it without any agreement. The clearest examples are already familiar from earlier chapters: the seller's charge for unpaid purchase money under section 55(4)(b) and the buyer's charge for prepaid purchase money under section 55(6)(b). Others include a charge for maintenance created by a decree.

Which rules apply to a charge

Section 100 provides that the provisions of the Chapter which apply to a simple mortgage apply to a charge so far as may be.

The choice of the simple mortgage as the model is deliberate and easy to justify. A simple mortgagee does not take possession, and his remedy is to have the property sold through the Court. A chargeholder is in the same position. So the borrowing gives him the machinery he needs without giving him rights that would be inconsistent with holding no interest.

The words "so far as may be" do real work. Anything in the simple-mortgage rules that presupposes a transferred interest cannot apply.

munotes.in209

Charges

The two exceptions in section 100

One, the trustee's charge. Nothing in the section applies to the charge of a trustee on the trust property for expenses properly incurred in the execution of his trust. That charge is governed by trust law, and a trustee who has spent his own money running the trust is in a different position from a lender.

Two, and this is the examinable one: the bona fide purchaser. Save as otherwise expressly provided by any law in force, no charge shall be enforced against any property in the hands of a person to whom it has been transferred for consideration and without notice of the charge.

This is the same protection that runs through sections 39, 40 and 41, and for the same reason. A charge is often invisible: it may arise by operation of law, and it need not be registered in every case. A purchaser who pays value and could not have known cannot fairly be made to bear it. A donee is not protected, because he gave nothing, and neither is a purchaser with notice, actual, constructive or imputed under section 3.

Section 101: no merger where there is a subsequent encumbrance

Any mortgagee or chargeholder, or a transferee from him, may purchase or otherwise acquire the rights of the mortgagor or owner without thereby causing the mortgage or charge to merge, as between himself and any subsequent mortgagee or chargeholder; and no such subsequent mortgagee or chargeholder is entitled to foreclose or sell without redeeming the prior mortgage or charge, or otherwise than subject to it.

Merger is the doctrine by which a lesser interest is absorbed when it meets the greater in the same hands. Ordinarily, if the first mortgagee buys the property outright, his mortgage would be swallowed by his ownership.

That would produce an accidental windfall for whoever ranks second. The second mortgagee would find the first mortgage gone and himself promoted to first, purely because the first mortgagee happened to buy the property. Section 101 refuses that: the prior security stays alive as against later encumbrancers, and a later encumbrancer must still redeem it, or take subject to it, before he can foreclose or sell.

Sections 102 to 104

Section 102 governs service or tender on an agent where the person concerned is outside the district, and the Court's power to direct the manner of service where nobody can be found. It is set out in [Suits for Foreclosure, Sale and Redemption], which owns it.

Section 103 provides for notice to or by a person incompetent to contract, so that a minor or a person of unsound mind on either side does not stall the machinery of the Chapter.

munotes.in210

Charges

Section 104 is the rule-making power: the High Court may, from time to time, make rules consistent with the Act to carry out its provisions in respect of the Chapter.

A worked example

Waman sells a shop at Latur to Xavier for Rs. 50 lakh, of which Rs. 12 lakh is left unpaid. Ownership passes on the registered deed.

What does Waman have? A charge on the shop under section 55(4)(b), arising by operation of law, for the unpaid Rs. 12 lakh with interest from the date possession was delivered. He has no interest in the shop.

Xavier sells the shop to Yash for full value, and Yash knows nothing of the unpaid price. Section 100's second exception protects him: no charge may be enforced against property in the hands of a transferee for consideration and without notice. Waman's remedy is now personal, against Xavier.

Change that: Xavier gifts the shop to his sister. She gave no consideration, so the exception does not protect her and the charge binds the shop in her hands, whether or not she knew.

Change it again: Yash bought for value but the deed recited the unpaid balance. He has actual notice and takes subject to the charge.

How would Waman enforce it? By a suit for sale, the simple-mortgage provisions applying so far as may be. He cannot foreclose, because he holds no interest to make absolute.

Now section 101. Suppose the shop had been mortgaged first to a bank and then to Zubin, and the bank later buys the shop from Xavier. Ordinarily the bank's mortgage would merge in its ownership and Zubin would be promoted. Section 101 prevents that: the bank's mortgage survives as against Zubin, and Zubin cannot foreclose or sell without redeeming it or taking subject to it.

What it does NOT mean

A charge is not a mortgage. No interest in the property is transferred.

A chargeholder cannot foreclose. His remedy is sale, the simple-mortgage rules applying so far as may be.

A charge is not always created by agreement. It may arise by operation of law, as under section 55.

A charge does not bind everyone. It cannot be enforced against a transferee for consideration and without notice, though it binds a donee and a purchaser with notice.

A trustee's charge for trust expenses is outside section 100.

Section 101 does not prevent merger generally. It prevents it as against a subsequent mortgagee or chargeholder.

A mere personal promise to pay out of property is not a charge. The property must be made security.

munotes.in211

Charges

Distinctions

Mortgage, s.58Charge, s.100
What is createdTransfer of an interest in the propertyA right to payment out of the property, no interest transferred
How it arisesBy act of partiesBy act of parties or operation of law
RemediesForeclosure or sale, according to the kindSale only
Against a transferee for value without noticeEnforceableNot enforceable
FormalitiesSection 59: registration, signature, attestation above Rs. 100No form prescribed; registration may be required by other law
Governing rulesChapter IV throughoutThe simple mortgage provisions, so far as may be
Charge by act of partiesCharge by operation of law
SourceThe parties' agreementA statute or a decree
ExamplesAn agreement that a house shall answer a debtSeller's charge, s.55(4)(b); buyer's charge, s.55(6)(b); a maintenance charge under a decree

Quick revision

  • Charge: immovable property made security for payment of money, by act of parties or operation of law, where the transaction does not amount to a mortgage.
  • No interest in the property is transferred; that is the whole difference from a mortgage.
  • The simple mortgage provisions apply so far as may be, so the remedy is sale, never foreclosure.
  • Two exceptions in s.100: a trustee's charge for trust expenses; and no charge is enforceable against a transferee for consideration without notice.
  • A donee and a purchaser with notice are both bound.
  • s.101: a prior mortgagee or chargeholder who buys the property does not cause a merger as against a subsequent encumbrancer, who must redeem or take subject to the prior security before foreclosing or selling.
  • s.102 notice and tender through an agent or as the Court directs; s.103 notice to or by a person incompetent to contract; s.104 the High Court's rule-making power.

Test yourself

1. Define a charge and state how it differs from a mortgage. A charge arises where immovable property of one person is, by act of parties or operation of law, made security for the payment of money to another, and the transaction does not amount to a mortgage. The difference is that a mortgage transfers an interest in the property while a charge transfers none, giving only a right to have the property applied in payment.

2. Which provisions of the Act govern a charge? Those which apply to a simple mortgage, so far as may be, under section 100.

3. Can a chargeholder foreclose? No. He holds no interest in the property, so there is nothing to make absolute. His remedy is a suit for sale.

4. Against whom can a charge not be enforced? Against a person to whom the property has been transferred for consideration and without notice of the charge, save as otherwise expressly provided by any law in force.

munotes.in212

Charges

5. Give two examples of a charge arising by operation of law. The seller's charge for unpaid purchase money under section 55(4)(b), and the buyer's charge for purchase money paid in advance under section 55(6)(b).

6. What does section 101 prevent, and why? It prevents a mortgage or charge from merging in the ownership when the mortgagee or chargeholder buys the property, as against a subsequent mortgagee or chargeholder. Without it, a later encumbrancer would be promoted by an accident, so the section requires him to redeem the prior security or take subject to it.

7. Is a trustee's charge on trust property within section 100? No. The section expressly does not apply to the charge of a trustee on the trust property for expenses properly incurred in the execution of his trust.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in213

Module III

Specific transfers: Lease, Exchange, Gift and Actionable Claims, and the Indian Easements Act 1882

munotes.in

Chapter Forty-One

Lease Defined, and How a Lease Is Made

Syllabus topic 3.1, "Specific Transfers under the Transfer of Property Act, 1882: Lease [Sections 105 - 117]"

In one line

A lease transfers the right to enjoy property for a time in return for rent, and above a year it can only be made by a registered document signed by both sides.

In exam wording: section 105 provides that a lease of immovable property is a transfer of a right to enjoy such property, made for a certain time, express or implied, or in perpetuity, in consideration of a price paid or promised, or of money, a share of crops, service or any other thing of value, to be rendered periodically or on specified occasions to the transferor by the transferee, who accepts the transfer on such terms.

The definition, broken down

"A transfer of a right to enjoy." Not a transfer of ownership. That single phrase separates a lease from a sale, and it is why the lessor keeps a reversion, the interest that comes back to him when the lease ends.

"Made for a certain time, express or implied, or in perpetuity." A lease must have a term, though it may be implied rather than stated, and a perpetual lease is expressly permitted.

"In consideration of a price paid or promised, or of money, a share of crops, service or any other thing of value." Consideration is essential. It need not be money: a share of the crop, or service, will do. What matters is that something of value is rendered.

"To be rendered periodically or on specified occasions."

The four terms defined in the same section: the transferor is the lessor; the transferee is the lessee; the price is the premium; and the money, share, service or other thing to be rendered is the rent.

That last pair is regularly confused and is worth fixing now. Premium is the lump sum paid for the grant of the lease itself. Rent is what is rendered periodically during it. A lease may have both, one, or, in the case of rent, none if a premium is paid instead.

"Who accepts the transfer on such terms." Acceptance by the lessee is part of the definition, so a lease is bilateral in a way a gift is not.

Lease against licence

A licence is defined by section 52 of the Indian Easements Act 1882 and is taught in [Licences, and Licence against Lease and Easement]. In short, it is a permission to do something on another's land which would otherwise be unlawful, and it creates no interest in the land.

The distinction matters enormously in practice, because a lessee has an interest in the property, has possession, and is protected by rent legislation, while a licensee has none of that and can generally be turned out on reasonable notice.

munotes.in214

Lease Defined, and How a Lease Is Made

The test the courts apply is exclusive possession and the intention of the parties, judged on the substance of the arrangement rather than on the label. A document headed "leave and licence" that in fact gives the occupier exclusive possession for a term at a rent is a lease. The label the parties chose is evidence of intention, and no more.

Section 106: how long a lease runs when nothing is said

Sub-section (1). In the absence of a contract or local law or usage to the contrary:

  • a lease for agricultural or manufacturing purposes is deemed to be a lease from year to year, terminable by either side on six months' notice;
  • a lease for any other purpose is deemed to be a lease from month to month, terminable by either side on fifteen days' notice.

Sub-section (2). Notwithstanding any other law, the period commences from the date of receipt of the notice. This settled a long-running dispute: it is receipt, not despatch, that starts the clock.

Sub-section (3). A notice is not invalid merely because the period stated in it falls short of the statutory period, where the suit or proceeding is filed after the expiry of the statutory period. This is a curative provision: a landlord who wrote fifteen days when he should have written six months does not lose everything, provided he in fact waited.

Sub-section (4). Every notice must be in writing, signed by or on behalf of the person giving it, and either sent by post to the party to be bound, or tendered or delivered personally to him or to one of his family or servants at his residence, or, if that is not practicable, affixed to a conspicuous part of the property.

Note the purpose test in sub-section (1): it is the purpose of the lease, not the nature of the property, that decides whether it is yearly or monthly.

Section 107: how a lease is made

Only by a registered instrument:

  • a lease from year to year; or
  • for any term exceeding one year; or
  • reserving a yearly rent.

All other leases: either by a registered instrument, or by oral agreement accompanied by delivery of possession.

Note that the oral route requires delivery of possession. An oral agreement alone is not enough.

Both parties must execute. Where a lease is made by a registered instrument, that instrument, or each of them where there are several, must be executed by both the lessor and the lessee. This is a real difference from a sale or a mortgage, where only the transferor need sign, and it follows from the definition: the lessee accepts the transfer on such terms, and he takes on obligations of his own under section 108.

munotes.in215

Lease Defined, and How a Lease Is Made

The proviso. The State Government may, by notification in the Official Gazette, direct that leases other than those in the first paragraph, or any class of them, may be made by unregistered instrument or by oral agreement without delivery of possession.

Section 4 makes section 107 supplemental to the Registration Act 1908, so the registration question is answered from both statutes together, as Module IV explains.

A worked example

Zeenat owns a shop at Amravati.

Version one. She lets it to Arjun for three years at Rs. 40,000 a month by a document both of them sign and register. A valid lease: the term exceeds one year, so a registered instrument was required, and both parties executed it.

Version two. Same three-year term, but the document is written and signed only by Zeenat, and is not registered. It fails section 107 on two counts: no registration, and not executed by both. It does not operate as a lease for three years. Arjun's occupation would be governed by section 106, and the arrangement treated as a monthly tenancy, the purpose not being agricultural or manufacturing.

Version three. She lets it orally at Rs. 40,000 a month and hands over the keys. Valid, being a lease not within the first paragraph, made by oral agreement accompanied by delivery of possession.

Version four. She agrees orally to let it from next year and hands over nothing. No lease: the oral route requires delivery of possession.

Version five. She lets farmland to a cultivator, nothing being said about duration. Section 106(1) deems it a lease from year to year, terminable on six months' notice, because the purpose is agricultural.

Notice. Zeenat wants Arjun out of the shop and posts a written notice signed by her, giving fifteen days. The period runs from receipt, under sub-section (2). If she had mistakenly given ten days but filed her suit only after fifteen days had expired, sub-section (3) would save the notice.

A premium. Suppose Arjun paid Rs. 5 lakh at the outset plus Rs. 40,000 a month. The Rs. 5 lakh is the premium and the Rs. 40,000 is the rent.

What it does NOT mean

A lease does not transfer ownership. It transfers a right to enjoy; the lessor keeps the reversion.

Rent need not be money. A share of crops, service or any other thing of value will do.

Premium is not rent. The premium is the price of the grant; the rent is what is rendered periodically.

munotes.in216

Lease Defined, and How a Lease Is Made

A perpetual lease is not impossible. Section 105 expressly contemplates a lease in perpetuity.

The label does not decide lease against licence. Exclusive possession and the substance of the arrangement do.

Section 106 turns on purpose, not property. Agricultural or manufacturing purposes give a yearly tenancy; everything else monthly.

The notice period runs from receipt, not from posting.

A short notice is not automatically bad. Sub-section (3) saves it where the suit was filed after the statutory period expired.

An oral lease needs delivery of possession.

Only a lease needs execution by both parties. A sale or a mortgage needs only the transferor's signature.

Distinctions

Lease, s.105Sale, s.54Licence, Easements Act s.52
What passesA right to enjoy for a timeOwnershipNo interest at all
PossessionWith the lessee, usually exclusiveWith the buyerPermission to use, no exclusive possession
ReversionRetained by the lessorNoneNot applicable
TransferableYes, unless barredYesGenerally not
Ends byThe events in s.111Not applicableRevocation
Purpose of the lease, s.106Deemed durationNotice
Agricultural or manufacturingYear to yearSix months
Any other purposeMonth to monthFifteen days
How a lease is made, s.107
Year to year, term exceeding one year, or reserving a yearly rentOnly by a registered instrument, executed by both parties
All other leasesRegistered instrument, or oral agreement with delivery of possession
ProvisoThe State Government may relax the second class by notification

Quick revision

  • Lease: a transfer of a right to enjoy immovable property, for a certain time or in perpetuity, for consideration rendered periodically or on specified occasions, accepted by the transferee.
  • Lessor, lessee, premium (the price of the grant), rent (what is rendered periodically).
  • Lease against licence turns on exclusive possession and substance, not the label.
  • s.106: agricultural or manufacturing purposes, year to year, six months' notice; any other purpose, month to month, fifteen days' notice. The period runs from receipt; a short notice is saved if the suit is filed after the statutory period; the notice must be in writing, signed, and served by post, personally, or by affixing.
  • s.107: year to year, over one year, or reserving a yearly rent, only by a registered instrument, executed by both parties; other leases by registered instrument or oral agreement with delivery of possession; the State Government may relax the latter.

Test yourself

1. Define a lease and name the four terms section 105 defines. A lease of immovable property is a transfer of a right to enjoy it, made for a certain time, express or implied, or in perpetuity, in consideration of a price paid or promised or of money, a share of crops, service or any other thing of value, rendered periodically or on specified occasions, accepted by the transferee. The four terms are lessor, lessee, premium and rent.

munotes.in217

Lease Defined, and How a Lease Is Made

2. Distinguish premium from rent. The premium is the price paid for the grant of the lease itself. The rent is the money, share, service or other thing rendered periodically or on specified occasions during the lease.

3. A lease of a godown for storing goods says nothing about duration. What is it? A lease from month to month, terminable by either party on fifteen days' notice, since the purpose is neither agricultural nor manufacturing.

4. From what date does a notice period under section 106 run? From the date of receipt of the notice, by sub-section (2), notwithstanding anything in any other law.

5. Is a notice giving a shorter period than the section requires always bad? No. Sub-section (3) provides that it is not invalid merely because the period stated falls short, where the suit or proceeding is filed after the expiry of the statutory period.

6. How must a five-year lease be made? Only by a registered instrument, and that instrument must be executed by both the lessor and the lessee.

7. Can a lease be made orally? Only a lease outside the first paragraph of section 107, and then only by oral agreement accompanied by delivery of possession, unless the State Government has relaxed the requirement by notification.

8. Why must both parties execute a registered lease when only the seller executes a sale deed? Because a lease is bilateral: section 105 requires the transferee to accept the transfer on the stated terms, and section 108 imposes obligations on him. Section 107 therefore requires execution by both lessor and lessee.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in218

Chapter Forty-Two

Rights and Liabilities of Lessor and Lessee

Syllabus topic 3.1, "Specific Transfers under the Transfer of Property Act, 1882: Lease [Sections 105 - 117]"

In one line

Section 108 is the standard tenancy agreement the law supplies: three duties for the landlord, and fourteen rights and duties for the tenant, all of which the parties may rewrite.

In exam wording: section 108 provides that, in the absence of a contract or local usage to the contrary, the lessor and the lessee of immovable property possess, as against one another, the rights and are subject to the liabilities in the rules following, or such of them as are applicable to the property leased.

Why the section exists

It is the lease counterpart of section 55, and for the same reason. Most tenancies are agreed in a few sentences, and the parties think about rent and duration and nothing else. Rather than leave every dispute about repairs, fixtures, destruction or sub-letting to be argued from first principles, the Act supplies a full set of terms that a fair agreement would have contained.

The opening words matter as much as the rules: "in the absence of a contract or local usage to the contrary". Every clause below can be varied, and in practice many are.

Part (A): the lessor's three clauses

(a) Disclose material defects. The lessor is bound to disclose any material defect in the property, with reference to its intended use, of which he is aware and the lessee is not, and which the lessee could not with ordinary care discover.

The words "with reference to its intended use" are the difference from section 55(1)(a). A defect is judged against what the property was let for: damp that would be trivial in a godown may be material in a lease of a paper warehouse.

(b) Put the lessee in possession. The lessor is bound, on the lessee's request, to put him in possession of the property. Note that the duty arises on request; the lessor need not force possession on an absent tenant.

(c) The covenant for quiet enjoyment. The lessor is deemed to contract that if the lessee pays the rent reserved and performs the contracts binding on him, he may hold the property during the time limited by the lease without interruption.

The benefit runs. As in sections 55(2) and 65, the benefit of that covenant is annexed to and goes with the lessee's interest, and may be enforced by every person in whom the interest is from time to time vested. So an assignee of the lease may sue on it.

Notice that quiet enjoyment is conditional: it protects a lessee who pays and performs, and not one who does not.

Part (B): the lessee's fourteen clauses

The lessee's rights

(d) Accessions. If during the lease any accession is made to the property, it is deemed to be comprised in the lease, subject to the law of alluvion. So the tenant enjoys it for the term, and it goes back with the property at the end.

munotes.in219

Rights and Liabilities of Lessor and Lessee

(e) Destruction by irresistible force. If by fire, tempest or flood, or the violence of an army or of a mob, or other irresistible force, any material part of the property is wholly destroyed or rendered substantially and permanently unfit for the purposes for which it was let, the lease is, at the option of the lessee, void.

Three limits sit in that clause. The cause must be irresistible force; the destruction must be of a material part and must be substantial and permanent; and the option is the lessee's alone, so the lessor cannot use his own building's destruction to end an inconvenient lease. Proviso: the lessee cannot rely on it where the injury was caused by his own wrongful act or default.

(f) Repairs. If the lessor neglects to make, within a reasonable time after notice, any repairs he is bound to make, the lessee may make them himself and deduct the expense with interest from the rent, or otherwise recover it.

Notice must come first. A tenant who repairs without notifying the landlord cannot deduct.

(g) Payments. If the lessor neglects to make any payment he is bound to make, which if unpaid is recoverable from the lessee or against the property, the lessee may make it and deduct it with interest from the rent, or otherwise recover it.

(h) Fixtures. The lessee may, even after the determination of the lease, remove all things he has attached to the earth, at any time while he is in possession but not afterwards, provided he leaves the property in the state in which he received it.

The two time limits pull in opposite directions and both must be stated: the right survives the end of the lease, but it dies when possession does.

(i) Crops. When a lease of uncertain duration determines by any means except the fault of the lessee, he or his legal representative is entitled to all crops planted or sown by him and growing when the lease determines, and to free ingress and egress to gather and carry them.

(j) Transfer. The lessee may transfer absolutely, or by mortgage or sub-lease, the whole or any part of his interest, and any transferee may transfer again. But the lessee does not, by reason only of such transfer, cease to be subject to the liabilities attaching to the lease.

munotes.in220

Rights and Liabilities of Lessor and Lessee

That last sentence is the examinable half: assignment does not release the assignor. The clause does not authorise a tenant with an untransferable right of occupancy, the farmer of an estate in default of revenue, or the lessee of an estate under a Court of Wards to assign, which mirrors section 6(i).

The lessee's duties

(k) Disclose a fact increasing value. The lessee must disclose any fact as to the nature or extent of the interest he is about to take, of which he is aware and the lessor is not, and which materially increases the value of that interest. The mirror of section 55(5)(a).

(l) Pay rent. He must pay or tender, at the proper time and place, the premium or rent to the lessor or his agent.

(m) Keep and restore the property. He must keep, and on termination restore, the property in as good condition as when he was put in possession, subject only to reasonable wear and tear or irresistible force; must allow the lessor and his agents to enter and inspect at all reasonable times and give or leave notice of any defect; and where the defect was caused by his own act or default, or that of his servants or agents, he must make it good within three months after the notice.

(n) Give notice of proceedings. If he becomes aware of any proceeding to recover the property, or of any encroachment or interference with the lessor's rights, he must with reasonable diligence give notice to the lessor.

(o) Use as a prudent owner. He may use the property and its products as a person of ordinary prudence would use them if they were his own; but he must not use, or permit another to use, the property for a purpose other than that for which it was let, nor fell or sell timber, pull down or damage buildings belonging to the lessor, work mines or quarries not open when the lease was granted, or commit any other destructive or permanently injurious act.

(p) No permanent structures. He must not, without the lessor's consent, erect any permanent structure on the property, except for agricultural purposes.

(q) Give up possession. On the determination of the lease, he is bound to put the lessor into possession.

A worked example

Bhavana lets a shop at Solapur to Chirag for five years at Rs. 50,000 a month, by a registered lease that says nothing beyond the parties, the property, the term and the rent.

The roof leaks and Bhavana knew. A material defect with reference to the intended use, which Chirag could not discover with ordinary care. Clause (a) required disclosure.

munotes.in221

Rights and Liabilities of Lessor and Lessee

Chirag asks for the keys and Bhavana delays. Clause (b): she is bound on request to put him in possession.

The municipality's tax is Bhavana's to pay and she does not, and it is recoverable against the shop. Under clause (g) Chirag may pay it and deduct it with interest from the rent.

The shutter breaks and Bhavana is bound to repair it. Chirag must give notice and allow a reasonable time; only then may he repair and deduct under clause (f).

Chirag installs a heavy display counter bolted to the floor. Under clause (h) he may remove it at any time while he is in possession, even after the lease ends, provided he leaves the shop as he received it. Once he has given up possession, the right is gone.

A mob burns out the rear half of the shop. Irresistible force under clause (e). If a material part is wholly destroyed or made substantially and permanently unfit for the purpose let, the lease is void at Chirag's option. Bhavana cannot elect. If Chirag's own negligence caused the fire, the proviso denies him the benefit.

Chirag sublets half the shop. Permitted by clause (j), and he remains liable on the lease notwithstanding.

He starts running a workshop instead of a retail shop. Clause (o) forbids using the property for a purpose other than that for which it was let.

He builds a permanent mezzanine without asking. Clause (p) forbids a permanent structure without the lessor's consent, the exception for agricultural purposes not applying.

Someone encroaches on the rear wall. Under clause (n) Chirag must tell Bhavana with reasonable diligence.

At the end of five years. Under clause (m) he must restore the shop in as good condition as he received it, fair wear and tear excepted, and under clause (q) put Bhavana into possession.

What it does NOT mean

None of it is mandatory. All of it yields to a contract or local usage to the contrary.

Quiet enjoyment is conditional on the lessee paying rent and performing his covenants.

A lessee cannot repair and deduct at once. Notice and a reasonable time come first.

Destruction does not end the lease automatically. It is void at the lessee's option, and not at the lessor's.

The right to remove fixtures does not survive giving up possession, though it does survive the end of the term.

Assignment does not release the lessee. He remains subject to the liabilities of the lease.

Wear and tear is not a breach. Clause (m) excepts reasonable wear and tear and irresistible force.

Agricultural purposes are the one exception to the ban on permanent structures.

munotes.in222

Rights and Liabilities of Lessor and Lessee

Distinctions

Lessor's clauses, part (A)Lessee's duties, part (B)
(a) disclose material defects with reference to intended use(k) disclose facts increasing the value of his interest
(b) put the lessee in possession on request(l) pay premium or rent at the proper time and place
(c) covenant for quiet enjoyment, conditional on payment and performance(m) keep and restore in as good condition, allow inspection, remedy his own defects within three months
(n) give notice of proceedings and encroachments
(o) use as a prudent owner, and only for the purpose let
(p) no permanent structure without consent, except for agriculture
(q) give up possession on determination
Section 55 (sale)Section 108 (lease)
Seller or lessor disclosesA material defect in property or titleA material defect with reference to the intended use
Buyer or lessee disclosesA fact increasing the value of the seller's interestA fact increasing the value of the interest he is about to take
Risk of destructionOn the buyer once ownership passesThe lease is void at the lessee's option

Quick revision

  • Section 108 applies in the absence of a contract or local usage to the contrary.
  • Lessor (A): (a) disclose material defects with reference to intended use; (b) put the lessee in possession on request; (c) quiet enjoyment, conditional on payment and performance, and the benefit runs with the lessee's interest.
  • Lessee's rights (B): (d) accessions comprised in the lease; (e) destruction by irresistible force makes the lease void at his option, unless he caused it; (f) repair and deduct after notice; (g) pay the lessor's dues and deduct; (h) remove fixtures while in possession, even after the term; (i) crops on determination of a lease of uncertain duration not through his fault, with ingress and egress; (j) transfer or sublet, but he stays liable.
  • Lessee's duties: (k) disclose value-increasing facts; (l) pay rent; (m) keep and restore, allow inspection, remedy his own damage within three months of notice; (n) notify proceedings and encroachments; (o) use prudently and only for the purpose let; (p) no permanent structure without consent, except for agriculture; (q) deliver possession at the end.

Test yourself

1. What are the lessor's three obligations? To disclose material defects in the property with reference to its intended use which he knows and the lessee could not discover with ordinary care; to put the lessee in possession on his request; and the deemed covenant that the lessee paying rent and performing his covenants may hold the property for the term without interruption.

2. Is the covenant for quiet enjoyment absolute? No. It operates if the lessee pays the rent reserved and performs the contracts binding on him.

munotes.in223

Rights and Liabilities of Lessor and Lessee

3. A flood destroys most of a leased godown. Can the lessor treat the lease as at an end? No. Under clause (e) the lease is void at the option of the lessee, not of the lessor, and only where a material part is wholly destroyed or rendered substantially and permanently unfit for the purpose let.

4. When may a lessee repair and deduct the cost from rent? Where the lessor neglects to make, within a reasonable time after notice, repairs he is bound to make. The lessee may then make them and deduct the expense with interest from the rent, or otherwise recover it.

5. Until when may a lessee remove fixtures he attached? At any time while he is in possession of the property, even after the determination of the lease, but not after he has given up possession, and he must leave the property in the state in which he received it.

6. Does sub-letting release the lessee from his obligations? No. Clause (j) allows him to transfer, mortgage or sub-let, but provides that he does not by reason only of such transfer cease to be subject to the liabilities attaching to the lease.

7. Within what time must a lessee make good a defect he caused? Within three months after notice of it has been given or left by the lessor.

8. May a lessee put up a permanent structure? Not without the lessor's consent, except for agricultural purposes.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in224

Chapter Forty-Three

Transfer of the Lessor's Interest, and Computing the Term

Syllabus topic 3.1, "Specific Transfers under the Transfer of Property Act, 1882: Lease [Sections 105 - 117]"

In one line

When the landlord sells, the buyer steps into his shoes but the old landlord is not automatically released; and the Act says how to count a lease's term.

In exam wording: section 109 provides that if the lessor transfers the property leased, or any part of it, or any part of his interest in it, the transferee shall, in the absence of a contract to the contrary, possess all the rights and, if the lessee so elects, be subject to all the liabilities of the lessor as to the property transferred so long as he is the owner of it; but the lessor does not, by reason only of the transfer, cease to be subject to the liabilities imposed on him by the lease, unless the lessee elects to treat the transferee as the person liable to him.

Section 109: the lessor's transferee

The rights pass automatically. The transferee gets all the rights of the lessor as to the property or part transferred, so long as he is the owner of it. He can sue for rent, enforce the covenants and take the reversion.

The liabilities pass only if the lessee elects. This is the part students state backwards. The transferee is subject to the lessor's liabilities if the lessee so elects, and the original lessor is not released by the transfer unless the lessee elects to treat the transferee as the person liable to him.

The reason is straightforward. The tenant chose his landlord and took his covenants; he should not have them exchanged for a stranger's, who may be less able to honour them, without his agreement. So the election is the lessee's, and until he makes it he may hold the original lessor to the bargain.

Two protections in the proviso.

Arrears. The transferee is not entitled to arrears of rent due before the transfer. Those stay with the transferor, which is the same rule as section 8.

Payment in ignorance. If the lessee, not having reason to believe that the transfer has been made, pays rent to the lessor, he is not liable to pay it over again to the transferee. This is section 50 wearing a lease's clothes: an honest payer is not made to pay twice.

Apportionment on a partial transfer. Where part only is transferred, the lessor, the transferee and the lessee may determine what proportion of the premium or rent is payable in respect of the part transferred; and if they disagree, the determination may be made by any Court having jurisdiction to entertain a suit for possession of the property leased.

Section 110: computing the term

Three short rules, each of which decides real disputes.

munotes.in225

Transfer of the Lessor's Interest, and Computing the Term

Exclusion of the first day. Where the time limited by a lease is expressed as commencing from a particular day, that day is excluded in computing the time. Where no day of commencement is named, the time begins from the making of the lease.

Duration of a lease for a year or years. Where the time limited is a year or a number of years, then in the absence of an express agreement to the contrary, the lease lasts during the whole anniversary of the day from which the time commences.

Option to determine. Where the time is expressed to be terminable before its expiration, and the lease omits to mention at whose option it is terminable, the lessee, and not the lessor, shall have that option.

That third rule is the examinable one, and the reason for it is worth stating. A break clause silent as to who may use it is construed against the grantor of the lease and in favour of the tenant, on the ordinary principle that a document is read against the person who put it forward and who reserved the right.

A worked example

Damini lets a shop at Beed to Eknath for five years "commencing from 1 April 2026", with a clause that the lease may be determined at the end of the third year. Two years in, she sells the shop to Farhan and tells nobody.

Computing the term. Under section 110 the first day, 1 April 2026, is excluded, and the lease being for a number of years, it lasts through the whole anniversary of the day from which the time commences.

The break clause. It does not say whose option it is. Section 110 gives it to Eknath, the lessee, and not to Damini.

Farhan's rights. Under section 109 he possesses all Damini's rights as to the shop while he owns it, so he may collect the rent and enforce the covenants.

Farhan's liabilities. He is subject to the lessor's liabilities only if Eknath so elects. Until Eknath elects, Damini remains liable on the lease, including the covenant for quiet enjoyment. The transfer alone does not release her.

Arrears. Two months' rent was unpaid when the shop was sold. Farhan is not entitled to it; it remains Damini's to recover.

A payment in ignorance. Not knowing of the sale, Eknath pays the next month's rent to Damini. He is not liable to pay it again to Farhan.

A partial transfer. Suppose Damini had sold only the rear half. She, Farhan and Eknath may agree what proportion of the rent is attributable to that half, and if they cannot agree, a Court with jurisdiction to entertain a suit for possession may decide it.

munotes.in226

Transfer of the Lessor's Interest, and Computing the Term

What it does NOT mean

A transfer does not release the lessor. He stays liable unless the lessee elects to treat the transferee as the person liable.

The liabilities do not pass automatically. Only the rights do; the liabilities depend on the lessee's election.

The transferee gets no arrears. Rent due before the transfer stays with the transferor.

A tenant who pays in ignorance is not penalised, and the test is whether he had reason to believe the transfer had been made.

The day of commencement is not counted.

A silent break clause is not the landlord's. Section 110 gives the option to the lessee.

Distinctions

Passes to the lessor's transfereeStays with the lessor
Rights under the leaseYes, while he owns the property
Liabilities under the leaseOnly if the lessee electsYes, unless the lessee elects otherwise
Arrears of rent due before the transferNoYes
Rent paid in ignorance of the transferCannot be claimed againValidly received
Section 110 ruleEffect
Term expressed to commence from a dayThat day is excluded
No day namedTime runs from the making of the lease
Term of a year or yearsLasts through the whole anniversary of the commencing day
Break clause silent as to whose optionThe lessee's

Quick revision

  • s.109: the lessor's transferee takes all the rights while he owns the property; the liabilities pass only if the lessee elects, and the lessor is not released unless the lessee elects to treat the transferee as liable.
  • Proviso: no arrears to the transferee; a lessee who pays the lessor without reason to believe in the transfer need not pay again.
  • On a partial transfer, the three of them may apportion the rent, and a Court may do so if they disagree.
  • s.110: exclude the day of commencement; where none is named, time runs from the making of the lease; a lease for a year or years lasts through the whole anniversary; and a break clause silent as to whose option belongs to the lessee.

Test yourself

1. Does the lessor's transferee become liable on the lease automatically? No. He is subject to the lessor's liabilities only if the lessee so elects, and the lessor does not by reason only of the transfer cease to be liable unless the lessee elects to treat the transferee as the person liable to him.

2. Can the transferee recover rent that fell due before the transfer? No. The proviso to section 109 denies him arrears of rent due before the transfer.

3. A tenant, unaware of the sale, pays rent to his old landlord. Must he pay the buyer as well? No, provided he had no reason to believe the transfer had been made. The proviso protects him from paying twice.

munotes.in227

Transfer of the Lessor's Interest, and Computing the Term

4. A lease is expressed to commence from 1 July. Is 1 July counted? No. Section 110 requires the day of commencement to be excluded in computing the time.

5. A break clause does not say who may exercise it. Who may? The lessee, and not the lessor, under the third rule in section 110.

6. Part only of the leased property is transferred and the parties cannot agree on the rent for that part. What happens? Any Court having jurisdiction to entertain a suit for possession of the property leased may determine what proportion of the premium or rent is payable in respect of the part transferred.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in228

Chapter Forty-Four

Determination of a Lease, Forfeiture and Relief

Syllabus topic 3.1, "Specific Transfers under the Transfer of Property Act, 1882: Lease [Sections 105 - 117]"

In one line

A lease ends in one of eight ways, forfeiture can be waived or relieved against, a tenant who stays on with the landlord's assent gets a new tenancy, and none of this applies to agricultural leases unless the State says so.

In exam wording: section 111 provides that a lease of immovable property determines by efflux of time; by the happening of an event on which the time was conditionally limited; by the happening of an event on which the lessor's interest terminates; by merger; by express surrender; by implied surrender; by forfeiture; and on the expiration of a notice to quit.

Section 111: the eight modes

(a) Efflux of the time limited. The commonest, and it needs no notice: the term simply runs out.

(b) The happening of an event on which the time was conditionally limited. Where the lease was to last until something happened, it ends when it happens.

(c) Termination of the lessor's interest. Where the lessor's own interest in the property terminates, or his power to dispose of it extends only to the happening of an event, the lease ends on that event. A lessor cannot grant more than he has.

(d) Merger. Where the interests of the lessee and the lessor in the whole of the property become vested at the same time in one person in the same right. The tenant buys the freehold, and the lease is swallowed by the ownership.

(e) Express surrender. The lessee yields up his interest to the lessor by mutual agreement.

(f) Implied surrender. Surrender inferred from conduct. The Act's illustration: a lessee accepts from his lessor a new lease of the property, to take effect during the continuance of the existing lease. That is an implied surrender of the former lease, which determines thereupon.

(g) Forfeiture. In three cases:

  1. the lessee breaks an express condition providing that on breach the lessor may re-enter;
  2. the lessee renounces his character as lessee by setting up a title in a third person or claiming title in himself; or
  3. the lessee is adjudicated an insolvent and the lease provides that the lessor may re-enter on that event;

and in any of these cases the lessor or his transferee gives notice in writing to the lessee of his intention to determine the lease.

Those last words are essential and are the commonest omission in an answer. Forfeiture is not automatic. The breach gives a right; the lease ends only when the lessor elects and gives written notice of his intention.

(h) Expiry of a notice to quit, duly given by one party to the other, under section 106.

munotes.in229

Determination of a Lease, Forfeiture and Relief

Section 112: waiver of forfeiture

A forfeiture under clause (g) is waived by:

  • acceptance of rent which has become due since the forfeiture; or
  • distress for such rent; or
  • any other act on the part of the lessor showing an intention to treat the lease as subsisting.

Two provisos. The lessor must be aware that the forfeiture has been incurred, since a man cannot waive a right he does not know he has. And where rent is accepted after the institution of a suit to eject on the ground of forfeiture, that acceptance is not a waiver, so a landlord who has already sued does not lose his case by taking rent while it is pending.

Section 113: waiver of a notice to quit

A notice under clause (h) is waived, with the express or implied consent of the person to whom it is given, by any act on the part of the person giving it showing an intention to treat the lease as subsisting.

The Act's illustrations:

(a) A gives B notice to quit. The notice expires. B tenders and A accepts rent which has become due since the expiration of the notice. The notice is waived.

(b) A gives B notice to quit. The notice expires and B remains in possession. A gives B, as lessee, a second notice to quit. The first notice is waived.

Illustration (b) is the one that catches people out: serving a fresh notice treats the tenancy as still alive, and so throws away the first.

Note the difference from section 112. Waiver of a notice to quit requires the consent, express or implied, of the person to whom the notice was given; waiver of forfeiture does not.

Section 114: relief against forfeiture for non-payment of rent

Where a lease has determined by forfeiture for non-payment of rent and the lessor sues to eject, then if at the hearing the lessee pays or tenders the rent in arrear together with interest and the lessor's full costs of the suit, or gives security the Court thinks sufficient for payment within fifteen days, the Court may, in lieu of a decree for ejectment, pass an order relieving the lessee against the forfeiture; and thereupon the lessee holds the property as if the forfeiture had not occurred.

The principle is that a forfeiture for non-payment of rent is security for the rent, not a windfall. If the landlord gets his money, his interest and his costs, he has everything the covenant was there to protect, and the tenant should not lose his lease as well.

Note the discretion: the Court may relieve. And note the two routes: payment or tender at the hearing, or security for payment within fifteen days.

munotes.in230

Determination of a Lease, Forfeiture and Relief

Section 114A: relief against forfeiture in other cases

Where a lease has determined by forfeiture for breach of an express condition providing for re-entry, no suit for ejectment lies unless and until the lessor has served on the lessee a notice in writing:

(a) specifying the particular breach complained of; and (b) if the breach is capable of remedy, requiring the lessee to remedy it;

and the lessee fails, within a reasonable time from service, to remedy the breach, if it is capable of remedy.

The section does not apply to an express condition against assigning, under-letting, parting with possession, or disposing of the property, nor to an express condition relating to forfeiture for non-payment of rent, which is governed by section 114.

So a tenant in breach of an ordinary covenant gets a warning and a chance to put it right. A tenant who has assigned or sublet in breach gets neither, because that breach cannot be undone, and the landlord's objection is to the identity of the occupier.

Section 115: the effect on under-leases

Surrender, express or implied, of a lease does not prejudice an under-lease previously granted by the lessee on terms and conditions substantially the same, except as to the amount of rent, as the original lease. But unless the surrender is made for the purpose of obtaining a new lease, the rent payable by, and the contracts binding on, the under-lessee become payable to and enforceable by the lessor.

The rule protects the sub-tenant against a deal between his landlord and the head landlord. Two people cannot, by agreement between themselves, destroy the interest of a third.

Forfeiture, by contrast, annuls all such under-leases, except where the forfeiture has been procured by the lessor in fraud of the under-lessees, or where relief against the forfeiture is granted under section 114.

The difference is principled. Surrender is voluntary, so the parties should not be able to prejudice the sub-tenant by it. Forfeiture follows the lessee's own default, and an under-lease carved out of a lease cannot survive the destruction of the lease it came from, unless the lessor engineered it dishonestly or the lease is restored by relief.

Section 116: holding over

If a lessee or under-lessee remains in possession after the determination of the lease, and the lessor or his legal representative accepts rent from him or otherwise assents to his continuing in possession, the lease is, absent an agreement to the contrary, renewed from year to year, or from month to month, according to the purpose for which the property is leased, as specified in section 106.

munotes.in231

Determination of a Lease, Forfeiture and Relief

Two elements are needed and both must be stated: the tenant's continued possession, and the landlord's assent, shown by accepting rent or otherwise. Possession alone makes a tenant at sufferance, not a tenant holding over.

The Act's illustrations:

(a) A lets a house to B for five years. B underlets to C at Rs. 100 a month. The five years expire, but C continues in possession and pays the rent to A. C's lease is renewed from month to month.

(b) A lets a farm to B for the life of C. C dies, but B continues in possession with A's assent. B's lease is renewed from year to year.

Illustration (b) shows the section 106 purpose test doing the work: a farm is an agricultural purpose, so the renewed tenancy is yearly.

Section 117: agricultural leases

None of the provisions of Chapter V apply to leases for agricultural purposes, except so far as the State Government may, by notification in the Official Gazette, declare all or any of them applicable, together with or subject to the local law in force. Such a notification does not take effect until the expiry of six months from its publication.

The exemption exists because agricultural tenancies are the subject of extensive State legislation, tenancy and land-reform statutes that would collide with this Chapter. So the field is left to the State.

A worked example

Gauri lets a shop at Chandrapur to Hemal for three years by a registered lease containing a condition that on breach of any covenant she may re-enter.

Hemal stops paying rent. Gauri gives written notice of her intention to determine the lease. The lease determines by forfeiture under clause (g)(1), the written notice being essential.

She then accepts a month's rent that fell due after the forfeiture, knowing of it. Under section 112 the forfeiture is waived.

Suppose instead she sues to eject, and accepts rent while the suit is pending. The second proviso to section 112 says that is not a waiver.

At the hearing Hemal offers the arrears with interest and Gauri's full costs. Under section 114 the Court may relieve him against the forfeiture, and he then holds as if it had never occurred.

Change the breach. Suppose Hemal had instead breached a covenant to keep the shop painted. Section 114A applies: Gauri cannot sue to eject unless she has first served written notice specifying the breach and, the breach being capable of remedy, requiring him to remedy it, and he has failed to do so within a reasonable time.

munotes.in232

Determination of a Lease, Forfeiture and Relief

Change it again. Suppose he had sublet in breach of an express covenant against sub-letting. Section 114A does not apply, so no notice specifying the breach is required.

The sub-tenant. Suppose Hemal had lawfully sublet the rear to Ila on substantially the same terms, and then surrendered his lease to Gauri. Under section 115 Ila's under-lease is not prejudiced, and, the surrender not being for the purpose of obtaining a new lease, her rent becomes payable to Gauri. But if Hemal's lease had been forfeited instead, Ila's under-lease would be annulled, unless Gauri procured the forfeiture in fraud of her, or relief were granted under section 114.

The term expires and Hemal stays on, and Gauri accepts rent. Under section 116 the lease is renewed from month to month, the purpose being neither agricultural nor manufacturing.

And if the property were farmland? Section 117 would exclude the whole Chapter unless the State Government had notified otherwise, the notification taking effect only six months after publication.

What it does NOT mean

Forfeiture is not automatic. The lessor must give written notice of his intention to determine the lease.

Accepting rent is not always a waiver. The lessor must be aware of the forfeiture, and acceptance after suit is not a waiver.

Waiver of a notice to quit needs the other side's consent, express or implied; waiver of forfeiture does not.

Relief under section 114 is discretionary, and confined to forfeiture for non-payment of rent.

Section 114A does not cover every breach. It excludes conditions against assigning, under-letting, parting with possession or disposing of the property, and conditions about non-payment of rent.

Surrender does not destroy an under-lease; forfeiture does, subject to fraud and to relief.

Holding over needs assent, not merely continued possession.

Chapter V does not apply to agricultural leases unless the State Government notifies, and then only after six months.

Distinctions

Surrender, s.111(e) and (f)Forfeiture, s.111(g)
How it arisesThe lessee yields up his interest, by agreement or by conductThe lessee's breach, renunciation, or insolvency with a re-entry clause
Notice requiredNoWritten notice of intention to determine
Effect on an under-lease, s.115Not prejudiced; rent becomes payable to the lessorAnnulled, unless procured in fraud of the under-lessee or relief is granted under s.114
WaiverNot applicables.112: acceptance of rent, distress, or conduct treating the lease as subsisting
Section 114Section 114A
Applies to forfeiture forNon-payment of rentBreach of an express condition with a re-entry clause
What it givesRelief at the hearing, on paying arrears, interest and full costs, or giving security for payment within fifteen daysA precondition to suit: written notice specifying the breach and, if remediable, requiring remedy
ExcludedConditions against assigning, under-letting, parting with possession or disposing, and conditions as to non-payment of rent
munotes.in233

Determination of a Lease, Forfeiture and Relief

Quick revision

  • s.111, eight modes: efflux of time; happening of a conditional event; termination of the lessor's interest; merger; express surrender; implied surrender; forfeiture; expiry of a notice to quit.
  • Forfeiture arises on breach of an express re-entry condition, renunciation of the lessee's character, or adjudication as insolvent where the lease so provides, and requires written notice of intention to determine.
  • s.112: forfeiture waived by accepting rent due since it, by distress, or by conduct treating the lease as subsisting; the lessor must know; acceptance after suit is not a waiver.
  • s.113: a notice to quit is waived by conduct treating the lease as subsisting, with the consent of the person notified. A second notice waives the first.
  • s.114: relief against forfeiture for non-payment of rent, on paying arrears, interest and full costs at the hearing, or giving security for payment within fifteen days. Discretionary.
  • s.114A: no ejectment suit for breach of an express condition until written notice specifying the breach and, if remediable, requiring remedy, and failure to remedy in a reasonable time. Not for assigning, under-letting, parting with possession or disposing, nor for non-payment of rent.
  • s.115: surrender does not prejudice an under-lease on substantially the same terms, and its rent becomes payable to the lessor unless the surrender was to obtain a new lease; forfeiture annuls under-leases, except fraud or relief under s.114.
  • s.116: holding over with the lessor's assent renews the lease year to year or month to month per the section 106 purpose test.
  • s.117: Chapter V does not apply to agricultural leases unless the State Government notifies, effective six months after publication.

Test yourself

1. Name the eight modes by which a lease determines. Efflux of the time limited; happening of an event on which the time was conditionally limited; termination of the lessor's interest or of his power to dispose; merger of the lessee's and lessor's interests in one person in the same right; express surrender; implied surrender; forfeiture; and expiry of a notice to determine or to quit.

2. Is a lease forfeited the moment the tenant breaches? No. The breach gives the lessor a right, and the lease determines only when the lessor or his transferee gives the lessee notice in writing of his intention to determine it.

3. How is a forfeiture waived, and what are the two provisos? By acceptance of rent which has become due since the forfeiture, by distress for such rent, or by any other act showing an intention to treat the lease as subsisting. The lessor must be aware that the forfeiture has been incurred; and acceptance of rent after a suit to eject has been instituted is not a waiver.

munotes.in234

Determination of a Lease, Forfeiture and Relief

4. A landlord serves a second notice to quit after the first expired. What is the effect? The first notice is waived. Illustration (b) to section 113 says so, because giving a fresh notice to the occupier as lessee treats the tenancy as subsisting.

5. What must a tenant do to obtain relief under section 114? At the hearing of the ejectment suit, pay or tender the rent in arrear with interest and the lessor's full costs of the suit, or give such security as the Court thinks sufficient for making that payment within fifteen days.

6. Which breaches are outside section 114A? Breach of an express condition against assigning, under-letting, parting with the possession of, or disposing of the property, and any express condition relating to forfeiture for non-payment of rent.

7. A head lease is surrendered. What happens to a lawful under-lease? It is not prejudiced, provided it was granted on terms and conditions substantially the same as the original lease except as to rent; and unless the surrender was made to obtain a new lease, the under-lessee's rent becomes payable to the lessor.

8. What two things must be shown for holding over under section 116? That the lessee or under-lessee remained in possession after the lease determined, and that the lessor or his legal representative accepted rent or otherwise assented to his continuing in possession.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in235

Chapter Forty-Five

Exchange

Syllabus topic 3.1, "Specific Transfers under the Transfer of Property Act, 1882: Exchange [Sections 118 - 121]"

In one line

An exchange is a swap of ownership where at least one side is not money, and each party is treated as a seller of what he gives and a buyer of what he takes.

In exam wording: section 118 provides that when two persons mutually transfer the ownership of one thing for the ownership of another, neither thing or both things being money only, the transaction is called an exchange.

The definition, broken down

"Mutually transfer the ownership." Ownership must pass both ways. An arrangement in which one side gets only possession or a right to enjoy is not an exchange.

"Neither thing or both things being money only." This is the phrase to read slowly, and it does two jobs.

If one side is money only and the other is property, it is a sale, not an exchange, because section 54 requires a price and price means money.

If both sides are money only, it is still an exchange. That is why section 121 exists: a transaction of money for money, such as swapping notes for coin or one currency for another, falls inside this Chapter.

The property need not be immovable. Section 118 says "one thing", so an exchange may be of movables, of immovables, or of one for the other.

How it is made. The section provides that a transfer of property in completion of an exchange can be made only in the manner provided for the transfer of such property by sale. So the formalities are section 54's: an exchange of immovable property worth a hundred rupees or more requires a registered instrument, and each party must convey to the other in that way.

Section 119: the party deprived by a defect in title

If any party to an exchange, or a person claiming through or under him, is by reason of any defect in the title of the other party deprived of the thing or any part of the thing he received, then, unless a contrary intention appears from the terms of the exchange, the other party is liable:

  • to him or to any person claiming through or under him, for the loss caused; or
  • at the option of the person so deprived, for the return of the thing transferred, if it is still in the possession of that other party, his legal representative, or a transferee from him without consideration.

Two features are worth marking.

The choice is the deprived party's. He may take damages or ask for his own property back.

The right to get the property back is limited. It works only while the thing is still with the other party, his legal representative, or a gratuitous transferee. A purchaser for value is protected, which is the same policy as sections 39, 40, 41 and 100.

munotes.in236

Exchange

Section 120: each is both seller and buyer

Save as otherwise provided in the Chapter, each party has the rights and is subject to the liabilities of a seller as to that which he gives, and the rights and liabilities of a buyer as to that which he takes.

This one sentence imports the whole of section 55 into every exchange, twice over and in both directions. So each party must disclose material defects in what he gives, produce title deeds on request, execute a proper conveyance, discharge incumbrances and give possession; and each has, as to what he takes, the buyer's duties of disclosure and payment and the buyer's charge for anything paid in advance.

It is an economical piece of drafting and it is the reason Chapter VI is only four sections long.

Section 121: exchange of money

On an exchange of money, each party warrants the genuineness of the money given by him.

A short rule with an obvious purpose. In a money-for-money exchange the whole substance of the bargain is that the notes or coins are what they appear to be, so the warranty is implied without needing to be stated.

A worked example

Ismail owns a shop at Jalgaon worth Rs. 40 lakh. Jaya owns a flat at Dhule worth Rs. 40 lakh. They agree to swap.

Is it an exchange? Yes. Ownership passes both ways and neither thing is money.

How must it be done? In the manner provided for a transfer of such property by sale, so by registered instruments, both properties being immovable and worth well over a hundred rupees.

Their obligations. Under section 120, Ismail is a seller as to the shop and a buyer as to the flat, and Jaya the reverse. So Ismail must disclose material defects in the shop, produce its title deeds on request and discharge incumbrances on it; and as to the flat he has a buyer's rights and duties.

A defect appears. Jaya is later evicted from the shop because Ismail had no title to a part of it. Under section 119 she may claim from Ismail the loss caused, or, at her option, the return of the flat if it is still with Ismail, his legal representative, or someone who took it from him without consideration.

Ismail has already sold the flat to a purchaser for value. Jaya cannot have the flat back; her remedy is the loss.

A contrary intention. Had the exchange deed provided that each took the other's property subject to all defects and without recourse, section 119 would yield to it, the section applying "unless a contrary intention appears from the terms of the exchange".

munotes.in237

Exchange

Change the facts. Ismail gives Jaya the shop and Jaya gives him Rs. 40 lakh. That is a sale, not an exchange, because one side is money only.

Change them again. Ismail gives Jaya Rs. 40 lakh in cash and Jaya gives him Rs. 40 lakh worth of a foreign currency. Both sides are money only, so it is an exchange, and under section 121 each warrants the genuineness of the money he gives.

What it does NOT mean

Money on one side makes it a sale, not an exchange.

Money on both sides is still an exchange, and section 121 applies to it.

Exchange is not confined to immovable property.

The formalities are not lighter than a sale's. They are the sale formalities, applied to each transfer.

Section 119 does not always give the property back. It gives loss, or return at the option of the deprived party, and return only while the thing is with the other party, his legal representative or a gratuitous transferee.

Section 119 is not mandatory. It yields to a contrary intention in the terms of the exchange.

Section 120 does not create new rules. It applies section 55 to each side twice.

Distinctions

Sale, s.54Exchange, s.118
ConsiderationA price, that is moneyProperty, or money on both sides
Ownership passesOne wayBoth ways
Formalitiess.54The same as sale, applied to each transfer
Parties' rolesOne seller, one buyerEach is both, s.120
TransactionWhat it is
Property for moneySale
Property for propertyExchange
Money for moneyExchange, with the s.121 warranty
Property for nothingGift, s.122

Quick revision

  • Exchange: two persons mutually transfer ownership of one thing for another, neither or both being money only.
  • One side money only makes it a sale; both sides money is still an exchange.
  • A transfer completing an exchange is made only in the manner provided for a sale of that property.
  • s.119: a party deprived by a defect in the other's title may claim the loss, or, at his option, the return of what he gave, if still with the other party, his legal representative, or a transferee without consideration. Subject to a contrary intention in the terms.
  • s.120: each party has a seller's rights and liabilities as to what he gives and a buyer's as to what he takes, which imports section 55.
  • s.121: on an exchange of money, each party warrants the genuineness of the money he gives.
munotes.in238

Exchange

Test yourself

1. Define exchange, and say what makes a transaction a sale instead. An exchange is where two persons mutually transfer the ownership of one thing for the ownership of another, neither thing or both things being money only. If one side gives money only and the other gives property, the transaction is a sale.

2. Is money for money an exchange? Yes. The definition excludes only the case where one thing is money and the other is not, so a money-for-money transaction is an exchange, and section 121 implies a warranty of genuineness.

3. How must an exchange of two houses be effected? Only in the manner provided for the transfer of such property by sale, so by registered instruments under section 54, each party conveying to the other.

4. What are a party's rights if he is evicted from what he received because the other had no title? Under section 119, unless a contrary intention appears from the terms of the exchange, he may recover the loss caused, or, at his option, the return of the thing he transferred, if it is still in the possession of the other party, his legal representative, or a transferee from him without consideration.

5. What does section 120 achieve? It makes each party a seller as to what he gives and a buyer as to what he takes, so that the whole of section 55 applies to both sides of the transaction.

6. Can an exchange be of movable property? Yes. Section 118 speaks of "one thing" for "another" and is not confined to immovable property, though the manner of transfer follows what a sale of that kind of property requires.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in239

Chapter Forty-Six

Gift

Syllabus topic 3.1, "Specific Transfers under the Transfer of Property Act, 1882: Gift [Section 122 - 129]"

In one line

A gift is a voluntary transfer of existing property for nothing, which must be accepted while the donor is alive and able to give, and which for land needs a registered and attested deed.

In exam wording: section 122 provides that "gift" is the transfer of certain existing movable or immovable property, made voluntarily and without consideration, by one person called the donor to another called the donee, and accepted by or on behalf of the donee.

The five essentials

One, the property must be certain and existing. Future property cannot be given, and section 124 says so directly.

Two, the transfer must be voluntary, that is free of coercion, undue influence, fraud or misrepresentation. Section 4 brings in the Contract Act's meaning of those words.

Three, it must be without consideration. Any consideration in money's worth makes it a sale or an exchange. Natural love and affection is a motive, not consideration.

Four, there must be a donor and a donee. A gift to an unascertained person is impossible.

Five, it must be accepted.

When acceptance must be made. Section 122 is precise: acceptance must be made during the lifetime of the donor and while he is still capable of giving. And if the donee dies before acceptance, the gift is void.

Acceptance need not be formal. Taking possession, taking the deed, or accepting the rents will do, and acceptance may be by or on behalf of the donee, which is how a gift to a minor works.

Section 123: how a gift is made

Immovable property: the transfer must be effected by a registered instrument signed by or on behalf of the donor, and attested by at least two witnesses.

There is no alternative and no threshold. Unlike a sale under section 54 or a mortgage under section 59, there is no hundred-rupee line: every gift of immovable property, of whatever value, needs a registered and attested deed.

Movable property: either by such a registered instrument, or by delivery; and delivery may be made in the same way as goods sold may be delivered.

The reason for the strictness is that a gift is gratuitous. There is no price to concentrate the donor's mind and nobody on the other side with an interest in making him think twice, so the law supplies deliberation through form, exactly as it does for a mortgage under section 59.

Sections 124 and 125: what fails

Section 124: existing and future property. A gift comprising both existing and future property is void as to the latter. The existing part stands; only the future part fails. This follows from section 122's word "existing".

munotes.in240

Gift

Section 125: one donee refuses. A gift of a thing to two or more donees, of whom one does not accept, is void as to the interest which he would have taken had he accepted. The rest of the gift stands, and the refused share reverts to the donor rather than accruing to the others.

Section 126: suspension and revocation

This section contains three rules and they must be kept apart.

One, revocation on a specified event. The donor and donee may agree that on the happening of any specified event which does not depend on the will of the donor, the gift shall be suspended or revoked.

Two, revocation at will is void. A gift which the parties agree shall be revocable wholly or in part at the mere will of the donor is void wholly or in part, as the case may be.

The difference is the whole of the section. A condition tied to an external event is a genuine condition; a power to take the property back whenever the donor pleases means he never really parted with it, so the "gift" is not a gift at all.

The Act's illustrations:

(a) A gives a field to B, reserving to himself, with B's assent, the right to take it back if B and his descendants die before A. B dies without descendants in A's lifetime. A may take back the field. The event is external to A's will.

(b) A gives a lakh of rupees to B, reserving to himself, with B's assent, the right to take back at pleasure Rs. 10,000 out of the lakh. The gift holds good as to Rs. 90,000 but is void as to Rs. 10,000, which continue to belong to A.

Three, rescission grounds. A gift may also be revoked in any of the cases in which, if it were a contract, it might be rescinded, save want or failure of consideration. So coercion, undue influence, fraud and misrepresentation will do; absence of consideration will not, since a gift has none by definition.

Save as aforesaid, a gift cannot be revoked.

The saving. Nothing in the section affects the rights of transferees for consideration without notice. So if the donee has sold the property to an innocent purchaser for value, revocation cannot reach it.

Section 127: onerous gifts

An onerous gift is one burdened by an obligation, so that what is given carries a liability with it.

A single transfer. Where a gift is in the form of a single transfer to the same person of several things, of which one is and the others are not burdened by an obligation, the donee can take nothing by the gift unless he accepts it fully.

munotes.in241

Gift

Separate transfers. Where the gift is in the form of two or more separate and independent transfers to the same person, the donee is at liberty to accept one and refuse the others, although the accepted one may be beneficial and the refused ones onerous.

The rule is the doctrine that a person may not approbate and reprobate, take the benefit and reject the burden, of the same transaction. The dividing line is whether there is one transaction or several.

The Act's illustrations:

(a) A has shares in X, a prosperous company, and in Y, a company in difficulties on which heavy calls are expected. A gives B all his shares in joint stock companies. B refuses the Y shares. He cannot take the X shares. One transfer.

(b) A, having a lease of a house at a rent above its letting value which he and his representatives must pay, gives B the lease and, as a separate and independent transaction, a sum of money. B refuses the lease. He does not by his refusal forfeit the money. Two transfers.

Onerous gift to a person not competent to contract. A donee not competent to contract who accepts property burdened by an obligation is not bound by his acceptance. But if, after becoming competent and being aware of the obligation, he retains the property, he becomes bound.

Section 128: the universal donee

Subject to section 127, where a gift consists of the donor's whole property, the donee is personally liable for all the debts due by and liabilities of the donor at the time of the gift, to the extent of the property comprised in the gift.

This closes an obvious escape: a debtor could otherwise give away everything he had and leave his creditors with nobody to sue and nothing to seize. The liability is personal, but it is capped at the value of what he received.

Note the two requirements: the gift must be of the donor's whole property, and the debts must have been due at the time of the gift.

Section 129: what this Chapter does not touch

Nothing in Chapter VII relates to gifts of movable property made in contemplation of death, nor is it deemed to affect any rule of Muhammadan law.

A donatio mortis causa is a gift of movables made by a person in expectation of death, conditional on his dying, and revocable until then. It is governed by section 191 of the Indian Succession Act 1925, not by this Chapter.

The Muhammadan law saving is why a hiba is valid without a registered and attested instrument. A hiba requires declaration by the donor, acceptance by the donee and delivery of possession, and section 123 does not apply to it.

munotes.in242

Gift

A worked example

Keshav wishes to provide for his family.

He executes a registered deed, attested by two witnesses, giving his flat to his nephew Lokesh, who accepts. A valid gift: existing immovable property, voluntary, without consideration, by a registered attested instrument, accepted.

He hands his gold chain to his niece. A valid gift of movable property by delivery; no writing is needed.

He signs an unregistered writing giving his shop to his brother. No gift. Section 123 requires a registered instrument for immovable property, whatever its value.

He gives Lokesh "my flat and whatever I inherit from my uncle". Under section 124 the gift is void as to the future property; it stands as to the flat.

He gives a plot jointly to two cousins, and one refuses. Under section 125 the gift is void as to the share the refusing cousin would have taken, which reverts to Keshav; the other cousin keeps his share.

The deed says Keshav may cancel the gift whenever he likes. Under section 126 that makes the gift void to that extent, on illustration (b).

The deed instead says the gift is revoked if Lokesh predeceases Keshav without children, and Lokesh agreed. Valid, on illustration (a): the event does not depend on Keshav's will.

Keshav gives Lokesh, by one deed, a debt-free house and a heavily mortgaged godown. Under section 127 Lokesh cannot take the house unless he accepts the godown too. Had they been separate and independent transfers, he could have taken one and refused the other.

Keshav gives Lokesh everything he owns, and owes Rs. 15 lakh at the time. Under section 128 Lokesh is personally liable for those debts, but only to the extent of the property he received.

Keshav, gravely ill, hands his watch to a friend saying it is his if he does not recover. A donatio mortis causa of movable property, outside this Chapter by section 129 and governed by the Indian Succession Act 1925.

What it does NOT mean

Love and affection is not consideration. It is the motive for a gift, not a price that turns it into a sale.

There is no value threshold for a gift of land. Every gift of immovable property needs a registered, attested instrument.

A gift is not complete without acceptance, and acceptance must be during the donor's lifetime and while he is still capable of giving.

A donee's death before acceptance makes the gift void, not merely lapsed.

munotes.in243

Gift

Future property cannot be given, and a mixed gift fails only as to the future part.

A gift is not generally revocable. Only on an agreed external event, or on a ground that would rescind a contract other than want or failure of consideration.

A power of revocation at will destroys the gift, to the extent it applies.

Section 127 depends on one transaction or several, not on the donee's preference.

A universal donee is not liable without limit. His liability is capped at the property he received.

A hiba does not need section 123, by the saving in section 129.

Distinctions

Gift, s.122Sale, s.54Exchange, s.118
ConsiderationNoneA price in moneyProperty, or money both ways
Acceptance by the transfereeEssentialImplied in the bargainImplied
Formality for immovable propertyRegistered and attested, no thresholdRegistered, at Rs. 100 and aboveAs for a sale
Revocable, s.126Void, s.126
ConditionA specified event not depending on the donor's will, agreed by bothRevocable at the mere will of the donor
Illustration(a) the field returns if B and his descendants predecease A(b) the right to take back Rs. 10,000 at pleasure
One transfer, s.127 first paragraphSeparate transfers, s.127 second paragraph
May the donee pick and chooseNo, he takes all or nothingYes
Illustration(a) shares in X and Y together(b) the onerous lease and the money

Quick revision

  • Gift: transfer of certain existing property, voluntarily and without consideration, by a donor to a donee, and accepted.
  • Acceptance must be during the donor's lifetime and while he is capable of giving; if the donee dies before acceptance, the gift is void.
  • s.123: immovable property, registered instrument signed by or for the donor and attested by two witnesses, with no value threshold; movable property, such an instrument or delivery.
  • s.124: a gift of existing and future property is void as to the future.
  • s.125: where one of several donees refuses, the gift is void as to his share only.
  • s.126: revocation on a specified event not depending on the donor's will is valid; revocation at the donor's mere will is void; a gift may also be revoked on any ground that would rescind a contract except want or failure of consideration; transferees for consideration without notice are protected.
  • s.127: one transfer, accept all or nothing; separate transfers, pick and choose. A donee not competent to contract is not bound, but becomes bound if he retains the property after becoming competent and aware.
  • s.128: a universal donee is personally liable for the donor's debts and liabilities at the time of the gift, to the extent of the property received.
  • s.129: the Chapter does not apply to donatio mortis causa of movables, nor affect Muhammadan law.
munotes.in244

Gift

Test yourself

1. State the essentials of a valid gift. Certain existing movable or immovable property; transferred voluntarily; without consideration; by a donor to a donee; and accepted by or on behalf of the donee during the donor's lifetime and while he is still capable of giving.

2. How must a gift of land worth Rs. 50 be made? By a registered instrument signed by or on behalf of the donor and attested by at least two witnesses. Section 123 sets no monetary threshold for immovable property.

3. What happens if the donee dies before accepting? The gift is void.

4. A gives B a field, reserving a right to take it back whenever he pleases. Is the gift good? No. Under section 126 a gift agreed to be revocable at the mere will of the donor is void, wholly or in part as the case may be.

5. A gives B, by one deed, valuable shares and shares carrying heavy calls. B refuses the burdened shares. What can he take? Nothing. Under the first paragraph of section 127, where the gift is a single transfer of several things of which one is burdened, the donee can take nothing unless he accepts it fully.

6. What is the liability of a universal donee? He is personally liable for all the debts due by and liabilities of the donor at the time of the gift, but only to the extent of the property comprised in the gift.

7. Why does a Muslim gift not require a registered instrument? Because section 129 provides that nothing in the Chapter shall be deemed to affect any rule of Muhammadan law, under which a hiba is complete on declaration, acceptance and delivery of possession.

8. On what grounds other than an agreed event may a gift be revoked? On any ground on which, if it were a contract, it might be rescinded, save want or failure of consideration. Save as so provided, a gift cannot be revoked, and the rights of transferees for consideration without notice are unaffected.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in245

Chapter Forty-Seven

Actionable Claims

Syllabus topic 3.1, "Specific Transfers under the Transfer of Property Act, 1882: Actionable Claims [Sections 130 - 137]"

In one line

An unsecured debt, or a beneficial interest in movable property you do not hold, can be transferred by a signed writing, and the person who takes it takes it with every defence the debtor already had.

In exam wording: section 3 defines an actionable claim as a claim to any debt other than a debt secured by mortgage of immoveable property or by hypothecation or pledge of moveable property, or to any beneficial interest in moveable property not in the possession, either actual or constructive, of the claimant, which the Civil Courts recognise as affording grounds for relief, whether the debt or beneficial interest be existent, accruing, conditional or contingent.

Section 130: how the transfer is made

By writing only. The transfer of an actionable claim, whether with or without consideration, is effected only by the execution of an instrument in writing signed by the transferor or his duly authorised agent. There is no oral assignment of an actionable claim, and it makes no difference that the assignment is a gift.

Complete on execution. The transfer is complete and effectual upon the execution of the instrument, and thereupon all the rights and remedies of the transferor, whether by way of damages or otherwise, vest in the transferee, whether or not notice is given.

But notice protects the debtor. The proviso is the practical heart of the section. Every dealing with the debt by the debtor is valid as against the transfer, save where the debtor is a party to the transfer or has received express notice of it.

So the assignment binds the debt from the moment it is signed, and yet a debtor who has not been told may safely go on dealing with his creditor. Both propositions are true because they answer different questions: who owns the claim, and whom the debtor may safely pay.

The Act's illustration (i) makes it concrete: A owes money to B, who transfers the debt to C. B demands the debt from A, who, not having received notice of the transfer, pays B. The payment is valid, and C cannot sue A for the debt.

Suit in his own name. Under sub-section (2), the transferee may sue or institute proceedings in his own name, without the transferor's consent and without making him a party. This is what distinguishes a statutory assignment from the old practice of suing in the assignor's name.

Exception. Nothing in the section applies to the transfer of a marine or fire policy of insurance, or affects section 38 of the Insurance Act 1938.

Illustration (ii) deals with life policies: A assigns a policy on his own life to a bank to secure a debt; on A's death the bank may receive the money and sue without the concurrence of A's executor, subject to the proviso and to section 132.

munotes.in246

Actionable Claims

Section 131: the form of the notice

Every notice of transfer must be:

  • in writing;
  • signed by the transferor or his duly authorised agent, or, if the transferor refuses to sign, by the transferee or his agent; and
  • it must state the name and address of the transferee.

The provision for the transferor's refusal is sensible: an assignor who has been paid has little incentive to help, and the assignee should not be defeated by his indifference.

Section 132: the transferee takes subject to equities

The transferee takes the claim subject to all the liabilities and equities to which the transferor was subject in respect of it at the date of the transfer.

This is the central rule of assignment and it should be stated in every answer on the topic. An assignee is not a purchaser in the market who takes free of what he did not know. He steps into the assignor's position exactly, and every defence the debtor had against the assignor survives against him.

The Act's illustrations:

(i) A transfers to C a debt due to him by B, A being then indebted to B. C sues B. B is entitled to set off the debt due by A to him, although C was unaware of it at the date of the transfer.

(ii) A executes a bond in favour of B in circumstances entitling A to have it delivered up and cancelled. B assigns the bond to C for value and without notice. C cannot enforce the bond against A.

Illustration (ii) is the one worth remembering, because it is the opposite of the result under sections 39, 40, 41 and 100, where a transferee for value without notice is protected. In an assignment of an actionable claim, good faith and value do not help. The reason is that what is assigned is a claim, and a claim can never be worth more in the assignee's hands than it was in the assignor's.

Sections 133 to 135: particular cases

Section 133: warranty of solvency. Where the transferor of a debt warrants the solvency of the debtor, the warranty, absent contrary contract, applies only to his solvency at the time of the transfer, and is limited, where the transfer is for consideration, to the amount or value of that consideration.

Two limits, and both are examinable: it is a warranty about the present, not the future, and the assignor's exposure is capped at what he was paid.

munotes.in247

Actionable Claims

Section 134: mortgaged debt. Where a debt is transferred to secure an existing or future debt, the debt so transferred, if received by the transferor or recovered by the transferee, is applied:

first, in payment of the costs of recovery; secondly, in or towards satisfaction of the amount for the time being secured by the transfer; and the residue belongs to the transferor or other person entitled.

This is an assignment by way of security rather than out and out, and the waterfall is the same idea as a mortgagee accounting for surplus under section 76(h).

Section 135: fire policies. Every assignee by endorsement or other writing of a policy of insurance against fire, in whom the property in the subject insured is absolutely vested at the date of the assignment, has transferred and vested in him all rights of suit as if the contract in the policy had been made with himself.

The condition matters: the assignee must own the insured property absolutely at the date of the assignment, because a fire policy is a contract of indemnity and is worth nothing to a person with no interest in the thing insured.

Sections 130A and 135A, on marine policies, were repealed by the Marine Insurance Act 1963 with effect from 1 August 1963, and are noted as repealed rather than explained.

Section 136: judges, lawyers and court officers

No Judge, legal practitioner or officer connected with any Court of Justice shall buy or traffic in, or stipulate for, or agree to receive any share of or interest in, any actionable claim; and no Court of Justice shall enforce, at his instance or at the instance of any person claiming by or through him, any actionable claim so dealt with by him.

This is the disqualification section 6(h)(3) refers to when it forbids a transfer to a person legally disqualified to be a transferee. The purpose is obvious and worth stating: people who administer justice must not have a financial stake in the claims that come before the courts, and the prohibition is enforced by making the claim unenforceable in their hands, or in the hands of anyone claiming through them.

Section 137: what is outside this Chapter

Nothing in the foregoing sections applies to:

  • stocks, shares or debentures;
  • instruments which are for the time being, by law or custom, negotiable; or
  • any mercantile document of title to goods.

The Explanation defines the last: it includes a bill of lading, dock-warrant, warehouse keeper's certificate, railway receipt, warrant or order for the delivery of goods, and any other document used in the ordinary course of business as proof of the possession or control of goods, or authorising their transfer by endorsement or delivery.

munotes.in248

Actionable Claims

The exclusion exists because all of these are transferred by their own rules, under the Companies Act, the Negotiable Instruments Act 1881 and the Sale of Goods Act 1930, and those rules are designed for commerce. In particular, a holder in due course of a negotiable instrument takes free of prior defects, which is the exact opposite of section 132. Applying section 132 to a cheque would destroy negotiability.

A worked example

Meena is owed Rs. 5 lakh by Naresh on an unsecured loan. She assigns the debt to Omkar by a writing she signs.

Is the assignment good? Yes. An actionable claim is transferred by an instrument in writing signed by the transferor, and it is complete on execution, whether or not Naresh is told.

Naresh, not having been told, pays Meena. Under the proviso to section 130, and illustration (i), the payment is valid, and Omkar cannot sue Naresh for the debt. His remedy is against Meena.

Omkar gives notice. It must be in writing, signed by Meena or, if she refuses, by Omkar, and must state Omkar's name and address. After that, Naresh must pay Omkar.

Naresh has a cross-claim. Suppose Meena owed Naresh Rs. 2 lakh when she assigned. Under section 132 and illustration (i), Naresh may set that off against Omkar, even though Omkar knew nothing of it.

Omkar sues. He may do so in his own name, without Meena's consent and without joining her.

Meena warranted that Naresh was solvent. Under section 133 that warranty speaks only to solvency at the date of the transfer, and, the assignment being for consideration, is capped at what Omkar paid.

Change the assignment. Suppose Meena assigned the debt to Omkar not outright but to secure Rs. 3 lakh she owed him. Under section 134, what is recovered goes first to the costs of recovery, then to the Rs. 3 lakh secured, and the residue back to Meena.

Change the subject matter. Suppose the claim were a cheque, or shares in a company, or a railway receipt. Section 137 takes all of them out of this Chapter, and their own law governs.

And if Omkar were the advocate appearing in Naresh's case? Section 136 would forbid him from buying the claim, and no Court would enforce it at his instance or at the instance of anyone claiming through him.

What it does NOT mean

An actionable claim is not a mere right to sue. The latter is unassignable under section 6(e); an actionable claim is assignable under section 130.

munotes.in249

Actionable Claims

A secured debt is not an actionable claim. The section 3 definition excludes a debt secured by mortgage of immovable property or by hypothecation or pledge of movables.

An oral assignment will not do, even as a gift.

Notice is not a condition of the transfer. The transfer is complete on execution; notice protects the debtor.

Good faith and value do not protect the assignee. Section 132 makes him take subject to every equity, and illustration (ii) says so in terms.

A warranty of solvency is not open-ended. It is confined to the date of the transfer and capped at the consideration.

Section 137 excludes commercial paper, because negotiability and section 132 cannot coexist.

Sections 130A and 135A are repealed and should be described as repealed.

Distinctions

Actionable claim, s.130Negotiable instrument, s.137
How transferredWritten instrument signed by the transferorEndorsement and delivery, under its own law
Does the taker take subject to prior equitiesYes, s.132No, a holder in due course takes free
Notice to the debtorProtects the debtor, not required for the transferNot applicable
Mere right to sue, s.6(e)Actionable claim, ss.3 and 130
TransferableNoYes
ExamplesDamages for defamation or assaultUnsecured debt, unpaid rent arrears, a beneficial interest in movables not in the claimant's possession

Quick revision

  • Actionable claim, s.3: an unsecured debt, or a beneficial interest in movable property not in the claimant's possession, recognised by the Civil Courts, whether existent, accruing, conditional or contingent.
  • s.130: transfer only by a signed writing, with or without consideration; complete on execution, notice or no notice; but a dealing by an unnotified debtor is valid against the transfer; the transferee may sue in his own name. Marine and fire policies excepted.
  • s.131: notice in writing, signed by the transferor or, on his refusal, the transferee, stating the transferee's name and address.
  • s.132: the transferee takes subject to all the liabilities and equities at the date of transfer. Value and good faith are no protection.
  • s.133: a warranty of solvency speaks to the date of transfer and is capped at the consideration.
  • s.134: a debt assigned as security yields, first costs of recovery, then the secured amount, then the residue to the transferor.
  • s.135: an assignee of a fire policy in whom the insured property is absolutely vested gets all rights of suit.
  • s.136: a Judge, legal practitioner or court officer may not buy or traffic in an actionable claim, and no Court will enforce it at his instance.
  • s.137: stocks, shares, debentures, negotiable instruments and mercantile documents of title are outside the Chapter.
  • ss.130A and 135A are repealed by the Marine Insurance Act 1963.
munotes.in250

Actionable Claims

Test yourself

1. How is an actionable claim transferred? Only by the execution of an instrument in writing signed by the transferor or his duly authorised agent, whether the transfer is with or without consideration.

2. Is notice to the debtor necessary for the transfer to be complete? No. The transfer is complete and effectual on execution of the instrument. Notice matters because, until the debtor is a party to the transfer or has express notice, his dealings with the debt are valid against the transfer.

3. A owes B, B assigns to C, and A pays B without notice. Can C sue A? No. On the proviso to section 130 and illustration (i), the payment is valid and C cannot sue A. C's remedy lies against B.

4. What must a notice of transfer contain? It must be in writing, signed by the transferor or his duly authorised agent, or by the transferee if the transferor refuses to sign, and must state the name and address of the transferee.

5. Does an assignee who paid value and knew nothing take free of the debtor's defences? No. Section 132 makes him take subject to all the liabilities and equities to which the transferor was subject at the date of the transfer, and illustration (ii) shows a bona fide assignee for value unable to enforce a bond that the obligor was entitled to have cancelled.

6. How far does a warranty of the debtor's solvency extend? Absent a contract to the contrary, only to solvency at the time of the transfer, and, where the transfer is for consideration, limited to the amount or value of that consideration.

7. Why are negotiable instruments excluded by section 137? Because they are transferred under their own law, by which a holder in due course takes free of prior defects. Applying section 132, which makes a transferee take subject to all equities, would destroy negotiability.

8. May an advocate buy a debt that is in litigation? No. Section 136 forbids a Judge, legal practitioner or officer connected with any Court of Justice from buying or trafficking in an actionable claim, and no Court will enforce such a claim at his instance or at the instance of anyone claiming through him.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in251

Chapter Forty-Eight

What an Easement Is

Syllabus topic 3.2, "Indian Easements Act, 1882"

In one line

An easement is a right one landowner has to do something on his neighbour's land, or to stop his neighbour doing something on it, for the benefit of his own land.

In exam wording: section 4 provides that an easement is a right which the owner or occupier of certain land possesses, as such, for the beneficial enjoyment of that land, to do and continue to do something, or to prevent and continue to prevent something being done, in or upon, or in respect of, certain other land not his own.

Why the definition is built around two pieces of land

An easement is not a personal privilege. It exists because one piece of land needs something from another, and it belongs to whoever owns the land that needs it.

That is what the words "as such" carry. The right is held in the capacity of owner or occupier of the benefited land, and not as an individual. It follows that the right passes with the land when the land is sold, and that it cannot be detached and sold on its own, which is the rule in section 6(a) of the Transfer of Property Act, taught in [What May Be Transferred].

Sections 1 to 3: what the Act is, and what it leaves alone

Section 1 provides that the Act may be called the Indian Easements Act, 1882.

Section 2: savings. Nothing in the Act is deemed to affect:

(a) any right of the Government to regulate the collection, retention and distribution of the water of rivers and streams flowing in natural channels, and of natural lakes and ponds, or of water flowing, collected, retained or distributed in or by any channel or work constructed at the public expense for irrigation;

(b) any customary or other right, not being a licence, in or over immovable property which the Government, the public or any person may possess irrespective of other immovable property; or

(c) any right acquired, or arising out of a relation created, before this Act came into force.

Clause (b) is the one that matters for a student, and it is the statutory home of two things this chapter has already met. A right possessed irrespective of other immovable property has no dominant heritage, so it is not an easement at all; and a customary right, such as a village right to draw water or to hold a fair on particular land, is preserved by the Act rather than governed by it. Section 18 then allows a customary easement, which is different: that is a right annexed to a dominant heritage by local custom.

munotes.in252

What an Easement Is

Section 3 is a construction provision: references in any Act or Regulation to sections 26 and 27 of the Indian Limitation Act 1877, or to sections 27 and 28 of Act 9 of 1871, are to be read as made to sections 15 and 16 of this Act, which are the prescription provisions taught in [Acquisition of Easements, and Easement by Prescription].

The four essentials

One, a dominant and a servient heritage. The section supplies the vocabulary: the land for the beneficial enjoyment of which the right exists is the dominant heritage, and its owner or occupier the dominant owner; the land on which the liability is imposed is the servient heritage, and its owner or occupier the servient owner.

Two, the two must be different persons' land. The section says "certain other land not his own". A man cannot have an easement over his own land; what he has there is simply ownership, and the courts call it a quasi-easement when it looks like an easement in the making. Section 13 turns quasi-easements into real ones when the two plots are separated, and is taught in [Acquisition of Easements, and Easement by Prescription].

Three, the right must be for the beneficial enjoyment of the dominant heritage. A right that benefits the owner personally rather than his land is not an easement.

Four, the right must be to do something, or to prevent something being done, in, upon or in respect of the servient land.

The Explanation, which widens all three key words

The Explanation to section 4 is short and it repays memorising, because it defeats most of the arguments a beginner would make against a claimed easement.

"Land" includes things permanently attached to the earth. So a right over a building is within the Act.

"Beneficial enjoyment" includes possible convenience, remote advantage, and even a mere amenity. This is very wide. The claimant need not show that his land is unusable without the right; a mere amenity is enough.

"To do something" includes removal and appropriation by the dominant owner, for the beneficial enjoyment of the dominant heritage, of any part of the soil of the servient heritage or anything growing or subsisting on it. So taking water, fish, timber or fallen leaves can be an easement.

The illustrations, and the two that are NOT easements

The Act gives six illustrations, and the last two are the instructive ones.

(a) A, as owner of a house, has a right of way over neighbour B's land for purposes connected with the beneficial enjoyment of the house. An easement.

(b) A has the right to go on B's land and take water for his household out of a spring there. An easement.

munotes.in253

What an Easement Is

(c) A has the right to conduct water from B's stream to supply fountains in his garden. An easement.

(d) A, as owner of a house and farm, has the right to graze cattle on B's field, or to take water or fish from C's tank, timber from D's wood, or fallen leaves from E's land for manure. These are easements.

(e) A dedicates to the public the right to occupy the surface of land for passing and re-passing. This right is NOT an easement. There is no dominant heritage: a public right of way benefits everybody and no particular piece of land. It is a public right, not an easement.

(f) A is bound to cleanse a water course running through his land and keep it free from obstruction for the benefit of B, a lower riparian owner. This is NOT an easement. An easement obliges the servient owner to suffer something or to abstain from something; it does not oblige him to do something positive. A positive duty of that kind is a covenant or a customary obligation, not an easement.

Illustration (f) states the most important negative rule in the whole Act: there is no easement to compel the servient owner to act.

Profit a prendre

Profit a prendre is Law French for a profit to be taken, and it means a right to enter another's land and take something from it: soil, minerals, timber, grass, fish, or the produce of the land.

In English law it is not an easement. An easement there gives no right to take anything; a profit is a separate species of interest in land.

In India the position is different, and that is the examinable point. The Explanation to section 4 provides that "to do something" includes removal and appropriation by the dominant owner, for the beneficial enjoyment of the dominant heritage, of any part of the soil of the servient heritage or anything growing or subsisting thereon. So a profit a prendre, if it is annexed to a dominant heritage and exercised for its beneficial enjoyment, is an easement under this Act.

Illustration (d) to section 4 is a list of profits treated as easements: a right to graze a certain number of cattle on B's field, to take water or fish out of C's tank, timber out of D's wood, or the fallen leaves from E's land to manure one's own.

The limit is the dominant heritage. A right to take produce that is not annexed to any land of the taker has no dominant heritage, so it cannot be an easement here either. It would be a licence under section 52 of this Act, or, if it is exercisable irrespective of any other immovable property, a right saved by section 2(b).

munotes.in254

What an Easement Is

Section 6: an easement need not be permanent

An easement may be:

  • permanent; or
  • for a term of years or other limited period; or
  • subject to periodical interruption; or
  • exercisable only at a certain place, or at certain times, or between certain hours; or
  • for a particular purpose; or
  • on condition that it shall commence, or become void or voidable, on a specified event or on the performance or non-performance of a specified act.

So an easement may be conditional and limited in exactly the ways an interest under the Transfer of Property Act may be, and a right is not disqualified from being an easement merely because it is temporary or restricted.

Section 7: what an easement restricts

Section 7 approaches the subject from the other side, by naming the ordinary rights of ownership that an easement cuts down. Easements are restrictions of one or other of:

(a) The exclusive right to enjoy. The exclusive right of every owner of immovable property, subject to any law in force, to enjoy and dispose of it and all its products and accessions.

(b) Rights to advantages arising from situation. The right of every owner of immovable property, subject to any law in force, to enjoy without disturbance by another the natural advantages arising from its situation.

Section 7 then sets out those natural rights, which include the right to the support of the soil in its natural state and the right to the flow of a natural stream. The point for a student is that these belong to an owner without any grant: they are natural rights, incidents of ownership, and an easement is what happens when one owner acquires something beyond them at his neighbour's expense.

That gives the distinction an examiner looks for. A right to the support of your land in its natural state is a natural right and needs no acquisition. A right to have your building supported by your neighbour's land is an easement and must be acquired.

A worked example

Priya owns a bungalow with a garden at Sangamner. Her neighbour Rehan owns the field behind.

Priya has used a track across Rehan's field to reach the road for years. A right, held as owner of the bungalow, for its beneficial enjoyment, to do something on land not her own. An easement, and a right of way is illustration (a).

She draws water from a spring on Rehan's field for her household. An easement, on illustration (b), and the Explanation confirms that appropriating part of the produce of the servient land can be an easement.

munotes.in255

What an Easement Is

She has a right that Rehan shall not build so as to block her windows. An easement to prevent something being done, which is within the definition.

She claims that Rehan must repair the track each year. Not an easement. Illustration (f) shows that an easement cannot impose a positive duty on the servient owner. Rehan must suffer her passage; he need not maintain the way.

She claims a right of way for the public over Rehan's field. Not an easement, on illustration (e): a public right has no dominant heritage.

She claims that her land is entitled to support from Rehan's soil in its natural state. That is a natural right under section 7, not an easement, and she need prove no acquisition. If she claims support for the weight of her new building, that is an easement and must be acquired.

Rehan grants her a right of way for ten years only, exercisable between six in the morning and eight at night. Perfectly good: section 6 allows an easement for a limited period, at certain times and between certain hours.

What it does NOT mean

An easement is not a personal right. It is held "as such", in the capacity of owner or occupier of the dominant heritage.

There is no easement over one's own land. The servient land must be "not his own"; before separation such a right is a quasi-easement.

An easement cannot compel the servient owner to act. Illustration (f). It obliges him to suffer or to abstain.

A public right of way is not an easement. Illustration (e): there is no dominant heritage.

Necessity is not required. "Beneficial enjoyment" includes possible convenience, remote advantage and even a mere amenity.

An easement need not be permanent or unrestricted. Section 6 allows limits of time, place, hours, purpose and condition.

A natural right is not an easement. Support for land in its natural state, and the flow of a natural stream, belong to ownership; support for a building must be acquired.

Distinctions

EasementNatural right, s.7Public rightLicence
Dominant heritageRequiredNot applicable, it is an incident of ownershipNoneNone
How acquiredGrant, prescription, necessity or customBelongs to the owner without acquisitionDedication to the publicPermission
Interest in landYesOwnership itselfNoNo
ExampleSupport for a building; a private right of waySupport for land in its natural state; flow of a natural streamA public highwayPermission to sit in a cinema
An easement canAn easement cannot
Require the servient owner to suffer somethingYes
Require him to abstain from somethingYes
Require him to do something positiveNo, illustration (f)
munotes.in256

What an Easement Is

Quick revision

  • Easement: a right the owner or occupier of land has, as such, for the beneficial enjoyment of that land, to do or to prevent something in, upon or in respect of other land not his own.
  • Dominant heritage benefits; servient heritage bears. Their owners are the dominant and servient owners.
  • Four essentials: dominant and servient heritages; different owners; for the beneficial enjoyment of the dominant heritage; a right to do or prevent something.
  • Explanation: "land" includes things permanently attached; "beneficial enjoyment" includes possible convenience, remote advantage and a mere amenity; "to do something" includes taking part of the soil or its produce.
  • Not easements: a public right of way (illustration e, no dominant heritage); a duty on the servient owner to act (illustration f).
  • s.6: an easement may be permanent or limited in time, place, hours or purpose, or conditional.
  • s.7: easements are restrictions on the exclusive right to enjoy and on the advantages arising from situation, which are natural rights needing no acquisition.

Test yourself

1. Define an easement and name the four essentials. An easement is a right which the owner or occupier of certain land possesses, as such, for the beneficial enjoyment of that land, to do and continue to do something, or to prevent and continue to prevent something being done, in or upon or in respect of certain other land not his own. The essentials are a dominant heritage, a servient heritage belonging to another, a purpose of beneficial enjoyment of the dominant heritage, and a right to do or to prevent something.

2. Why is a public right of way not an easement? Because there is no dominant heritage. A public right benefits the public at large and not any particular piece of land, as illustration (e) to section 4 shows.

3. Can an easement require the servient owner to repair a drain? No. Illustration (f) shows that an obligation to do something positive, such as cleansing a watercourse, is not an easement. An easement obliges the servient owner to suffer or to abstain.

4. How wide is "beneficial enjoyment"? Very wide. The Explanation includes possible convenience, remote advantage and even a mere amenity, so the dominant owner need not show that his land is unusable without the right.

5. Distinguish a natural right from an easement, using support. The right to have land supported in its natural state is a natural right under section 7 and belongs to ownership without any acquisition. The right to have a building supported by a neighbour's land goes beyond the natural right and is an easement, which must be acquired.

munotes.in257

What an Easement Is

6. Must an easement be permanent? No. Section 6 permits an easement for a term of years or other limited period, subject to periodical interruption, exercisable at a certain place, at certain times or between certain hours, for a particular purpose, or on a condition.

7. Can a person have an easement over his own land? No. The definition requires the servient land to be "not his own". A right of that kind exercised over one's own land before separation is a quasi-easement, which section 13 may convert into an easement when the plots pass into different hands.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in258

Chapter Forty-Nine

Kinds of Easements

Syllabus topic 3.2, "Indian Easements Act, 1882"

In one line

Easements divide into continuous and discontinuous, and into apparent and non-apparent; and a person can grant an easement only as far as he could transfer the land itself.

In exam wording: section 5 provides that easements are either continuous or discontinuous, apparent or non-apparent; and section 8 provides that an easement may be imposed by anyone in the circumstances, and to the extent, in and to which he may transfer his interest in the heritage on which the liability is to be imposed.

Section 5: the two classifications

The Act cuts easements two ways, and the two cuts are independent. Any easement is one of each pair.

Continuous. An easement whose enjoyment is, or may be, continual without the act of man. Nobody has to do anything for it to be enjoyed; it simply continues.

Discontinuous. An easement that needs the act of man for its enjoyment. Somebody must do something each time.

Apparent. An easement the existence of which is shown by some permanent sign which, upon careful inspection by a competent person, would be visible to him. Note the three elements: a permanent sign, careful inspection, and a competent person. A drain buried underground may still be apparent, because a person conversant with such matters would find it.

Non-apparent. An easement that has no such sign.

The Act's illustrations:

(a) A right annexed to B's house to receive light by the windows without obstruction by his neighbour A. Continuous, because light arrives without anyone doing anything.

(b) A right of way annexed to A's house over B's land. Discontinuous, because it is enjoyed only when someone walks or drives along it.

(c) Rights annexed to A's land to lead water there across B's land by an aqueduct and to draw off water by a drain. The drain would be discovered on careful inspection by a person conversant with such matters. Apparent easements.

(d) A right annexed to A's house to prevent B from building on his own land. Non-apparent, because nothing on the ground shows it.

The classification is not academic. Section 13, taught in the next chapter, gives a quasi-easement on severance only where the right is continuous and apparent, so the labels decide whether an easement arises at all when land is divided.

Section 8: who may impose an easement

An easement may be imposed by anyone in the circumstances, and to the extent, in and to which he may transfer his interest in the servient heritage.

The rule is the easement version of "nobody can give what he does not have". A person's power to burden land is measured by his power to dispose of it.

munotes.in259

Kinds of Easements

The Act's illustrations:

(a) A is tenant of B's land under a lease with twenty years unexpired and power to transfer his interest. A may impose an easement to continue during the lease or for any shorter period.

(b) A is tenant for life with remainder to B absolutely. A cannot, without B's consent, impose an easement which will continue after his life interest ends.

(c) A, B and C are co-owners. A cannot, without the consent of B and C, impose an easement on the land or any part of it.

(d) A and B are lessees of the same lessor, A of field X for five years and B of field Y for ten. A's interest is transferable; B's is not. A may impose on X, in favour of B, a right of way terminable with A's lease.

Illustration (d) is worth pausing on, because it shows the section working on both sides: what limits the grant is A's power to transfer, since A owns the servient land, and B's inability to transfer his own interest does not prevent him receiving the benefit.

Section 9: the servient owner's further grants

Subject to section 8, a servient owner may impose on the servient heritage any easement that does not lessen the utility of the existing easement. But he cannot, without the consent of the dominant owner, impose an easement which would lessen that utility.

The servient owner is not frozen. He has given away a limited right and keeps everything else, and he may go on dealing with his land so long as he does not cut down what he has already granted.

The Act's illustrations:

(a) A has, for his mill, a right to the uninterrupted flow of B's stream from sunrise to noon. B may grant C the right to divert the water from noon to sunset, provided A's supply is not diminished.

(b) A has a right of way over B's land. B may grant C the right to feed his cattle on the grass growing on the way, provided A's right of way is not obstructed.

Section 10: lessor and mortgagor

Subject to section 8:

  • a lessor may impose on the leased property any easement that does not derogate from the rights of the lessee as such;
  • a mortgagor may impose on the mortgaged property any easement that does not render the security insufficient.

Neither may, without the consent of the lessee or mortgagee, impose any other easement, unless it is to take effect on the termination of the lease or the redemption of the mortgage.

munotes.in260

Kinds of Easements

The Explanation carries the same test as section 66 of the Transfer of Property Act, and the figures are identical: a security is insufficient unless the value of the mortgaged property exceeds by one-third, or, if consisting of buildings, exceeds by one-half, the amount for the time being due.

Section 11: the lessee's limits

No lessee or other person having a derivative interest may impose on the property held by him as such an easement to take effect after the expiration of his own interest, or in derogation of the right of the lessor or the superior proprietor.

A derivative interest is one carved out of a larger one, such as a lease or a sub-lease. The section states in two limbs what section 8 states in principle: a lessee cannot burden the land beyond his own term, and cannot cut down the interest of the person above him.

Section 12: who may acquire an easement

By the owner, for the beneficial enjoyment of the property for which the right is created, or on his behalf by any person in possession of it.

By one of several co-owners. One of two or more co-owners may, as such, with or without the consent of the others, acquire an easement for the beneficial enjoyment of the property.

Contrast section 8 illustration (c) sharply, because the pair is examined together. A co-owner cannot burden the co-owned land without his co-owners' consent, but he may acquire an easement for it without them. The asymmetry is deliberate: acquiring benefits everyone, burdening harms them.

The lessee's disability. No lessee of immovable property can acquire, for the beneficial enjoyment of other immovable property of his own, an easement in or over the property comprised in his lease. A tenant already has the use of the leased land under the lease; he cannot convert that into a permanent easement for the benefit of his own neighbouring property.

A worked example

Sanjay owns a plot at Yavatmal. Tabassum owns the plot next to it, which she has leased to Uday for eight years, with power to transfer his interest. Vidya holds a mortgage over Tabassum's plot.

Uday grants Sanjay a right of way over the leased plot for twenty years. Under section 8 and illustration (a), Uday may impose an easement only for the period of his lease or a shorter period. The grant is good for the remainder of his eight years and no longer.

Tabassum grants Sanjay a right of way to begin now. Under section 10 she may impose an easement that does not derogate from Uday's rights as lessee. If it would interfere with his use, she needs his consent, unless the easement is to take effect on the termination of the lease.

munotes.in261

Kinds of Easements

She also needs to think about Vidya. Under section 10 she may impose an easement that does not render the security insufficient, and the Explanation makes the property insufficient unless its value exceeds the debt by one-third, or by one-half if it consists of buildings.

Sanjay already has a right of light over Tabassum's plot. She now grants a right of way over the same strip to a third person. Under section 9 she may, provided it does not lessen the utility of Sanjay's right of light. Illustrations (a) and (b) are exactly this pattern.

Sanjay's plot is co-owned with his brother, and Sanjay alone acquires a right of way for it. Valid under section 12: one co-owner may acquire an easement for the beneficial enjoyment of the property with or without the others' consent.

Sanjay alone tries to grant a right of way over the co-owned plot. Invalid without his brother's consent, on section 8 illustration (c).

Uday, who owns a shop across the road, claims a right of way over the plot he leases, for the benefit of that shop. Barred by the last paragraph of section 12: a lessee cannot acquire an easement over the property comprised in his lease for the benefit of other property of his own.

Classifying the rights. Sanjay's right of light is continuous and non-apparent if nothing on the ground shows it; his right of way is discontinuous and, if there is a made track, apparent.

What it does NOT mean

Continuous does not mean constantly used. It means enjoyment does not require the act of man.

Apparent does not mean visible to anyone. The test is a permanent sign visible on careful inspection by a competent person, so a buried drain can be apparent.

A servient owner is not frozen. Under section 9 he may grant further easements that do not lessen the utility of the existing one.

A lessor is not powerless. He may grant easements that do not derogate from the lessee's rights, or that take effect when the lease ends.

A mortgagor is not powerless either, provided the security stays sufficient on the one-third and one-half test.

A lessee cannot grant beyond his term, nor in derogation of the lessor's rights.

A co-owner's position is asymmetric: he may acquire alone, but may not burden alone.

A lessee cannot acquire an easement over the leased land for his own other property.

Distinctions

ContinuousDiscontinuous
TestEnjoyment is or may be continual without the act of manNeeds the act of man
ExampleRight to light, illustration (a)Right of way, illustration (b)
munotes.in262

Kinds of Easements

ApparentNon-apparent
TestShown by a permanent sign visible on careful inspection by a competent personNo such sign
ExampleAn aqueduct or a drain, illustration (c)A right to prevent building, illustration (d)
WhoMay imposeMay acquire
OwnerTo the extent he may transfer, s.8Yes, s.12
One co-ownerNot without the others' consent, s.8 ill. (c)Yes, with or without their consent, s.12
LessorAn easement not derogating from the lessee's rights, or effective on termination, s.10
MortgagorAn easement not rendering the security insufficient, or effective on redemption, s.10
LesseeOnly within his term and not in derogation of the lessor, ss.8 and 11Not over the leased property for his own other property, s.12

Quick revision

  • s.5: continuous (no act of man) against discontinuous (needs the act of man); apparent (a permanent sign visible on careful inspection by a competent person) against non-apparent.
  • Light is continuous; a way is discontinuous; an aqueduct or drain is apparent; a right to prevent building is non-apparent.
  • The classification matters because s.13 quasi-easements require the right to be continuous and apparent.
  • s.8: an easement may be imposed only to the extent the grantor may transfer his interest in the servient heritage. A life tenant cannot bind the remainderman; a co-owner cannot bind his co-owners.
  • s.9: a servient owner may grant further easements that do not lessen the utility of the existing one.
  • s.10: a lessor may grant what does not derogate from the lessee's rights; a mortgagor what does not render the security insufficient, the one-third, or one-half for buildings, test applying.
  • s.11: a lessee may not impose an easement beyond his own interest or in derogation of the lessor's rights.
  • s.12: an easement may be acquired by the owner, or on his behalf by a person in possession; one co-owner may acquire alone; and a lessee may not acquire an easement over the leased property for his own other property.

Test yourself

1. Distinguish continuous from discontinuous easements, with an example of each. A continuous easement is one whose enjoyment is or may be continual without the act of man, such as a right to light. A discontinuous easement needs the act of man for its enjoyment, such as a right of way.

2. Is an underground drain an apparent easement? It can be. The test is a permanent sign which, on careful inspection by a competent person, would be visible to him, and illustration (c) treats a drain discoverable by a person conversant with such matters as apparent.

3. To what extent may a life tenant impose an easement? Only for the duration of his own interest. Under section 8 and illustration (b), he cannot without the remainderman's consent impose an easement which will continue after his life interest ends.

munotes.in263

Kinds of Easements

4. May a servient owner grant another easement over the same land? Yes, under section 9, provided it does not lessen the utility of the existing easement. He cannot do so without the dominant owner's consent if it would.

5. When is a mortgaged property's security "insufficient" for section 10? Unless its value exceeds by one-third the amount for the time being due on the mortgage, or, where it consists of buildings, exceeds it by one-half.

6. Can one co-owner acquire an easement for the co-owned land without the others? Yes. Section 12 permits one of two or more co-owners, as such, to acquire an easement for the beneficial enjoyment of the property with or without the consent of the others. He may not, however, impose one without their consent.

7. Can a tenant acquire an easement over the land he rents, for the benefit of a shop he owns nearby? No. The last paragraph of section 12 forbids a lessee from acquiring, for the beneficial enjoyment of other immovable property of his own, an easement in or over the property comprised in his lease.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in264

Chapter Fifty

Acquisition of Easements, and Easement by Prescription

Syllabus topic 3.2, "Indian Easements Act, 1882"

In one line

An easement can be acquired by grant, by necessity or implication when land is divided, or by twenty years of open enjoyment as of right.

In exam wording: section 13 creates easements of necessity and quasi-easements on a transfer, bequest or partition; and section 15 provides that where light or air, support, or a right of way or other easement has been peaceably enjoyed as an easement, without interruption, for twenty years, the right is absolute.

Section 13: necessity and quasi-easements

Section 13 operates when land in one ownership is divided, whether by transfer, bequest or partition. Until the division there could be no easement, because a man cannot have an easement over his own land. The section decides what happens at the moment of severance.

It has six clauses, and they are best learnt as three pairs.

The transferee's rights, clauses (a) and (b).

(a) If an easement in other property of the transferor is necessary for enjoying the subject of the transfer, the transferee is entitled to it.

(b) If such an easement is apparent and continuous and necessary for enjoying the subject as it was enjoyed when the transfer took effect, the transferee is entitled to it, unless a different intention is expressed or necessarily implied.

The transferor's rights, clauses (c) and (d). The same two rules, reversed: where an easement in the property transferred is necessary for enjoying property the transferor kept, he is entitled to it under (c), and to the apparent and continuous kind under (d).

On partition, clauses (e) and (f). The same two rules again, between the sharers.

Which are easements of necessity. The Act says so expressly: clauses (a), (c) and (e) are easements of necessity. Clauses (b), (d) and (f) are the quasi-easements, rights that were being enjoyed before severance and are continued after it.

The three differences between the pairs are what an answer must bring out.

Necessity, clauses (a), (c), (e): the right must be necessary, meaning the property cannot be enjoyed at all without it, not merely more convenient. Nothing need have been visible before. And the entitlement is absolute, not defeated by an implied contrary intention.

Quasi-easements, clauses (b), (d), (f): the right must be apparent and continuous and necessary for enjoying the property as it was then enjoyed. It rests on the existing state of things, and it yields to a different intention expressed or necessarily implied.

Operation of law. Where property passes by operation of law, the persons from and to whom it passes are deemed the transferor and transferee, so succession and court sales are within the section.

munotes.in265

Acquisition of Easements, and Easement by Prescription

The Act's illustrations:

(a) A sells B a field then used for agricultural purposes only, inaccessible except over A's adjoining land or by trespassing on a stranger's. B is entitled to a right of way, for agricultural purposes only, over A's land.

(b) A, owner of two fields, sells one and keeps the other. The field retained was used for agricultural purposes only and is inaccessible except over the field sold. A is entitled to a right of way over the field sold.

Illustration (a) contains a limit worth noticing: the way is for agricultural purposes only, because that is what the land was used for at the date of the sale. An easement of necessity is measured by the necessity, and it does not grow when the dominant owner changes his use.

Section 14: who chooses the line of a way of necessity

Section 13 says a way of necessity exists. Section 14 answers the next question, which is where it runs.

When a right to a way of necessity is created under section 13, the transferor, the legal representative of the testator, or the owner of the share over which the right is exercised, as the case may be, is entitled to set out the way; but it must be reasonably convenient for the dominant owner.

When the person so entitled refuses or neglects to do so, the dominant owner may set it out.

The allocation is sensible. The servient owner knows his own land and should be able to choose the line that least damages it, so the first choice is his. But the choice is controlled by a standard, reasonable convenience for the dominant owner, so he cannot route the way through a bog. And if he will not choose at all, he loses the privilege and the dominant owner chooses instead.

Section 15: prescription

Prescription means acquiring a right by long enjoyment. Section 15 is the most examined provision of this Act and it has three limbs, then a set of qualifications.

The three limbs and their conditions:

Light or air. Where the access and use of light or air to and for any building have been peaceably enjoyed therewith, as an easement, without interruption, and for twenty years.

Support. Where support from one person's land or things affixed thereto has been peaceably received by another person's land subjected to artificial pressure, or by things affixed to it, as an easement, without interruption, and for twenty years.

Any other easement. Where a right of way or any other easement has been peaceably and openly enjoyed by a person claiming title thereto, as an easement, and as of right, without interruption, and for twenty years.

munotes.in266

Acquisition of Easements, and Easement by Prescription

Then the right shall be absolute.

Notice the differences between the limbs, because they are easy marks. Light and air need only be enjoyed peaceably, as an easement, without interruption; there is no requirement of openness or of claiming as of right, since light cannot be enjoyed secretly. The third limb, covering ways and everything else, adds openly and as of right. And the support limb requires the dominant land to be under artificial pressure, which is what distinguishes it from the natural right of support discussed in [What an Easement Is].

The two-year rule. Each period of twenty years must be a period ending within two years next before the institution of the suit in which the claim is contested. So a claimant cannot rely on twenty years of enjoyment that stopped a decade ago; the enjoyment must be recent as well as long.

Against the Government, the section is read as if for "twenty years" there were substituted thirty years.

The four Explanations to section 15

Explanation I: enjoyment under an agreement is not enjoyment. Nothing is enjoyment within the section where it was had in pursuance of an agreement with the owner of the servient property, and it appears from the agreement that the right was not granted as an easement, or, if granted as an easement, that it was granted for a limited period or subject to a condition on the fulfilment of which it is to cease.

The reason is that prescription rests on the servient owner's acquiescence in a right being asserted against him. A person enjoying by permission asserts nothing.

Explanation II: what counts as an interruption. Nothing is an interruption unless there is an actual cessation of enjoyment by reason of an obstruction by the act of some person other than the claimant, and the obstruction is submitted to or acquiesced in for one year after the claimant has notice of it and of the person making it.

Three things follow, and each is a common exam point. The claimant's own failure to use the right is not an interruption. A brief obstruction is not an interruption. And the obstruction only counts once it has been acquiesced in for a full year after notice.

Explanation III: agreed suspension is not interruption. Suspension of enjoyment in pursuance of a contract between the dominant and servient owners is not an interruption.

Explanation IV: polluting water. For an easement to pollute water, the twenty years begins when the pollution first prejudices perceptibly the servient heritage, not when it began.

munotes.in267

Acquisition of Easements, and Easement by Prescription

The three illustrations to section 15

(a) A suit is brought in 1883 for obstructing a right of way. The plaintiff proves peaceable and open enjoyment, claiming title as an easement and as of right, without interruption, from 1 January 1862 to 1 January 1882. The plaintiff is entitled to judgment.

(b) The plaintiff shows twenty years of enjoyment. The defendant proves that for a year of that time the plaintiff was entitled to possession of the servient heritage as lessee and enjoyed the right as such lessee. The suit is dismissed, because the way was not enjoyed "as an easement" for twenty years.

(c) The plaintiff shows twenty years of enjoyment. The defendant proves that on one occasion the plaintiff admitted the user was not of right and asked leave. The suit is dismissed, because the way was not enjoyed "as of right" for twenty years.

Illustrations (b) and (c) are the ones that decide problems. A single request for permission destroys twenty years of user, because it concedes that the enjoyment was not as of right.

Sections 16 to 21: the qualifications

Section 16: reversioners. Where the servient heritage was, during the period of enjoyment, held under a life interest or a term of years, the time during which it was so held is excluded in computing the twenty years against the reversioner, provided he resists within three years of the interest ending. A reversioner out of possession cannot be expected to police the land.

Section 17: rights which cannot be acquired by prescription. These include a right which would tend to the total destruction of the servient heritage; a right to the free passage of light or air to an open space; a right to surface water not flowing in a defined channel; a right to underground water not passing in a defined channel; and a right which is not capable of a grant, or which would be contrary to public policy.

The distinction to hold on to is that light to a building can be acquired by prescription under section 15, while light to an open space cannot, under section 17.

Section 18: customary easements. An easement may be acquired by virtue of a local custom, and such an easement is called a customary easement.

Section 19: transfer of the dominant heritage. When the dominant heritage is transferred or devolves, the easement passes with it, unless a contrary intention appears.

Section 20: rights and liabilities of the parties are, unless otherwise provided, governed by the terms of the grant or the nature of the right.

Section 21: an easement cannot be acquired for an illegal purpose, that is, one which would be an offence, or which would injure the public.

munotes.in268

Acquisition of Easements, and Easement by Prescription

A worked example

Wasim owns two adjoining plots at Akola. Plot A has a house whose windows have looked over plot B for twenty-five years. A made track runs across plot B to the road, and it is the only access to plot A.

He sells plot A to Yamini and keeps plot B.

The right of way. Plot A is inaccessible except over plot B, so under clause (a) Yamini gets an easement of necessity. Its extent is measured by the necessity and by the use at the date of sale, on illustration (a).

The light. The windows are continuous and, being visible, the arrangement is apparent, and the light is necessary for enjoying the house as it was then enjoyed. So under clause (b) Yamini gets it as a quasi-easement, unless a different intention is expressed or necessarily implied in the sale.

Reverse the sale. If Wasim had sold plot B and kept plot A, clauses (c) and (d) would give him the same rights over the plot sold.

On a partition between brothers, clauses (e) and (f) would do the same work between the shares.

Now take prescription instead. Suppose the two plots always had different owners, and Yamini's predecessors had used the track across Wasim's plot openly, peaceably, as of right and without interruption from 2004 to 2024, and she sues in 2025. The twenty years is complete and ends within two years before the suit, so the right is absolute under the third limb.

Wasim blocked the track for a month in 2015. Not an interruption under Explanation II unless there was an actual cessation and Yamini submitted to or acquiesced in it for a year after notice.

Yamini's father once asked Wasim's permission to use the track. Fatal, on illustration (c): the enjoyment was not as of right.

Yamini's family held the servient plot as tenants for three of those years and used the track as tenants. Fatal for those years, on illustration (b): the enjoyment was not as an easement.

The servient plot belonged to the Government. The period would be thirty years, not twenty.

Yamini claims a prescriptive right to light over Wasim's plot for her open garden. Barred by section 17: there is no prescriptive right to the free passage of light or air to an open space.

What it does NOT mean

An easement of necessity is not one of convenience. The property must be unusable without it.

A quasi-easement is not automatic either. It must be apparent and continuous and yields to a contrary intention expressed or necessarily implied.

munotes.in269

Acquisition of Easements, and Easement by Prescription

An easement of necessity does not grow with a change of use. Illustration (a) confines the way to agricultural purposes.

Twenty years alone is not enough. For the third limb it must be open, as of right and as an easement, and the period must end within two years before the suit.

Permission destroys prescription. Explanation I and illustration (c).

A short obstruction is not an interruption. Explanation II requires acquiescence for one year after notice.

Light to an open space cannot be prescribed for, though light to a building can.

Against the Government the period is thirty years.

Distinctions

Easement of necessity, s.13(a), (c), (e)Quasi-easement, s.13(b), (d), (f)
TestNecessary for enjoying the propertyApparent and continuous and necessary for enjoying it as it was then enjoyed
Prior use requiredNoYes, it must have been in use at severance
Defeated by a contrary intentionNoYes, if expressed or necessarily implied
MeasureThe extent of the necessityThe prior enjoyment
Limb of s.15PeriodConditions
Light or air to a building20 yearsPeaceably, as an easement, without interruption
Support to land under artificial pressure20 yearsPeaceably received, as an easement, without interruption
Way or any other easement20 yearsPeaceably, openly, claiming title, as an easement and as of right, without interruption
Against the Government30 years

Quick revision

  • s.13 operates on severance by transfer, bequest or partition, and also where property passes by operation of law.
  • Clauses (a), (c), (e) are easements of necessity: strict necessity, no prior use needed, not defeated by implied contrary intention.
  • Clauses (b), (d), (f) are quasi-easements: apparent and continuous, necessary for enjoyment as it then was, and yield to a contrary intention.
  • s.15: twenty years of enjoyment makes the right absolute; the period must end within two years before the suit; thirty years against the Government.
  • Light and air need peaceable, as an easement, uninterrupted enjoyment; a way needs open enjoyment as of right as well; support requires artificial pressure.
  • Explanation I: enjoyment by agreement or permission is not enjoyment. Explanation II: an interruption needs actual cessation by another's act, acquiesced in for one year after notice. Explanation III: agreed suspension is not interruption. Explanation IV: pollution runs from perceptible prejudice.
  • Illustrations: (b) enjoyment as lessee is not "as an easement"; (c) asking leave once destroys "as of right".
  • s.16 excludes time when the servient heritage was under a life interest or term of years, as against the reversioner; s.17 lists rights that cannot be prescribed for, including light to an open space; s.18 customary easements; s.19 the easement passes with the dominant heritage; s.21 no easement for an illegal purpose.
munotes.in270

Acquisition of Easements, and Easement by Prescription

Test yourself

1. What is the difference between an easement of necessity and a quasi-easement? An easement of necessity under clauses (a), (c) and (e) arises where the right is necessary for enjoying the property, needs no prior use, and is not defeated by an implied contrary intention. A quasi-easement under clauses (b), (d) and (f) requires the right to be apparent and continuous and necessary for enjoying the property as it was enjoyed at severance, and yields to a different intention expressed or necessarily implied.

2. A field sold is accessible only over the seller's land. What does the buyer get, and how far does it extend? A right of way as an easement of necessity, but measured by the necessity: on illustration (a), where the field was then used for agricultural purposes only, the way is for agricultural purposes only.

3. State the three limbs of section 15 and the period. Light or air to a building; support from another's land to land under artificial pressure; and a right of way or any other easement. Each requires twenty years, and the right then becomes absolute. Against Government property the period is thirty years.

4. What extra conditions apply to the third limb that do not apply to light? The enjoyment must be open and as of right, as well as peaceable, as an easement, and without interruption.

5. A claimant used a way for twenty years but once asked the servient owner's permission. Result? The claim fails. On illustration (c) to section 15, the way was not enjoyed "as of right" for twenty years.

6. What amounts to an interruption? An actual cessation of enjoyment caused by an obstruction by the act of some person other than the claimant, submitted to or acquiesced in for one year after the claimant has notice of it and of the person making it.

7. Can a prescriptive right to light be acquired for an open garden? No. Section 17 excludes a right to the free passage of light or air to an open space from acquisition by prescription, though light to a building may be acquired under section 15.

8. Why is time excluded under section 16? Because a reversioner out of possession, the servient heritage being held under a life interest or a term of years, cannot be expected to resist the enjoyment, so that period is excluded in computing the twenty years against him if he resists in time.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in271

Chapter Fifty-One

The Rights and Incidents of an Easement

Syllabus topic 3.2, "Indian Easements Act, 1882"

In one line

The dominant owner may do what is needed to enjoy his easement and must pay for it, and the servient owner need do nothing for him but must not make the easement harder to use.

In exam wording: section 24 entitles the dominant owner to do all acts necessary to secure the full enjoyment of the easement, causing the servient owner as little inconvenience as possible and repairing damage; section 25 puts the expenses on the dominant owner; and section 27 provides that the servient owner is not bound to do anything for the dominant heritage but must not restrict the easement or render its exercise less convenient.

Sections 22 and 23: how the easement is exercised

Section 22: exercise, and confinement of exercise. The dominant owner must exercise his right in the mode least onerous to the servient owner, and where the easement has been exercised in a particular place, he must confine himself to that place, unless the servient owner otherwise directs.

Section 23: right to alter the mode of enjoyment. The dominant owner may, from time to time, alter the mode and place of enjoying the easement, provided he does not thereby impose any additional burden on the servient heritage.

The two sections work together. Change is permitted, but only within the burden the servient owner already bears. That is why the illustrations to section 23 allow a mill owner with a prescriptive right to pollute a stream to change the process by which he makes paper, provided he does not substantially increase the amount, or injuriously change the nature, of the pollution, but do not allow him to move from sawdust to poisonous liquor.

Section 24: accessory rights

The dominant owner is entitled, as against the servient owner, to do all acts necessary to secure the full enjoyment of the easement; but those acts must be done at such time and in such manner as, without detriment to the dominant owner, to cause the servient owner as little inconvenience as possible; and the dominant owner must repair, as far as practicable, the damage caused by the act to the servient heritage.

Rights to do acts necessary to secure the full enjoyment of an easement are called accessory rights.

The idea is that a right without the means of using it is worthless. A right to lay a pipe is useless if the pipe cannot be mended.

The Act's illustrations, which are the whole of the doctrine in seven short cases:

(a) A has an easement to lay pipes in B's land. A may enter and dig to mend the pipes, but must restore the surface.

munotes.in272

The Rights and Incidents of an Easement

(b) A has an easement of a drain through B's land, and the sewer it communicates with is altered. A may enter and alter the drain to adapt it, provided he imposes no additional burden.

(c) A has a right of way over B's land, which is out of repair, or a fallen tree blocks it. A may enter and repair the way or remove the tree.

(d) B renders the way impassable. A may deviate over B's adjoining land, provided the deviation is reasonable.

(e) A may remove rocks to make the way.

(f) A has an easement of support from B's wall, which gives way. A may enter and repair the wall.

(g) A has an easement to have his land flooded by a dam in B's stream, half swept away. A may enter and repair the dam.

Illustration (d) is worth marking: the right to deviate arises only because the servient owner made the way impassable, and even then only reasonably.

Sections 25 and 26: who pays

Section 25: expenses. The expenses of constructing works, making repairs, or doing any other act necessary for the use or preservation of an easement, must be defrayed by the dominant owner.

Section 26: damage from want of repair. Where an easement is enjoyed by means of an artificial work, the dominant owner is liable to make compensation for any damage to the servient heritage arising from the want of repair of that work.

The two together are the price of the easement. The dominant owner has the benefit, so he bears the cost, and if his neglected pipe or drain floods his neighbour's land, he pays for it.

Section 27: the servient owner's position

The servient owner is not bound to do anything for the benefit of the dominant heritage, and he is entitled, as against the dominant owner, to use the servient heritage in any way consistent with the enjoyment of the easement; but he must not do any act tending to restrict the easement or to render its exercise less convenient.

Three propositions, and each has its illustration:

(a) A has a right to lead water and send sewage through B's land. B is not bound to clear the watercourse or scour the sewer. No positive duty.

(b) A grants B a right of way. A may feed his cattle on the grass growing on the way, provided B's right is not obstructed; but he must not build a wall at the end of his land so as to prevent B going beyond it, nor narrow the way so as to make the exercise of the right less easy than at the date of the grant. Consistent use is allowed; restriction is not.

munotes.in273

The Rights and Incidents of an Easement

(c) A is entitled to support from B's wall. B is not bound to keep the wall standing and in repair. But he must not pull down or weaken it so as to make it incapable of giving the necessary support.

Illustration (c) draws the line most sharply: the servient owner may let the wall fall down of itself, but he may not push it over.

Section 28: the extent of easements

Section 28 fixes how far an easement goes, and it distinguishes the ways an easement was acquired.

Easement of necessity: its extent is that which is necessary for the enjoyment of the dominant heritage.

Other easements, in the absence of evidence to the contrary, are measured as follows.

(a) A right of way: the extent is that which is necessary for the purpose for which it was granted or acquired.

(b) A right to light or air acquired by grant: the extent is that fixed by the grant.

(c) A prescriptive right to light or air: the extent is that quantity of light or air which has been accustomed to enter the openings during the prescriptive period, whatever the purpose for which it was used.

(d) A prescriptive right to pollute air or water: the extent is that of the pollution at the commencement of the period of prescription.

(e) Other prescriptive rights: the extent is that of the enjoyment during the prescriptive period.

The unifying principle is that an easement is measured by how it was acquired: by the necessity, by the grant, or by the enjoyment.

Sections 29 to 31: excess

Section 29: increase of easement. The dominant owner cannot, by merely altering or adding to the dominant heritage, substantially increase an easement. So building a larger house does not entitle the owner to more light than he prescribed for, and putting a heavier building on land does not entitle him to more support.

Section 30: partition of the dominant heritage. Where the dominant heritage is divided among several persons, they become entitled severally to the easement, provided no additional burden is imposed on the servient heritage.

Section 31: obstruction in case of excessive user. In the case of excessive user, the servient owner may obstruct the user, but only where the obstruction would not also obstruct the lawful user.

Section 31 is the practical remedy and it is carefully limited. Self-help is allowed against the excess, and not against the right. If the excessive and the lawful user cannot be separated, the servient owner must go to court instead.

munotes.in274

The Rights and Incidents of an Easement

A worked example

Anil has a right of way, acquired by prescription over twenty years, along a track across Bina's field, used throughout for a bullock cart to reach his farm.

A tree falls across the track. Under section 24 illustration (c), Anil may enter and remove it, doing it in the manner causing Bina as little inconvenience as possible, and repairing any damage.

Who pays? Anil. Section 25 puts the expenses of any act necessary for the use or preservation of the easement on the dominant owner.

Anil lays a pipe under the track and it leaks, flooding Bina's crop. Section 26: the easement being enjoyed by means of an artificial work, Anil must compensate for damage from want of repair.

Bina lets the track become overgrown. Section 27: she is not bound to do anything for Anil's benefit, and illustration (a) is exactly this.

Bina grazes cattle on the grass of the track. Permitted, on illustration (b), so long as Anil's way is not obstructed.

Bina builds a wall across the end of the track. Forbidden by illustration (b): she must not restrict the easement or render its exercise less convenient.

Anil converts his farm into a quarry and starts running loaded lorries along the track. Under section 28(e) the extent of a prescriptive right is the enjoyment during the prescriptive period, which was a bullock cart. Under section 29 he cannot substantially increase the easement by altering the dominant heritage. The lorry traffic is excessive user.

What can Bina do? Under section 31 she may obstruct the excessive user, but only if doing so would not also obstruct Anil's lawful user. If she cannot separate the two, she must sue.

Anil's farm is partitioned between his two sons. Under section 30 both become entitled to the way severally, provided no additional burden falls on Bina's field.

Anil wants to move the track twenty metres north. Under section 23 he may alter the place of enjoyment, provided he imposes no additional burden on Bina's field.

What it does NOT mean

The servient owner owes no positive duty, and section 27 says so as clearly as illustration (f) to section 4.

He is not excluded from his own land. He may use it in any way consistent with the easement.

Accessory rights are not unlimited. They must be exercised so as to cause as little inconvenience as possible, and damage must be repaired.

Deviation is not a general right. It arises where the servient owner makes the way impassable, and must be reasonable.

The dominant owner cannot enlarge his easement by enlarging his property.

Partition does not multiply the burden. Section 30 requires that no additional burden be imposed.

munotes.in275

The Rights and Incidents of an Easement

Self-help against excess is limited. Section 31 permits obstruction only where the lawful user is not obstructed too.

Prescriptive light is measured by what came through the openings, not by what the owner now needs.

Distinctions

SectionWho bears it
25 expenses of works, repairs and acts necessary for the easementThe dominant owner
26 compensation for damage from want of repair of an artificial workThe dominant owner
27 duty to do anything for the dominant heritageNobody; the servient owner has none
27 duty not to restrict the easement or make it less convenientThe servient owner
How the easement was acquired, s.28Its extent
NecessityWhat is necessary for enjoyment of the dominant heritage
Grant, light or airAs fixed by the grant
Prescription, light or airThe quantity accustomed to enter the openings during the period
Prescription, pollutionThe pollution at the commencement of the period
Prescription, other rightsThe enjoyment during the period

Quick revision

  • s.22: exercise in the mode least onerous to the servient owner, and confine it to the place used.
  • s.23: the mode and place may be altered, provided no additional burden.
  • s.24: accessory rights, all acts necessary to secure full enjoyment, with least inconvenience and repair of damage. Seven illustrations: mend pipes, adapt a drain, repair a way or remove a tree, reasonable deviation where the servient owner blocks it, remove rocks, repair a supporting wall, repair a dam.
  • s.25: the dominant owner pays the expenses. s.26: he compensates for damage from want of repair of an artificial work.
  • s.27: the servient owner need do nothing, may use his land consistently with the easement, but must not restrict it or make it less convenient. He may let a wall fall; he may not pull it down.
  • s.28: extent follows acquisition: necessity, grant, or the enjoyment during prescription.
  • s.29: no substantial increase by altering the dominant heritage. s.30: on partition, several entitlement without additional burden. s.31: the servient owner may obstruct excessive user, only if the lawful user is not thereby obstructed.

Test yourself

1. Who pays for repairing a drain over which an easement is enjoyed? The dominant owner. Section 25 puts on him the expenses of constructing works, making repairs, or doing any other act necessary for the use or preservation of the easement.

2. Is the servient owner bound to keep a supporting wall in repair? No. Illustration (c) to section 27 says he is not bound to keep the wall standing and in repair, though he must not pull it down or weaken it so as to make it incapable of giving the necessary support.

munotes.in276

The Rights and Incidents of an Easement

3. When may a dominant owner deviate from a right of way? Where the servient owner has rendered the way impassable, and then only if the deviation is reasonable, on illustration (d) to section 24.

4. How is the extent of a prescriptive right to light measured? By the quantity of light which has been accustomed to enter the openings during the prescriptive period, whatever the purpose for which it was used.

5. Can a dominant owner get more support by putting up a bigger building? No. Section 29 provides that he cannot, by merely altering or adding to the dominant heritage, substantially increase an easement.

6. What happens to an easement when the dominant heritage is partitioned? Under section 30 the sharers become entitled severally to the easement, provided no additional burden is thereby imposed on the servient heritage.

7. What may a servient owner do about excessive user? Under section 31 he may obstruct the excessive user, but only where the obstruction would not also obstruct the lawful user. Otherwise he must seek relief from the Court.

8. May the dominant owner change where he exercises the easement? Yes. Section 23 permits him to alter the mode and place of enjoyment from time to time, provided he does not thereby impose any additional burden on the servient heritage.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in277

Chapter Fifty-Two

Disturbance of Easements

Syllabus topic 3.2, "Indian Easements Act, 1882"

In one line

A dominant owner may sue anyone who disturbs his easement, but only if he has actually suffered substantial damage, and he may not clear the obstruction himself.

In exam wording: section 32 entitles the owner or occupier of the dominant heritage to enjoy the easement without disturbance by any other person; section 33 gives a suit for compensation provided the disturbance has actually caused substantial damage; and section 36 provides that, notwithstanding section 24, the dominant owner cannot himself abate a wrongful obstruction of an easement.

Section 32: the right, and against whom

The owner or occupier of the dominant heritage is entitled to enjoy the easement without disturbance by any other person.

The words "any other person" are wide, and the illustration shows why they matter: A, as owner of a house, has a right of way over B's land. C unlawfully enters on B's land and obstructs A. A may sue C for compensation, not for the entry, but for the obstruction.

Two points come out of it. The easement is protected against strangers, not only against the servient owner. And A's complaint is not the trespass, which is B's grievance, but the obstruction of his own right.

Section 33: the suit, and the damage requirement

Who may sue. The owner of any interest in the dominant heritage, or the occupier of it. So a tenant, a mortgagee and a reversioner may all sue, each in respect of his own interest.

The condition. A suit for compensation lies provided the disturbance has actually caused substantial damage to the plaintiff.

This is the gate, and it exists because easements are shared arrangements between neighbours. Every minor inconvenience cannot be a lawsuit, so the law asks for real harm.

Explanation I: what is always substantial. The doing of any act likely to injure the plaintiff by affecting the evidence of the easement, or by materially diminishing the value of the dominant heritage, is substantial damage within sections 33 and 34.

The first limb is subtle and is the point of illustration (a). An act that weakens the proof of the easement is itself substantial damage, because an easement that cannot be proved is an easement lost.

Explanation II: light. Where the easement disturbed is a right to the free passage of light to the openings of a house, no damage is substantial unless it falls within Explanation I, or it interferes materially with the physical comfort of the plaintiff, or it prevents him from carrying on his accustomed business in the dominant heritage as beneficially as before.

Explanation III: air. Where the easement disturbed is a right to the free passage of air to the openings of a house, damage is substantial if it interferes materially with the physical comfort of the plaintiff, though it is not injurious to his health.

munotes.in278

Disturbance of Easements

The difference between the two Explanations repays a line in an answer. For light, the standard is comparatively demanding, and a diminution alone will not do. For air, material interference with physical comfort suffices, and the plaintiff need not show any injury to health.

The Act's illustrations:

(a) A places a permanent obstruction in a path over which B, as tenant of C's house, has a right of way. This is substantial damage to C, for it may affect the evidence of his reversionary right to the easement. The reversioner can sue although he is not in possession.

(b) A has a right to walk along one side of B's house. B builds a verandah overhanging the way about ten feet from the ground, so as to occasion no inconvenience to foot-passengers. This is not substantial damage to A.

Section 34: support

The removal of the means of support to which a dominant owner is entitled does not give rise to a right to recover compensation unless and until substantial damage is actually sustained.

This is a rule about when the cause of action arises, and it has a practical consequence for limitation. Digging away a neighbour's soil is not actionable at the moment of digging; the right to sue arises when the building actually subsides. So time runs from the damage, not from the act, and successive subsidences give successive causes of action.

Section 35: injunction

Subject to the Specific Relief Act, an injunction may be granted to restrain the disturbance of an easement:

(a) where the easement is actually disturbed, when compensation for the disturbance might be recovered under this Chapter; and

(b) where the disturbance is only threatened or intended, when the act threatened or intended must necessarily, if performed, disturb the easement.

Clause (a) ties the injunction to section 33: no substantial damage, no compensation, and so no injunction. Clause (b) sets a strict test for a quia timet injunction, one sought before any harm is done: it is not enough that the act might disturb the easement; it must necessarily do so if performed.

Section 36: no self-help

Notwithstanding the provisions of section 24, the dominant owner cannot himself abate a wrongful obstruction of an easement.

This is the most commonly misapplied section in the Chapter, because section 24 gives such wide accessory rights, and the distinction has to be held firmly.

Section 24 lets the dominant owner do what is necessary to secure the enjoyment of his easement: mend his pipe, repair the way, remove a fallen tree, repair a supporting wall. Those are acts of maintenance.

munotes.in279

Disturbance of Easements

Section 36 forbids him from removing a wrongful obstruction placed by another. That is an act of self-redress, and the law reserves it to the Court.

The dividing line is between clearing what nature or time has done and undoing what a person has wrongfully done. A tree blown down across the way may be removed under section 24; a wall built across the way by the servient owner may not be pulled down, and the remedy is a suit under section 33 and an injunction under section 35.

A worked example

Fatima has a right of way over Ganesh's land to reach her house, and a prescriptive right to light through its windows.

A stranger parks a lorry across the way. Under section 32 Fatima may sue the stranger, and her complaint is the obstruction, not the trespass on Ganesh's land.

Ganesh builds a wall across the way. Fatima may not pull it down. Section 36 forbids abatement of a wrongful obstruction notwithstanding section 24. She must sue for compensation under section 33 and seek an injunction under section 35(a).

A tree falls across the way in a storm. She may remove it, under section 24 illustration (c). Nobody wrongfully obstructed anything.

Ganesh raises his building so that Fatima's rooms become noticeably darker. Under Explanation II she must show that the loss of light either affects the evidence of the easement or materially diminishes the value of her house, or interferes materially with her physical comfort, or prevents her from carrying on her accustomed business as beneficially as before. A modest reduction is not enough.

He instead builds so as to cut off the airflow, making the rooms stifling but not unhealthy. Under Explanation III that is substantial damage: material interference with physical comfort suffices for air, though not injurious to health.

He overhangs a verandah ten feet above the way, causing no inconvenience. Not substantial damage, on illustration (b).

Fatima has let the house to a tenant, and Ganesh places a permanent obstruction on the way. On illustration (a), that is substantial damage to Fatima as reversioner, because it may affect the evidence of her reversionary right, and she may sue although she is out of possession.

Ganesh has begun digging next to her wall but nothing has cracked yet. Under section 34 no cause of action for compensation arises until substantial damage is actually sustained. But under section 35(b) she may seek an injunction now if the digging must necessarily disturb the support if completed.

munotes.in280

Disturbance of Easements

What it does NOT mean

The right is not only against the servient owner. Section 32 protects against any other person.

Not every disturbance is actionable. Section 33 requires actual substantial damage.

Loss of light is not automatically substantial. Explanation II sets three alternative tests.

Air is treated more generously than light, and injury to health need not be shown.

A reversioner is not shut out, on illustration (a).

A cause of action for removal of support does not arise on the act, but when substantial damage is actually sustained.

A quia timet injunction needs certainty. The threatened act must necessarily disturb the easement.

Section 24 does not authorise self-help against an obstruction. Section 36 says so expressly and overrides it.

Distinctions

Section 24Section 36
What the dominant owner may doAll acts necessary to secure full enjoyment: mend, repair, clear a fallen tree, deviate reasonably where the servient owner blocks the wayNot abate a wrongful obstruction
Character of the actMaintenanceSelf-redress
Remedy where forbiddenSuit for compensation, s.33, and injunction, s.35
Easement disturbedWhen damage is substantial
Any easement, Explanation IAn act likely to injure by affecting the evidence of the easement, or materially diminishing the value of the dominant heritage
Light, Explanation IIOnly within Explanation I, or material interference with physical comfort, or preventing the accustomed business being carried on as beneficially
Air, Explanation IIIMaterial interference with physical comfort, though not injurious to health

Quick revision

  • s.32: the dominant owner may enjoy the easement without disturbance by any other person, including strangers; the complaint is the obstruction, not the trespass.
  • s.33: the owner of any interest or the occupier may sue for compensation, but only where the disturbance has actually caused substantial damage.
  • Explanation I: affecting the evidence of the easement, or materially diminishing the value of the dominant heritage, is substantial damage.
  • Explanation II (light): also material interference with physical comfort, or prevention of the accustomed business. Explanation III (air): material interference with physical comfort, though not injurious to health.
  • Illustration (a): a permanent obstruction is substantial damage to the reversioner. Illustration (b): a verandah ten feet up causing no inconvenience is not.
  • s.34: for support, the cause of action arises only when substantial damage is actually sustained.
  • s.35: an injunction lies where the easement is actually disturbed and compensation could be recovered, or where the threatened act must necessarily disturb it.
  • s.36: the dominant owner cannot abate a wrongful obstruction himself, notwithstanding section 24.
munotes.in281

Disturbance of Easements

Test yourself

1. Can a dominant owner sue a stranger who obstructs his easement? Yes. Section 32 entitles him to enjoy the easement without disturbance by any other person, and the illustration allows a suit against a stranger for the obstruction, though not for the entry on the servient land.

2. What must a plaintiff show before he can recover compensation under section 33? That the disturbance has actually caused him substantial damage.

3. How does the test for light differ from the test for air? For light, no damage is substantial unless it falls within Explanation I, or interferes materially with the plaintiff's physical comfort, or prevents him carrying on his accustomed business as beneficially as before. For air, material interference with physical comfort suffices, even though it is not injurious to health.

4. Why is affecting the evidence of an easement treated as substantial damage? Because an easement that can no longer be proved is in practice lost, so an act likely to injure the plaintiff by affecting the evidence of the right is itself substantial damage under Explanation I.

5. When does the cause of action arise for removal of support? Not on the removal, but only when substantial damage is actually sustained, under section 34.

6. When may an injunction be granted against a merely threatened disturbance? When the act threatened or intended must necessarily, if performed, disturb the easement.

7. A servient owner builds a wall across a right of way. May the dominant owner demolish it? No. Section 36 provides that, notwithstanding section 24, the dominant owner cannot himself abate a wrongful obstruction. His remedies are a suit for compensation and an injunction.

8. May he remove a tree that has fallen across the way? Yes. That is an accessory right under section 24 and its illustration (c), and it is not the abatement of a wrongful obstruction.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in282

Chapter Fifty-Three

Extinction, Suspension and Revival of Easements

Syllabus topic 3.2, "Indian Easements Act, 1882"

In one line

An easement ends when the grantor's own right ends, when it is released, revoked, spent, unnecessary, useless, destroyed, united in one owner, or left unused for twenty years.

In exam wording: sections 37 to 48 set out the modes by which an easement is extinguished; section 49 provides for its suspension; and section 51 for its revival.

The modes of extinction

Section 37: dissolution of the grantor's right

Where, from a cause which preceded the imposition of the easement, the person who imposed it ceases to have any right in the servient heritage, the easement is extinguished.

This is section 8 catching up with the grant. A person could impose an easement only to the extent of his own interest, and when that interest fails from a pre-existing cause, the easement fails with it.

The exception: nothing in the section applies to an easement lawfully imposed by a mortgagor in accordance with section 10.

The Act's illustrations:

(a) A transfers Sultanpur to B on condition that he does not marry C. B imposes an easement. B then marries C. B's interest ends, and with it the easement.

(b) A lets Sultanpur to B for thirty years. B imposes an easement in favour of C, who enjoys it for twenty-nine years. B's interest ends, and with it C's easement, notwithstanding the long enjoyment.

(c) A and B are tenants of C with permanent transferable interests. A imposes an easement on his holding in favour of B, who enjoys it for twenty years. A's rent falls into arrear and his interest is sold. B's easement is extinguished.

(d) A mortgages Sultanpur to B and lawfully imposes an easement under section 10. The land is sold to D in satisfaction of the mortgage debt. The easement is NOT extinguished.

Illustration (b) is the one worth marking: even twenty-nine years of enjoyment does not save an easement whose grantor's own interest has come to an end.

Section 38: release

An easement is extinguished when the dominant owner releases it, expressly or impliedly, to the servient owner. The release can be made only in the circumstances and to the extent in and to which the dominant owner can alienate the dominant heritage, and may be of part only of the servient heritage.

Explanation I: implied release arises:

(a) where the dominant owner expressly authorises an act of a permanent nature on the servient heritage whose necessary consequence is to prevent his future enjoyment, and the act is done under that authority; or

(b) where a permanent alteration is made in the dominant heritage of such a nature as to show that the dominant owner intended to cease to enjoy the easement in future.

munotes.in283

Extinction, Suspension and Revival of Easements

Explanation II is the important one: mere non-user is NOT an implied release. Non-user extinguishes only through section 47, and only after twenty years.

The Act's illustrations:

(a) A, B and C are co-owners of a house with an easement. A alone releases it. The release is effectual only as against A and his legal representative.

(b) B assigns the dominant house to C, then purports to release the easement. The release is ineffectual, because B no longer holds the dominant heritage.

(c) A, entitled to discharge eavesdroppings into B's yard, expressly authorises B to build to a height that will interfere. B builds. A's easement is extinguished to the extent of the interference.

(d) A, having an easement of light to a window, builds up that window with bricks and mortar so as to manifest an intention to abandon permanently. Impliedly released.

(e) A permanently alters his projecting roof so as to discharge the rainwater elsewhere. Impliedly released.

Sections 39 to 42: the easement runs out

Section 39: revocation. Extinguished when the servient owner, in exercise of a power reserved in that behalf, revokes it.

Section 40: expiry or dissolving condition. Extinguished where the easement was imposed for a limited period, or acquired on condition that it should become void on the performance or non-performance of a specified act, and the period expires or the condition is fulfilled. This is section 6 running its course.

Section 41: termination of necessity. An easement of necessity is extinguished when the necessity comes to an end.

The illustration: A grants B a field inaccessible except over A's adjoining land. B afterwards purchases a part of that land over which he can pass to his field. The right of way is extinguished.

Note how neatly this pairs with section 13. An easement of necessity is created by necessity and dies with it, which is why it is measured by the necessity throughout its life.

Section 42: useless easement. Extinguished when it becomes incapable of being at any time under any circumstances beneficial to the dominant owner. The test is strict: not merely presently useless, but incapable of ever being beneficial.

Sections 43 to 46: changes to the heritages

Section 43: permanent change in the dominant heritage. Where, by a permanent change in the dominant heritage, the burden on the servient heritage is materially increased and cannot be reduced by the servient owner without interfering with the lawful enjoyment of the easement, the easement is extinguished.

Section 44: permanent alteration of the servient heritage by superior force. Extinguished where the servient heritage is permanently altered by superior force, meaning an act of nature or other irresistible cause rather than anyone's act.

munotes.in284

Extinction, Suspension and Revival of Easements

Section 45: destruction of either heritage. Extinguished when either the dominant or the servient heritage is completely destroyed.

Section 46: unity of ownership. Extinguished when the same person becomes entitled to the absolute ownership of the whole of both the dominant and the servient heritages.

Section 46 is the easement version of merger. A man cannot have an easement over his own land, so when both plots come to him absolutely, the right disappears. Note the two words that limit it: absolute ownership of the whole of both. If he owns one absolutely and the other for life, or owns only part, the easement survives.

Section 47: non-enjoyment

This is the most examined of the extinction sections.

A continuous easement is extinguished when it totally ceases to be enjoyed as such for an unbroken period of twenty years.

A discontinuous easement is extinguished when, for a like period, it has not been enjoyed as such.

When the period starts, and the two differ:

  • continuous: from the day its enjoyment was obstructed by the servient owner, or rendered impossible by the dominant owner;
  • discontinuous: from the day it was last enjoyed by any person as dominant owner.

The proviso. In the case of a discontinuous easement, if the dominant owner within that period registers a declaration of his intention to retain the easement, it is not extinguished until twenty years have elapsed from the date of registration.

Enjoyment of the wrong kind does not count. Where an easement can lawfully be enjoyed only at a certain place, at certain times, between certain hours, or for a particular purpose, enjoyment at another place, at other times, between other hours, or for another purpose does not prevent extinction.

Four excuses that do not help, and they are worth listing because each looks like a good answer: that nobody was in possession of the servient heritage; that the easement could not be enjoyed; that a right accessory to it was enjoyed; or that the dominant owner was not aware of its existence or enjoyed it in ignorance of his right.

Section 48: accessory rights are extinguished when the easement to which they are accessory is extinguished.

Sections 49 to 51: suspension and revival

Section 49: suspension. An easement is suspended when the dominant owner becomes entitled to possession of the servient heritage for a limited interest, or when the servient owner becomes entitled to possession of the dominant heritage for a limited interest. It is suspended and not extinguished, because unity is only temporary and partial; section 46 requires absolute ownership of the whole.

munotes.in285

Extinction, Suspension and Revival of Easements

Section 50: the servient owner cannot require continuance, and there is provision for compensation for damage caused by extinguishment or suspension.

Section 51: revival. An easement extinguished under section 45, destruction of either heritage, revives when the destroyed heritage is restored by alluvion within twenty years, or when the destroyed servient heritage was a building and is rebuilt on the same site within twenty years. An easement suspended under section 49 revives when the cause of suspension is removed.

A worked example

Hiralal has a right of way over Ismail's field to reach his house, and a right of light through a window.

Ismail's own interest was a lease that has now expired. Under section 37 the easement he imposed is extinguished, and illustration (b) shows that even twenty-nine years of enjoyment would not save it.

Hiralal bricks up the window permanently. Under section 38 Explanation I(b) and illustration (d), the right to light is impliedly released.

Hiralal simply stops using the way for twelve years. Nothing happens. Explanation II to section 38: mere non-user is not an implied release, and section 47 needs twenty years.

He stops using it for twenty-one years. The right of way is discontinuous, so under section 47 it is extinguished, the period running from the day it was last enjoyed. Had he registered a declaration of his intention to retain it within that period, he would have had twenty years from registration.

He used the way during those years, but only to reach a different field and for a different purpose. That does not save it: enjoyment for another purpose does not prevent extinction.

He says he did not know the right existed. No help. Ignorance of the right is one of the four circumstances the section expressly says does not prevent extinction.

Hiralal buys Ismail's field outright. Under section 46 the easement is extinguished by unity of ownership, both heritages being absolutely his.

He instead takes a five-year lease of the field. Under section 49 the easement is suspended, not extinguished, and under section 51 it revives when the lease ends.

A flood permanently washes the field away. Section 45 extinguishes the easement; under section 51 it revives if the land is restored by alluvion within twenty years.

Hiralal converts his house into a factory, so that the way now carries constant heavy traffic. If that permanent change materially increases the burden and it cannot be reduced without interfering with the lawful enjoyment, section 43 extinguishes the easement altogether.

He buys a strip giving him direct access to the road, the way having been an easement of necessity. Section 41 and its illustration: the necessity has ended, and so has the easement.

munotes.in286

Extinction, Suspension and Revival of Easements

What it does NOT mean

Mere non-user is not release. Explanation II to section 38.

Twenty years of non-user is required, and even then only under section 47.

Ignorance, impossibility, vacancy of the servient heritage, and enjoyment of an accessory right are all irrelevant to extinction under section 47.

Enjoyment of the wrong kind does not preserve the easement.

Unity of ownership must be absolute and of the whole. Anything less is suspension under section 49.

A useless easement is not extinguished merely because it is presently useless. It must be incapable of being beneficial at any time under any circumstances.

One co-owner cannot release for the others. Illustration (a) to section 38.

A person who has parted with the dominant heritage cannot release. Illustration (b).

Destruction is not always final. Section 51 provides for revival within twenty years.

Distinctions

ModeSectionTrigger
Dissolution of the grantor's right37A cause preceding the grant ends his interest
Release38Express, or implied by authorising a permanent obstructing act or permanently altering the dominant heritage
Revocation39The servient owner exercises a reserved power
Expiry or dissolving condition40The period ends or the condition is fulfilled
End of necessity41The necessity ceases
Uselessness42Incapable of ever being beneficial
Permanent change in the dominant heritage43The burden is materially increased and cannot be reduced
Superior force altering the servient heritage44Permanent alteration by an irresistible cause
Destruction45Either heritage completely destroyed
Unity of ownership46Absolute ownership of the whole of both
Non-enjoyment47Twenty years
Suspension, s.49Extinction by unity, s.46
Interest acquiredA limited interest in the other heritageAbsolute ownership of the whole of both
EffectSuspendedExtinguished
RevivalYes, when the cause is removed, s.51No
Continuous easement, s.47Discontinuous easement, s.47
Period runs fromThe day enjoyment was obstructed by the servient owner or rendered impossible by the dominant ownerThe day it was last enjoyed by any person as dominant owner
Registered declaration availableNoYes, giving twenty years from registration

Quick revision

  • Modes of extinction: s.37 grantor's right dissolved; s.38 release, express or implied; s.39 revocation under a reserved power; s.40 expiry or dissolving condition; s.41 end of necessity; s.42 uselessness; s.43 permanent change in the dominant heritage materially increasing the burden; s.44 superior force altering the servient heritage; s.45 destruction; s.46 unity of ownership; s.47 twenty years' non-enjoyment; s.48 accessory rights follow.
  • Mere non-user is not an implied release (Explanation II to s.38).
  • s.47: twenty years, running from obstruction or impossibility for a continuous easement, and from last enjoyment for a discontinuous one; a registered declaration buys twenty more years for a discontinuous easement; enjoyment at another place, time or purpose does not count; and vacancy, impossibility, accessory enjoyment and ignorance are all no excuse.
  • s.46 requires absolute ownership of the whole of both heritages; anything less is suspension under s.49.
  • s.51: revival after destruction if restored by alluvion, or a servient building rebuilt on the same site, within twenty years; and revival of a suspended easement when the cause is removed.
munotes.in287

Extinction, Suspension and Revival of Easements

Test yourself

1. Does non-user by itself extinguish an easement? Not as a release. Explanation II to section 38 says mere non-user is not an implied release. It extinguishes only under section 47, after an unbroken period of twenty years.

2. From what date does the twenty years run? For a continuous easement, from the day its enjoyment was obstructed by the servient owner or rendered impossible by the dominant owner. For a discontinuous easement, from the day it was last enjoyed by any person as dominant owner.

3. Name three circumstances that do not prevent extinction under section 47. That nobody was in possession of the servient heritage; that the easement could not be enjoyed; that an accessory right was enjoyed; and that the dominant owner did not know of the easement or enjoyed it in ignorance of his right.

4. When does unity of ownership extinguish an easement? When the same person becomes entitled to the absolute ownership of the whole of both the dominant and the servient heritages. A limited interest only suspends the easement under section 49.

5. A grants B a way of necessity, and B later buys land giving him his own access. What happens? The easement of necessity is extinguished under section 41, because the necessity has come to an end, and the illustration is exactly that case.

6. Give two examples of implied release. Where the dominant owner expressly authorises a permanent act on the servient heritage whose necessary consequence is to prevent his future enjoyment and the act is done; and where he makes a permanent alteration in the dominant heritage showing an intention to cease enjoying, such as bricking up a window over which he had a right of light.

7. Can an extinguished easement ever revive? Yes. Under section 51, one extinguished under section 45 revives if the destroyed heritage is restored by alluvion within twenty years, or if a destroyed servient building is rebuilt on the same site within twenty years; and a suspended easement revives when the cause of suspension is removed.

8. A tenant grants an easement and his lease then expires. What becomes of the easement? It is extinguished under section 37, since the person who imposed it has ceased to have any right in the servient heritage from a cause preceding the grant. Illustration (b) shows this even after twenty-nine years of enjoyment.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in288

Chapter Fifty-Four

Licences, and Licence against Lease and Easement

Syllabus topic 3.2, "Indian Easements Act, 1882"

In one line

A licence is bare permission to do something on another's land that would otherwise be a trespass, it creates no interest at all, and it can usually be taken back.

In exam wording: section 52 provides that where one person grants to another, or to a definite number of other persons, a right to do, or continue to do, in or upon the immovable property of the grantor, something which would, in the absence of such right, be unlawful, and such right does not amount to an easement or an interest in the property, the right is called a licence.

The definition, broken down

"Grants to another, or to a definite number of other persons." A licence is personal to identified people. A permission to the public at large is not a licence but a dedication.

"To do, or continue to do, in or upon the immovable property of the grantor."

"Something which would, in the absence of such right, be unlawful." This is what a licence is for: it makes lawful what would otherwise be a trespass.

"Does not amount to an easement or an interest in the property." The defining negative. A licence gives no interest in land at all. That single fact generates every other rule in the Chapter: it is not transferable, it does not bind a transferee of the land, and it is generally revocable.

Sections 53 to 55: granting a licence

Section 53: who may grant. A licence may be granted by anyone in the circumstances and to the extent in and to which he may transfer his interests in the property affected. This is the same measure as section 8 for easements.

Section 54: express or implied. The grant may be express or implied from the conduct of the grantor; and, importantly, an agreement which purports to create an easement, but is ineffectual for that purpose, may operate to create a licence.

That last limb is a practical safety net. A failed easement is not simply nothing; it may still make the user lawful as a licence.

Section 55: accessory licences. All licences necessary for the enjoyment of any interest, or the exercise of any right, are implied in the constitution of such interest or right, and are called accessory licences.

The illustration: A sells the trees growing on his land to B. B is entitled to go on the land and take away the trees. The sale of the trees would be worthless without the right to fetch them, so the law implies it.

Section 56: transferability

Unless a different intention is expressed or necessarily implied, a licence to attend a place of public entertainment may be transferred by the licensee; but save as aforesaid, a licence cannot be transferred by the licensee or exercised by his servants or agents.

munotes.in289

Licences, and Licence against Lease and Easement

The general rule is that a licence is personal and untransferable, which follows from its creating no interest in the land. The cinema ticket is the exception, and it is a sensible one: nobody supposes that the theatre cares which member of the public occupies the seat.

The Act's illustrations:

(a) A grants B a right to walk over A's field whenever he pleases, not annexed to any immovable property of B. The right cannot be transferred. Note the reasoning: no dominant heritage, so it is a licence and not an easement, and so untransferable.

(b) The Government grants B a licence to erect and use temporary grain-sheds on Government land. In the absence of express provision to the contrary, B's servants may enter to erect the sheds, deposit grain and remove it.

Illustration (b) qualifies the "servants or agents" bar sensibly: where the licence is of a kind that can only be enjoyed through employees, their entry is within it.

Sections 57 to 59: the grantor's duties, and his transferee

Section 57: disclose dangerous defects. The grantor is bound to disclose any defect in the property likely to be dangerous to the person or property of the licensee, of which the grantor is aware and the licensee is not.

Section 58: do not make it unsafe. The grantor is bound not to do anything likely to render the property dangerous to the person or property of the licensee.

Both duties are about safety, not about the enjoyment of the licence, and that is the point. A licensor owes very little, but he may not lay a trap.

Section 59: the transferee is not bound. When the grantor transfers the property affected, the transferee is not as such bound by the licence.

This is the most practically important section in the Chapter and the sharpest contrast with a lease. A tenant's interest binds a purchaser of the reversion; a licensee's permission does not bind the purchaser at all, and his remedy is against his grantor alone.

Sections 60 to 62: revocation

Section 60: when revocable. A licence may be revoked by the grantor, unless:

(a) it is coupled with a transfer of property and such transfer is in force; or

(b) the licensee, acting upon the licence, has executed a work of a permanent character and incurred expenses in the execution.

The rule is that a licence is revocable, and the two exceptions are principled. Under (a) the licence is part of a proprietary transaction and cannot be pulled out of it. Under (b) the licensee has spent money on permanent work on the faith of the permission, and it would be unjust to let the grantor resile: this is the statutory form of what is often called licence coupled with equity.

munotes.in290

Licences, and Licence against Lease and Easement

Note (b)'s two limbs together: a work of a permanent character and expenses incurred. Neither alone is enough.

Section 61: express or implied revocation. Revocation may be express or implied.

The Act's illustrations:

(a) A grants B a licence to use a path across his field. A, intending to revoke, locks a gate across the path. The licence is revoked.

(b) A grants B a licence to stack hay on his field. A lets or sells the field to C. The licence is revoked.

Section 62: when deemed revoked. A licence is deemed to be revoked:

(a) when, from a cause preceding the grant, the grantor ceases to have any interest in the property; (b) when the licensee releases it, expressly or impliedly; (c) where it was granted for a limited period, or on a condition that it should become void, and the period expires or the condition is fulfilled; (d) where the property is destroyed, or by superior force so permanently altered that the licensee can no longer exercise his right; (e) where the licensee becomes entitled to the absolute ownership of the property; (f) where the licence was granted for a specified purpose and the purpose is attained, abandoned, or becomes impracticable; (g) where the licence was granted to the licensee as holding a particular office, employment or character, and that ceases to exist; (h) where the licence totally ceases to be used as such for an unbroken period of twenty years, and the cessation is not in pursuance of a contract between the parties; (i) in the case of an accessory licence, when the interest or right to which it is accessory ceases to exist.

The list is closely parallel to the extinction of easements in sections 37 to 48, which is worth noticing: the same events end both, because both depend on the grantor's continuing interest and the grantee's continuing use.

Sections 63 and 64: the licensee's protection

Section 63: rights on revocation. Where a licence is revoked, the licensee is entitled to a reasonable time to leave the property affected by it and to remove any goods he has been allowed to place on it.

Section 64: rights on eviction. Where a licence has been granted for a consideration, and the licensee, without any fault of his own, is evicted by the grantor before he has fully enjoyed the right, he is entitled to recover compensation from the grantor.

munotes.in291

Licences, and Licence against Lease and Easement

So even a revocable licence is not a trap door. The licensee gets time and his goods under section 63, and, if he paid, compensation under section 64.

Lease, licence and easement

This is the comparison Module III exists to make, and it should be stated as a table and then applied on the facts.

The distinction between a lease and a licence is decided on substance, not the label, and the working test is exclusive possession together with the parties' intention. A document called a leave and licence agreement which in truth confers exclusive possession for a term at a rent is a lease, and the tenant gets everything a lease carries, including the protection of rent legislation.

The distinction from an easement is easier: an easement requires a dominant heritage and creates an interest in the servient land; a licence has neither. Illustration (a) to section 56 turns on exactly that.

A worked example

Jaywant owns a compound at Nanded.

He allows Kirti to walk across it to reach the road, she owning no adjoining land. No dominant heritage, so it cannot be an easement, and it creates no interest. A licence, and on illustration (a) to section 56 it is not transferable.

He sells the compound to Lata. Under section 59 Lata is not bound by Kirti's licence, and on illustration (b) to section 61 the licence is revoked by the transfer. Kirti's remedy lies against Jaywant.

Change the facts: Jaywant allows Kirti to build a permanent shed in the compound for her business, and she spends Rs. 4 lakh doing so. Under section 60(b) the licence is not revocable: she acted on the licence, executed a work of a permanent character, and incurred expenses.

He sells Kirti the mango trees standing in the compound. Under section 55 and its illustration she has an accessory licence to enter and take them away, implied by law.

He grants her a licence to occupy a stall during a ten-day fair, for a fee, and turns her out on day three through no fault of hers. Under section 63 she is entitled to a reasonable time to leave and to remove her goods, and under section 64, the licence being for consideration and the eviction being without fault on her part, she may recover compensation.

He locks a gate across the path intending to end Kirti's permission. Under section 61 illustration (a) the licence is revoked by that act.

A defect in the compound wall is likely to injure Kirti and Jaywant knows of it while she does not. Under section 57 he is bound to disclose it, and under section 58 he must not himself do anything likely to render the property dangerous to her.

munotes.in292

Licences, and Licence against Lease and Easement

Kirti stops using the path for twenty-two years, with no contract about it. Under section 62(h) the licence is deemed revoked.

Finally, suppose Jaywant had given Kirti exclusive possession of a room in the compound for three years at a monthly payment, calling it a licence. Substance governs: exclusive possession for a term at a rent makes it a lease under section 105 of the Transfer of Property Act, and the label does not save it.

What it does NOT mean

A licence creates no interest in land, which is why it is neither transferable nor binding on a transferee.

A licence is not always revocable. Sections 60(a) and (b) are real exceptions.

Section 60(b) needs both limbs: a permanent work and expenses incurred.

A transferee of the property is not bound, however much he knew of the licence.

Not every licence is untransferable. A licence to attend a place of public entertainment may be transferred.

A failed easement is not nothing. Section 54 lets it operate as a licence.

A revoked licensee is not a trespasser at once. He gets reasonable time to leave and to remove his goods.

The label is not decisive as between lease and licence; exclusive possession and substance are.

Distinctions

Lease, TPA s.105Licence, s.52Easement, s.4
Interest in landYes, a right to enjoyNoneYes, a right in the servient land
Dominant heritageNot requiredNot requiredRequired
Exclusive possessionUsually yesNoNo
TransferableYes, TPA s.108(j)No, except public entertainmentOnly with the dominant heritage
Binds a transferee of the propertyYesNo, s.59Yes
RevocableOnly on the s.111 groundsYes, subject to s.60No, extinguished only under ss.37 to 48
Remedy on wrongful ousterPossessionCompensation, ss.63 and 64Compensation and injunction, ss.33 and 35
Licence irrevocable under s.60
(a)Coupled with a transfer of property, the transfer being in force
(b)The licensee, acting on the licence, has executed a work of a permanent character and incurred expenses

Quick revision

  • Licence: permission to do on the grantor's land something otherwise unlawful, which is not an easement and not an interest in the property.
  • s.53 granted to the extent the grantor may transfer his interest; s.54 express or implied, and a failed easement may operate as a licence; s.55 accessory licences are implied, as with the sale of standing trees.
  • s.56: a licence is not transferable, and not exercisable by servants or agents, except a licence to attend a place of public entertainment.
  • s.57 disclose dangerous defects known to him and not to the licensee; s.58 do nothing to make the property dangerous; s.59 a transferee of the property is not bound.
  • s.60: revocable, unless coupled with a subsisting transfer of property, or the licensee has executed permanent work and incurred expenses.
  • s.61 revocation express or implied; locking a gate, or letting or selling the land, revokes.
  • s.62: deemed revoked in nine cases, including twenty years' total non-use, the grantor losing his interest, attainment or impracticability of the purpose, the licensee acquiring absolute ownership, and the ending of the office or character for which it was granted.
  • s.63 reasonable time to leave and remove goods; s.64 compensation where the licence was for consideration and the licensee is evicted without fault.
  • Lease against licence turns on exclusive possession and substance, not the label.
munotes.in293

Licences, and Licence against Lease and Easement

Test yourself

1. Define a licence and state the feature that distinguishes it from an easement. A licence is a right granted to a person, or a definite number of persons, to do or continue to do something in or upon the grantor's immovable property which would otherwise be unlawful, and which does not amount to an easement or an interest in the property. Unlike an easement, it requires no dominant heritage and creates no interest in the land.

2. Is a licence transferable? No, save that a licence to attend a place of public entertainment may be transferred unless a different intention is expressed or necessarily implied. Otherwise it cannot be transferred by the licensee or exercised by his servants or agents.

3. Does a purchaser of the property take subject to an existing licence? No. Section 59 provides that when the grantor transfers the property affected, the transferee is not as such bound by the licence, and on illustration (b) to section 61 the transfer itself revokes it.

4. When is a licence irrevocable? Where it is coupled with a transfer of property and that transfer is in force, or where the licensee, acting upon the licence, has executed a work of a permanent character and incurred expenses in the execution.

5. What is an accessory licence? A licence necessary for the enjoyment of an interest or the exercise of a right, implied by law in the constitution of that interest or right, as where the buyer of standing trees may enter the land to take them away.

6. Name four ways in which a licence is deemed revoked. The grantor ceasing, from a cause preceding the grant, to have any interest in the property; release by the licensee; expiry of a limited period or fulfilment of a dissolving condition; destruction or permanent alteration of the property by superior force; the licensee acquiring absolute ownership; attainment, abandonment or impracticability of the specified purpose; the ending of the office or character for which it was granted; total non-use for twenty years otherwise than under a contract; and, for an accessory licence, the ending of the right to which it is accessory.

munotes.in294

Licences, and Licence against Lease and Easement

7. What is a licensee entitled to when his licence is revoked? A reasonable time to leave the property and to remove any goods he was allowed to place on it, under section 63; and, where the licence was for consideration and he is evicted by the grantor without fault of his own before fully enjoying it, compensation under section 64.

8. How is the line between a lease and a licence drawn? By the substance of the arrangement, principally whether exclusive possession was given, and by the intention of the parties. The name the parties use is evidence of intention and no more, so a document called a licence which confers exclusive possession for a term at a rent is a lease.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in295

Module IV

The Registration Act 1908 and the Maharashtra Stamp Act 1958

munotes.in

Chapter Fifty-Five

What the Registration Act Does, and the Registration Establishment

Syllabus topic 4.1, "Registration Act, 1908"

In one line

The Registration Act sets up an official record of dealings in land, staffed by registering officers in every district, so that a buyer can find out what has already been done with the property.

In exam wording: the Registration Act 1908 is an Act to consolidate the enactments relating to the registration of documents; it came into force on 1 January 1909; and Part II establishes the registration establishment, from the Inspector-General of Registration down to the Sub-Registrar of each sub-district.

Why a registration system exists

The Act is machinery, and its purposes are worth stating because they explain every rule in it.

Publicity. A registered document is on a public record that anyone may search. Land is expensive, invisible dealings are easy, and a buyer needs a way to discover what his seller has already done. This is why section 3 of the Transfer of Property Act, in Explanation I, treats registration as notice to the world.

Prevention of fraud and forgery. Registration requires the parties to appear before a public officer who satisfies himself of their identity and of the execution. That makes a forged conveyance far harder.

Preservation of evidence. The register-books survive fires, floods and dishonest custodians in a way private deeds do not, and copies from them are admissible.

Order of priority. A public record with dates makes it possible to say which of two competing dealings came first, which is what section 48 of the Transfer of Property Act needs.

The Supreme Court put the purposes in almost these words in Suraj Lamp and Industries (P) Ltd. v. State of Haryana, (2012) 1 SCC 656, decided on 11 October 2011 by Raveendran, Patnaik and Gokhale JJ.

Facts. The Court examined the practice, widespread in and around Delhi, of transferring immovable property without a registered conveyance: the seller would deliver possession and execute an agreement of sale, a general power of attorney and a will in the buyer's favour, a package the Court called an SA/GPA/WILL transfer. The purpose was to escape stamp duty, registration fees and capital gains tax, and to place undisclosed money in property.

Held. Immovable property can be legally and lawfully transferred or conveyed only by a registered deed of conveyance. An agreement of sale, a power of attorney and a will, singly or together, do not convey title and do not amount to a transfer, nor can they be recognised as a valid mode of transfer. As to section 53A of the Transfer of Property Act, the Court held that it gives the proposed transferee a limited protection: it disentitles the transferor from disturbing the possession he has given, but it has nothing to do with ownership, which stays with the vendor until a registered deed of sale is executed.

munotes.in296

What the Registration Act Does, and the Registration Establishment

Why it matters here. It is the reason Module IV exists on this syllabus. The Court identified the harms of avoiding registration, in orderliness, discipline, public notice and clear title, and those are exactly the purposes this Act serves.

Sections 1 to 3: extent, commencement and definitions

Section 1 gives the short title, extent and commencement. The Act came into force on 1 January 1909.

Section 2 is the definition section, and three of its clauses are used constantly:

"Addition", clause (1), means the place of residence, and the profession, trade, rank and title of a person described, and, in the case of an Indian, his father's name, or where he is usually described as the son of his mother, his mother's name. This is what makes an entry in the register identify a real person.

"Book", clause (2), includes a portion of a book and any number of sheets connected with a view to forming a book.

"Immovable Property", clause (6), includes land, buildings, hereditary allowances, rights to ways, lights, ferries, fisheries or any other benefit to arise out of land, and things attached to the earth, or permanently fastened to anything which is attached to the earth, but not standing timber, growing crops nor grass. This is the positive definition used in [What Property Means, and Movable against Immovable Property].

"Lease", clause (7), includes a counterpart, kabuliyat, an undertaking to cultivate or occupy, and an agreement to lease. The breadth matters: an agreement to lease is registrable in the same way as a lease.

Sections 3 to 16: the registration establishment

Part II sets up the officers and the books, and a student needs the structure rather than the detail.

Section 3: the Inspector-General of Registration. The State Government appoints an Inspector-General of Registration for the territories under its administration, who superintends the registration offices and may make rules.

Section 4 provides for districts and sub-districts, and section 5 for their formation and alteration by the State Government.

Section 6: Registrars and Sub-Registrars. The State Government appoints a Registrar for each district and a Sub-Registrar for each sub-district. The Sub-Registrar is the officer a member of the public actually deals with; the Registrar is his superior and hears certain appeals and applications, as sections 72 and 73 provide.

Sections 7 and 8 provide for the offices of Registrar and Sub-Registrar, and for the Inspector-General's control.

Sections 9 to 15 deal with the working arrangements: the delegation of a Registrar's powers, the establishment of offices, and the seal of each office.

Section 16: the register-books and fire-proof boxes. The State Government supplies the register-books, and every book is to be bound in the manner and kept in the custody prescribed. The books are the record the whole Act exists to produce, and section 51 lists them: Book 1 for non-testamentary documents relating to immovable property, Book 2 for the refusal register, Book 3 for wills, Book 4 for miscellaneous documents relating to movables, and Book 5 for deposits of wills.

munotes.in297

What the Registration Act Does, and the Registration Establishment

That list is worth remembering, because Book 1 is the one a title search means, and Explanation I to section 3 of the Transfer of Property Act refers to the books kept under section 51 of this Act.

The vocabulary a student needs

Execution is the signing of a document by the person making it.

Presentation is the act of taking a document to the proper officer for registration, which sections 23 to 26 time and section 32 governs as to who may do it.

Admission of execution is the executant's acknowledgement before the registering officer that he signed the document, which section 35 requires the officer to record.

Endorsement is the note the officer makes on the document under section 58, recording the signatures, admissions and payments, and section 60 then certifies that registration is complete.

Copying into the book is what registration actually consists of. Section 51 requires the officer to copy the document into the appropriate register-book, and it is that copy which survives.

A worked example

Nandkumar buys a shop at Amravati from Ojas and they execute a sale deed.

Where do they go? To the Sub-Registrar of the sub-district in which the shop is situate, appointed under section 6, section 28 requiring a document affecting immovable property to be presented in the office of the sub-district where the property lies.

What happens there? Ojas presents the deed and admits execution under section 35. The officer satisfies himself of identity, makes the endorsements required by section 58, copies the document into Book 1 under section 51, and issues the certificate under section 60.

What does that achieve? From that date the transaction is on a public record. Under Explanation I to section 3 of the Transfer of Property Act, anyone afterwards acquiring the shop is deemed to have notice of the deed, provided the registration was completed in the prescribed manner and the document was duly entered in the books kept under section 51.

Why does it matter to Nandkumar? Because it is the only way ownership passes at all. On Suraj Lamp and Industries (P) Ltd. v. State of Haryana, (2012) 1 SCC 656, immovable property can be conveyed only by a registered deed, and no combination of an agreement, a power of attorney and a will will do instead.

munotes.in298

What the Registration Act Does, and the Registration Establishment

And if Ojas had earlier mortgaged the shop by a registered deed? Nandkumar would be fixed with notice of it whether or not he searched, which is precisely the publicity the Act exists to produce.

What it does NOT mean

Registration does not validate a bad document. It records what was executed. A deed void for want of capacity or for an unlawful object is no better for being registered.

Registration is not proof of title. India has a system of registration of documents, not of title. The register shows what was executed and by whom; it does not guarantee that the executant owned anything.

Not every document may be registered. Section 18 lists what is optional and section 17 what is compulsory; a document outside both is not registrable.

The Sub-Registrar does not adjudicate. His function is ministerial: identity, execution, fees and copying. Disputes about title are for the courts.

Notice under Explanation I is not automatic. The registration must have been required by law and properly completed, and the entries duly made under sections 51 and 55.

Distinctions

OfficerAppointed underFunction
Inspector-General of Registrations.3Superintends registration offices, makes rules
Registrar of a districts.6Superior officer; hears applications and appeals under ss.72 and 73
Sub-Registrar of a sub-districts.6The officer who registers documents day to day
Register-book, s.51What it holds
Book 1Non-testamentary documents relating to immovable property
Book 2The refusal register
Book 3Wills and authorities to adopt
Book 4Miscellaneous documents relating to movables
Book 5Deposits of wills

Quick revision

  • The Act came into force on 1 January 1909 and consolidates the law on registration of documents, not of title.
  • Purposes: publicity and notice; prevention of fraud and forgery; preservation of evidence; and a basis for priority.
  • s.2(6) gives the positive definition of immovable property; s.2(7) makes "lease" include an agreement to lease; s.2(1) "addition" is what identifies a person in the register.
  • s.3 Inspector-General; s.6 a Registrar for each district and a Sub-Registrar for each sub-district; s.16 the register-books, supplied by the State Government and kept as prescribed.
  • s.51 lists the five books; Book 1 is the one a title search means, and Explanation I to section 3 of the Transfer of Property Act refers to books kept under it.
  • Steps: execution, presentation, admission of execution, endorsement, copying into the book, certificate.
  • Suraj Lamp and Industries (P) Ltd. v. State of Haryana, (2012) 1 SCC 656: only a registered deed of conveyance transfers immovable property.

Test yourself

1. What are the purposes of registration? Publicity, so that dealings with land are on a public record and later acquirers have notice; prevention of fraud and forgery, by requiring appearance before a public officer; preservation of evidence in the register-books; and a basis for deciding priority between competing dealings.

munotes.in299

What the Registration Act Does, and the Registration Establishment

2. Does registration prove that the executant owned the property? No. India registers documents, not title. The register records what was executed and by whom, and does not guarantee that the executant had anything to convey.

3. Which officer registers a sale deed of a shop, and where? The Sub-Registrar of the sub-district in which the property is situate, section 6 providing for his appointment and section 28 for presentation in that office.

4. What does section 2(7) add to the ordinary meaning of "lease"? It includes a counterpart, a kabuliyat, an undertaking to cultivate or occupy, and an agreement to lease, so an agreement to lease is treated as a lease for the purposes of the Act.

5. Which register-book holds a sale deed of land, and why does it matter? Book 1, which holds non-testamentary documents relating to immovable property. It matters because Explanation I to section 3 of the Transfer of Property Act deems a person acquiring property to have notice of an instrument duly entered in the books kept under section 51.

6. Name the steps by which a document is registered. Execution by the parties; presentation to the proper officer within the time allowed; admission of execution before him; the endorsements he makes; copying into the appropriate register-book; and the certificate of registration.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in300

Chapter Fifty-Six

Documents of Which Registration Is Compulsory

Syllabus topic 4.1, "Documents of which registration is compulsory [Section 17]"

In one line

Gifts of land, documents dealing with interests in land worth a hundred rupees or more, leases over a year, and, since 2001, agreements to sell relied on for part performance, must all be registered.

In exam wording: section 17(1) provides that the following documents shall be registered: instruments of gift of immovable property; other non-testamentary instruments which purport or operate to create, declare, assign, limit or extinguish, whether in present or future, any right, title or interest, vested or contingent, of the value of one hundred rupees and upwards, to or in immovable property; non-testamentary instruments acknowledging receipt or payment of consideration on account of such a transaction; leases of immovable property from year to year, or for any term exceeding one year, or reserving a yearly rent; and non-testamentary instruments transferring or assigning any decree, order or award of the same value and effect.

The five compulsory classes

(a) Instruments of gift of immovable property. Note there is no value threshold. Every gift deed of land must be registered, however small the property, which matches section 123 of the Transfer of Property Act.

(b) Other non-testamentary instruments which create, declare, assign, limit or extinguish any right, title or interest, vested or contingent, in present or in future, of the value of one hundred rupees and upwards, to or in immovable property.

This is the workhorse clause. Sale deeds, mortgage deeds, deeds of release and deeds of partition all fall within it. Two features matter. "Non-testamentary" excludes wills, which are optional under section 18(e). And the five verbs are wide: it is not only a transfer that must be registered, but any instrument that declares or extinguishes an interest.

(c) Non-testamentary instruments acknowledging the receipt or payment of consideration on account of the creation, declaration, assignment, limitation or extinction of such a right, title or interest. A receipt tied to a clause (b) transaction is itself registrable.

(d) Leases of immovable property from year to year, or for any term exceeding one year, or reserving a yearly rent. This is section 107 of the Transfer of Property Act stated from the other side, and the two are supplemental to each other by section 4 of that Act.

(e) Non-testamentary instruments transferring or assigning any decree or order of a Court or any award, where the decree, order or award itself creates, declares, assigns, limits or extinguishes such a right of the same value.

The lease proviso. The State Government may, by order published in the Official Gazette, exempt from sub-section (1) any lease executed in a district or part of a district the terms of which do not exceed five years and the annual rents reserved by which do not exceed fifty rupees.

munotes.in301

Documents of Which Registration Is Compulsory

Sub-section (1A): the 2001 amendment

Documents containing contracts to transfer for consideration any immovable property for the purpose of section 53A of the Transfer of Property Act 1882 shall be registered if they have been executed on or after the commencement of the Registration and Other Related Laws (Amendment) Act, 2001; and if such documents are not registered on or after such commencement, then they shall have no effect for the purposes of the said section 53A.

This is the most important thing in the section for a student of this syllabus, and it must be read with the change the same Act made to section 53A itself.

Before 2001, section 53A protected a transferee "notwithstanding that the contract, though required to be registered, has not been registered". An unregistered agreement to sell founded the defence.

Act 48 of 2001 did two things at once. It omitted those words from section 53A, and it inserted sub-section (1A) here. The two halves are one reform.

The result for any agreement executed on or after the commencement of that Act: an unregistered agreement to sell has no effect for the purposes of section 53A. A buyer in possession under such an agreement, however completely he has performed, has no part-performance defence.

This is the point on which most free material on this subject is still out of date, and the reason [Part Performance] and this chapter are cross-linked.

Sub-section (2): the twelve exceptions

Clauses (b) and (c) of sub-section (1) do not apply to:

(i) any composition deed;

(ii) any instrument relating to shares in a joint stock company, even though the company's assets consist wholly or partly of immovable property;

(iii) any debenture issued by such a company which does not itself create or extinguish an interest in immovable property, except so far as it entitles the holder to the security afforded by a registered instrument by which the company has mortgaged or transferred its property to trustees for the debenture-holders;

(iv) any endorsement upon, or transfer of, any debenture so issued;

(v) any document other than those specified in sub-section (1A) which does not itself create, declare, assign, limit or extinguish such a right, but merely creates a right to obtain another document which will do so when executed;

(vi) any decree or order of a Court, except one expressed to be made on a compromise and comprising immovable property other than that which is the subject-matter of the suit;

(vii) any grant of immovable property by Government;

(viii) any instrument of partition made by a Revenue-Officer;

munotes.in302

Documents of Which Registration Is Compulsory

(ix) and (x) orders and instruments under the Land Improvement and Agriculturists' Loans Acts;

(xa) orders under the Charitable Endowments Act 1890 vesting or divesting property in a Treasurer;

(xi) any endorsement on a mortgage-deed acknowledging payment of the mortgage-money, and any other receipt for money due under a mortgage where the receipt does not purport to extinguish the mortgage;

(xii) any certificate of sale granted to a purchaser at a public auction by a Civil or Revenue Officer.

Clause (v) is the one to understand, because it is the general principle behind several of the others: a document that merely promises a future document does not create an interest, and so does not require registration. An agreement to sell is exactly such a document, which is why it was outside section 17 until 2001. Sub-section (1A) carved it out of clause (v) for the limited purpose of section 53A, and the words "any document other than the documents specified in sub-section (1A)" were inserted into clause (v) to make that work.

Clause (vi) is regularly examined. A decree is not registrable, but a compromise decree is, if it comprises immovable property outside the subject-matter of the suit. The reason is that as to such property the decree is really a private bargain and not an adjudication.

The Explanation provides that a document effecting a contract for the sale of immovable property is not to be deemed to require, or ever to have required, registration by reason only that it recites the payment of earnest money or of part of the consideration.

A worked example

Pallavi is dealing with a plot at Wardha.

She executes a gift deed of it to her nephew. Compulsorily registrable under clause (a), whatever the plot is worth.

She sells it for Rs. 30 lakh. Clause (b): a non-testamentary instrument creating an interest of a hundred rupees and upwards.

She grants a lease for three years. Clause (d), the term exceeding one year.

She grants a lease for eleven months at a monthly rent. Not within clause (d), so registration is optional under section 18(c).

She makes a will leaving the plot to her nephew. Not within clause (b), which is confined to non-testamentary instruments. A will is optional under section 18(e).

She receives Rs. 5 lakh as earnest under an agreement to sell, and the agreement recites it. The Explanation applies: the agreement is not registrable by reason only of that recital.

But the agreement is her buyer's foundation for a section 53A defence, and it was executed in 2023. Sub-section (1A) applies: the document must be registered, and if it is not, it has no effect for the purposes of section 53A. The buyer's possession is unprotected.

munotes.in303

Documents of Which Registration Is Compulsory

A consent decree is passed in a suit about the plot, and it also gives her brother a different plot. Under clause (vi) the decree is registrable as to the other plot, because it is a compromise decree comprising immovable property outside the subject-matter of the suit.

She endorses on her mortgage-deed a receipt for part of the mortgage-money. Clause (xi): not registrable, the receipt not purporting to extinguish the mortgage.

She buys a property at a court auction and receives a certificate of sale. Clause (xii): not registrable.

What it does NOT mean

A gift of land has no value threshold. Every gift deed must be registered.

A will is never within section 17. Clause (b) is confined to non-testamentary instruments.

An agreement to sell is not registrable merely because it recites earnest money. The Explanation says so.

But since 2001 an agreement to sell relied on for section 53A must be registered, or it has no effect for that purpose.

Not every decree is outside the section. A compromise decree comprising property outside the suit is registrable.

A receipt on a mortgage-deed is not registrable unless it purports to extinguish the mortgage.

The lease exemption is not automatic. It needs a State Government order, and applies only where the term does not exceed five years and the annual rent does not exceed fifty rupees.

Distinctions

DocumentRegistration
Gift of immovable propertyCompulsory, s.17(1)(a), no threshold
Sale, mortgage, release, partition deed of Rs. 100 and aboveCompulsory, s.17(1)(b)
Lease year to year, over one year, or reserving a yearly rentCompulsory, s.17(1)(d)
Agreement to sell relied on for s.53A, executed on or after the 2001 ActCompulsory, s.17(1A)
WillOptional, s.18(e)
Lease for eleven monthsOptional, s.18(c)
Ordinary decree or order of a CourtExempt, s.17(2)(vi)
Compromise decree comprising property outside the suitCompulsory
Certificate of sale at a court auctionExempt, s.17(2)(xii)
Before Act 48 of 2001On or after it
s.53A wordsProtected "notwithstanding that the contract, though required to be registered, has not been registered"Those words omitted
Registration ActNo sub-section (1A)s.17(1A) inserted
Unregistered agreement to sellFounded a part-performance defenceNo effect for s.53A

Quick revision

  • s.17(1): compulsory for (a) gifts of immovable property; (b) non-testamentary instruments creating, declaring, assigning, limiting or extinguishing an interest of Rs. 100 and upwards; (c) receipts of consideration for such transactions; (d) leases year to year, over one year, or reserving a yearly rent; (e) instruments transferring a decree, order or award of like effect and value.
  • Proviso: the State Government may exempt leases not exceeding five years with rent not exceeding fifty rupees a year.
  • s.17(1A): since Act 48 of 2001, a document containing a contract to transfer for consideration for the purposes of s.53A must be registered, and if unregistered has no effect for those purposes.
  • s.17(2): twelve exceptions from (b) and (c), including composition deeds, company shares and debentures, documents merely creating a right to obtain another document, ordinary decrees, Government grants, Revenue-Officer partitions, mortgage receipts not extinguishing the mortgage, and certificates of sale.
  • Compromise decrees comprising property outside the suit are registrable.
  • Explanation: a contract for sale is not registrable by reason only of reciting earnest money or part of the price.
munotes.in304

Documents of Which Registration Is Compulsory

Test yourself

1. Is a gift deed of land worth Rs. 50 registrable? Yes. Section 17(1)(a) makes instruments of gift of immovable property compulsorily registrable with no value threshold.

2. Which leases must be registered? Leases of immovable property from year to year, for any term exceeding one year, or reserving a yearly rent, under section 17(1)(d), subject to any State Government exemption for leases not exceeding five years at rents not exceeding fifty rupees a year.

3. Must a will of immovable property be registered? No. Section 17(1)(b) is confined to non-testamentary instruments, and a will is optional under section 18(e).

4. What did sub-section (1A) change, and when? Inserted by the Registration and Other Related Laws (Amendment) Act 2001, it requires documents containing contracts to transfer for consideration for the purposes of section 53A of the Transfer of Property Act to be registered if executed on or after its commencement, and provides that if unregistered they have no effect for those purposes. The same Act removed the corresponding words from section 53A.

5. Is an agreement to sell registrable because it records that earnest money was paid? No. The Explanation to section 17 provides that such a document is not to be deemed to require registration by reason only of a recital of earnest money or of part of the consideration. Since 2001, however, it must be registered if it is to support a section 53A defence.

6. Are decrees of a Court registrable? Generally no, under section 17(2)(vi), except a decree or order expressed to be made on a compromise and comprising immovable property other than that which is the subject-matter of the suit.

7. What is the principle behind clause (v) of sub-section (2)? That a document which does not itself create or extinguish an interest, but merely creates a right to obtain another document which will do so, does not require registration. Sub-section (1A) is now carved out of that clause for the purposes of section 53A.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in305

Chapter Fifty-Seven

Documents of Which Registration Is Optional

Syllabus topic 4.1, "Documents of which registration is optional [Section 18]"

In one line

Anything below the hundred-rupee line, short leases, dealings with movables, wills, and everything section 17 does not compel, may be registered if the parties want.

In exam wording: section 18 provides that any of the following documents may be registered: instruments, other than gifts and wills, dealing with interests in immovable property of a value less than one hundred rupees; instruments acknowledging receipt of consideration for such transactions; leases for a term not exceeding one year and leases exempted under section 17; instruments transferring a decree, order or award of such lesser value; instruments dealing with movable property; wills; and all other documents not required by section 17 to be registered.

The six classes

(a) Instruments, other than instruments of gift and wills, which create, declare, assign, limit or extinguish any right, title or interest, vested or contingent, in present or future, of a value less than one hundred rupees, to or in immovable property.

This is the mirror image of section 17(1)(b). Above the line, compulsory; below it, optional. Gifts are excluded because they are always compulsory under section 17(1)(a), and wills because they have their own clause here.

(b) Instruments acknowledging the receipt or payment of consideration on account of such a transaction. The mirror of section 17(1)(c).

(c) Leases of immovable property for any term not exceeding one year, and leases exempted under section 17. The mirror of section 17(1)(d), catching the eleven-month tenancy and any lease the State Government has exempted by the proviso.

(cc) Instruments transferring or assigning any decree, order or award of a value less than one hundred rupees. The mirror of section 17(1)(e).

(d) Instruments, other than wills, which create, declare, assign, limit or extinguish any right, title or interest to or in movable property. Note that section 17 does not deal with movables at all, so every such instrument is optional.

(e) Wills. A will is never compulsorily registrable. Section 17(1)(b) is confined to non-testamentary instruments, and section 27 provides that a will may be presented for registration or deposited at any time.

(f) All other documents not required by section 17 to be registered. The sweeping clause, and the point of the section.

Why the section is worth a chapter

Clause (f) makes section 18 a complete residual permission. Between them, sections 17 and 18 divide the world: a document is either one the Act compels to be registered, or one it permits to be registered. There is no third category of unregistrable documents.

That has two consequences worth stating.

The parties can always choose registration. Even where nothing requires it, a person may register a document to obtain the advantages of the register: a public record, the protection of section 50, and the notice that Explanation I to section 3 of the Transfer of Property Act attaches to a registered instrument.

munotes.in306

Documents of Which Registration Is Optional

But voluntary registration does not create notice under Explanation I. That Explanation applies only where the transaction was required by law to be effected by a registered instrument and has been. Registering an eleven-month lease is useful, but it does not fix the world with notice of it under that Explanation, and this trap is set out in [The Interpretation Clause: Attestation, Notice and the Words the Act Runs On].

The advantage of registering when you need not: section 50

Section 50 gives the practical reason a party might register voluntarily. Every document of the kinds mentioned in section 17(1)(a) to (d) and section 18(a) and (b), if duly registered, takes effect as regards the property comprised in it against every unregistered document relating to the same property, and not being a decree or order, whether or not the unregistered document is of the same nature.

So a registered instrument beats an unregistered one dealing with the same property. Note that section 50(1) picks up clauses (a) and (b) of section 18, not the whole of it, so the advantage attaches to the optional classes that correspond to the compulsory ones.

Sub-section (2) excludes leases exempted under the proviso to section 17(1), documents within section 17(2), and registered documents which had no priority under the law in force when the Act commenced.

A worked example

Rukmini is dealing with property at Osmanabad.

She takes an eleven-month tenancy of a shop. Registration is optional under clause (c). She may register it, and if she does, section 50 gives it precedence over any unregistered document relating to the same shop.

She makes a will of her house. Optional under clause (e), and by section 27 it may be presented or deposited at any time. It is never compulsory.

She sells her tractor by a written instrument. Movable property, so optional under clause (d); section 17 does not reach movables.

She takes an assignment of a decree worth Rs. 80 relating to land. Optional under clause (cc), the value being under a hundred rupees.

She enters into a family arrangement recording existing rights but creating none. If it creates, declares, assigns, limits or extinguishes nothing, it falls outside section 17 and is optional under clause (f).

She registers the eleven-month tenancy and later buys the shop. Registering it did not fix the world with notice under Explanation I to section 3 of the Transfer of Property Act, because that Explanation needs a transaction required by law to be registered. But under section 50 the registered tenancy prevails over any unregistered dealing with the shop.

munotes.in307

Documents of Which Registration Is Optional

What it does NOT mean

Optional does not mean useless. Section 50 gives a registered document precedence over unregistered ones.

A will is never compulsorily registrable, and may be presented or deposited at any time.

Section 17 does not cover movable property at all, so instruments dealing with movables are always optional.

Voluntary registration does not attract Explanation I notice, which requires the transaction to have been one the law required to be registered.

Gifts of immovable property are not in section 18, being always compulsory.

There is no category of documents that cannot be registered. Clause (f) sweeps up everything section 17 does not compel.

Distinctions

Section 17Section 18
EffectShall be registeredMay be registered
Immovable property, valueRs. 100 and upwardsLess than Rs. 100
Gifts of immovable propertyAlways compulsoryExpressly excluded
LeasesYear to year, over one year, or reserving a yearly rentNot exceeding one year, and leases exempted under s.17
WillsNeverOptional, and may be presented at any time, s.27
Movable propertyNot coveredOptional, clause (d)
ResidualClause (f), all other documents

Quick revision

  • s.18 is permissive: (a) interests in immovable property under Rs. 100, other than gifts and wills; (b) receipts for such consideration; (c) leases not exceeding one year and leases exempted under s.17; (cc) transfers of decrees, orders or awards under Rs. 100; (d) instruments dealing with movable property; (e) wills; (f) all other documents not required by s.17.
  • A will is never compulsorily registrable and may be presented or deposited at any time, s.27.
  • Sections 17 and 18 together leave no unregistrable category.
  • s.50: a duly registered document of the kinds in s.17(1)(a) to (d) and s.18(a) and (b) prevails over every unregistered document relating to the same property, whatever its nature; subject to the exclusions in sub-section (2).
  • Voluntary registration does not attract Explanation I notice under s.3 of the Transfer of Property Act.

Test yourself

1. Give three classes of document that may optionally be registered. Instruments dealing with interests in immovable property of a value less than one hundred rupees, other than gifts and wills; leases for a term not exceeding one year; wills; instruments dealing with movable property; and all other documents not required by section 17 to be registered.

2. Must a will be registered? No. A will is never compulsorily registrable, section 17(1)(b) being confined to non-testamentary instruments, and section 27 allows it to be presented for registration or deposited at any time.

3. What is the effect of clause (f)? It makes the section a complete residual permission, so that any document not required by section 17 to be registered may nevertheless be registered. There is no class of document that cannot be registered.

munotes.in308

Documents of Which Registration Is Optional

4. Why might a party register a document he need not register? To obtain the advantage of section 50, by which a duly registered document takes effect as regards the property against every unregistered document relating to the same property, and to obtain the general benefits of a public record.

5. Does registering an optional document fix the world with notice under the Transfer of Property Act? No. Explanation I to section 3 of that Act applies only where the transaction was required by law to be effected by a registered instrument and has been so effected.

6. Are instruments dealing with movable property compulsorily registrable? No. Section 17 does not deal with movable property, and section 18(d) makes such instruments optional.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in309

Chapter Fifty-Eight

Time for Presenting Documents, and Delay

Syllabus topic 4.1, "Time for presenting documents [Section 23]"; "Provision where delay in presentation is unavoidable [Section 25]"

In one line

A document must be taken for registration within four months of execution, and if urgent necessity or an unavoidable accident causes delay, the Registrar may accept it up to four months late on payment of a fine of up to ten times the registration fee.

In exam wording: section 23 provides that, subject to sections 24, 25 and 26, no document other than a will shall be accepted for registration unless presented for that purpose to the proper officer within four months from the date of its execution.

Section 23: the four-month rule

The period is four months and it runs from the date of execution, that is from the date of signing, not from the date the parties choose to act.

Wills are excluded, and section 27 confirms that a will may be presented or deposited at any time.

The proviso deals with decrees: a copy of a decree or order may be presented within four months from the day on which the decree or order was made, or, where it is appealable, within four months from the day on which it becomes final. The alternative is sensible, since an appealable decree may be undone.

Section 24: several executants at different times

Where there are several persons executing a document at different times, the document may be presented for registration and re-registration within four months from the date of each execution.

So a document signed by three people over six weeks does not have a single deadline. Each signature starts its own four months, and presentation within four months of any execution is good as to that execution.

Section 25: unavoidable delay

Sub-section (1). If, owing to urgent necessity or unavoidable accident, a document executed, or a copy of a decree or order made, in India is not presented within the prescribed time, the Registrar, in cases where the delay does not exceed four months, may direct that, on payment of a fine not exceeding ten times the amount of the proper registration-fee, the document shall be accepted for registration.

Four limits, and each is examinable:

The cause must be urgent necessity or unavoidable accident. Mere forgetfulness or convenience is not enough.

The outer limit is a further four months, so the longest possible period from execution is eight months.

The officer is the Registrar, not the Sub-Registrar.

The price is a fine up to ten times the proper registration fee.

Sub-section (2). An application for such a direction may be lodged with a Sub-Registrar, who must forthwith forward it to the Registrar to whom he is subordinate. So the party need not travel to the Registrar's office; he applies where he would have registered.

munotes.in310

Time for Presenting Documents, and Delay

Section 26: documents executed outside India

Where a document purporting to have been executed by all or any of the parties out of India is not presented within the prescribed time, the registering officer, if satisfied:

(a) that the instrument was so executed; and (b) that it has been presented for registration within four months after its arrival in India,

may, on payment of the proper registration-fee, accept it for registration.

Note the differences from section 25. There is no fine, only the proper fee; the decision is the registering officer's, not the Registrar's; and the four months runs from the document's arrival in India rather than from execution. The concession is granted because a party abroad cannot be expected to meet an Indian deadline, and the relevant delay is in transit.

Section 23A: re-registration where the presenter was not empowered

Where a document requiring registration has been accepted for registration from a person not duly empowered to present it, and registered, any person claiming under it may, within four months from his first becoming aware that the registration is invalid, present it for re-registration in the office of the Registrar of the district in which it was originally registered.

On being satisfied that it was so accepted, the Registrar proceeds to re-register it as if it had not been previously registered, and as if the presentation were made in time. The document, if duly re-registered, is deemed to have been duly registered for all purposes from the date of its original registration.

The section rescues an innocent party from a defect of authority he may not have known about, and the retrospective effect is the point: the original date is preserved, so priorities are not disturbed.

Section 27: wills

A will may at any time be presented for registration or deposited in the manner provided by the Act. There is no time limit at all, which follows from a will speaking only from death.

A worked example

Sameer and Trupti execute a sale deed of a plot at Beed on 1 March.

By when must it be presented? By 1 July, four months from execution, under section 23.

They present it on 20 July. Out of time. But if the delay was due to urgent necessity or unavoidable accident, the Registrar may, under section 25, direct that it be accepted on payment of a fine up to ten times the proper registration fee, the delay being within four months of the deadline.

They present it on 20 December. The delay exceeds four months beyond the deadline, so section 25 cannot help. The document cannot be registered.

munotes.in311

Time for Presenting Documents, and Delay

How do they apply? They may lodge the application with the Sub-Registrar, who must forward it forthwith to the Registrar.

Change the facts. Trupti signed on 1 March and Sameer on 15 April. Under section 24 the document may be presented within four months of each execution, so Sameer's signature runs to 15 August.

Change again. Trupti executed the deed in Dubai on 1 March and it reached India on 1 September. Under section 26 the registering officer may accept it if presented within four months of its arrival in India, that is by 1 January, on payment of the proper fee and no fine.

Change again. The deed was presented by a man holding a power of attorney that turns out to have been revoked, and it was registered. Under section 23A, a person claiming under the deed may, within four months of first learning that the registration was invalid, present it for re-registration before the district Registrar, and once re-registered it is deemed registered from the date of the original registration.

And a will made on 1 March? It may be presented at any time, under sections 23 and 27.

What it does NOT mean

The four months runs from execution, not from the date the parties decide to register.

Section 25 is not a general extension. It requires urgent necessity or unavoidable accident.

It is not unlimited. The further period is four months, making eight in all.

It is not free. A fine of up to ten times the registration fee may be imposed.

The Sub-Registrar cannot grant it. He forwards the application to the Registrar.

Section 26 involves no fine, and its four months runs from arrival in India.

A will has no deadline at all.

Re-registration under section 23A is not a fresh start in time. The document is deemed registered from the original date.

Distinctions

SectionSituationPeriodWho decidesPrice
23The ordinary caseFour months from executionThe registering officer acceptsThe proper fee
23 provisoA copy of a decree or orderFour months from the decree, or from when it becomes final if appealable
24Several executants at different timesFour months from each execution
25Delay from urgent necessity or unavoidable accidentA further four months, eight in allThe RegistrarFine up to ten times the fee
26Executed outside IndiaFour months from arrival in IndiaThe registering officerThe proper fee, no fine
23APresented by a person not duly empoweredFour months from first becoming awareThe district RegistrarRe-registration, effective from the original date
27A willAny time
munotes.in312

Time for Presenting Documents, and Delay

Quick revision

  • s.23: four months from execution, for every document except a will. A copy of a decree, four months from the decree or from when it becomes final if appealable.
  • s.24: several executants at different times, four months from each execution.
  • s.25: urgent necessity or unavoidable accident, the Registrar may accept within a further four months on a fine of up to ten times the proper registration fee; the application may be lodged with the Sub-Registrar, who forwards it.
  • s.26: executed out of India, accepted if presented within four months of arrival in India, on the proper fee and no fine.
  • s.23A: registration on presentation by a person not duly empowered may be cured by re-registration within four months of learning of the invalidity, and takes effect from the original date.
  • s.27: a will may be presented or deposited at any time.

Test yourself

1. Within what time must a sale deed be presented for registration? Within four months from the date of its execution, under section 23.

2. Does that period apply to a will? No. Section 23 excepts a will, and section 27 allows a will to be presented for registration or deposited at any time.

3. What must be shown to obtain relief under section 25, and what are the limits? That the delay was owing to urgent necessity or unavoidable accident. The Registrar may then accept the document where the delay does not exceed four months, on payment of a fine not exceeding ten times the proper registration fee.

4. Who may grant that relief, and where is the application lodged? The Registrar grants it. The application may be lodged with a Sub-Registrar, who must forthwith forward it to the Registrar to whom he is subordinate.

5. A deed is executed in London and reaches India six months later. Can it be registered? Yes, under section 26, if the registering officer is satisfied that it was executed out of India and that it has been presented within four months after its arrival in India, on payment of the proper registration fee and without any fine.

6. Three people sign a document on different dates. When must it be presented? Under section 24 it may be presented for registration and re-registration within four months from the date of each execution.

7. What does section 23A cure, and from what date does the cured registration take effect? It cures registration on presentation by a person not duly empowered to present the document. On re-registration the document is deemed to have been duly registered for all purposes from the date of its original registration.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in313

Chapter Fifty-Nine

The Time from Which a Registered Document Operates

Syllabus topic 4.1, "Time from which registered document operates [Section 47]"

In one line

A registered document takes effect from the day it was signed, not from the day it reached the registry.

In exam wording: section 47 provides that a registered document shall operate from the time which it would have commenced to operate if no registration thereof had been required or made, and not from the time of its registration.

Why the rule is what it is

Registration is a formality, not the transaction. The parties made their bargain when they executed the deed; going to the Sub-Registrar is the step the law adds so that the bargain is recorded and published.

If a document operated only from registration, the parties' rights would depend on the registry's diary, on how long the officer took, and on delays neither party controlled. Section 47 removes that accident by making the document speak from the moment it would have spoken if no registration had been needed, which for an ordinary deed is the date of execution.

The rule is often summarised as registration relates back to execution, and that phrase is a fair shorthand so long as it is understood as describing the effect and not as a separate doctrine.

What the section does and does not decide

It decides the date from which a registered document operates. That is all.

It does not decide whether the document is valid, whether the transaction is complete, or whether title has passed for other reasons.

It does not dispense with registration. A document required to be registered and not registered does not operate at all; that is section 49. Section 47 only tells you the date of operation of a document that has been registered.

That last point is the commonest confusion. Section 47 does not mean that an unregistered document operates from execution and can be registered whenever convenient. It means that once registered, the document's effect is dated back.

The relationship with priority

This is where the section earns its place on the syllabus, and it should be linked directly to [Priority of Rights Created by Transfer, and Rent Paid to a Holder under a Defective Title].

Section 48 of the Transfer of Property Act gives priority to the right created first. Section 47 of this Act fixes when a registered document created its right: at execution.

Put the two together and the result is the rule an examiner is testing: as between two registered documents, priority follows the date of execution, not the date of registration. A deed executed first and registered second still ranks first.

That is a counter-intuitive result and it deserves a sentence of justification in an answer. It is right because the transferor's power was exhausted when he executed the first deed. He had nothing left to give, and the order in which the two purchasers reached the registry cannot restore to him what he had already parted with.

munotes.in314

The Time from Which a Registered Document Operates

The limits

Where the document itself fixes a different date, section 47 gives effect to it, because it asks when the document would have commenced to operate if no registration had been required. A deed expressed to take effect on a future date takes effect then.

Where the transaction is complete only on a later event, section 47 does not accelerate it. A gift is complete on acceptance under section 122 of the Transfer of Property Act, and a document is not made to operate before the transaction it records was complete.

A will speaks from death, whenever it is registered.

A worked example

Umesh owns a plot at Latur.

On 3 April he executes a sale deed in favour of Vandana. On 10 April he executes a mortgage of the same plot to a bank. The bank registers on 12 April; Vandana registers on 20 April.

Who ranks first? Vandana. Under section 47 each document operates from the date it would have operated if no registration had been required, that is from execution: Vandana's from 3 April, the bank's from 10 April. Under section 48 of the Transfer of Property Act the earlier-created right prevails, so the bank's mortgage is subject to Vandana's sale, notwithstanding that the bank reached the registry first.

Change one fact: Vandana never registers. Section 47 has nothing to work on, and section 49 prevents her unregistered deed from affecting the plot or being received as evidence of the transaction. The bank's registered mortgage stands.

Change another: the sale deed says it is to take effect on 1 January next. Section 47 gives effect to that, because the question is when the document would have commenced to operate had no registration been required.

And a will Umesh made in 2019 and registered in 2024? It speaks from his death, whenever registered. Registration neither advances nor delays it.

What it does NOT mean

It does not mean an unregistered document operates. Section 49 governs that.

It does not validate a document. It fixes only the date of operation.

It does not let a party register whenever he likes. Section 23 still requires presentation within four months.

It does not make the date of registration irrelevant for everything. Explanation I to section 3 of the Transfer of Property Act attaches notice from the date of registration, not from execution, so the two dates do different jobs.

It does not apply to a will in any useful way, a will speaking from death.

munotes.in315

The Time from Which a Registered Document Operates

Distinctions

QuestionAnswerProvision
From when does a registered document operate?From when it would have operated if registration had not been required, that is normally executions.47 of this Act
From when is the world fixed with notice of it?From the date of registrationExplanation I to s.3, Transfer of Property Act
Which of two competing rights prevails?The one created first, that is executed firsts.48, Transfer of Property Act
What if a required registration was never made?The document does not affect the property or prove the transactions.49 of this Act

Quick revision

  • s.47: a registered document operates from the time it would have operated if no registration had been required or made, and not from the time of registration.
  • Shorthand: registration relates back to execution.
  • With s.48 of the Transfer of Property Act: as between two registered documents, priority follows execution, not registration.
  • Notice under Explanation I to s.3 of that Act runs from the date of registration, so the two dates serve different purposes.
  • Section 47 does not validate a document, dispense with registration, or extend the four months under s.23.
  • Where the document fixes its own commencement, or the transaction is complete only later, that date governs.

Test yourself

1. From what date does a registered sale deed operate? From the time it would have commenced to operate if no registration had been required or made, which for an ordinary deed is the date of execution, and not from the time of registration.

2. A executes a deed to B on 1 May and to C on 10 May. C registers on 12 May, B on 30 May. Who prevails? B. Section 47 makes each deed operate from execution, and section 48 of the Transfer of Property Act gives priority to the earlier-created right, so registering first does not gain priority.

3. Does section 47 mean an unregistered document is effective? No. It fixes the date of operation of a document that has been registered. An unregistered document required to be registered is dealt with by section 49.

4. Does section 47 conflict with Explanation I to section 3 of the Transfer of Property Act? No. They answer different questions. Section 47 fixes when the document operates, which is execution; the Explanation fixes when the world is deemed to have notice of it, which is registration.

5. A deed states that it shall take effect from 1 January next year. When does it operate? From 1 January, because section 47 asks when the document would have commenced to operate had registration not been required, and the document itself supplies that date.

munotes.in316

The Time from Which a Registered Document Operates

6. Why is it fair that the first-executed deed prevails though registered later? Because the transferor's power was exhausted when he executed the first deed. He had nothing left to convey, and the order in which the purchasers reached the registry cannot restore it to him.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in317

Chapter Sixty

The Effect of Non-registration

Syllabus topic 4.1, "Effect of non-registration of documents required to be registered [Section 49]"

In one line

A document that had to be registered and was not cannot affect the property or be used to prove the transaction, though it may still prove a contract in a specific performance suit or a collateral matter.

In exam wording: section 49 provides that no document required by section 17, or by any provision of the Transfer of Property Act 1882, to be registered shall (a) affect any immovable property comprised therein, or (b) confer any power to adopt, or (c) be received as evidence of any transaction affecting such property or conferring such power, unless it has been registered.

Section 49: the three disabilities

(a) It does not affect the immovable property comprised in it. The document does not transfer, create, declare, limit or extinguish anything. The intended transaction simply does not happen in law.

(b) It confers no power to adopt.

(c) It is not received as evidence of any transaction affecting such property, or conferring such a power. This is an evidentiary bar, and it is separate from (a): even where a party is not trying to enforce the transaction, he cannot prove it by the document.

The reach of the section is wider than section 17 alone. It covers documents required to be registered by section 17 or by any provision of the Transfer of Property Act 1882, so it catches sections 54, 59, 107 and 123 of that Act as well.

The proviso, and what the 2001 Act took out of it

As it now stands, the proviso permits an unregistered document affecting immovable property and required to be registered to be received as evidence:

  • of a contract in a suit for specific performance; or
  • of any collateral transaction not required to be effected by registered instrument.

A collateral transaction is one that is not the transaction the document was meant to effect. So an unregistered lease cannot prove the lease, but it may be used to show the nature of the possession, the rate of rent for a limited purpose, or the character in which a party entered.

What was removed. As originally enacted the proviso also allowed such a document to be received "as evidence of part performance of a contract for the purposes of section 53A of the Transfer of Property Act, 1882". Those words were omitted by Act 48 of 2001 with effect from 24 September 2001.

Why that matters, and why it is the third limb of one reform. Act 48 of 2001 did three things, and only all three together produce the modern rule:

One, it omitted from section 53A of the Transfer of Property Act the words protecting a transferee notwithstanding that a contract required to be registered had not been registered.

munotes.in318

The Effect of Non-registration

Two, it inserted section 17(1A) here, requiring such a contract to be registered and providing that if it is not, it has no effect for the purposes of section 53A.

Three, it removed from this proviso the permission to use an unregistered document as evidence of part performance for section 53A.

So the door was closed on the substantive side, on the registrability side, and on the evidentiary side. A student who knows only the first of the three can still be caught out by an examiner asking whether the unregistered agreement can at least be proved. Since 24 September 2001 it cannot, for that purpose.

Section 48: registered documents against oral agreements

All non-testamentary documents duly registered under the Act, and relating to any property whether movable or immovable, take effect against any oral agreement or declaration relating to that property, unless the agreement or declaration has been accompanied or followed by delivery of possession and the same constitutes a valid transfer under any law for the time being in force.

The proviso: a mortgage as defined in section 58 of the Transfer of Property Act takes effect against any mortgage-deed subsequently executed and registered relating to the same property.

The general rule is that writing on the register beats an oral arrangement. The exception preserves those oral transactions the law does allow, chiefly the mortgage by deposit of title-deeds under section 58(f), which needs no writing at all and is accompanied by delivery of the deeds. The proviso then protects such a mortgage against a later registered mortgage-deed.

Section 50: registered documents against unregistered ones

Every document of the kinds in section 17(1)(a) to (d) and section 18(a) and (b), if duly registered, takes effect as regards the property comprised in it, against every unregistered document relating to the same property, and not being a decree or order, whether or not the unregistered document is of the same nature.

Sub-section (2) excludes leases exempted under the proviso to section 17(1), documents within section 17(2), and registered documents which had no priority under the law in force when the Act commenced.

Section 50 is the positive counterpart of section 49's negative. Section 49 says what an unregistered document cannot do; section 50 says that a registered one beats it.

A worked example

Wasim agrees in writing to sell his flat at Chandrapur to Xena for Rs. 60 lakh. She pays most of the price, is put in possession, and spends money on it. The agreement is not registered. It was executed in 2022.

munotes.in319

The Effect of Non-registration

Wasim sues to evict her as a trespasser.

Can she rely on the agreement to prove the sale? No. Under section 49(a) and (c) an unregistered document required to be registered neither affects the flat nor is received as evidence of the transaction.

Can she rely on section 53A? No, and for three separate reasons, all traceable to Act 48 of 2001. Section 53A no longer protects a transferee under an unregistered contract; section 17(1A) provides that such a document, executed after the 2001 Act, has no effect for the purposes of section 53A; and the proviso to section 49 no longer allows it to be received as evidence of part performance for those purposes.

Can she use the document at all? Yes, for two things. She may use it as evidence of a contract in a suit for specific performance, and she may use it to prove a collateral transaction not required to be effected by a registered instrument, for example the character in which she entered into possession.

Change the date. Had the agreement been executed in 1998, the pre-2001 law would have applied and her part-performance defence would have been available on an unregistered agreement.

Change the facts. Suppose Wasim had earlier created a mortgage by deposit of title-deeds with a bank in Mumbai, orally and with delivery of the deeds, and then executed a registered mortgage-deed to another lender. Under the proviso to section 48 the earlier deposit mortgage prevails over the later registered mortgage-deed.

And if Xena's agreement had been registered, and Wasim later sold to a third party by an unregistered document? Section 50 gives Xena's registered document precedence over the unregistered one, whatever its nature.

What it does NOT mean

Non-registration is not a mere irregularity. The document does not affect the property at all.

The bar is evidentiary as well as substantive. Clause (c) prevents proof of the transaction.

The proviso does not resurrect the transaction. It allows the document as evidence of a contract in a specific performance suit, and of collateral matters.

Since 2001 it cannot be used to prove part performance. Those words were deleted from the proviso.

Section 49 is not confined to section 17. It covers documents required to be registered by any provision of the Transfer of Property Act.

Section 48 does not defeat every oral transaction. An oral agreement accompanied or followed by delivery of possession, which is a valid transfer under some law, survives, and the proviso protects a section 58 mortgage against a later registered mortgage-deed.

Distinctions

An unregistered document required to be registered
Affects the immovable propertyNo, s.49(a)
Confers a power to adoptNo, s.49(b)
Proves the transactionNo, s.49(c)
Proves a contract in a specific performance suitYes, proviso
Proves a collateral transaction not requiring registrationYes, proviso
Proves part performance for s.53ANo, since 24 September 2001
munotes.in320

The Effect of Non-registration

The three limbs of Act 48 of 2001Where
Words about an unregistered contract omitteds.53A, Transfer of Property Act
Registration required, and no effect for s.53A without its.17(1A), Registration Act
Evidence of part performance removed from the provisos.49, Registration Act
Section 48Section 50
Registered document prevails againstAn oral agreement or declarationAn unregistered document
ExceptionAn oral agreement accompanied or followed by delivery of possession constituting a valid transfer; and a s.58 mortgage against a later registered mortgage-deedLeases exempted under the proviso to s.17(1), documents in s.17(2), and documents without priority at the commencement of the Act

Quick revision

  • s.49: a document required by s.17 or by any provision of the Transfer of Property Act to be registered, if unregistered, does not affect the property, confer a power to adopt, or be received as evidence of the transaction.
  • Proviso: it may still be evidence of a contract in a suit for specific performance, or of a collateral transaction not required to be effected by a registered instrument.
  • The words allowing it as evidence of part performance under s.53A were omitted by Act 48 of 2001 w.e.f. 24 September 2001, the third limb of the same reform as the change to s.53A and the insertion of s.17(1A).
  • s.48: a duly registered non-testamentary document beats an oral agreement, unless the oral agreement was accompanied or followed by delivery of possession and is a valid transfer; and a s.58 mortgage beats a later registered mortgage-deed.
  • s.50: a duly registered document of the listed kinds beats every unregistered document relating to the same property.

Test yourself

1. State the three things an unregistered document required to be registered cannot do. It cannot affect any immovable property comprised in it, confer any power to adopt, or be received as evidence of any transaction affecting such property or conferring such power.

2. For what purposes may such a document still be received in evidence? As evidence of a contract in a suit for specific performance, and as evidence of any collateral transaction not required to be effected by a registered instrument.

3. Can it be used to prove part performance under section 53A? No. Those words were omitted from the proviso by Act 48 of 2001 with effect from 24 September 2001.

4. Name the three changes Act 48 of 2001 made, and where. It omitted from section 53A of the Transfer of Property Act the words protecting a transferee under an unregistered contract; it inserted section 17(1A) into the Registration Act requiring such contracts to be registered and denying them effect for section 53A if they are not; and it removed from the proviso to section 49 the permission to use such a document as evidence of part performance for section 53A.

munotes.in321

The Effect of Non-registration

5. Does section 49 apply only to documents listed in section 17? No. It applies to documents required to be registered by section 17 or by any provision of the Transfer of Property Act 1882, which brings in sections 54, 59, 107 and 123 of that Act.

6. When does an oral agreement prevail over a registered document? Where the oral agreement or declaration has been accompanied or followed by delivery of possession and constitutes a valid transfer under any law in force. The proviso also protects a mortgage as defined in section 58 of the Transfer of Property Act against a later registered mortgage-deed.

7. What does section 50 add? That a duly registered document of the kinds in section 17(1)(a) to (d) and section 18(a) and (b) takes effect, as regards the property comprised in it, against every unregistered document relating to the same property, whether or not of the same nature.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in322

Chapter Sixty-One

The Rest of the Registration Act

Syllabus topic 4.1, "Registration Act, 1908"

In one line

Everything the Act says about where to go, who may present a document, what the officer must do, how wills are dealt with, what the books and indexes contain, and what happens when registration is refused.

Where a document is registered: sections 28 to 31

Section 28: land. A document affecting immovable property must be presented in the office of the Sub-Registrar in whose sub-district the whole or some portion of the property is situate.

Section 29: other documents. Everything else may be presented either in the office where it was executed, or in any other office where all the executing parties desire it to be registered.

Section 30: Registrars. A Registrar may, in his discretion, receive and register any document which might be registered by any Sub-Registrar subordinate to him.

Section 31: private residence. In extraordinary cases, a registering officer may attend at the private residence of a person desiring to present a document or deposit a will, and accept it there.

Who may present, and what the officer must check: sections 32 to 39

Section 32: who may present. Every document to be registered must be presented by some person executing or claiming under it, by his representative or assign, or by the agent of such a person duly authorised by a power of attorney executed and authenticated as section 33 requires.

Section 32A: photographs and finger prints. Every person presenting a document for registration must affix his passport-size photograph and finger prints to it, and, for a document relating to the transfer of ownership of immovable property, the photographs and finger prints of each buyer and seller must be affixed.

Section 33: powers of attorney. Only powers of attorney executed and authenticated in the manner the section prescribes are recognised for section 32, and the requirements differ according to where the principal resides.

Section 34: enquiry before registration. No document is to be registered unless the persons executing it, or their representatives, appear before the registering officer within the time allowed. The officer must enquire whether the document was executed by the persons appearing, satisfy himself of their identity, and examine their authority where they appear as representatives or agents.

Section 35: admission and denial. Where the persons appearing admit execution, and the officer is satisfied of identity, he shall register the document. Where any person denies execution, or is a minor, an idiot or a lunatic, or is dead and his representative denies execution, the officer shall refuse to register as to that person.

Sections 36 to 39 provide for summoning an executant or a witness who does not appear, the service of summonses, the exemption from personal appearance of certain persons, and the application of the law about summonses, commissions and witnesses.

munotes.in323

The Rest of the Registration Act

Wills: sections 40 to 46

Section 40: the testator, or after his death any person claiming as executor or otherwise under a will, may present it for registration.

Section 41: a will may be registered if the registering officer is satisfied that it was executed by the testator, and, after his death, that the testator is dead and that the person presenting it has a right to do so.

Sections 42 to 45: deposit of wills. A testator may deposit a sealed cover containing his will; the officer's procedure on deposit is prescribed; the testator may withdraw the cover; and on his death an application may be made to open it.

Section 46 saves certain enactments and the powers of Courts.

The books, entries and indexes: sections 51 to 57, and 16A

Section 51: the register-books, listed in [What the Registration Act Does, and the Registration Establishment]: Book 1 for non-testamentary documents relating to immovable property, Book 2 the refusal register, Book 3 wills, Book 4 miscellaneous documents relating to movables, Book 5 deposits of wills.

Section 52: the duties of registering officers when a document is presented: to endorse the day and hour, to give a receipt, and to copy the document into the proper book without unnecessary delay.

Section 53: entries in each book are numbered consecutively.

Sections 54 and 55: the indexes. Current indexes are kept, and section 55 prescribes their contents: Index I the names and additions of executants, Index II the property, Index III wills, Index IV the names in Book 4. Index II is what a title search of land actually uses, and Explanation I to section 3 of the Transfer of Property Act refers to the indexes kept under section 55.

Section 57: inspection and copies. The registering officer must allow inspection of Books 1 and 2 and the indexes to Book 1, and give certified copies of entries, on payment of the prescribed fees. This is what makes the register public and is the practical foundation of the notice rule.

Section 16A permits the books to be kept in computer floppies, diskettes or any other electronic form, subject to safeguards, which is the statutory basis of computerised registration.

Section 56 is repealed.

Endorsements, certificate and after: sections 58 to 66

Section 58: particulars endorsed. On every document admitted to registration the officer endorses the signature and addition of every person admitting execution, the signature and addition of every person examined, and, where any payment of consideration or delivery of property has been made in his presence, that fact.

Section 59: the endorsements are dated and signed by the registering officer.

munotes.in324

The Rest of the Registration Act

Section 60: the certificate. After the requirements have been complied with, the officer endorses a certificate containing the word "registered", the number and page of the book. That certificate is admissible for the purpose of proving that the document has been duly registered, and that the facts in the endorsements have occurred as stated.

Section 61: the endorsements and certificate are copied into the margin of the register-book, and the document is returned to the person who presented it.

Sections 62 and 63 deal with a document in a language the officer does not understand, and with his power to administer oaths and record statements.

Sections 64 to 66: property in several sub-districts or districts. Where the land lies in more than one sub-district or district, the officer registering the document must forward a copy and a memorandum to the other offices, so that the record appears wherever a searcher would look. That is essential to the whole scheme, since a search is made where the land is.

Refusal, appeal and suit: sections 68 to 77

Sections 68 to 70: the Registrar's power to superintend and control Sub-Registrars, the Inspector-General's power to superintend registration offices and make rules, and his power to remit fines.

Section 71: reasons recorded. A Sub-Registrar refusing to register must record his reasons in Book 2, and endorse the word "registration refused" on the document.

Section 72: appeal. Where the refusal is on any ground other than denial of execution, an appeal lies to the Registrar within thirty days, and the Registrar may reverse or alter the order.

Section 73: application. Where the refusal is on the ground of denial of execution, the remedy is an application to the Registrar within thirty days, not an appeal.

Sections 74 to 76: the Registrar's procedure on such an application, his power to order registration, and the recording of an order of refusal.

Section 77: suit. Where the Registrar refuses to order registration, a civil suit may be instituted within thirty days for a decree directing the document to be registered; and if such a decree is passed and the document presented within thirty days, it is registered as if presented in time.

That ladder is worth holding in mind as a sequence: refusal by the Sub-Registrar, then appeal or application to the Registrar according to the ground, then suit.

Fees, penalties and miscellaneous: sections 78 to 91

Sections 78 to 80: fees are fixed by the State Government, must be published, and are payable on presentation.

Sections 81 and 82: penalties. Section 81 punishes a registering officer or other person who incorrectly endorses, copies, translates or registers a document with intent to cause injury. Section 82 punishes making false statements, delivering false copies, personation and abetment. Section 83 allows registering officers to commence prosecutions, and section 84 deems them public servants.

munotes.in325

The Rest of the Registration Act

Section 85: unclaimed documents. Documents, other than wills, remaining unclaimed for two years may be destroyed.

Sections 86 and 87: a registering officer is not liable for anything bona fide done or refused in his official capacity; and nothing done is invalidated by a defect in his appointment or procedure. Section 87 is a curative provision of real practical value, since it prevents titles being upset by irregularities in the office.

Section 88: the registration of documents executed by Government officers or certain public functionaries, who need not appear in person.

Section 89: copies filed in Book 1. This section is worth stating separately, because it explains how transactions that never pass through a registration office nevertheless appear on the register. Four classes of copy must be sent to the registering officer within whose jurisdiction the property lies, and filed by him in Book No. 1:

  • an officer granting a loan under the Land Improvement Loans Act 1883 sends a copy of his order;
  • a Court granting a certificate of sale of immovable property under the Code of Civil Procedure 1908 sends a copy of the certificate;
  • an officer granting a loan under the Agriculturists' Loans Act 1884 sends a copy of any instrument mortgaging immovable property to secure it, and of the order where the property is mortgaged in the order itself;
  • a Revenue Officer granting a certificate of sale to a purchaser at a public auction sends a copy of the certificate.

The point is that section 17(2) exempts several of these very documents from compulsory registration, so without section 89 a searcher of Book 1 would miss them. The section keeps the record complete by requiring copies to be filed even where registration is not required.

Sections 90 and 91: the exemption of certain documents executed by or in favour of Government, and inspection and copies of such documents.

Sections 67, 92 and 93 are omitted or repealed and are noted as such.

A worked example

Yashodhan presents a sale deed of land lying partly in two sub-districts.

Where? Under section 28, in the office of the Sub-Registrar of a sub-district in which some portion of the property is situate.

By whom? Under section 32, by a person executing or claiming under the deed, or his representative, assign or duly authenticated agent; and under section 32A he must affix his photograph and finger prints, as must each buyer and seller.

munotes.in326

The Rest of the Registration Act

What does the officer do? Under section 34 he enquires whether the document was executed, satisfies himself of identity, and examines any agent's authority; under section 35, the executants admitting execution, he registers it.

Then? He makes the section 58 endorsements, dates and signs them under section 59, issues the section 60 certificate, copies the endorsements and certificate into the margin and returns the document under section 61, and copies the deed into Book 1 under section 51 with entries in the indexes under section 55.

The other sub-district. Under section 64 he forwards a copy and a memorandum to the other office, so a searcher there will find it.

Suppose the Sub-Registrar refuses because a party denies execution. He records his reasons in Book 2 under section 71. Yashodhan's remedy is an application to the Registrar under section 73, not an appeal, because the ground is denial of execution. If the Registrar also refuses, Yashodhan may bring a suit within thirty days under section 77.

Suppose instead the refusal is because the fee was not paid. The ground is not denial of execution, so the remedy is an appeal to the Registrar under section 72.

Suppose the Sub-Registrar's appointment turns out to have been irregular. Section 87 saves the registration: nothing done is invalidated by a defect in appointment or procedure.

Quick revision

  • Where: land, the sub-district where any part lies, s.28; other documents, s.29; a Registrar may take what a subordinate could, s.30; private residence in extraordinary cases, s.31.
  • Who: an executant, a claimant, a representative, assign or authenticated agent, s.32; photographs and finger prints, s.32A; powers of attorney, s.33.
  • Officer's duty: appearance and enquiry into execution, identity and authority, s.34; register on admission, refuse on denial, s.35; summonses, ss.36 to 39.
  • Wills: presented by the testator or, after death, a claimant, s.40; registered on satisfaction, s.41; deposit of a sealed cover, withdrawal and opening, ss.42 to 45.
  • Books and indexes: s.51 five books; s.52 duties on presentation; s.55 four indexes, Index II being the property index; s.57 inspection and certified copies; s.16A electronic keeping.
  • Endorsement and certificate: s.58 particulars; s.60 the certificate, admissible to prove due registration; s.61 copying and return; ss.64 to 66 copies to other sub-districts and districts.
  • Refusal ladder: reasons recorded, s.71; appeal to the Registrar on any ground other than denial of execution, s.72; application to the Registrar where execution is denied, s.73; suit within thirty days where the Registrar refuses, s.77.
  • Miscellaneous: fees, ss.78 to 80; penalties, ss.81 and 82; officers are public servants, s.84; unclaimed documents destroyed after two years, s.85; no invalidation by defect in appointment or procedure, s.87.
  • ss.56, 67, 92 and 93 are repealed or omitted.
munotes.in327

The Rest of the Registration Act

Test yourself

1. Where must a document affecting land be presented? In the office of the Sub-Registrar in whose sub-district the whole or some portion of the property is situate, under section 28.

2. Who may present a document for registration? Some person executing or claiming under it, or his representative or assign, or the agent of such a person duly authorised by a power of attorney executed and authenticated as section 33 requires.

3. What must the registering officer enquire into before registering? Whether the document was executed by the persons appearing, the identity of those persons, and, where a person appears as a representative or agent, his right to appear.

4. A Sub-Registrar refuses to register because one executant denies execution. What is the remedy? An application to the Registrar under section 73 within thirty days, not an appeal under section 72, which lies only where the refusal is on some other ground. If the Registrar also refuses, a suit lies within thirty days under section 77.

5. What is the effect of the certificate under section 60? It is admissible for the purpose of proving that the document has been duly registered in the manner provided by the Act, and that the facts mentioned in the endorsements have occurred as stated.

6. Which index does a search of land use? Index II, the index of property, kept under section 55; Explanation I to section 3 of the Transfer of Property Act refers to the indexes kept under that section.

7. Does an irregularity in the Sub-Registrar's appointment invalidate a registration? No. Section 87 provides that nothing done in good faith is invalidated by any defect in his appointment or procedure.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in328

Chapter Sixty-Two

The Maharashtra Stamp Act: What It Is For, and Its Definitions

Syllabus topic 4.2, "Maharashtra Stamp Act, 1958: Definitions [Section 2]"

In one line

The Stamp Act is a taxing statute: it says which documents attract duty, how much, and what happens to a document on which the duty has not been paid.

In exam wording: the Maharashtra Stamp Act 1958, Bombay Act LX of 1958, provides for the levy of stamp duty on instruments, and section 2 defines the terms the whole Act runs on, of which the most used are instrument, conveyance, duly stamped, executed, market value and Collector.

What the Act is for, and what it is not for

It is a fiscal statute. Its purpose is revenue. That single fact answers most questions about how it should be read: a taxing statute is construed strictly, the subject is not to be taxed by implication, and an exemption is read according to its terms.

It taxes instruments, not transactions. This is the distinction on which many questions turn. Duty attaches to the document, and a transaction carried through without any document attracts none. That is why an oral partition or a mortgage by deposit of title-deeds without a memorandum can escape duty, and why reducing the same bargain to writing attracts it.

It is not a registration statute. The Registration Act asks whether a document must be recorded; this Act asks whether the correct duty has been paid. The two overlap in practice because a registering officer will not register an insufficiently stamped document, but the questions are different and an answer should keep them apart.

What it does when duty is unpaid is the Act's real force, and it is dealt with in [Impounding of Instruments, and Admissibility in Evidence]. The short point is that an unstamped or insufficiently stamped instrument is not admissible in evidence until the duty and penalty are paid. The consequence is not that the transaction is void; it is that the document cannot be used.

Section 1: extent and commencement

The Act extends to the whole of the State of Maharashtra. It is the State's own stamp law, made under the entries in the State and Concurrent Lists which allow a State to fix rates of stamp duty on documents other than those the Union reserves.

Section 2: the definitions that matter

(d) "Chargeable", as applied to an instrument executed or first executed after the commencement of the Act, means chargeable under this Act; and as applied to any other instrument, chargeable under the law in force in the State when it was executed, or, where several persons executed it at different times, first executed.

The definition fixes the law by the date of execution, which is why an old document is judged by the rates then in force.

munotes.in329

The Maharashtra Stamp Act: What It Is For, and Its Definitions

(f) "Collector" means the Chief Officer in charge of the revenue administration of a district, and any officer whom the State Government may appoint in this behalf and on whom the powers of the Collector are conferred. The Collector is the officer who adjudicates under section 31, impounds under section 33 and grants allowances under Chapter V.

(g) "Conveyance" includes a conveyance on sale, every instrument by which property, whether movable or immovable, or any estate or interest in property is transferred to or vested in any other person inter vivos, and every decree or final order of any Civil Court, and which is not otherwise specifically provided for by Schedule I.

The breadth is deliberate and is the Act's main revenue provision: a great many documents are taxed as conveyances.

(h) "Duly stamped", as applied to an instrument, means that the instrument bears an adhesive or impressed stamp of not less than the proper amount, and that the stamp has been affixed or used in accordance with the law for the time being in force in the State.

Both limbs matter. A document may carry enough duty and still not be duly stamped if the stamp was used in the wrong way, and section 12 deals with cancellation of adhesive stamps for that reason.

(i) "Executed" and "execution", used with reference to instruments, mean "signed" and "signature". The Explanation adds that those terms include the attribution of an electronic record within the meaning of the Information Technology Act 2000, which is what brings electronically signed documents within the Act.

(l) "Instrument" includes every document by which any right or liability is, or purports to be, created, transferred, limited, extended, extinguished or recorded, but does not include a bill of exchange, cheque, promissory note, bill of lading, letter of credit, policy of insurance, transfer of share, debenture, proxy and receipt.

The exclusions are not exemptions from stamp duty generally. Those instruments are the subject of the Indian Stamp Act 1899, which is the Union's law, because entry 91 of the Union List reserves the rates of duty on them to Parliament. So the two Acts divide the field: bills, cheques, notes, insurance policies, share transfers and the rest under the central Act, everything else under this one.

(na) "Market value", in relation to property which is the subject matter of an instrument, means the price which the property would have fetched if sold in open market on the date of execution of the instrument, or the consideration stated in the instrument, whichever is higher.

This is the anti-avoidance definition and it is the basis of the whole apparatus of ready reckoner rates and of section 32A. Understating the price in the deed does not reduce the duty, because the higher of the market price and the stated consideration is taken.

munotes.in330

The Maharashtra Stamp Act: What It Is For, and Its Definitions

Other definitions used later include "bond", "clearance list", "impressed stamp", "instrument of partition", "lease", "mortgage-deed", "settlement" and "stamp", each of which is applied in the chapter that needs it.

A worked example

Zubin sells a flat at Nagpur to Ayesha. The ready reckoner value is Rs. 90 lakh; the deed states a consideration of Rs. 70 lakh.

Is the deed an instrument? Yes. It is a document by which a right is transferred, and it is not in the excluded list.

Is it a conveyance? Yes, a conveyance on sale, and property is transferred inter vivos.

On what value is duty charged? On the market value as defined: the higher of the open-market price on the date of execution and the consideration stated, that is Rs. 90 lakh. Stating a lower figure does not reduce the duty.

When is it "duly stamped"? When it bears an adhesive or impressed stamp of not less than the proper amount and the stamp has been affixed or used in accordance with the law.

Suppose the parties simply hand over possession and pay, with nothing in writing. No instrument, so nothing to tax under this Act. But nothing passes either, because section 54 of the Transfer of Property Act requires a registered instrument, which is the practical reason the Act catches almost every real transaction.

Suppose the sale is of shares in a company that owns the flat. A transfer of shares is excluded from the definition of instrument here and is dealt with by the Indian Stamp Act 1899.

Suppose the deed is signed electronically. The Explanation to clause (i) brings the attribution of an electronic record within "executed", so the Act applies.

Suppose Zubin executed the deed in 2010 and it surfaces now. Under clause (d) it is chargeable under the law in force when it was executed, not at today's rates.

What it does NOT mean

Stamp duty does not validate a transaction, and want of it does not make the transaction void. It makes the document inadmissible until duty and penalty are paid.

The Act taxes documents, not transactions. No document, no duty under this Act.

"Instrument" excludes commercial paper, which is taxed under the Indian Stamp Act 1899, not exempted.

The stated consideration does not fix the duty. Market value means the higher of the open-market price and the stated consideration.

"Duly stamped" is not only about the amount. The stamp must also have been affixed or used in accordance with law.

munotes.in331

The Maharashtra Stamp Act: What It Is For, and Its Definitions

This is a State Act and the figures move. The consolidated text is as at 8 April 2025 and section 52A has been amended since.

Distinctions

Registration Act 1908Maharashtra Stamp Act 1958
Question askedMust this document be recorded?Has the correct duty been paid?
Consequence of failureThe document does not affect the property and cannot prove the transaction, s.49The document is inadmissible in evidence until duty and penalty are paid
Curable laterNoYes, on payment
Statute typeMachinery for publicityFiscal
Instrument under this ActInstrument under the Indian Stamp Act 1899
Conveyances, leases, mortgages, settlements, partitions, bondsBills of exchange, cheques, promissory notes, bills of lading, letters of credit, policies of insurance, transfers of share, debentures, proxies, receipts

Quick revision

  • A fiscal statute: it taxes instruments, not transactions, and it is construed strictly.
  • s.2(d) "chargeable": by the law in force when the instrument was executed, or first executed.
  • s.2(f) "Collector": the chief officer of a district's revenue administration, and any officer so appointed.
  • s.2(g) "conveyance": a conveyance on sale, every instrument transferring property inter vivos, and every decree or final order of a Civil Court, not otherwise provided for in Schedule I.
  • s.2(h) "duly stamped": a stamp of not less than the proper amount, and affixed or used in accordance with law.
  • s.2(i) "executed" means signed, and includes the attribution of an electronic record.
  • s.2(l) "instrument": every document creating, transferring, limiting, extending, extinguishing or recording a right or liability, excluding bills, cheques, notes, bills of lading, letters of credit, insurance policies, share transfers, debentures, proxies and receipts, which fall under the Indian Stamp Act 1899.
  • s.2(na) "market value": the open-market price on the date of execution, or the stated consideration, whichever is higher.

Test yourself

1. What does the Stamp Act tax? Instruments, that is documents, and not transactions. A transaction carried out without any document attracts no duty under this Act.

2. Define "instrument", and name four things excluded from it. Every document by which any right or liability is, or purports to be, created, transferred, limited, extended, extinguished or recorded. Excluded are a bill of exchange, cheque, promissory note, bill of lading, letter of credit, policy of insurance, transfer of share, debenture, proxy and receipt, all of which fall under the Indian Stamp Act 1899.

3. On what value is duty on a sale deed charged? On the market value, which means the price the property would have fetched if sold in the open market on the date of execution, or the consideration stated in the instrument, whichever is higher.

munotes.in332

The Maharashtra Stamp Act: What It Is For, and Its Definitions

4. What are the two limbs of "duly stamped"? That the instrument bears an adhesive or impressed stamp of not less than the proper amount, and that the stamp has been affixed or used in accordance with the law in force in the State.

5. Does an electronically signed document fall within the Act? Yes. The Explanation to section 2(i) provides that "signed" and "signature" include the attribution of an electronic record.

6. Is a transaction void for want of stamp duty? No. The consequence is that the instrument is inadmissible in evidence until the duty and penalty are paid, and the defect is curable.

7. By which law is an old instrument charged? By the law in force in the State when it was executed, or, where several persons executed it at different times, when it was first executed.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in333

Chapter Sixty-Three

Liability of Instruments to Duty

Syllabus topic 4.2, "Liability of Instruments to Duty [Sections 3 - 9]"

In one line

Duty is charged on the instruments listed in Schedule I, and where a transaction uses several documents, or one document does several things, the Act says how the duty is worked out.

In exam wording: section 3 provides that, subject to the Act and the exemptions in Schedule I, every instrument mentioned in that Schedule which is executed in the State on or after the commencement of the Act, and every such instrument executed outside the State which relates to property situate or to a matter or thing done or to be done in the State and is received in the State, shall be chargeable with the duty indicated in Schedule I.

Section 3: the charging section

Two classes of instrument are charged.

(a) Executed in the State. Every instrument mentioned in Schedule I which, not having been previously executed by any person, is executed in the State on or after the commencement of the Act.

(b) Executed outside the State. Every such instrument executed out of the State which relates to property situate, or to any matter or thing done or to be done, in this State, and is received in this State.

All three elements of (b) must be present. A document executed in another State about property elsewhere is untouched; it is the connection with Maharashtra plus receipt here that attracts the charge.

The first proviso: copies. A copy or extract, whether certified as a true copy or not, and whether a facsimile image or otherwise, of an original instrument chargeable under the section is chargeable with full stamp duty if the proper duty on the original has not been paid. This closes the obvious avoidance route of keeping the original out of sight.

The exemptions in the second proviso. No duty is chargeable on an instrument executed by, on behalf of, or in favour of Government where but for the exemption Government would be liable, or where Government has undertaken to bear the expenses of the duty; and on instruments dealing with ships or vessels registered under the Bombay Coasting Vessels Act 1838 or the Merchant Shipping Act 1958.

Section 4: several instruments in one transaction

Where, in the case of a development agreement, sale, lease, mortgage or settlement, several instruments are employed for completing the transaction, the principal instrument only is chargeable with the duty prescribed in Schedule I, and each of the other instruments is chargeable with a duty of five hundred rupees instead of the duty otherwise prescribed for it.

Sub-section (2): the parties may determine for themselves which of the instruments is the principal instrument.

The figure is five hundred rupees, raised from one hundred by the Maharashtra Stamp (Amendment) Act 2025. Any note giving one hundred is out of date, and this is a favourite point.

munotes.in334

Liability of Instruments to Duty

The principle is that a single economic transaction should bear one full duty. Without section 4, a conveyance completed by a sale deed, a power of attorney and a release would pay full duty three times over.

Section 4 and section 5 are opposites, and the pair is regularly examined:

Section 4: one transaction, several instruments. One full duty, plus a nominal duty on each of the others.

Section 5: one instrument, several transactions. The aggregate of the duties that separate instruments would have borne.

Section 5: several distinct matters in one instrument

Any instrument comprising or relating to several distinct matters or transactions is chargeable with the aggregate amount of the duties with which separate instruments, each relating to one of those matters, would have been chargeable.

So a single deed that both sells a shop and leases a godown pays the sale duty plus the lease duty. Putting two bargains in one paper saves paper, not duty.

Section 6: one instrument within several descriptions

Subject to section 5, an instrument so framed as to come within two or more of the descriptions in Schedule I, where the duties are different, is chargeable only with the highest of those duties.

The contrast with section 5 is the point. Section 5 deals with distinct matters, and adds. Section 6 deals with one matter that answers more than one description, and takes the highest. A document is not taxed twice for the same transaction merely because the Schedule describes it in two ways.

The proviso: nothing in the Act renders chargeable with duty exceeding one hundred rupees a counterpart or duplicate of an instrument chargeable with duty and on which the proper duty has been paid.

Section 7: payment of higher duty in certain cases

Notwithstanding sections 4 or 6 or any other enactment, unless it is proved that the duty chargeable has been paid on the principal or original instrument, or in accordance with this section, the higher duty is payable. The section is an anti-avoidance provision supporting sections 4 and 6: the nominal duty on a secondary instrument, and the single duty under section 6, are available only where the full duty on the principal has in fact been paid.

Section 8: bonds and securities on Government loans

Bonds or securities, other than debentures, issued on loans under Act IX of 1914 or any other law, are dealt with by section 8, which provides for such securities being deemed duly stamped in the circumstances it sets out. It is a narrow provision of little practical importance to this syllabus and is noted here for completeness.

munotes.in335

Liability of Instruments to Duty

Section 9: power to reduce, remit or compound

The State Government, if satisfied that it is necessary to do so in the public interest, may by rule or order published in the Official Gazette:

(a) reduce or remit, prospectively or retrospectively, in the whole or any part of the State, the duties or penalty, or both, with which any instruments, or any particular class of instruments, or instruments executed by or in favour of any particular class of persons, are chargeable; and

(b) provide for the composition or consolidation of duties in the case of issues by an incorporated company or other body corporate of bonds or marketable securities other than debentures.

Three features are worth marking: the power is conditional on public interest, it may be exercised retrospectively, and it extends to penalty as well as duty. Concessional rates for particular classes of transaction, for instance in favour of certain family transfers, are made under this section.

A worked example

Bhaskar is buying a plot at Solapur from Chaya for Rs. 1 crore.

The transaction is completed by four documents: a sale deed, a power of attorney to complete formalities, a release by Chaya's brother of a possible claim, and an indemnity.

Section 4 applies: one transaction, several instruments. The principal instrument, which the parties may nominate and which will be the sale deed, bears the full conveyance duty on the market value. Each of the other three bears five hundred rupees.

Change the facts. Suppose instead a single deed sells the plot and leases a separate godown to Bhaskar. Two distinct transactions in one instrument, so section 5 applies and the duty is the aggregate of the sale duty and the lease duty.

Change again. Suppose the single deed is one transaction which the Schedule describes both as a conveyance and as an agreement, at different rates. Section 6 applies and only the highest duty is charged.

Chaya executed the deed in Gujarat. Under section 3(b) it is chargeable here if it relates to property situate in Maharashtra and is received in Maharashtra.

Bhaskar keeps the original abroad and produces a photocopy. The first proviso to section 3 charges the copy with full duty if the proper duty on the original has not been paid.

The parties nominate the indemnity as the principal instrument to save duty. They may nominate under section 4(2), but section 7 defeats the scheme: the concession depends on the duty chargeable having in fact been paid on the principal or original instrument, and a nomination that does not reflect the transaction will not carry the full conveyance duty.

munotes.in336

Liability of Instruments to Duty

A counterpart of the lease is executed for Bhaskar's records. Under the proviso to section 6 it is not chargeable with duty exceeding one hundred rupees, the proper duty having been paid on the original.

What it does NOT mean

Section 4 does not make the other documents free. Each bears five hundred rupees, not nothing, and not one hundred since the 2025 amendment.

Section 4 does not apply to unrelated documents. They must complete a single transaction of one of the named kinds.

Section 5 does not overlap with section 6. Distinct matters are added; several descriptions of one matter take the highest.

The parties' nomination is not conclusive. Section 7 requires the duty on the principal or original instrument actually to have been paid.

A copy is not automatically free of duty. It is chargeable with full duty if the original's duty was not paid.

Section 9 is not a general dispensing power. It requires satisfaction that the reduction or remission is necessary in the public interest.

Distinctions

Section 4Section 5Section 6
The situationOne transaction, several instrumentsOne instrument, several distinct transactionsOne instrument answering several descriptions
DutyFull duty on the principal, Rs. 500 on each otherThe aggregate of the separate dutiesThe highest of the duties
Who choosesThe parties nominate the principal, s.4(2)
Supported bys.7, requiring proof that the duty on the principal was paids.7, and the proviso capping a counterpart at Rs. 100

Quick revision

  • s.3 charges instruments in Schedule I executed in the State, and those executed outside it which relate to property or a matter in the State and are received here. A copy is chargeable with full duty if the original's duty was unpaid. Government and registered ships or vessels are exempt.
  • s.4: one transaction of development agreement, sale, lease, mortgage or settlement completed by several instruments; full duty on the principal, five hundred rupees on each other; the parties nominate the principal. The figure was raised from one hundred in 2025.
  • s.5: one instrument, several distinct matters, the aggregate of the duties.
  • s.6: one instrument within several descriptions, the highest duty; a counterpart or duplicate capped at one hundred rupees where the proper duty was paid on the original.
  • s.7: the concessions in sections 4 and 6 depend on proof that the duty on the principal or original instrument was paid.
  • s.9: the State Government may, in the public interest, reduce or remit duty or penalty, prospectively or retrospectively, and may provide for composition or consolidation for corporate bonds and marketable securities.
munotes.in337

Liability of Instruments to Duty

Test yourself

1. Which instruments does section 3 charge? Those mentioned in Schedule I executed in the State on or after the Act's commencement, and those executed outside the State which relate to property situate or to a matter or thing done or to be done in the State and are received in the State.

2. A sale is completed by four documents. How is duty charged? Under section 4, the principal instrument bears the full duty prescribed for a conveyance and each of the other three bears five hundred rupees, the parties being entitled to determine which is the principal instrument.

3. What was the amount before 2025, and what is it now? It was one hundred rupees and is now five hundred rupees, raised by the Maharashtra Stamp (Amendment) Act 2025.

4. Distinguish sections 5 and 6. Section 5 applies where one instrument comprises several distinct matters or transactions, and charges the aggregate of the duties. Section 6 applies where one instrument is so framed as to fall within two or more descriptions in Schedule I, and charges only the highest duty.

5. Can the parties defeat duty by nominating a trivial document as the principal instrument? No. Section 7 provides that, unless it is proved that the duty chargeable has been paid on the principal or original instrument or in accordance with that section, the higher duty is payable notwithstanding sections 4 and 6.

6. Is a photocopy of a deed chargeable with duty? Yes, with full duty under the first proviso to section 3, if the proper duty on the original has not been paid, and whether or not the copy is certified.

7. What are the limits on the State Government's power under section 9? It must be satisfied that the reduction or remission is necessary in the public interest, and it must act by rule or order published in the Official Gazette. The power extends to duty and penalty, and may be exercised prospectively or retrospectively.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in338

Chapter Sixty-Four

Kinds of Stamps and the Mode of Using Them

Syllabus topic 4.2, "Kinds of Stamps and Mode of Using Stamps [Sections 10 - 16]"

In one line

Duty is paid by means of stamps, which may be adhesive or impressed or paid electronically, and the Act is strict about how a stamp is used, because a stamp used wrongly leaves the document not duly stamped.

In exam wording: section 10 provides that, except as otherwise expressly provided, all duties with which any instrument is chargeable shall be paid, and such payment indicated on the instrument, by means of stamps, according to the provisions of the Act or, where none applies, as the State Government directs by rules.

Section 10: duty is paid by stamps

Sub-section (1) lays down the basic rule and sub-section (2) allows rules regulating, for each kind of instrument, the description of stamps that may be used and, for impressed stamps, the number of stamps.

Sub-section (2-1A), inserted in 2003, requires impressed stamps to bear the stamp and signature with date of the authorised officer of the Treasury, sub-Treasury or General Stamp Office, or of the proper officer appointed by the Chief Controlling Revenue Authority, Superintendent of Stamps or Collector of Stamps, unless the Chief Controlling Revenue Authority does away with the requirement by notification.

Sub-sections (2A) to (2C): franking. The Chief Controlling Revenue Authority may authorise the use of a franking machine for making impressions on instruments to indicate payment of duty, may authorise a person, body or organisation to use one where the volume of instruments makes it necessary in the public interest, and may determine the procedure. This is why duty is commonly paid at a bank counter which franks the document.

Sub-section (3) empowers the Chief Controlling Revenue Authority to specify by notification the instruments in Schedule I in respect of which duty is to be paid in the ways there set out, which is the gateway to the electronic methods.

Sections 10A to 10D: the modern methods

These four sections are what the Act now runs on in practice, and they were the subject of the Maharashtra Stamp (Amendment) Act 2025, which streamlined online payment.

Section 10A: duties to be paid in cash, by demand draft or by pay order. Duty may be paid in cash or by demand draft or pay order into a Government treasury or an authorised bank by a Government-controlled body or person, the payment being certified by endorsement on the instrument.

Section 10B: provides for the certificate of such payment and its effect.

Section 10C: deals with the e-payment of duty, the electronic route by which duty is credited to Government and evidenced.

Section 10D: provides for the electronic secure bank and treasury receipt, commonly called the e-SBTR, and for other electronic evidences of payment, and for the manner in which they are to be used on the instrument.

munotes.in339

Kinds of Stamps and the Mode of Using Them

For an examination answer the detail matters less than the structure: duty may be paid by adhesive stamps, by impressed stamps, by franking, in cash or by demand draft, or electronically, and each method has its own evidencing provision.

Sections 11 and 12: adhesive stamps

Section 11: which instruments may use them. Only the instruments mentioned in the articles the section lists may be stamped with an adhesive stamp. Everything else must use another method. So an adhesive stamp is the exception, not the norm.

Section 12: cancellation. Whoever affixes an adhesive stamp to an instrument chargeable with duty which has been executed shall, when affixing it, cancel the same so that it cannot be used again. The section goes on to provide that an instrument bearing an adhesive stamp which has not been so cancelled is, so far as that stamp is concerned, deemed to be unstamped.

This is a trap worth stating plainly: the party may have bought and stuck on a stamp of exactly the right value, and the document is still treated as unstamped because he did not cancel it. Cancellation is what stops the stamp being peeled off and used again, which is why the Act is unforgiving about it.

Sections 13 to 15: impressed stamps and one instrument to a sheet

Section 13: how impressed stamps are used. An instrument on impressed stamped paper must be written so that the stamp appears on the face of the instrument and cannot be used for or applied to any other instrument.

Section 14: only one instrument on the same stamp. No second instrument chargeable with duty shall be written upon a piece of stamped paper upon which an instrument chargeable with duty has already been written.

The proviso allows an endorsement on such an instrument, provided the endorsement is itself duly stamped or not chargeable with duty, where it is made to transfer a right created or evidenced by the instrument, or to acknowledge receipt of money or goods secured by it.

Section 14A deals with instruments written on stamps of the wrong description, in the same spirit.

Section 15: the sanction. Every instrument written in contravention of section 13, 14 or 14A is deemed to be not duly stamped.

Section 15 is what gives the three preceding sections their teeth, and it connects them to section 34 in [Impounding of Instruments, and Admissibility in Evidence]: a document deemed not duly stamped is inadmissible until duty and penalty are paid.

Section 16: denoting duty

Where the duty with which an instrument is chargeable, or its exemption from duty, depends in any manner on the duty actually paid on another instrument, the payment of that other duty shall, on written application to the Collector and on production of both instruments, be denoted upon the first instrument by endorsement under the hand of the Collector, or in such other manner as the State Government prescribes by rules.

munotes.in340

Kinds of Stamps and the Mode of Using Them

Section 16 is the machinery that makes sections 4 and 6 workable. A secondary instrument bearing five hundred rupees under section 4, or a counterpart capped at one hundred rupees under the proviso to section 6, is entitled to that concession only because full duty was paid on the principal or original. The denoting endorsement is how that fact is recorded on the face of the secondary document, so that anyone later examining it can see the concession was earned.

A worked example

Devika executes a sale deed of a flat at Kolhapur, and a power of attorney to complete the formalities.

How is the duty on the sale deed paid? By stamps within section 10. In practice it will be by franking at an authorised bank under sub-section (2A), or electronically by an e-SBTR under section 10D, or in cash or by demand draft under section 10A.

May she use an adhesive stamp? Only if the instrument is one of those the articles listed in section 11 allow. A conveyance is not, so she must use another method.

She does affix an adhesive stamp on a document that permits one, but does not cancel it. Under section 12 the instrument is, so far as that stamp is concerned, deemed to be unstamped, notwithstanding that the stamp is of the correct value.

She writes the power of attorney on the unused half of the stamped paper on which the sale deed is written. Section 14 forbids a second instrument chargeable with duty on the same stamped paper, and section 15 deems the instrument not duly stamped.

She instead endorses on the sale deed a receipt for the balance of the price. Permitted by the proviso to section 14, the endorsement being one acknowledging receipt of money secured by the instrument, provided it is itself duly stamped or not chargeable.

The power of attorney bears five hundred rupees under section 4. To prove that the concession was earned, she applies in writing to the Collector under section 16, produces both instruments, and obtains an endorsement denoting on the power of attorney that full duty was paid on the sale deed.

What it does NOT mean

Adhesive stamps are not generally available. Only the instruments section 11 lists may use them.

A correct stamp is not enough. An uncancelled adhesive stamp leaves the instrument deemed unstamped so far as that stamp is concerned.

munotes.in341

Kinds of Stamps and the Mode of Using Them

Two documents may not share one stamped paper, though a duly stamped or non-chargeable endorsement is allowed.

A breach of sections 13, 14 or 14A is not a technicality. Section 15 deems the instrument not duly stamped, with the consequences in section 34.

Denoting is not automatic. It requires a written application to the Collector and production of both instruments.

Duty is no longer paid only by stamps in the literal sense. Cash, demand draft, franking and electronic payment are all provided for by sections 10 and 10A to 10D.

Distinctions

MethodProvisionTypical use
Adhesive stamps.11, cancelled under s.12Only the instruments the listed articles permit
Impressed stampss.10(2), 10(2-1A), 13Stamp paper bearing the authorised officer's stamp and signature
Frankings.10(2A) to (2C)Impression by an authorised machine, commonly at a bank
Cash or demand drafts.10A, with the certificate under s.10BPayment into treasury or authorised bank
Electronicss.10C and 10De-payment and the e-SBTR
ProvisionEffect of breach
s.12, adhesive stamp not cancelledDeemed unstamped as to that stamp
s.13, impressed stamp not on the faceNot duly stamped, s.15
s.14, second instrument on the same paperNot duly stamped, s.15

Quick revision

  • s.10: duty is paid, and the payment indicated on the instrument, by means of stamps; rules may fix the description and number of stamps; franking is authorised by the Chief Controlling Revenue Authority.
  • ss.10A to 10D: payment in cash, by demand draft or pay order, by e-payment, and by e-SBTR; streamlined by the 2025 amendment.
  • s.11: adhesive stamps only for the instruments in the listed articles.
  • s.12: an adhesive stamp must be cancelled when affixed, and an uncancelled stamp leaves the instrument deemed unstamped as to that stamp.
  • s.13: an impressed stamp must appear on the face of the instrument and be incapable of use for another.
  • s.14: only one instrument on a piece of stamped paper; a duly stamped or non-chargeable endorsement transferring a right or acknowledging receipt is allowed.
  • s.15: a breach of ss.13, 14 or 14A means the instrument is deemed not duly stamped.
  • s.16: denoting duty, on written application to the Collector with both instruments produced, is how the concessions in ss.4 and 6 are proved.

Test yourself

1. In what ways may stamp duty be paid? By adhesive stamps where permitted, by impressed stamps, by franking under section 10(2A), in cash or by demand draft or pay order under section 10A, and electronically under sections 10C and 10D, including by e-SBTR.

munotes.in342

Kinds of Stamps and the Mode of Using Them

2. Which instruments may bear an adhesive stamp? Only those mentioned in the articles listed in section 11. For all others another method must be used.

3. A party affixes an adhesive stamp of the correct value but does not cancel it. Is the instrument duly stamped? No. Section 12 requires cancellation when affixing, and an instrument bearing an uncancelled adhesive stamp is, so far as that stamp is concerned, deemed to be unstamped.

4. May two chargeable instruments be written on one piece of stamped paper? No. Section 14 forbids it, and section 15 deems an instrument so written not duly stamped. An endorsement which is itself duly stamped or not chargeable is permitted by the proviso.

5. What is the effect of a breach of section 13 or 14? Under section 15, the instrument is deemed to be not duly stamped, and so becomes inadmissible in evidence until duty and penalty are paid under section 34.

6. What is "denoting duty", and why is it needed? Where the duty on one instrument, or its exemption, depends on the duty actually paid on another, section 16 allows the payment to be denoted on the first by endorsement of the Collector, on written application and production of both instruments. It is the proof that the concessions under sections 4 and 6 were earned.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in343

Chapter Sixty-Five

The Time of Stamping

Syllabus topic 4.2, "Time of Stamping [Sections 17 - 19]"

In one line

A document executed in Maharashtra must be stamped before or at the time of signing, or at latest on the next working day; one executed outside the State has three months from when it is first received here.

In exam wording: section 17 provides that all instruments chargeable with duty and executed by any person in this State shall be stamped before or at the time of execution, or immediately thereafter on the next working day following the day of execution.

Section 17: instruments executed in the State

The rule is strict and it is the opposite of the registration deadline. Stamping is not something to be attended to later: the duty must be on the document before or at the time of execution, and the only concession is that it may be done immediately thereafter, on the next working day following the day of execution.

The reason is that stamp duty is a tax on the instrument, and the instrument comes into existence on execution. A rule allowing months would let parties wait to see whether the document would ever be needed, and pay only if it was.

The proviso allows a clearance list described in the articles it names to be stamped by an officer authorised by the State Government under rules, where the list is submitted for stamping by the clearing house of an association in accordance with its rules. That is a machinery concession for stock-exchange clearing, not a general extension.

Section 18: instruments executed outside the State

Sub-section (1). Every instrument chargeable with duty executed only out of this State may be stamped within three months after it has been first received in this State.

Two elements: the instrument must have been executed only outside the State, and the three months runs from first receipt here, not from execution.

Sub-section (2). Where such an instrument cannot, with reference to the description of stamp prescribed for it, be duly stamped by a private person, it may be taken within that three months to the Collector, who shall stamp it in the manner prescribed by rules, with a stamp of such value as the person taking it requires and pays for.

Sub-section (2) exists because some kinds of stamp are not available over the counter. The party is not to be defeated by his inability to buy the right stamp himself.

Section 19: instruments executed outside the State and liable to increased duty here

Section 19 deals with the case where an instrument of a kind described in Schedule I, relating to property situate or to a matter or thing done or to be done in this State, is executed out of the State and afterwards that instrument, or a copy of it, is received in the State.

munotes.in344

The Time of Stamping

In that case the amount of duty chargeable is worked out on the footing that the instrument belongs here, and credit is given for duty already paid elsewhere, so that what is payable in Maharashtra is the difference between the duty chargeable under this Act and the duty already paid under the law of the place of execution.

Two features are worth marking. The section was amended to catch a copy of the instrument as well as the instrument itself, which closes the same gap as the first proviso to section 3. And the charge is a top-up, not a second full duty, which is what makes it fair as between States.

How the three sections fit together

Section 17 is the ordinary case: executed here, stamp before or at execution, or next working day.

Section 18 is the timing rule for a document executed wholly outside: three months from first receipt here, with the Collector's help where the right stamp cannot be bought privately.

Section 19 is the amount rule for such a document where Maharashtra's duty is higher: pay the difference.

So sections 18 and 19 answer different questions about the same document, when and how much, and a full answer on a foreign-executed instrument uses both.

A worked example

Farida executes a mortgage deed at Pune on a Friday.

When must it be stamped? Before or at the time of execution, or at latest on the next working day following the day of execution, under section 17.

She stamps it three weeks later. The instrument is not duly stamped, and the consequences are those in section 34: inadmissible in evidence until duty and penalty are paid, and liable to be impounded under section 33.

Change the facts. Gopal executes a deed at Bengaluru relating to land at Pune, and brings it to Maharashtra two months later.

When must it be stamped? Within three months after it was first received in this State, under section 18(1).

The prescribed stamp is not one he can buy. He may take it to the Collector within those three months, who must stamp it with a stamp of such value as he requires and pays for, under section 18(2).

How much is payable? Under section 19, if Maharashtra's duty exceeds the duty already paid in Karnataka, he pays the difference, not the whole again.

He leaves the original in Bengaluru and brings a copy. Section 19 as amended catches a copy of the instrument received in the State, and the first proviso to section 3 charges a copy with full duty where the original's duty was unpaid.

munotes.in345

The Time of Stamping

What it does NOT mean

Stamping is not like registration. There is no four-month period; the duty must be on the document before or at execution, or on the next working day.

The next-working-day concession is not a grace period of a day at large. It runs from the day of execution.

Section 18 does not apply to a document executed partly here. It requires execution only out of the State.

The three months runs from first receipt in the State, not from execution.

Section 19 does not charge full duty twice. It charges the difference where the duty here is higher.

A copy is not outside the net. Section 19 catches a copy received in the State.

Distinctions

Executed in the StateExecuted out of the State
When to stampBefore or at execution, or the next working day, s.17Within three months of first receipt in the State, s.18(1)
Where the right stamp is unobtainable privatelyNot applicableTake it to the Collector within three months, s.18(2)
How muchThe Schedule I dutyThe difference between the duty here and the duty already paid, s.19
Stamp Act, s.17Registration Act, s.23
DeadlineBefore or at execution, or next working dayFour months from execution
Runs fromExecutionExecution
Relief for delayNone in s.17; the document is simply not duly stamped, with s.34 consequencesThe Registrar may accept up to four months late on a fine, s.25

Quick revision

  • s.17: an instrument executed in the State must be stamped before or at the time of execution, or immediately thereafter on the next working day. A clearance list may be stamped by an authorised officer when submitted by a clearing house.
  • s.18(1): an instrument executed only out of the State may be stamped within three months after it is first received in the State.
  • s.18(2): where the prescribed stamp cannot be used by a private person, the instrument may be taken within that period to the Collector, who shall stamp it.
  • s.19: where such an instrument, or a copy of it, relating to property or a matter in this State is received here, the duty payable is the difference between the duty chargeable under this Act and the duty already paid.
  • Contrast the Registration Act's four months to present a document: stamping is far stricter and has no equivalent of section 25 relief.

Test yourself

1. When must an instrument executed in Maharashtra be stamped? Before or at the time of execution, or immediately thereafter on the next working day following the day of execution.

2. What period applies to an instrument executed only outside the State? It may be stamped within three months after it has been first received in this State.

munotes.in346

The Time of Stamping

3. What if the prescribed description of stamp cannot be used by a private person? The instrument may be taken within the three months to the Collector, who shall stamp it in the prescribed manner with a stamp of such value as the person requires and pays for.

4. How much duty is payable on a document executed outside the State but relating to property here? Under section 19, the difference between the duty chargeable under this Act and the duty already paid under the law in force where it was executed, so that the charge is a top-up and not a second full duty.

5. Does section 19 apply to a copy? Yes. It was amended to apply where the instrument or a copy of the instrument is received in the State.

6. How does the stamping deadline differ from the registration deadline? Stamping must be done before or at execution, or on the next working day, and there is no provision for condoning delay. Registration allows four months from execution under section 23 of the Registration Act, extendable by up to four months on a fine under section 25 of that Act.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in347

Chapter Sixty-Six

Duty Payable by Whom

Syllabus topic 4.2, "Duty payable by whom [Section 30]"

In one line

Unless the parties have agreed otherwise, the Act says which of them pays: the buyer on a conveyance, the tenant on a lease, the landlord on the counterpart, both equally on an exchange, the sharers rateably on a partition, and in every other case the person executing the document.

In exam wording: section 30 provides that, in the absence of an agreement to the contrary, the expense of providing the proper stamp shall be borne as the section directs.

The section opens with a default

The words "in the absence of an agreement to the contrary" govern the whole section. Section 30 is a default rule, not a mandatory allocation, and parties are free to agree that the other side will pay. What they cannot do is agree that nobody will pay: the Government's claim to the duty is unaffected by their bargain, which only decides who bears the expense as between themselves.

The allocation

(a) The person drawing, making or executing the instrument, in the case of the instruments the section lists by their Schedule I articles. Those are principally bonds and security instruments: an administration bond, an agreement relating to deposit of title-deeds, pawn or pledge, a bond, a bottomry bond, a customs bond, a further charge, an indemnity bond, a mortgage deed, a release, a respondentia bond, a security-bond or mortgage-deed, a settlement, and transfers of debentures and of interests secured by a bond, mortgage deed or policy of insurance.

The common thread is that these are documents by which one person assumes an obligation in favour of another, so the person undertaking it provides the stamp.

(b) The grantee, in the case of a conveyance, including a re-conveyance of mortgaged property; and the lessee or intended lessee, in the case of a lease or agreement to lease.

This is the practical rule that answers most questions: on a sale, the buyer pays; on a lease, the tenant pays.

(c) The lessor, in the case of a counterpart of a lease. The counterpart is the copy the landlord keeps, so he provides its stamp.

(d) The parties in equal shares, in the case of an instrument of exchange. Each gives and each receives, so the burden is split.

(e) The purchaser, in the case of a certificate of sale of the property to which the certificate relates.

(f) The parties in proportion to their respective shares in the whole property partitioned, in the case of an instrument of partition; and where the partition is made in execution of an order of a Revenue authority, Civil Court or arbitrator, in such proportion as that authority, Court or arbitrator directs.

munotes.in348

Duty Payable by Whom

(f-a) The person receiving the contract, in the case of instruments of works contract under Article 63 of Schedule I.

(g) The person executing the instrument, in any other case. This is the residual rule, and it catches everything the earlier clauses do not.

Section 30A: financial institutions

Inserted by the Maharashtra Tax Laws (Levy and Amendment) Act 2013, this section reverses the ordinary rule in a very common class of transaction.

Notwithstanding section 30, where an instrument referred to in clauses (a) to (g) of section 30 is executed in favour of or by any financial institution such as a bank, non-banking finance company, housing finance company or the like, and it creates any right in favour of such an institution, the liability to pay the proper stamp duty is on that financial institution, without affecting its right, if any, to collect it from the other party if the other party fails to pay.

Two points follow. Under section 30(a) a mortgage deed would ordinarily be stamped by the mortgagor, that is the borrower. Since 2013, where the mortgagee is a bank or similar institution, the statutory liability is the institution's. And the institution keeps a right of recovery from the borrower, so in commercial practice the borrower still funds it; what has changed is who the Government looks to.

The reason for the change is collection. An institution is a far more reliable payer than an individual borrower, and putting the liability on it protects the revenue.

A worked example

Hema is buying a flat at Thane from Iqbal, funding it with a bank loan secured by a mortgage of the flat.

The sale deed. A conveyance, so under section 30(b) the duty is borne by the grantee, that is Hema, unless she and Iqbal have agreed otherwise.

The mortgage deed in favour of the bank. Under section 30(a) it would be the person executing it, that is Hema as mortgagor. But the instrument is executed in favour of a financial institution and creates a right in its favour, so under section 30A the liability is the bank's, with a right to collect it from Hema if she does not pay.

A lease of the parking space to a neighbour. Under section 30(b) the lessee bears it; under (c), the lessor bears the duty on the counterpart.

Hema later exchanges a shop for her cousin's godown. Under section 30(d) the parties bear it in equal shares.

She and her brothers partition their father's land. Under section 30(f) each bears it in proportion to his share in the whole property partitioned; and if the partition is made in execution of a Court's order, in such proportion as the Court directs.

munotes.in349

Duty Payable by Whom

She buys a plot at a court auction and receives a certificate of sale. Under section 30(e) the purchaser bears the duty.

The deed says Iqbal will pay the duty on the sale. Perfectly good between them, because section 30 applies only in the absence of an agreement to the contrary. It does not, however, give the Government a worse claim if neither pays.

What it does NOT mean

Section 30 is not mandatory. It applies only in the absence of an agreement to the contrary.

An agreement between the parties does not bind the Government. It allocates the expense between them, and the Act's machinery for recovering unpaid duty is unaffected.

The seller does not pay on a conveyance. The grantee does, unless agreed otherwise.

The lessee does not pay for the counterpart. The lessor does.

Since 2013 the borrower is not the person statutorily liable on a bank mortgage. The financial institution is, subject to its right of recovery.

Clause (g) is not a minor provision. It is the residual rule for every instrument not otherwise allocated.

Distinctions

InstrumentWho bears the duty
Bond, mortgage deed, indemnity bond, release, settlement and the other listed articlesThe person drawing, making or executing it, s.30(a)
Conveyance, including re-conveyance of mortgaged propertyThe grantee, s.30(b)
Lease or agreement to leaseThe lessee or intended lessee, s.30(b)
Counterpart of a leaseThe lessor, s.30(c)
ExchangeThe parties in equal shares, s.30(d)
Certificate of saleThe purchaser, s.30(e)
PartitionThe parties in proportion to their shares, or as the authority, Court or arbitrator directs, s.30(f)
Works contractThe person receiving the contract, s.30(f-a)
Any other caseThe person executing the instrument, s.30(g)
Any of the above in favour of a financial institutionThe institution, s.30A, with a right of recovery

Quick revision

  • s.30 applies in the absence of an agreement to the contrary; the parties may reallocate the expense between themselves, but not defeat the Government's claim.
  • Conveyance: the grantee. Lease: the lessee. Counterpart: the lessor. Exchange: equally. Certificate of sale: the purchaser. Partition: rateably by share, or as directed. Works contract: the person receiving the contract. Bonds and security instruments: the person executing. Everything else: the person executing.
  • s.30A, from 2013: where the instrument is executed in favour of or by a financial institution and creates a right in its favour, the institution is liable, without affecting its right to collect from the other party.

Test yourself

1. Who bears the stamp duty on a sale deed? The grantee, that is the buyer, in the absence of an agreement to the contrary.

munotes.in350

Duty Payable by Whom

2. And on a lease and its counterpart? The lessee or intended lessee bears the duty on the lease; the lessor bears it on the counterpart.

3. How is the duty on a partition borne? By the parties in proportion to their respective shares in the whole property partitioned, or, where the partition is made in execution of an order of a Revenue authority, Civil Court or arbitrator, in such proportion as that authority, Court or arbitrator directs.

4. Who is liable on a mortgage in favour of a bank? The bank, under section 30A, notwithstanding section 30, since the instrument is executed in favour of a financial institution and creates a right in its favour. The bank retains its right to collect the duty from the borrower if he fails to pay.

5. Can the parties agree that the seller will pay the duty on a conveyance? Yes. Section 30 operates only in the absence of an agreement to the contrary, so the parties may allocate the expense as they choose between themselves.

6. Who pays where the Act's list does not cover the instrument? The person executing it, under the residual rule in section 30(g).

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in351

Chapter Sixty-Seven

Adjudication as to Proper Stamp

Syllabus topic 4.2, "Adjudication [Sections 31 - 32C]"

In one line

A party who is unsure what duty a document attracts may take it to the Collector and have him rule, and the Collector's certificate then makes the document good for all purposes.

In exam wording: section 31 provides that when an instrument, whether executed or not and whether previously stamped or not, is brought to the Collector by one of the parties, who applies for his opinion as to the duty with which, or the Article of Schedule I under which, it is chargeable, and pays the prescribed fee, the Collector shall determine the duty, or the Article, under which in his judgment the instrument is chargeable.

Why adjudication exists

Schedule I is long and the classification of a document is often genuinely doubtful: the same paper may look like a conveyance, an agreement or a settlement, and the rates differ. A party who guesses wrong faces the penalty machinery in section 34, and a party who over-pays has to claim an allowance.

Adjudication removes the guesswork. It is a voluntary, pre-emptive ruling: the party asks first and pays what he is told, and the Collector's certificate then protects him.

Section 31: the application

Who may apply. One of the parties to the instrument. It is not open to a stranger.

What may be brought. An instrument whether executed or not, and whether previously stamped or not. So a draft may be adjudicated before signature, which is the prudent course.

What is asked. The Collector's opinion as to the duty with which it is chargeable, or the Article of Schedule I under which it is chargeable.

The fee. One thousand rupees in a case not involving stamp duty on an ad valorem basis; and, in cases involving ad valorem duty, one rupee for every Rs. 1,000 or part, subject to a minimum of five and a maximum of twenty-five rupees.

The 2025 proviso: a deposit for executed instruments. After the commencement of the Maharashtra Stamp (Amendment) Act 2025, in respect of executed instruments no application is accepted for adjudication unless the applicant has first deposited with the Collector the amount the proviso specifies, which where duty is chargeable on market value is the difference between the duty on the stated consideration and the duty on the market value.

The reason for the change is plain: adjudication of an already-executed instrument was being used to postpone payment while the classification was argued. Requiring the deposit up front removes the advantage of delay. A student should not describe adjudication of an executed instrument as costing only the fee.

Section 32: the certificate, and what it achieves

Sub-section (1). Where the instrument brought under section 31 is, in the Collector's opinion, chargeable with duty, and either (a) he determines that it is already fully stamped, or (b) the duty he has determined, or such sum as with the duty already paid equals it, has been paid, the Collector shall certify by endorsement on the instrument that the full duty, stating the relevant Article of Schedule I and the amount, has been paid.

munotes.in352

Adjudication as to Proper Stamp

Sub-section (2). Where the instrument is, in his opinion, not chargeable, he certifies that in the same manner.

Sub-section (3): the effect. Subject to section 53A, an instrument bearing such an endorsement shall be deemed to be duly stamped, or not chargeable with duty, as the case may be; and, if chargeable, shall be receivable in evidence or otherwise, and may be acted upon and registered as if it had been originally duly stamped.

That is the whole value of adjudication. The certificate converts a doubtful document into one that is deemed duly stamped, so it cannot afterwards be impounded under section 33 or excluded under section 34.

The proviso prevents the Collector from endorsing an instrument executed or first executed in the State and brought to him after the time allowed for stamping has expired, and imposes similar limits in the other cases. Adjudication is therefore not a route round the deadlines in sections 17 and 18: it must be sought in time.

Sections 32A to 32C: undervaluation

These three sections are the market-value machinery, and they are what most disputes are actually about.

Section 32A: reference where the value is understated. Where a registering officer, while registering an instrument transferring immovable property, has reason to believe that the market value has not been truly set forth, he may, before registering, refer the instrument to the Collector for determination of the true market value and of the duty payable. The Collector then determines the market value, after giving the parties an opportunity of being heard, and the difference in duty is recoverable.

This is where the definition of market value in section 2(na), the higher of the open-market price and the stated consideration, does its work, and where the ready reckoner rates are applied.

Section 32B: appeal. An appeal lies from the Collector's order under section 32A to the appellate authority the section names, within the time it prescribes.

Section 32C: determination of true market value in certain cases, and the machinery for it.

A worked example

Jitendra has drafted a document by which he settles a flat on his daughter, and is unsure whether it is a settlement, a gift or a conveyance for Schedule I purposes, the rates differing.

munotes.in353

Adjudication as to Proper Stamp

Before signing, he takes the draft to the Collector under section 31 and pays the fee. Because the instrument is not executed, the 2025 proviso does not require a deposit.

The Collector determines that it falls under the settlement Article and fixes the duty. Jitendra pays it, and the Collector endorses the certificate under section 32, stating the Article and the amount.

The effect. Under section 32(3) the document is deemed duly stamped and may be received in evidence, acted upon and registered as if originally duly stamped. No registering officer may afterwards treat it as insufficiently stamped.

Change the facts. Suppose he had signed first and then applied. The 2025 proviso applies: the application is not accepted unless he first deposits with the Collector the amount specified, which where duty depends on market value is the difference between the duty on the stated consideration and the duty on the market value.

Change again. Suppose he does not adjudicate at all, states a consideration of Rs. 40 lakh on a flat whose ready reckoner value is Rs. 65 lakh, and presents it for registration. The registering officer, having reason to believe the market value has not been truly set forth, may under section 32A refer it to the Collector before registering. The Collector determines the true market value after hearing the parties, and the difference in duty is recovered. Jitendra's remedy is an appeal under section 32B.

Change once more. Suppose he applies for adjudication of the executed deed a year after execution, the stamping deadline in section 17 having long passed. The proviso to section 32 prevents the Collector from endorsing it, so adjudication cannot rescue him and the section 34 machinery applies.

What it does NOT mean

Adjudication is not compulsory. It is a facility a party may use.

It is not open to strangers. Only a party to the instrument may apply.

It is no longer cheap for an executed instrument. Since 2025 a deposit is required before the application is even accepted.

It is not a way round the stamping deadlines. The proviso to section 32 prevents endorsement where the instrument is brought after the time for stamping has expired.

The certificate is not conclusive for every purpose. Section 32(3) is expressed to be subject to section 53A.

Section 32A is not adjudication. It is a reference made by the registering officer where he suspects undervaluation, and it happens before registration.

Distinctions

Section 31, adjudicationSection 32A, reference
Who initiatesA party to the instrumentThe registering officer
WhenBefore or after execution, but within the stamping timeBefore registering the instrument
QuestionWhat duty, or which Article, appliesWhether the market value has been truly set forth
OutcomeThe Collector determines the duty; s.32 certificateThe Collector determines the true market value and the duty; difference recoverable
RemedyAppeal under s.32B
munotes.in354

Adjudication as to Proper Stamp

Quick revision

  • s.31: a party may bring an instrument, executed or not, stamped or not, to the Collector for his opinion on the duty or the Article, on payment of the fee: one thousand rupees where duty is not ad valorem, and a small scaled fee where it is.
  • Since the 2025 amendment, for an executed instrument no application is accepted without a deposit, which where duty depends on market value is the difference between the duty on the stated consideration and on the market value.
  • s.32: the Collector certifies by endorsement, stating the Article and amount; the instrument is then deemed duly stamped, receivable in evidence, and may be acted upon and registered. Subject to s.53A.
  • The proviso bars endorsement where the instrument is brought after the time for stamping has expired.
  • s.32A: the registering officer may, before registering, refer an instrument to the Collector where he has reason to believe the market value has not been truly set forth; s.32B gives an appeal; s.32C provides further machinery.

Test yourself

1. Who may apply for adjudication, and what may be brought? One of the parties to the instrument. The instrument may be brought whether executed or not, and whether previously stamped or not.

2. What did the 2025 amendment add? A proviso requiring, in respect of executed instruments, that no application be accepted for adjudication unless the applicant has first deposited with the Collector the specified amount, which where duty is chargeable on market value is the difference between the duty on the stated consideration and the duty on the market value.

3. What is the effect of the Collector's certificate under section 32? Subject to section 53A, the instrument is deemed to be duly stamped, or not chargeable, as the case may be; and if chargeable it is receivable in evidence or otherwise and may be acted upon and registered as if originally duly stamped.

4. Can adjudication cure a failure to stamp in time? No. The proviso to section 32 prevents the Collector from endorsing an instrument executed or first executed in the State and brought to him after the time allowed for stamping has expired.

5. What triggers a reference under section 32A? The registering officer having reason to believe, while registering an instrument transferring immovable property, that the market value has not been truly set forth. He may refer it to the Collector before registering.

munotes.in355

Adjudication as to Proper Stamp

6. What remedy does a party have against the Collector's determination of market value? An appeal under section 32B to the authority and within the time that section provides.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in356

Chapter Sixty-Eight

Impounding of Instruments, and Admissibility in Evidence

Syllabus topic 4.2, "Impounding [Sections 33 - 46]"

In one line

An officer who is shown a document that is not duly stamped must seize it, and no such document can be used in evidence or acted upon until the duty and a penalty have been paid.

In exam wording: section 33 requires every person having authority to receive evidence, and every person in charge of a public office, to impound an instrument produced before him which appears to him not to be duly stamped; and section 34 provides that no instrument chargeable with duty shall be admitted in evidence for any purpose, or be acted upon, registered or authenticated, unless it is duly stamped.

Section 33: the duty to impound

Who must impound. Every person having by law or consent of parties authority to receive evidence, and every person in charge of a public office. So a judge, an arbitrator and a registering officer are all within it.

Who is excepted. An officer of police, and any other officer empowered by law to investigate offences. An investigating officer collecting documents is not to be turned into a revenue collector.

The obligation. If it appears to him that an instrument produced before him, or coming before him in the performance of his functions, and chargeable in his opinion with duty, is not duly stamped, he shall impound the same, irrespective of whether the instrument is or is not valid in law.

Those last words matter. The officer does not stop to consider whether the transaction is good; the duty to impound attaches to the document.

Sub-section (2): the examination. He must examine every such instrument to ascertain whether it is stamped with a stamp of the value and description required by the law in force in the State when the instrument was executed or first executed. Note the date: the law at execution, matching section 2(d).

The proviso relieves a Magistrate or Judge of a Criminal Court from examining or impounding a document coming before him in a proceeding other than one under the chapters named, if he does not think fit to do so.

Section 34: inadmissibility, and the way out

The bar. No instrument chargeable with duty shall be:

  • admitted in evidence for any purpose by any person having authority to receive evidence; or
  • acted upon, registered or authenticated by any such person or by any public officer,

unless it is duly stamped, or, where written on impressed stamp paper, unless that stamp paper was purchased in the name of one of the parties to the instrument.

The width of the bar is the point: "for any purpose" and "acted upon" together mean the document is unusable, not merely unprovable.

munotes.in357

Impounding of Instruments, and Admissibility in Evidence

Proviso (a): the cure. Any such instrument shall, subject to all just exceptions, be admitted in evidence on payment of:

(i) the duty with which it is chargeable, or, where it is insufficiently stamped, the amount required to make it up; and

(ii) a penalty at the rate of 2 per cent of the deficient portion of the stamp duty for every month or part of a month, from the date of execution, provided that in no case shall the penalty exceed four times the deficient portion.

Three figures to remember: 2 per cent per month, running from execution, capped at four times the deficiency.

Proviso (b): correspondence. Where a contract or agreement is effected by correspondence consisting of two or more letters and any one of them bears the proper stamp, the contract is deemed duly stamped.

Proviso (c): criminal proceedings. Nothing in the section prevents the admission of an instrument in a Criminal Court, other than a proceeding under the chapters named.

Proviso (d): Government and adjudicated instruments. Nothing prevents the admission of an instrument executed by or on behalf of the Government, or one bearing the Collector's certificate under section 32.

That last proviso is the practical reward for adjudication: an adjudicated instrument is immune from this section.

Sections 35 to 46: the machinery

Section 35: admission of an instrument not to be questioned. Where an instrument has been admitted in evidence, the admission shall not, except as provided in the Act, be called in question at any stage of the same suit or proceeding on the ground that it was not duly stamped.

This gives finality. Once a document is in, the point cannot be reopened later in the same proceeding, and a party who wanted to object had to do so at the time.

Section 36: an instrument impounded is dealt with as the following sections provide.

Section 37: the person impounding sends it to the Collector. Where an instrument has been impounded, the person impounding it sends it, in the manner prescribed, to the Collector, or, where duty and penalty have been paid before him, sends an authenticated copy with a certificate and the amount.

Section 38: the Collector's power to refund the excess where duty and penalty have been paid.

Section 39: the Collector's power to stamp instruments impounded. When an impounded instrument comes to him, the Collector may, if the instrument is not duly stamped, require payment of the proper duty and a penalty, and on payment certify by endorsement that the proper duty and penalty have been levied, stating the amount. Where he is of opinion that the instrument is duly stamped or not chargeable, he certifies that.

munotes.in358

Impounding of Instruments, and Admissibility in Evidence

Section 40: an instrument so certified is admissible in evidence and may be registered and acted upon, as if it had been duly stamped.

Section 41: instruments unduly stamped by accident. Where a person, within one year of the execution of an instrument, or, if it was not executed by all parties, within one year of the last execution, brings it to the Collector and states truly that it was through mistake or accident not duly stamped, and pays the deficient duty and the prescribed amount, the Collector may certify it as duly stamped. This is the honest-mistake route, and it is cheaper than proviso (a) to section 34.

Section 42: endorsement of instruments on which duty has been paid under sections 34, 39 or 41, and their effect.

Section 43: prosecution for offences. Nothing in the Chapter prevents prosecution for an offence against the stamp law.

Section 44: persons paying duty or penalty may recover it. A person who has paid duty or penalty in respect of an instrument which another was bound to bear may recover it from that other.

Section 45: power of the Chief Controlling Revenue Authority to refund penalty or excess duty in certain cases.

Section 46: recovery of duties and penalties as arrears of land revenue, and by the other means the section provides.

A worked example

Kavita sues Lalit on a written agreement. The agreement bears no stamp.

In court. The judge is a person having authority to receive evidence. Under section 33, the document appearing to him not duly stamped, he must impound it, whether or not the agreement is valid.

Can Kavita use it? Not as it stands. Section 34 bars its admission for any purpose and prevents it being acted upon.

How does she cure it? Under proviso (a) she pays the duty, plus a penalty of 2 per cent of the deficient duty for every month or part of a month from the date of execution, subject to a maximum of four times the deficiency. The document is then admitted, subject to all just exceptions.

Work the penalty. If the deficient duty is Rs. 50,000 and eighteen months have passed, the penalty at 2 per cent a month is Rs. 1,000 a month, so Rs. 18,000. The cap of four times, Rs. 2,00,000, is not reached.

If sixty months had passed, the arithmetic would give Rs. 60,000, but the cap at four times Rs. 50,000, that is Rs. 2,00,000, is still not reached; the cap bites only after two hundred months, which is why the practical constraint is usually the 2 per cent rather than the cap.

munotes.in359

Impounding of Instruments, and Admissibility in Evidence

Suppose the agreement was made by an exchange of three letters and one bears the proper stamp. Proviso (b): the contract is deemed duly stamped.

Suppose Kavita had adjudicated the document under section 31 and it bears the Collector's certificate. Proviso (d): its admission cannot be objected to.

Suppose the judge admits the document without objection and Lalit raises the stamp point at final arguments. Section 35: the admission cannot be called in question at any stage of the same suit on that ground.

Suppose Kavita realises the defect on her own, within a year of execution, and goes to the Collector saying it was left unstamped by accident. Section 41 lets the Collector certify it on payment of the deficient duty and the prescribed amount, which is a cheaper course than waiting to be caught.

Lalit was the person bound to bear the duty under section 30, but Kavita paid it. Under section 44 she may recover it from him.

What it does NOT mean

An unstamped document is not void. The transaction stands; the document cannot be used until cured.

The defect is curable. Payment of duty and penalty makes the instrument admissible.

The penalty is not unlimited. It is 2 per cent a month of the deficiency, capped at four times the deficiency.

Impounding is not discretionary for most officers. Section 33 says "shall impound", though a Criminal Court has the limited discretion in the proviso.

Police officers do not impound. They are excepted, as is any officer empowered to investigate offences.

A document once admitted cannot be attacked later in the same proceeding on the ground of stamp, by section 35.

Section 41 is not the same as proviso (a) to section 34. It is a one-year, honest-mistake route through the Collector, and it is cheaper.

Distinctions

Section 33Section 34
What it doesObliges an officer to impoundMakes the instrument inadmissible and unusable
Applies toAnyone with authority to receive evidence, and public officers, except police and investigating officersAny such person, and any public officer
CureThe Collector's certificate after payment, ss.39 and 40Payment of duty plus penalty under proviso (a)
Route to cureProvisionCost
Pay in the proceedingProviso (a) to s.34Duty, plus 2% a month of the deficiency from execution, capped at four times
Voluntary, within one year, mistake or accidents.41Deficient duty and the prescribed amount
Adjudicate in advancess.31 and 32The fee, and since 2025 a deposit for executed instruments

Quick revision

  • s.33: every person with authority to receive evidence and every person in charge of a public office, except police and investigating officers, shall impound an instrument appearing not duly stamped, whether or not it is valid in law, testing it against the law in force when it was executed.
  • s.34: no such instrument is admitted in evidence for any purpose, or acted upon, registered or authenticated, unless duly stamped.
  • Proviso (a): admitted on payment of the duty or deficiency plus a penalty of 2 per cent per month or part from execution, capped at four times the deficiency.
  • Proviso (b): a contract by correspondence is duly stamped if any one letter bears the proper stamp. (c): criminal proceedings excepted. (d): Government instruments and those bearing the s.32 certificate excepted.
  • s.35: once admitted, the admission cannot be questioned at any stage of the same proceeding on that ground.
  • ss.37 to 40: the impounded instrument goes to the Collector, who may levy duty and penalty and certify, after which it is admissible and may be registered and acted upon.
  • s.41: within one year, an instrument left unstamped by mistake or accident may be certified by the Collector on payment of the deficiency and the prescribed amount.
  • s.44: a person who pays duty another was bound to bear may recover it. s.46: duties and penalties are recoverable as arrears of land revenue.
munotes.in360

Impounding of Instruments, and Admissibility in Evidence

Test yourself

1. Who must impound an insufficiently stamped instrument, and who need not? Every person having by law or consent of parties authority to receive evidence, and every person in charge of a public office, must impound it. An officer of police, and any other officer empowered by law to investigate offences, is excepted, and a Magistrate or Judge of a Criminal Court has a limited discretion under the proviso.

2. What is the effect of section 34? No instrument chargeable with duty may be admitted in evidence for any purpose, or acted upon, registered or authenticated, unless it is duly stamped.

3. How may the defect be cured in the proceeding, and at what cost? By paying the duty, or the amount required to make it up, together with a penalty at 2 per cent of the deficient portion of the duty for every month or part of a month from the date of execution, subject to a maximum of four times the deficient portion.

4. A contract is made by four letters and one bears the proper stamp. Is it duly stamped? Yes. Under proviso (b) to section 34, where a contract or agreement is effected by correspondence consisting of two or more letters and any one of them bears the proper stamp, the contract is deemed duly stamped.

munotes.in361

Impounding of Instruments, and Admissibility in Evidence

5. Can a party object to a document's stamping after it has been admitted? No. Section 35 provides that where an instrument has been admitted in evidence, the admission shall not, except as provided in the Act, be called in question at any stage of the same suit or proceeding on the ground that it was not duly stamped.

6. What relief does section 41 give, and within what time? Where a person brings an instrument to the Collector within one year of its execution, or of the last execution where it was not executed by all parties at once, and states truly that it was through mistake or accident not duly stamped, the Collector may certify it as duly stamped on payment of the deficient duty and the prescribed amount.

7. A plaintiff pays duty which the defendant was bound to bear. What can he do? Recover it from the defendant under section 44, which entitles a person who has paid duty or penalty in respect of an instrument that another was bound to bear to recover it from that other.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in362

Chapter Sixty-Nine

Allowances for Stamps

Syllabus topic 4.2, "Allowances for Stamps [Sections 47 - 52B]"

In one line

Where a stamp has been spoilt, used for a document that never took effect, or simply not needed, the Collector may allow its value back, and above a threshold the decision is taken higher up.

In exam wording: section 47 provides that, subject to rules as to evidence and enquiry, the Collector may, on application made within the period prescribed by section 48, and if satisfied as to the facts, make allowance for impressed stamps spoiled in the cases the section sets out.

Why the Act allows anything back

Stamp duty is a tax on an instrument. Where the instrument never came into effective existence, or where the stamp was spoilt before it could be used, no taxable event has really occurred, and to keep the money would be to tax nothing.

The Act is nevertheless careful. Allowances are a route by which the revenue can be drained, so every head is defined, there are short time limits under section 48, and above a threshold the decision is taken away from the Collector under section 52A.

Section 47: the heads of allowance

The Collector may make allowance for impressed stamps spoiled in these cases:

(a) the stamp on paper inadvertently and undesignedly spoiled, obliterated, or by error in writing or otherwise rendered unfit for the purpose intended, before any instrument written on it is executed by any person;

(b) the stamp on a document written out wholly or in part but not signed or executed by any party;

(c) the stamp used for an instrument executed by a party which:

  • has afterwards been found by the party to be absolutely void in law from the beginning;
  • is found unfit, by reason of an error or mistake in it, for the purpose originally intended;
  • by reason of the death of a person by whom it must be executed, or the refusal of any person to act under it, or the refusal of any person to advance money intended to be secured by it, or the refusal or failure of any person to perform some act intended to be performed by it, cannot be completed;
  • for want of the execution of some material part by a person whose execution was necessary, is inoperative;
  • is wholly useless because the purpose intended cannot be carried out;
  • becomes useless in consequence of the transaction being effected by some other instrument between the same parties and bearing the proper duty.

The proviso to that last group requires, in the case of an executed instrument, that no legal proceeding has been commenced in which the instrument could or would have been given in evidence, and that the instrument is given up to be cancelled, or has already been given up to the Court to be cancelled.

munotes.in363

Allowances for Stamps

The Explanation provides that the Collector's certificate under section 32 that the full duty has been paid is an impressed stamp within the meaning of this section, which is what lets an adjudicated instrument be brought within the allowance provisions.

Section 48: the time limits

Applications for relief under section 47 must be made:

(1) in the cases in clause (c)(5), within one year of the date of the instrument;

The proviso, a modern and practically important addition: where an agreement to sell immovable property on which duty was paid under Article 25 of Schedule I has been registered, and is afterwards cancelled by a registered cancellation deed for whatever reason, before possession of the property is taken, within five years of the execution of the agreement, the application for relief may be made within one year of the date of registration of the cancellation deed.

That proviso matters to any student who will practise conveyancing in Maharashtra: it is the route by which duty on a cancelled flat booking can be recovered.

(2) where, for unavoidable circumstances, an instrument for which another has been substituted cannot be given up to be cancelled, within one year after the date of execution of the substituted instrument;

(3) in any other case, within one year from the date of purchase of the stamps.

The period is one year throughout, having been shortened from the longer periods in the original Act.

Sections 49 to 52: the other allowances

Section 49: printed forms no longer required by corporations. The Chief Controlling Revenue Authority, or the Collector if so empowered, may without limit of time make allowance for stamped papers used for printed forms of instruments by a banker, incorporated company or body corporate, where the forms have ceased to be required, provided the authority is satisfied that the duty was duly paid. Note the absence of a time limit, which is the exception to section 48.

Section 50: misused stamps. Where a stamp has been used for an instrument for which it was not intended, or of greater value than was necessary, allowance may be made in the circumstances the section provides.

Section 51: allowance for spoiled or misused stamps how to be made. The allowance may be made by giving other stamps of the same or another description of the same value, or, at the Collector's discretion, by repayment in money, deducting the prescribed amount.

Section 52: allowance for stamps not required for use. Where a person is possessed of a stamp which has not been spoiled or rendered unfit or useless for its intended purpose, but for which he has no immediate use, the Collector shall repay the value in money, deducting the prescribed amount, on the person delivering up the stamp and proving to the Collector's satisfaction that it was purchased by him with a bona fide intention to use it, that he paid the full price, and that it was purchased within the period prescribed.

munotes.in364

Allowances for Stamps

Section 52A: where the amount is large

As the consolidated text of 8 April 2025 stands, section 52A(1) provides that notwithstanding sections 47, 50, 51 and 52, where payment of duty was made by stamps or in cash under section 10(3), 10A or 10B, and the amount of duty paid exceeds five lakh rupees, the Collector shall not himself make the allowance, but shall, after making necessary enquiries, forward the application with his remarks to the authority the section names.

The Maharashtra Stamp (Amendment) Act 2026, in force 7 April 2026, changed this in two ways.

First, in sub-section (1) the words "five lakhs" were replaced by "twenty lakhs". So the Collector now retains the power to allow up to twenty lakh rupees, and only above that must he refer.

Second, sub-section (2) was substituted with a new tiered structure. On receiving such an application:

  • the Additional Controller of Stamps, where the allowance is above twenty lakh and up to one crore rupees;
  • the Joint Inspector General of Registration and Superintendent of Stamps, where it is above fifty lakh and up to one crore rupees;
  • the concerned Deputy Inspector General of Registration and Deputy Controller of Stamps of the Division, where it is above twenty lakh and up to fifty lakh rupees,

shall consider the application and decide whether the allowance shall be given, and grant it accordingly. And where the amount exceeds one crore rupees, those authorities must submit the application with their remarks to the Chief Controlling Revenue Authority for decision.

The amendment also inserted, in sub-section (1)(b), a reference to the Joint Inspector General of Registration and Superintendent of Stamps alongside the concerned officer.

A caution about the commentary. A widely syndicated note on this amendment states that the Chief Controlling Revenue Authority takes cases "exceeding Rs. 2 crores". The enacted text says one crore. The figures above are taken from the legislature's own print.

Section 52B provides that certain stamps are not valid after the period it prescribes, and that stamps purchased but not used within that period may be dealt with as it provides, which is the companion to the allowance scheme.

munotes.in365

Allowances for Stamps

A worked example

Manjiri buys stamp paper worth Rs. 3 lakh for a conveyance at Kolhapur.

She spoils it in writing before anyone signs. Section 47(a): allowance may be made for a stamp inadvertently and undesignedly spoiled before any instrument written on it is executed. She applies within one year of purchase under section 48(3).

She had signed, and the deed turns out to be void from the beginning. Section 47(c)(1). But the proviso requires that no legal proceeding has been commenced in which the instrument could have been given in evidence, and that the instrument is given up to be cancelled.

She books a flat by a registered agreement to sell on which duty is paid under Article 25, and cancels it by a registered cancellation deed three years later, before taking possession. The proviso to section 48(1) applies: she may apply for relief within one year of the registration of the cancellation deed.

She has stamp paper she simply no longer needs. Section 52: the Collector shall repay the value in money, less the prescribed deduction, on her delivering it up and proving a bona fide intention to use it, payment of the full price, and purchase within the prescribed period.

Now change the amount. Suppose the duty paid was Rs. 60 lakh.

Before 7 April 2026, section 52A required the Collector to refer any allowance where the duty exceeded five lakh.

After 7 April 2026, the threshold is twenty lakh, so the Collector must still refer. The amount being above fifty lakh and up to one crore, the application goes to the Joint Inspector General of Registration and Superintendent of Stamps, who decides.

Suppose it were Rs. 30 lakh. Above twenty lakh and up to fifty lakh, so the Deputy Inspector General of Registration and Deputy Controller of Stamps of the Division decides.

Suppose it were Rs. 1.5 crore. Exceeding one crore, so the application is submitted with remarks to the Chief Controlling Revenue Authority for decision.

Suppose it were Rs. 15 lakh. Under the amended section the Collector himself may make the allowance, which he could not have done before the amendment.

What it does NOT mean

Allowance is not automatic. The Collector must be satisfied as to the facts, and rules govern the evidence and enquiry.

It is not available at any time. Section 48 imposes a one-year limit in each case, save for section 49, which has none.

An executed instrument is not always allowable. The proviso requires that no legal proceeding has begun and that the instrument is given up to be cancelled.

Section 52A does not refuse the allowance. It moves the decision to a higher authority above the threshold.

munotes.in366

Allowances for Stamps

The threshold is no longer five lakh. Since 7 April 2026 it is twenty lakh.

The Chief Controlling Revenue Authority's floor is one crore, not two.

Distinctions

Amount of allowanceWho decides, from 7 April 2026
Up to Rs. 20 lakhThe Collector himself
Above Rs. 20 lakh and up to Rs. 50 lakhThe Deputy Inspector General of Registration and Deputy Controller of Stamps of the Division
Above Rs. 20 lakh and up to Rs. 1 croreThe Additional Controller of Stamps
Above Rs. 50 lakh and up to Rs. 1 croreThe Joint Inspector General of Registration and Superintendent of Stamps
Exceeding Rs. 1 croreThe Chief Controlling Revenue Authority, on a reference with remarks
Application underTime limit, s.48
s.47(c)(5)One year of the date of the instrument
A registered agreement to sell cancelled by registered deed before possession, within five yearsOne year from registration of the cancellation deed
A substituted instrument that cannot be given upOne year after execution of the substituted instrument
Any other caseOne year from the date of purchase of the stamps
s.49, corporate printed formsNo limit of time

Quick revision

  • s.47: allowance for impressed stamps spoiled, in the listed cases, on application within the s.48 period and if the Collector is satisfied. The s.32 certificate counts as an impressed stamp.
  • For an executed instrument: no proceeding begun, and the instrument given up to be cancelled.
  • s.48: one year throughout; and a registered agreement to sell cancelled by a registered deed before possession, within five years, gives one year from the cancellation deed's registration.
  • s.49: corporate printed forms, allowance without limit of time. s.50 misused stamps. s.51 allowance by other stamps or by repayment in money less the deduction. s.52 stamps not required for use, repaid on proof of bona fide purchase at full price within the prescribed period.
  • s.52A, as amended 7 April 2026: the Collector may allow up to twenty lakh (formerly five lakh); above that the tiered authorities decide; above one crore it goes to the Chief Controlling Revenue Authority.
  • s.52B: stamps not valid after the prescribed period.

Test yourself

1. Name four cases in which allowance may be made for a spoiled stamp. A stamp inadvertently and undesignedly spoiled before execution; a stamp on a document written out but not signed or executed; a stamp on an executed instrument found by the party to be absolutely void from the beginning; and a stamp on an instrument that cannot be completed by reason of a death, a refusal to act, a refusal to advance money, or a failure to perform an intended act.

munotes.in367

Allowances for Stamps

2. What conditions attach to an allowance for an executed instrument? That no legal proceeding has been commenced in which the instrument could or would have been given or offered in evidence, and that the instrument is given up to be cancelled or has already been given up to the Court to be cancelled.

3. What is the general time limit under section 48, and which provision has none? One year, computed as the section directs in each case. Section 49, allowance for corporate printed forms no longer required, may be made without limit of time.

4. A registered agreement to sell is cancelled by a registered cancellation deed before possession. When must the application be made? Within one year from the date of registration of the cancellation deed, provided the cancellation occurred within five years of the execution of the agreement and before possession was taken.

5. Up to what amount may the Collector himself make an allowance? Twenty lakh rupees, since the amendment in force on 7 April 2026. Before that the figure was five lakh.

6. Who decides where the allowance exceeds one crore rupees? The Chief Controlling Revenue Authority, the other authorities submitting the application with their remarks for decision.

7. In what forms may an allowance be given? By other stamps of the same or another description of the same value, or, at the Collector's discretion, by repayment in money, deducting the prescribed amount.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in368

Chapter Seventy

Reference, Revision and Appeal

Syllabus topic 4.2, "Reference, Revision, Appeal [Sections 53 - 58]"

In one line

A party unhappy with the Collector may appeal to the Chief Controlling Revenue Authority; that Authority may reopen an under-charged instrument for six years; and a question of law goes to the High Court by way of a stated case.

In exam wording: section 53 subjects the Collector's powers to the control of the Chief Controlling Revenue Authority and gives an appeal to that Authority; section 53A gives the Authority power to revise a Collector's certificate within six years; and sections 54 to 58 provide the reference to the High Court by way of a case stated.

Section 53: control and appeal

Sub-section (1): control. The powers exercisable by a Collector under Chapters III, IV and V, and under clause (a) of the second proviso to section 27, are in all cases subject to the control of the Chief Controlling Revenue Authority.

The proviso takes out of that control any order of the Collector of the District determining the true market value of the property which is the subject matter of an instrument referred under section 32A(1). That is because section 32A has its own appeal, under section 32B, and the two routes are kept apart.

Sub-section (1A): the appeal. Any person aggrieved by an order of the Collector under Chapters III, IV and V and under clause (a) of the second proviso to section 27 may, within sixty days from the date of receipt of the order, by application in writing accompanied by a fee of three hundred rupees, appeal to the Chief Controlling Revenue Authority, who shall, after giving the parties a reasonable opportunity of being heard, pass such order as he thinks just and proper, and the order so passed shall be final.

Four things to remember: sixty days, in writing, a fee of three hundred rupees, and the Authority's order is final, subject only to the reference on a question of law under section 54.

Sub-section (2) allows the Authority to refer a case to the High Court, which links this section to section 54.

Section 53A: revision within six years

Notwithstanding section 32(3), section 39(2) and section 41(2), where through mistake or otherwise an instrument has been charged with less duty than leviable, or held not chargeable with duty, by the Collector, the Chief Controlling Revenue Authority may, within six years from the date of the Collector's certificate under section 32, 39 or 41, require the party to produce the instrument and, after a reasonable opportunity of being heard, examine whether duty is chargeable or has been under-levied, and order recovery of the deficit duty. An endorsement is then made on the instrument after payment.

munotes.in369

Reference, Revision and Appeal

Sub-section (2): on failure to produce the original, the Authority proceeds on the true copy or abstract filed with the Collector under section 31 or section 37(2), and that copy or abstract is deemed to be the original for the purposes of the section.

This is the section that qualifies the finality of adjudication. Section 32(3) says an adjudicated instrument is deemed duly stamped, but it says so subject to section 53A, and section 53A gives the Authority six years to reopen an under-charge. So a student who says the Collector's certificate is conclusive must add that qualification.

Sections 54 to 57: reference to the High Court

Section 54: the case stated. The Chief Controlling Revenue Authority may state a case:

(a) referred to it under section 53(2); (b) on an application by a party interested, made within what the Authority considers a reasonable period, raising a substantial question of law; or (c) otherwise coming to its notice;

and refer it, formulating the precise question with its own opinion on it, to the High Court.

Sub-section (2): every such case is to be decided by not less than three judges of the High Court.

Section 55: further particulars. If the High Court is not satisfied that the statements in the case are sufficient to enable it to determine the question, it may refer the case back to the Revenue Authority to make such additions or alterations as it directs.

Section 56: disposal. The High Court, on hearing the case, shall decide the question raised and deliver judgment containing the grounds of its decision, and send a copy under seal and the Registrar's signature to the Chief Controlling Revenue Authority, who shall dispose of the case conformably to the judgment.

Section 57: references by other Courts. If any Court other than the High Court feels doubt as to the amount of duty to be paid in respect of an instrument under clause (a) of the proviso to section 34, the Judge may draw up a statement of the case and refer it, with his own opinion, for the decision of the High Court.

The High Court then deals with it as if referred under section 54, and sends copies to the Chief Controlling Revenue Authority and to the referring Judge, who disposes of the case conformably. A reference by a Court subordinate to a District Court is made through the District Court, and by a subordinate Revenue Court through the Court immediately superior.

Section 57 is the practical link back to [Impounding of Instruments, and Admissibility in Evidence]: it is the route a trial judge uses when he cannot decide how much duty and penalty to demand before admitting a document.

munotes.in370

Reference, Revision and Appeal

Section 58: revision of Court decisions on sufficiency of stamps

Section 58 provides for the revision of certain decisions of Courts regarding the sufficiency of stamps. Where a Court has, under section 35, admitted an instrument on the footing that it was duly stamped or not chargeable, the section provides the machinery by which that decision may be examined, the Chief Controlling Revenue Authority being entitled to have the question considered notwithstanding that the admission cannot be questioned inter partes.

The point of the section is that section 35 protects the parties from reopening the question in the same proceeding, but it does not protect the revenue. Section 58 keeps the Government's interest alive.

How the three routes differ

Appeal, section 53(1A): by an aggrieved party, against an order of the Collector, to the Chief Controlling Revenue Authority, within sixty days, on a fee of three hundred rupees. The Authority's order is final.

Revision, section 53A: by the Chief Controlling Revenue Authority on its own initiative, against an under-charge or a holding of non-chargeability by the Collector, within six years, to recover the deficit.

Reference, sections 54 and 57: on a question of law, to the High Court, stated either by the Chief Controlling Revenue Authority or by a Court in doubt about the duty under the proviso to section 34, and decided by not less than three judges.

A worked example

Nitin's conveyance is adjudicated and the Collector certifies under section 32 that the full duty has been paid.

The Collector had also made an order against Nitin under Chapter V refusing an allowance. Nitin may appeal to the Chief Controlling Revenue Authority under section 53(1A), within sixty days of receiving the order, in writing, with a fee of three hundred rupees. The Authority hears both sides and its order is final.

Four years later the Authority discovers the instrument was charged with less duty than leviable. Under section 53A it may, within six years of the certificate, require Nitin to produce the instrument, hear him, and order recovery of the deficit, endorsing the instrument on payment.

Nitin has lost the original. Under section 53A(2) the Authority proceeds on the true copy or abstract filed with the Collector, which is deemed to be the original.

A question of law arises about the Article under which the deed falls. Nitin may apply to the Authority to state a case under section 54(b), raising a substantial question of law; the Authority formulates the precise question with its own opinion and refers it to the High Court, where not less than three judges decide it.

munotes.in371

Reference, Revision and Appeal

Change the setting. Suppose instead a trial judge, faced with the deed in evidence, cannot decide how much duty and penalty to require under proviso (a) to section 34. He may state a case under section 57 and refer it to the High Court, and must then dispose of the matter conformably to its judgment.

The Collector's order in a section 32A market-value reference. That is outside section 53's control by the proviso, and the remedy is the appeal under section 32B.

What it does NOT mean

The Collector's certificate is not conclusive. Section 32(3) is expressly subject to section 53A, which allows six years to reopen an under-charge.

The Chief Controlling Revenue Authority's order is final, but not immune. A question of law may still go to the High Court by a stated case.

Section 53 does not cover market-value orders under section 32A. Those go to section 32B.

A reference is not an appeal. It decides a question of law stated by the Authority or a Court, not the merits at a party's instance.

Section 35 does not protect the revenue. It stops the parties reopening the stamp point in the same proceeding; section 58 preserves the Government's position.

Not every judge may refer. A Court subordinate to a District Court refers through it, and a subordinate Revenue Court through the Court immediately superior.

Distinctions

Appeal, s.53(1A)Revision, s.53AReference, ss.54 and 57
Who movesThe aggrieved partyThe Chief Controlling Revenue AuthorityThe Authority, or a Court in doubt
Against whatAn order of the CollectorAn under-charge or non-chargeability certified by the CollectorA question of law, or doubt as to duty under proviso (a) to s.34
TimeSixty days from receiptSix years from the certificateAs the section allows
FeeRs. 300
Decided byThe Chief Controlling Revenue Authority, finallyThe AuthorityThe High Court, not less than three judges

Quick revision

  • s.53(1): the Collector's powers under Chapters III, IV and V are subject to the control of the Chief Controlling Revenue Authority, except an order determining true market value under s.32A, which goes to s.32B.
  • s.53(1A): appeal to that Authority within sixty days of receipt, in writing, with a fee of three hundred rupees; the Authority hears the parties and its order is final.
  • s.53A: the Authority may, within six years of a certificate under s.32, 39 or 41, reopen an under-charge or a holding of non-chargeability, hear the party, and recover the deficit; on failure to produce the original, the copy or abstract is deemed the original.
  • s.54: the Authority may state a case to the High Court, on a reference under s.53(2), on a party's application raising a substantial question of law, or on a matter otherwise coming to its notice; three judges at least.
  • s.55 further particulars; s.56 the High Court decides and the Authority disposes conformably; s.57 a Court in doubt as to duty under proviso (a) to s.34 may state a case, subordinate Courts referring through their superior.
  • s.58: the revenue's position on the sufficiency of stamps is preserved notwithstanding s.35.
munotes.in372

Reference, Revision and Appeal

Test yourself

1. Within what time, and on what fee, does an appeal lie to the Chief Controlling Revenue Authority? Within sixty days from the date of receipt of the Collector's order, by an application in writing accompanied by a fee of three hundred rupees.

2. Is the Collector's certificate under section 32 conclusive? No. Section 32(3) is expressed to be subject to section 53A, under which the Chief Controlling Revenue Authority may, within six years of the certificate, reopen an under-charge or a holding of non-chargeability and recover the deficit duty.

3. What happens if the party cannot produce the original instrument in a section 53A proceeding? The Authority proceeds on the true copy or abstract filed with the Collector under section 31 or section 37(2), and that copy or abstract is deemed to be the original for the purposes of the section.

4. On what grounds may the Chief Controlling Revenue Authority state a case to the High Court? On a reference to it under section 53(2); on the application of a party interested raising a substantial question of law; or on a matter otherwise coming to its notice. It must formulate the precise question and give its own opinion.

5. By how many judges is such a case decided? By not less than three judges of the High Court.

6. When may a Court other than the High Court state a case? Where it feels doubt as to the amount of duty to be paid in respect of an instrument under clause (a) of the proviso to section 34. A Court subordinate to a District Court refers through the District Court, and a subordinate Revenue Court through the Court immediately superior.

7. Which orders of the Collector are outside the control in section 53(1)? An order of the Collector of the District determining the true market value of the immovable property which is the subject matter of an instrument referred under section 32A(1), the remedy for which is an appeal under section 32B.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in373

Chapter Seventy-One

The Rest of the Maharashtra Stamp Act

Syllabus topic 4.2, "Maharashtra Stamp Act, 1958"

In one line

How the value on which duty is charged is worked out, what happens to a person who executes an unstamped document, and how to read Schedule I.

Sections 20 to 29: how the value is arrived at

Sections 3 to 9 say which instruments are charged. Schedule I says at what rate. This group of sections answers the question in between: on what amount is the rate applied.

Section 20: foreign currency. Where duty is chargeable ad valorem on money expressed in a currency other than that of India, the duty is calculated on the value of that money in the currency of India, according to the rate of exchange prevailing on the date of the instrument.

Section 21: stock and marketable securities. Where duty is chargeable ad valorem on stock or a marketable security, it is calculated on the value of the stock or security according to the average price or the value on the date of the instrument.

Section 22: where an instrument is chargeable on the amount secured, and the interest is expressed as a rate, the duty is calculated as the section directs.

Section 23: interest expressly made payable. Where interest is expressly made payable by the terms of an instrument, no further duty is chargeable in respect of it.

Section 24: certain instruments connected with a mortgage of marketable securities are chargeable as agreements relating to a pledge.

Section 25: valuation in case of annuity. Where duty is chargeable on an instrument securing an annuity or other periodical payment, the value is computed as the section prescribes, according to whether the payment is for a definite period, in perpetuity, or for an indefinite time.

Section 26: stamp where the value of the subject matter is indeterminate. Where the amount or value cannot be, or, in the case of certain instruments, is not, ascertained at the date of execution, the section fixes how duty is charged.

Section 27: the market value must be set forth. The consideration and all other facts and circumstances affecting the chargeability of the instrument, or the amount of the duty, must be fully and truly set forth in it. The second proviso permits the Collector, in the cases it names, to act as clause (a) provides, and that clause is one of the powers section 53 makes subject to the Chief Controlling Revenue Authority's control.

Section 28 requires those facts to be set forth, and section 62 makes an omission to comply an offence, which is the sanction behind it.

Section 29: direction as to duty in certain conveyances. Where property is contracted to be sold for one consideration and is conveyed in separate parts to different persons, or where a sub-purchaser takes a conveyance, the section directs how the duty is apportioned or charged.

munotes.in374

The Rest of the Maharashtra Stamp Act

Section 30A: financial institutions

Dealt with in [Duty Payable by Whom], which owns it. In short, where an instrument is executed in favour of or by a bank, non-banking finance company, housing finance company or the like and creates a right in its favour, the liability to pay the duty is on the institution, without affecting its right to collect from the other party.

Sections 59 to 62: offences

Section 59: executing an instrument not duly stamped. Any person who, with intent to evade duty, executes or signs, otherwise than as a witness, an instrument chargeable with duty without the same being duly stamped, or who votes or attempts to vote under such an instrument, is punishable with the fine the section prescribes.

Section 59A provides for penalties in the further cases it names.

Section 60: penalty for failure to cancel an adhesive stamp. A person required by section 12 to cancel an adhesive stamp who fails to do so is punishable as the section provides. This is the criminal counterpart of the civil consequence in section 12.

Section 61: penalty for omission to comply with provisions of section 27, and section 62 the same for section 28. Together they punish the concealment of facts affecting duty, which is the practical way duty is evaded.

Section 63 and 63A deal with the penalties for the further matters they name, and section 64 with breaches relating to the sale of stamps.

Sections 65 to 67A contain the remaining penal provisions, including those for counterfeiting, and the machinery for prosecution.

Sections 68 to 76: administration and closing provisions

Section 68: power to inspect and call for information. An officer authorised in this behalf may enter premises, inspect instruments and call for information, which is the enforcement power behind the whole Act.

Section 68A provides for the further powers the section names.

Section 69: power to make rules. The State Government may make rules to carry out the purposes of the Act.

Section 70: rounding off. Any fraction in the duty payable or the allowance to be made is rounded off as the section directs.

Section 71: the persons who may be authorised to act under the Act.

Section 72: provides for the recovery of amounts as the section states.

Section 73: saving as to court-fees. Nothing in the Act extends to court-fees, which are governed by their own law.

Sections 73A and 73B contain the further savings and transitional provisions they name.

Section 74: the protection of persons acting in good faith under the Act.

munotes.in375

The Rest of the Maharashtra Stamp Act

Section 75: the power to make rules relating to the sale of stamps and the persons by whom they may be sold.

Section 76: repeal of enactments. The Act repeals the enactments in the Schedule to the extent stated, and it is by this section that the Indian Stamp Act 1899 ceased to apply in Maharashtra except as to the instruments reserved to Parliament.

Schedule I: how to read a duty entry

Schedule I is the tariff, and a student should know its shape rather than its contents.

It is arranged by Article, each Article naming a description of instrument, and the rate is set out in the second column against it. The Articles most often met in this subject are Article 25, conveyance; Article 36, lease; Article 40, mortgage deed; Article 34, gift; and Article 5, agreement or memorandum of an agreement, which is where an agreement to sell is charged.

The rate may be fixed or ad valorem. A fixed rate is a stated sum; an ad valorem rate is a percentage of the amount or value, and it is here that the definition of market value in section 2(na) does its work.

Exemptions appear in the Schedule itself, and section 3 charges instruments "subject to the exemptions contained in Schedule I", so the Article and its exemptions must be read together.

Article 34A, inserted by the Maharashtra Stamp (Fourth Amendment) Act 2026 notified on 22 July 2026, prescribes duty on guarantees, classifying financial guarantees, bank guarantees and letters of guarantee and fixing the duty on each. It is noted here because it is recent and because a Schedule entry added after the consolidated text will not appear in an older print.

A worked example

Omkar executes a conveyance of a flat at Nashik in which he states a consideration of Rs. 55 lakh, saying nothing about a further Rs. 10 lakh paid in cash.

Section 27 required the consideration and all other facts and circumstances affecting the chargeability or the amount of duty to be fully and truly set forth. He has not complied, and sections 61 and 62 make the omission punishable.

The duty. Under Article 25 of Schedule I duty is ad valorem, and under section 2(na) it is charged on the market value, being the higher of the open-market price and the stated consideration. Understating the price achieves nothing.

The registering officer suspects undervaluation. He refers the instrument to the Collector under section 32A before registering, and the difference is recovered.

A fraction arises in the calculation. Section 70 requires it to be rounded off as that section directs.

munotes.in376

The Rest of the Maharashtra Stamp Act

The consideration had been expressed in dollars. Section 20 requires it to be converted into Indian currency at the rate of exchange prevailing on the date of the instrument.

Omkar signs a second, unstamped agreement intending to evade duty. Section 59 punishes a person who, with intent to evade duty, executes or signs, otherwise than as a witness, an instrument chargeable with duty without its being duly stamped.

An inspector calls for his records. Section 68 authorises an officer to enter, inspect instruments and call for information.

He also gives a bank guarantee in the same transaction. Since 22 July 2026 that is charged under Article 34A of Schedule I, inserted by the Fourth Amendment Act 2026.

Quick revision

  • ss.20 to 29 decide the amount on which the rate bites: foreign currency at the rate on the date of the instrument; stock and securities at their value; annuities by the prescribed computation; an indeterminate subject matter under s.26; and s.27 requires all facts affecting chargeability to be fully and truly set forth.
  • s.29 apportions duty on conveyances in parts and on sub-purchases.
  • s.30A: on an instrument in favour of a financial institution, the institution is liable.
  • Offences: s.59 executing an instrument not duly stamped with intent to evade duty; s.60 failing to cancel an adhesive stamp; ss.61 and 62 omitting the facts required by ss.27 and 28; and the further penal sections to s.67A.
  • Administration: s.68 inspection and information; s.69 rules; s.70 rounding off; s.73 court-fees saved; s.76 repeals.
  • Schedule I is the tariff, arranged by Article, with fixed or ad valorem rates and its own exemptions; Article 34A on guarantees was inserted on 22 July 2026.

Test yourself

1. On what date's exchange rate is duty calculated where the consideration is in a foreign currency? The rate of exchange prevailing on the date of the instrument, under section 20.

2. What does section 27 require, and what is the sanction? That the consideration and all other facts and circumstances affecting the chargeability of the instrument, or the amount of the duty, be fully and truly set forth in it. Sections 61 and 62 make an omission to comply an offence.

3. What must be proved for an offence under section 59? That the person, with intent to evade duty, executed or signed, otherwise than as a witness, an instrument chargeable with duty without its being duly stamped, or voted or attempted to vote under such an instrument.

4. Does the Act apply to court-fees? No. Section 73 saves court-fees, which are governed by their own law.

5. How is Schedule I arranged, and what are the two kinds of rate? By Article, each naming a description of instrument with the rate against it. Rates are either fixed sums or ad valorem, that is a proportion of the amount or value, the value being the market value as defined in section 2(na).

munotes.in377

The Rest of the Maharashtra Stamp Act

6. Which Article now charges guarantees, and since when? Article 34A, inserted by the Maharashtra Stamp (Fourth Amendment) Act 2026, notified on 22 July 2026, which classifies financial guarantees, bank guarantees and letters of guarantee and prescribes the duty on each.

7. What power does section 68 give? Power to an authorised officer to enter premises, inspect instruments and call for information, which is the enforcement power supporting the Act.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in378

The rest of this subject

These notes are cut from the University's printed syllabus. Open the syllabus itself, or the past papers, for the same subject.

Report or request
Done!